96-17837. Pathogen Reduction; Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Point (HACCP) Systems  

  • [Federal Register Volume 61, Number 144 (Thursday, July 25, 1996)]
    [Rules and Regulations]
    [Pages 38806-38989]
    From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
    [FR Doc No: 96-17837]
    
    
    
    [[Page 38805]]
    
    
    _______________________________________________________________________
    
    Part II
    
    
    
    
    
    Department of Agriculture
    
    
    
    
    
    _______________________________________________________________________
    
    
    
    Food Safety and Inspection Service
    
    
    
    _______________________________________________________________________
    
    
    
    9 CFR Part 304, et al.
    
    
    
    Pathogen Reduction; Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Point (HACCP) 
    Systems; Final Rule
    
    Federal Register / Vol. 61, No. 144 / Thursday, July 25, 1996 / Rules 
    and Regulations
    
    [[Page 38806]]
    
    
    
    DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE
    
    Food Safety and Inspection Service
    
    9 CFR Parts 304, 308, 310, 320, 327, 381, 416, and 417
    
    [Docket No. 93-016F]
    RIN 0583-AB69
    
    
    Pathogen Reduction; Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Point 
    (HACCP) Systems
    
    AGENCY: Food Safety and Inspection Service, USDA.
    
    ACTION: Final rule with request for comments.
    
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    SUMMARY: The Food Safety and Inspection Service (FSIS) is establishing 
    requirements applicable to meat and poultry establishments designed to 
    reduce the occurrence and numbers of pathogenic microorganisms on meat 
    and poultry products, reduce the incidence of foodborne illness 
    associated with the consumption of those products and provide a new 
    framework for modernization of the current system of meat and poultry 
    inspection. The new regulations (1) require that each establishment 
    develop and implement written sanitation standard operating procedures 
    (Sanitation SOP's); (2) require regular microbial testing by slaughter 
    establishments to verify the adequacy of the establishments' process 
    controls for the prevention and removal of fecal contamination and 
    associated bacteria; (3) establish pathogen reduction performance 
    standards for Salmonella that slaughter establishments and 
    establishments producing raw ground products must meet; and (4) require 
    that all meat and poultry establishments develop and implement a system 
    of preventive controls designed to improve the safety of their 
    products, known as HACCP (Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Points).
    
    DATES: Effective Date: July 25, 1996, however these rules are not 
    applicable until the dates listed below.
        Applicability dates: (1) The HACCP regulations set forth in 9 CFR 
    Part 417 and related provisions set forth in 9 CFR 304, 327, and 381 
    parts will be applicable as follows:
         In large establishments, defined as all establishments 
    with 500 or more employees, on January 26, 1998.
         In smaller establishments, defined as all establishments 
    with 10 or more employees but fewer than 500, on January 25, 1999.
         In very small establishments, defined as all 
    establishments with fewer than 10 employees or annual sales of less 
    than $2.5 million, on January 25, 2000.
        (2) The Sanitation SOP's regulations set forth in 9 CFR 416 will be 
    applicable on January 27, 1997.
        (3) The E. coli process control testing regulations set forth in 9 
    CFR 310.25(a) and 381.94(a) will be applicable on January 27, 1997.
        (4) The Salmonella pathogen reduction performance standards 
    regulations set forth in 9 CFR 310.25(b) and 9 CFR 381.94(b) will be 
    applicable simultaneously with applicability dates for implementation 
    of HACCP.
        Comments: Comments on specified technical aspects of the final 
    regulations must be received on or before September 23, 1996. With 
    respect to the HACCP final regulations, FSIS requests comments by 
    November 22, 1996.
    
    ADDRESSES: Submit one original and two copies of written comments to: 
    FSIS Docket Clerk, DOCKET #93-016F, U.S. Department of Agriculture, 
    Food Safety and Inspection Service, Room 4352, 1400 Independence 
    Avenue, S.W., Washington, DC 20250-3700. All comments submitted on this 
    rule will be available for public inspection in the Docket Clerk's 
    Office between 8:30 a.m. and 1:00 p.m., and 2:00 p.m. and 4:30 p.m., 
    Monday through Friday. The references and baseline surveys cited in 
    this document are available for inspection in the FSIS Docket Room.
    
    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: (1) GENERAL: Dr. Judith A. Segal, 
    Director, Policy, Evaluation, and Planning Staff, (202) 720-7773; (2) 
    MICROBIAL TESTING: Patricia F. Stolfa, Acting Deputy Administrator, 
    Science and Technology, (202) 205-0699.
    
    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
    
    Obtaining Copies of This Document:
    
        An electronic version of this document is available on the Internet 
    from the Federal Register at www.access.gpo.gov/su__docs/aces/
    aces140.html. Paper or diskette copies of this document may be ordered 
    from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), U.S. Department 
    of Commerce, 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, VA 22161. For a 
    complete copy of this document orders must reference NTIS accession 
    number PB96-177613 (paper copy) and PB96-502166 (disk copy). For a copy 
    of the preamble and rule, the individual appendices, and the impact 
    assessment reference the following NTIS accession numbers: PB96-177621 
    (preamble and rule only), PB96-177639 (Appendix A), PB96-177647 
    (Appendix B), PB96-177654 (Appendix C), PB96-177662 (Appendix D), PB96-
    177670 (Appendix E), PB96-177688 (Appendix F), PB96-177696 (Appendix 
    G), and PB96-177704 (impact assessment). For telephone orders or more 
    information on placing an order, call NTIS at (703) 487-4650 for 
    regular service or (800) 553-NTIS for rush service. Dial (703) 321-8020 
    with a modem or Telnet fedworld.gov to access this document 
    electronically for ordering and downloading via FedWorld. For technical 
    assistance to access FedWorld, call (703) 487-4608.
    
    Table of Contents
    
    I. Background
        Overview of FSIS Food Safety Goal and Strategy
        FSIS Regulatory Proposals
        FSIS Regulatory and Inspection Reform Plans
        Change Within FSIS
        The FSIS Pathogen Reduction/HACCP Rulemaking Process
        Seven Information Briefings
        Three Scientific and Technical Conferences
        Public Hearing
        Federal-State Relations Conference
        Scoping Session and Six Issue-Focused Meetings
        Food Safety Forum
        Farm-to-Table Strategy
        General Overview of the Comments and the Final Rule
        HACCP and Performance Standards
        Sanitation SOP's, Antimicrobial Treatments, and Cooling 
    Requirements for Raw Meat and Poultry Products
        Timetable for Implementation
        Federally Inspected Establishments
        State-inspected Establishments
        Foreign-inspected Establishments
        Implementation Conferences
        Request for Comments
    II. Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Point Systems
        Overview of Final Rule
        History and Background of HACCP
        The Seven HACCP Principles
        HACCP and the FSIS Food Safety Strategy
        Preparing for HACCP Implementation
        Inspection under HACCP
        Implementation Schedule
        Small Business Issues
        Training Considerations
        Mandatory versus Voluntary HACCP
        HACCP from Farm-to-Table
        Total Quality Control (TQC) Establishments and HACCP
        Freedom of Information Act Concerns
        FSIS Enforcement Authority and Whistleblower Protection
        Enforcement and Due Process
        The Final Rule
        Reorganization of HACCP Regulatory Text
        HACCP Systems as a Condition of Receiving Inspection
        Definitions
        Hazard Analysis and HACCP Plan
        Corrective Actions
        Validation, Verification, and Reassessment
        Reassessment
        FSIS Verification
        Records
    
    [[Page 38807]]
    
        Training
        Adequacy of HACCP Plans
    III. Sanitation Standard Operating Procedures
        The Proposed Rule
        The Final Rule
        Comments and Responses
        General
        Development of Sanitation SOP's
        Maintaining Sanitation SOP's
        Recordkeeping
        ``Layering''
        Role of Inspectors
        Relation to HACCP
        Training
        Pre-operation Sanitation Inspection
        Implementation Date
    IV. Microbiological Performance Criteria and Standards
        Summary of Proposal
        Role of Microbiological Performance Criteria and Standards in 
    FSIS Food Safety Strategy
        Overview of Final Rule
        Process Control Verification Performance Criteria
        Pathogen Reduction Performance Standards
        Process Control Verification: E. coli Performance Criteria and 
    Testing
        Rationale for Using E. coli Tests to Verify Process Control
        Use of Baseline Values to Establish E. coli Performance Criteria
        Establishment of E. coli Performance Criteria to Verify Process 
    Control
        Sampling Frequency for E. coli Testing
        Sampling and Analytical Methodology
        Recordkeeping
        Use of E. coli Test Results by Establishments
        Use of E. coli Test Results by FSIS
        Implementation Timetable
        Request for Comments
        Pathogen Reduction Performance Standards
        Rationale for Selecting Salmonella
        Basis for Performance Standards and Plans for Future Adjustments
        Determining Compliance with the Standard
        FSIS Testing Strategy
        FSIS Testing Methods
        FSIS Enforcement Strategy
        Implementation Timetable for Pathogen Reduction Performance 
    Standards
        Response to Comments
        The Indicator Organism
        Frequency and Cost of Testing
        Legal Authority for Testing Requirement
        Performance Standards for Process Control
        Basis for Target Levels
        Methodology for Meeting Targets
        Sample Size
        Testing Methodology
        Role of Inspectors
        Laboratories
        Alternative Sampling under HACCP
        Relationship to HACCP
    V. Other Issues and Initiatives
        Antimicrobial Treatments
        Cooling and Chilling Requirements for Raw Meat and Poultry
        International Trade
        Recordkeeping and Record Retention
        Finished Product Standards for Poultry Carcasses
    VI. Economic Impact Analysis and Executive Orders
        Executive Order 12866
        HACCP-based Regulatory Program Produces Net Benefit to Society
        Market Failure Justifies Regulation of Pathogens
        Regulatory Alternatives
        Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
        Regulatory Flexibility Act
        Executive Order 12778
        Paperwork Requirements
        Sanitation Standard Operating Procedures (Sanitation SOP's)
        Time and Temperature
        Microbiological Testing
        HACCP
    VII. Final Rules
    VIII. Appendix A--Guidelines for Developing a Standard Operating 
    Procedure for Sanitation (Sanitation SOP's) in Federally Inspected 
    Meat and Poultry Establishments
    IX. Appendix B--Model of a Standard Operating Procedure for 
    Sanitation
    X. Appendix C--Guidebook for the Preparation of HACCP Plans
    XI. Appendix D--Hazards and Preventive Measures Guide
    XII. Appendix E--FSIS Sample Collection Guidelines and Procedure for 
    Isolation and Identification of Salmonella from Raw Meat and Poultry 
    Products
    XIII. Appendix F--Guidelines for Escherichia coli Testing for 
    Process Control Verification in Cattle and Swine Slaughter 
    Establishments
    XIV. Appendix G--Guidelines for Escherichia coli Testing for Process 
    Control Verification in Poultry Slaughter Establishments
    XV. Supplement--Final Regulatory Impact Assessment
    
    I. Background
    
    Overview of FSIS Food Safety Goal and Strategy
    
        The mission of the FSIS is to ensure that meat, poultry, and egg 
    products are safe, wholesome, and properly marked, labeled, and 
    packaged. Regarding meat and poultry, FSIS currently carries out its 
    food safety responsibility primarily by managing an inspection program 
    within meat and poultry slaughter and processing establishments. This 
    program relies heavily on FSIS inspectors to detect and correct 
    establishment sanitation and food safety problems.
        Recent outbreaks of foodborne illness and studies conducted over 
    the past decade by the National Academy of Sciences (NAS), the U.S. 
    General Accounting Office (GAO), and FSIS itself have established the 
    need for fundamental change in the FSIS meat and poultry inspection 
    program to improve food safety, reduce the risk of foodborne illness in 
    the United States, and make better use of the Agency's resources.
        FSIS has embarked on a broad effort to bring about the necessary 
    changes in its program. In the preamble to the ``Pathogen Reduction; 
    Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point (HACCP) Systems'' proposed rule, 
    published in the Federal Register of February 3, 1995 (Docket #93-016P, 
    60 FR 6774; hereafter ``Pathogen Reduction/HACCP proposal''), FSIS 
    traced the origins of its current program, described today's food 
    safety challenges, and outlined a new food safety strategy for meat and 
    poultry products. In that document, FSIS proposed new regulations to 
    mandate adoption within meat and poultry establishments of HACCP, a 
    science-based process control system for food safety.
        The HACCP requirement and other food safety measures proposed by 
    FSIS in the Pathogen Reduction/HACCP proposal were motivated by the 
    critical need to fill a gap in the current regulation and inspection 
    system and the lack of adequate measures to address the problem of 
    pathogenic microorganisms on raw meat and poultry products.
        Such bacteria, including Salmonella, E. coli O157:H7, Campylobacter 
    and Listeria monocytogenes, are significant food safety hazards 
    associated with meat and poultry products. FSIS estimates that the 
    contamination of meat and poultry products with these bacteria results 
    annually in as many as 4,000 deaths and 5,000,000 illnesses.
    
        FSIS stated the goal of its food safety strategy and proposed 
    Pathogen Reduction/HACCP regulations as follows: FSIS believes its 
    food safety goal should be to reduce the risk of foodborne illness 
    associated with the consumption of meat and poultry products to the 
    maximum extent possible by ensuring that appropriate and feasible 
    measures are taken at each step in the food production process where 
    hazards can enter and where procedures and technologies exist or can 
    be developed to prevent the hazard or reduce the likelihood it will 
    occur (60 FR 6785).
    
        In establishing this goal, FSIS recognized that no single 
    technological or procedural solution exists for the problem of 
    foodborne illness and that the Agency's food safety goal would be 
    achieved only through continuous efforts to improve hazard 
    identification and prevention.
        The food safety strategy FSIS outlined in the Pathogen Reduction/
    HACCP proposal included the following major elements: (1) provisions 
    for systematic prevention of biological, chemical, and physical hazards 
    through adoption by meat and poultry establishments of science-based 
    process control systems;
    
    [[Page 38808]]
    
    (2) targeted efforts to control and reduce harmful bacteria on raw meat 
    and poultry products; (3) adoption of food safety performance standards 
    that provide incentives for innovation to improve food safety and to 
    provide a measure of accountability for achieving acceptable food 
    safety results; (4) removal of unnecessary regulatory obstacles to 
    innovation; and (5) efforts to address hazards that arise throughout 
    the food safety continuum from farm to table.
        FSIS also stressed, as a central theme of its strategy, a need to 
    clarify and strengthen the responsibilities of establishments for 
    maintaining effective sanitation, following sound food safety 
    procedures, and achieving acceptable food safety results.
    
    FSIS Regulatory Proposals
    
        FSIS proposed HACCP as the organizing structure for its food safety 
    program because HACCP is the optimal framework for building science-
    based process control to prevent food safety hazards into food 
    production systems. HACCP also focuses FSIS inspection on the most 
    significant hazards and controls.
        To complement HACCP, FSIS proposed to establish, for the first 
    time, food safety performance standards for pathogenic microorganisms 
    on raw meat and poultry products, initially as ``interim'' targets for 
    the reduction of Salmonella contamination of raw carcasses and raw 
    ground meat and poultry products. These performance standards would 
    measure whether HACCP systems are working effectively to address food 
    safety hazards. FSIS proposed to require that establishments conduct 
    daily microbial testing for Salmonella to verify achievement of the 
    ``targets.''
        FSIS also proposed three near-term measures to speed progress on 
    controlling and reducing pathogenic microorganisms on raw products 
    during the proposed three year phase-in of HACCP. These proposed 
    measures were: (1) a requirement that all establishments adopt and 
    implement sanitation standard operating procedures (Sanitation SOP's); 
    (2) a requirement that all slaughter establishments use at least one 
    effective antimicrobial treatment to reduce harmful bacteria; and, (3) 
    standards for cooling red meat carcasses to prevent the growth of 
    harmful bacteria.
    
    FSIS Regulatory and Inspection Reform Plans
    
        In the Pathogen Reduction/HACCP proposal, FSIS acknowledged that it 
    must do more than mandate HACCP and other new regulatory requirements 
    in order to achieve its food safety goals. FSIS must also reform its 
    existing regulations, policies, and directives to be consistent with 
    HACCP principles and with the Agency's intention to rely more heavily 
    on performance standards. Current FSIS regulatory requirements and 
    procedures are generally highly detailed and prescriptive. They 
    specify, for example, precise cooking time-and-temperature combinations 
    for many products. Current regulations often assign to FSIS 
    responsibility for the means used by establishments to produce safe 
    food in a sanitary environment (e.g., FSIS requires that facility 
    blueprints and equipment receive Agency approval before use).
        As part of its regulatory reform initiative, FSIS has undertaken 
    the conversion of current command-and-control regulations to 
    performance standards. Command-and-control regulations, and the 
    Inspection System Guide that FSIS inspectors use to enforce those 
    regulations, resulted from the perceived need to achieve uniformity 
    among federally inspected meat and poultry establishments. 
    Technological advances introduce a new imperative, however. If 
    establishments are to innovate, using new technologies to improve food 
    safety, they cannot be impeded by a one-size-fits-all regulatory 
    system. Under contemporary conditions, affording establishments the 
    flexibility to make establishment-specific decisions outweighs the 
    advantages of uniformly applicable rules. Recognizing this, FSIS is 
    changing inspection to meet the needs of the new regulatory system.
        Under the command-and-control-based system, the inspector assumed 
    responsibility for ``approving'' production-associated decisions. Under 
    the new system, industry assumes full responsibility for production 
    decisions and execution. FSIS, having set food safety standards, 
    monitors establishments' compliance with those standards and related 
    requirements and under HACCP, verifies process control and pathogen 
    reduction and control. The number of inspection tasks will be reduced, 
    so that inspectors can focus more attention on areas of greatest risk 
    in the meat or poultry production system within each establishment.
        With the shift to HACCP and greater reliance on performance 
    standards, establishments will be afforded greater autonomy in 
    decision-making affecting their own operations and, in return, be 
    expected to take responsibility for setting up site- and product 
    appropriate process control measures to achieve FSIS-established 
    performance standards. This approach, which is intended to increase 
    both the incentives and the flexibility establishments need to innovate 
    and improve food safety, requires a complete review and overhaul of the 
    ``command-and-control'' requirements and procedures in current FSIS 
    regulations, policies, and directives.
        HACCP-based food safety strategies and performance standards also 
    require important changes in FSIS's approach to inspection. FSIS 
    intends to clarify the respective responsibilities of FSIS inspectors 
    and establishment management.
        In the Federal Register of December 29, 1995 (60 FR 67469), FSIS 
    published an advance notice of proposed rulemaking (ANPR) and 
    additional rulemaking proposals describing the Agency's strategy for 
    the regulatory and inspectional reform required to achieve the changes 
    required for consistency with HACCP. These changes will be accomplished 
    before establishments are required to implement HACCP.
    
    Change Within FSIS
    
        Finally, achieving the Agency's food safety goals will require 
    substantial change within FSIS itself, as the roles of establishments 
    and Federal inspectors are realigned to accord with the HACCP 
    philosophy. The scope of FSIS's food safety activities will also extend 
    beyond slaughter and processing establishments to include new 
    preventive approaches to hazards that occur during transportation, 
    distribution, and retail, restaurant or food service sale of meat and 
    poultry products.
        This expansion of the Agency's roles will require substantial 
    training and redeployment of employees, and will place an enormous 
    strain on agency resources. To meet these challenges, FSIS has 
    conducted a top-to-bottom review of its regulatory roles, resource 
    allocation and organizational structure. Reports prepared by FSIS 
    employees containing analysis and recommendations on these topics were 
    described and made available for public comment in the Federal Register 
    of September 12, 1995 (60 FR 47346). FSIS will be making the 
    fundamental internal changes required to successfully carry out its 
    HACCP-based farm-to-table food safety strategy. These changes within 
    FSIS, which include a major reorganization of the Agency, will ensure 
    that FSIS is using its resources to improve food safety consistent with 
    its new regulatory framework.
    
    [[Page 38809]]
    
    The FSIS Pathogen Reduction/HACCP Rulemaking Process
    
        Recognizing that HACCP and other regulatory requirements contained 
    in the Pathogen Reduction/HACCP proposal are part of a broad overhaul 
    of the FSIS regulatory program, and involve important changes in the 
    responsibilities of meat and poultry establishments, FSIS has conducted 
    a thorough and interactive rulemaking process. The Agency's goal has 
    been to provide many opportunities for submission by the public of both 
    written and oral comments and for interchange between FSIS and 
    interested parties on the many major policy and technical issues 
    involved in the reform of meat and poultry inspection.
        The initial comment period was 120 days, which FSIS subsequently 
    extended for an additional 30 days and later reopened for another 95 
    days. During this period, FSIS held seven informational briefings, 
    three scientific and technical conferences, a two-day public hearing, a 
    scoping session and six issue-focused public meetings, a Federal-State 
    conference, and a Food Safety Forum. Extensive oral comments were 
    transcribed and included with written comments in the record of this 
    rulemaking. A brief summary of the various public meetings follows.
    
    Seven Information Briefings
    
        Initially, FSIS held informational briefings in seven cities across 
    the country to explain the Pathogen Reduction/HACCP proposal to the 
    public and to answer questions. A panel of FSIS officials and 
    scientists provided information on the proposed regulations and 
    answered questions. These briefings were not intended to solicit 
    comments, but to help interested parties prepare themselves to comment 
    on the Pathogen Reduction/HACCP proposal. These briefings were held:
    
    March 7, 1995; Oakland, California
    March 14, 1995; Dallas, Texas
    March 16, 1995; Chicago, Illinois
    March 21, 1995; Atlanta, Georgia
    March 23, 1995; New York, New York
    March 30, 1995; Washington, D.C.
    May 22, 1995; Kansas City, Kansas
    
        The Kansas City session included an informational briefing and 
    public meeting for owners and representatives of small meat and poultry 
    establishments and other affected small businesses to discuss the 
    Pathogen Reduction/HACCP proposal. At the meeting, many small business 
    owners said that the Pathogen Reduction/HACCP proposal might eventually 
    inhibit small businesses from competing with larger entities because 
    the resulting additional costs could be borne more easily by larger 
    companies. Three Directors of State Meat and Poultry Inspection 
    Programs stated their views that the Pathogen Reduction/HACCP proposal 
    might have a negative impact upon the small businesses for which they 
    provide inspection. Consumers requested that FSIS base its decisions on 
    the Pathogen Reduction/HACCP proposal not on industry impacts, but on 
    what will best protect the public.
    
    Three Scientific and Technical Conferences
    
        FSIS held three scientific and technical conferences to foster the 
    development of beneficial new food safety technologies, to fill gaps in 
    scientific knowledge, and to ensure that the Agency had the best 
    scientific information available for the rulemaking. Concerned that the 
    typical rulemaking process would not elicit this information, the 
    Agency invited experts on relevant subjects to the meetings, which were 
    open to all interested parties.
        The first conference, titled ``New Technology to Improve Food 
    Safety,'' was held April 12-13, 1995, in Chicago, Illinois. This 
    conference explored the available technology that might be introduced 
    into the production and manufacturing of meat and poultry products to 
    control E. coli O157:H7 and other harmful pathogens in the food supply. 
    Participants included members of industry, academia, research 
    organizations, and consumers. Additionally, Government representatives 
    from non-food Federal regulatory agencies discussed technology 
    development and transfer in other industries. FSIS discussed how it 
    emphasized and encourages the approval and introduction of new 
    technologies.
        The second conference, titled ``The Role of Microbiological Testing 
    in Verifying Food Safety,'' was held May 1-2, 1995, in Philadelphia, 
    Pennsylvania. This meeting explored scientific issues related to the 
    use of microbiological testing for verifying meat and poultry safety. 
    Six persons were invited to present discussions relating to the use and 
    limitations of microbiological testing in ensuring food safety. Twelve 
    representatives from academia, consumer groups, industry, and exporting 
    countries also presented talks on the concepts and methods for 
    microbiological testing that appeared in the proposed regulation. 
    During the comment period following the presentations, 15 people 
    commented on the subjects covered at the meeting and in the proposed 
    regulation.
        The third conference, titled ``An Evaluation of the Role of 
    Microbiological Criteria in Establishing Food Safety Performance 
    Standards in Meat and Poultry Products,'' was held May 18-19, 1995, in 
    Washington, D.C. It explored the use of microbiological criteria to 
    establish food safety performance standards for meat and poultry 
    products. Participants generally agreed that HACCP is an effective 
    approach to controlling microbiological hazards in foods, and that 
    government and industry must work together to establish microbiological 
    criteria, sampling plans and training for food safety performance 
    standards. Most commenters agreed that the use of an indicator organism 
    is effective to facilitate and monitor the reduction of microbiological 
    contamination in meat and poultry products. Diverse opinions were 
    expressed on which indicator organisms should be chosen for each type 
    of product.
    
    Public Hearing
    
        On May 30 and 31, 1995, FSIS held a public hearing in Washington, 
    D.C., on the proposed rule.
        Thirty-seven persons presented comments at the 2-day hearing. 
    Issues and viewpoints varied greatly. For instance, requests were made 
    to keep carcass-by-carcass inspection, but it was suggested that 
    organoleptic inspection is outdated. While there was support for a 
    HACCP system, many suggestions were made for changes in specific parts 
    of the proposal, particularly microbial testing and antimicrobial 
    treatments. Several commenters described their personal experiences 
    with foodborne illness. Small business owners and their representatives 
    commented on the potential financial burdens that might result from the 
    Pathogen Reduction/HACCP proposal.
    
    Federal-State Relations Conference
    
        As part of the annual meeting of Directors of State Meat and 
    Poultry Inspection Programs, FSIS held a ``Federal-State Relations 
    Conference,'' August 21-23, 1995, in Washington, D.C. This meeting, in 
    which the National Association of State Departments of Agriculture 
    participated, provided an opportunity for representatives from State 
    government to engage in an open exchange with senior USDA officials on 
    the Pathogen Reduction/HACCP proposal. In addition to State Directors, 
    the meeting included representatives from State Departments of 
    Agriculture, State Health Departments and local food safety enforcement 
    agencies; additionally, the Food and Drug Administration (FDA)
    
    [[Page 38810]]
    
    and the Association of Food and Drug Officials were participants. These 
    parties recognized a need to better protect the public by optimizing 
    the use of available resources. State agency representatives discussed 
    the need for better coordination within their own States and with the 
    Federal Government to prevent foodborne illness outbreaks. Improved 
    food handling education for industry and consumers was seen as one of 
    the primary ways to improve farm-to-table food safety.
    
    Scoping Session and Six Issue-Focused Meetings
    
        By late August, FSIS had received more than 6,800 comments on the 
    Federal Register notice, in addition to the input obtained at the 
    meetings and the hearing. All this information raised new issues and 
    modified Agency thinking in some areas. In order to share new 
    information and current thinking with its constituencies, FSIS held six 
    issue-focused public meetings on the proposed rule and accepted written 
    comments from those unable to attend. The meetings were announced in 
    the Federal Register (60 FR 45380; Thursday, August 31, 1995) and held 
    at USDA, Washington, D.C., on September 13, 14, 15, 27, 28, and 29, 
    1995.
        FSIS framed an agenda for the meetings and provided issue papers 
    describing current Agency thinking on the proposed rule. Before the 
    issue-focused public meetings, FSIS held a public scoping session on 
    August 23, 1995, to ensure that all parties had an opportunity to 
    suggest issues for the agenda.
        The issue papers provided at the six issue-focused public meetings 
    were published in the Federal Register (60 FR 54450; Tuesday, October 
    24, 1995).
    
    Food Safety Forum
    
        A Food Safety Forum chaired by Secretary Glickman was held on 
    November 8, 1995 to discuss food safety reform issues beyond the 
    specific issues raised by the proposed Pathogen Reduction/HACCP 
    proposal. The forum agenda included topics such as: (1) whether 
    legislative changes to the Federal Meat Inspection Act (FMIA) and the 
    Poultry Products Inspection Act (PPIA) were needed; (2) how FSIS could 
    improve food safety by organizational change, regulatory reform, 
    reliance on user fees, effective resource allocation and other means; 
    (3) cooperation between USDA and State inspection programs; and (4) 
    government and private sector roles in consumer education regarding 
    safe food handling practices. A transcript of the forum has been 
    included in the record for this rulemaking.
    
    Farm-to-Table Strategy
    
        In the preamble to its Pathogen Reduction/HACCP proposal, FSIS 
    presented a strategy for the control of food safety hazards throughout 
    the continuum of animal production and slaughter, and the processing, 
    distribution, and sale of meat and poultry products. FSIS has 
    historically focused on the manufacturing of meat and poultry products 
    through its inspection program, but the Agency's public health mandate 
    requires that the Agency also consider pre- and post-processing hazards 
    as part of a comprehensive strategy to prevent foodborne illness.
        This farm-to-table food safety strategy is founded on three 
    principles:
         Hazards that could result in foodborne illness arise at 
    each stage in the farm-to-table continuum: animal production and 
    slaughter, and the processing, transportation, storage and retail, 
    restaurant or food service sale of meat and poultry products. Each 
    stage presents hazards of pathogen and other contamination and each 
    provides opportunities for minimizing the effect of those hazards.
         Those in control of each segment of the farm-to-table 
    continuum bear responsibility for identifying and preventing or 
    reducing food safety hazards that are under their operational control.
         The Agency's public health mandate requires that it 
    address foodborne illness hazards within each segment of the food 
    production chain and implement or encourage preventative strategies 
    that improve the whole system.
        FSIS remains committed to a farm-to-table food safety strategy 
    based on these principles. To address hazards arising within slaughter 
    and processing establishments, FSIS proposed and is adopting in this 
    rule significant new regulatory measures. Improving food safety before 
    the animals reach slaughter establishments will require a different 
    approach. The preamble to the Pathogen Reduction/HACCP proposal stated 
    that FSIS will be cooperating with animal producers, scientists in 
    academia, the Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service and other 
    government agencies to develop and foster food safety measures that can 
    be taken on the farm and through marketing channels to decrease public 
    health hazards in animals presented for slaughter. Within this context, 
    the voluntary application of food safety assurance programs based on 
    HACCP principles can be useful in establishing risk reduction practices 
    on the farm and through intermediate marketing stages to control and 
    reduce pathogen hazards at slaughter.
        FSIS expects, within the limits of available resources, to serve as 
    a facilitator and coordinator of research and other activities designed 
    to encourage development and implementation of animal production 
    technologies and practices that can improve food safety. FSIS also 
    intends to offer its expertise to assist State health and agricultural 
    officials, when requested, during outbreak investigations of foodborne 
    illnesses to learn more about potential risk factors. FSIS does not 
    intend nor is FSIS authorized, to mandate production practices on the 
    farm, but does expect that continued public concern about foodborne 
    pathogens and adoption of HACCP and food safety performance standards 
    within slaughter and processing establishments will increase incentives 
    for improving food safety practices at the animal production level.
        The post-processing transportation, storage, and retail, restaurant 
    or food service sectors are also important links in the chain of 
    responsibility for food safety. In these areas, FDA and State and local 
    governments share authority and responsibility for oversight of meat 
    and poultry products outside of official establishments. FSIS and FDA 
    are collaborating in the development of standards governing the safety 
    of potentially hazardous foods, including meat and poultry, eggs, and 
    seafood, during transportation and storage, with particular emphasis on 
    proper cooling to minimize the growth of pathogenic microorganisms, and 
    on disclosure of prior cargoes in transport vehicles. This effort will 
    be discussed in a forthcoming advance notice of proposed rulemaking.
        In the retail, restaurant and food service areas, FSIS and FDA are 
    working in concert with State and local food regulatory officials to 
    foster adoption of updated, uniform, science-based standards, including 
    mandates for HACCP process controls for high-risk processing and 
    packaging operations. State and local authorities have assumed primary 
    responsibility for food safety oversight of retail, restaurant and food 
    service operations, but FSIS and FDA, working through the Conference on 
    Food Protection and other collaborative mechanisms, provide expertise 
    and leadership to support local authorities and foster development of 
    sound food safety standards and practices nationwide. FSIS is 
    cooperating with FDA to update the Food Code, a set of model ordinances 
    recommended for adoption by the
    
    [[Page 38811]]
    
    States, to ensure meat and poultry safety is adequately addressed in 
    retail, restaurant and food service settings.
        Even as progress is made in reducing contamination of food by 
    harmful bacteria and other safety hazards at the production, processing 
    and subsequent commercial stages of the farm-to-table continuum, it 
    will remain critically important that individual consumers follow safe 
    food handling practices. Proper storage, preparation, and cooking of 
    meat and poultry products are essential to achieving the goal of 
    reducing the risk of foodborne illness to the maximum extent possible. 
    FSIS intends to augment its food handler and consumer education efforts 
    by expanding its collaboration with the meat and poultry industry, 
    other government agencies, consumer and public interest groups, 
    educators, and the media to effectively develop and deliver food safety 
    education and information to the public.
        The HACCP requirements and other regulations FSIS is adopting in 
    this final rule will ensure that inspected establishments are taking 
    appropriate measures to reduce hazards at critical stages where the 
    risk of initial contamination is greatest. The public health benefits 
    of these measures, however, are only a part of a comprehensive food 
    safety strategy that seeks to minimize hazards throughout the farm-to-
    table continuum.
    
    General Overview of the Comments and the Final Rule
    
    HACCP and Performance Standards
        The FSIS proposal to require adoption of HACCP in meat and poultry 
    establishments was widely endorsed by comments from large and small 
    businesses, the scientific and public health communities, consumers, 
    and public interest organizations. Commenters strongly supported the 
    concept that meat and poultry establishments should systematically 
    build science-based food safety measures into their production 
    processes following the seven HACCP principles developed by the 
    National Advisory Committee on Microbiological Criteria for Food 
    (NACMCF). Although many commenters requested clarification of how FSIS 
    intends to implement HACCP and conduct inspection under HACCP, the 
    principal critical comments concerned costs and the practicality of 
    using HACCP in very small establishments. FSIS is adopting the HACCP 
    requirements, based on the NACMCF principles, essentially as proposed.
        From a food safety standpoint, the most important objective of this 
    rulemaking is to build into food production processes, and into the 
    system of FSIS regulation and oversight, effective measures to reduce 
    and control harmful bacteria on raw meat and poultry products. This 
    will not by itself solve the problem of foodborne illness associated 
    with meat and poultry products. Effective measures are needed 
    throughout the farm-to-table continuum, but this rulemaking will fill 
    the most critical gap in the current system of meat and poultry 
    inspection. While products sold in cooked or otherwise ready-to-eat 
    forms are currently subject to controls and regulatory standards 
    designed to eliminate harmful bacteria, products sold raw are not 
    currently subject, as a general matter, to any such controls or 
    standards.
        FSIS has concluded that HACCP-based process control, combined with 
    appropriate food safety performance standards, is the most effective 
    means available for controlling and reducing harmful bacteria on raw 
    meat and poultry products. HACCP provides the framework for industry to 
    set up science-based process controls that establishments can validate 
    as effective for controlling and reducing harmful bacteria. Performance 
    standards tell establishments what degree of effectiveness their HACCP 
    plans will be expected to achieve and provide a necessary tool of 
    accountability for achieving acceptable food safety performance. 
    Science-based process control, as embodied in HACCP, and appropriate 
    performance standards are inextricably intertwined in the Agency's 
    regulatory strategy for improving food safety. Neither is sufficient by 
    itself, but, when combined, they are the basis upon which FSIS expects 
    significant reductions in the incidence and levels of harmful bacteria 
    on raw meat and poultry products and, in turn, significant reductions 
    in foodborne illness.
        The proposed interim targets for pathogen reduction based on 
    Salmonella generated widely diverse comments. Commenters supported the 
    goal of pathogen reduction, and many recognized some role for microbial 
    testing and the need for a microbial reduction target or performance 
    standard. Some commenters argued that the proposed testing regimen (a 
    single sample per species per day) was inadequate for its purpose in 
    large establishments, while others argued it was too burdensome in 
    small establishments. Some commenters specifically supported the 
    proposed Salmonella reduction targets and the daily testing 
    requirements. Many, however, criticized the proposed testing 
    requirements and considered Salmonella testing less useful than generic 
    E. coli testing as an indicator of whether process controls in 
    slaughter establishments are effectively preventing fecal 
    contamination, the primary pathway for pathogen contamination. At the 
    scientific conference on the role of microbial testing held in 
    Philadelphia, broad support also was expressed for using generic E. 
    coli rather than Salmonella as a process control indicator.
        Based on public comments, FSIS has modified its approach to 
    establishing microbial performance standards. FSIS believes that 
    testing for generic E. coli is the appropriate and necessary means by 
    which meat and poultry slaughter establishments must verify their 
    process controls. FSIS reviewed written comments received on the 
    original proposal and comments made at the scientific conferences and 
    public meetings, as well as available scientific data, and has decided 
    to require slaughter establishments to conduct testing for generic E. 
    coli to verify process controls. Establishments will be required to 
    test for E. coli at a frequency that takes into account their volume of 
    production. FSIS is seeking additional scientific and economic data 
    that may help to further improve the E. coli testing protocols.
        FSIS is also establishing performance criteria based on national 
    microbiological baseline surveys. The criteria are not regulatory 
    standards but rather provide a benchmark for use by slaughter 
    establishments in evaluating E. coli test results. Test results that do 
    not meet the performance criteria will be an indication that the 
    slaughter establishment may not be maintaining adequate process control 
    for fecal contamination and associated bacteria. Such results will be 
    used in conjunction with other information to evaluate and make 
    appropriate adjustments to ensure adequate process control for fecal 
    contamination and associated bacteria.
        FSIS is also establishing pathogen reduction performance standards 
    for Salmonella that will require all slaughter establishments to reduce 
    the incidence of Salmonella contamination of finished meat and poultry 
    carcasses below the national baseline prevalence as established by the 
    most recent FSIS national microbiological baseline data for each major 
    species. FSIS will conduct Salmonella testing in slaughter 
    establishments to detect whether they are meeting the pathogen 
    reduction performance standards, and will require corrective action or 
    take regulatory
    
    [[Page 38812]]
    
    action, as appropriate, to ensure establishments are meeting the 
    pathogen reduction standards.
        Pathogen-specific performance standards for raw products are an 
    essential component of the FSIS food safety strategy because they 
    provide a direct measure of progress in controlling and reducing the 
    most significant hazards associated with raw meat and poultry products. 
    The Salmonella standards being established in this final rule, which 
    are based on the current national baseline prevalence of Salmonella 
    (expressed as a percentage of contaminated carcasses), are a first step 
    in what FSIS expects to be a broader reliance in the future on 
    pathogen-specific performance standards. FSIS plans to repeat its 
    baseline surveys and collect substantial additional data through other 
    means and, on that basis, adjust the Salmonella performance standards 
    and possibly set standards for additional pathogens, as appropriate. 
    Also, FSIS will continue to explore establishing pathogen-specific 
    performance standards based on the levels of contamination (i.e., the 
    number of organisms) on a carcass. Future FSIS efforts on such 
    performance standards will reflect the fact that achieving the food 
    safety goal of reducing foodborne illness to the maximum extent 
    possible will require continuous efforts and improvement over a 
    substantial period.
    Sanitation SOP's, Antimicrobial Treatments, and Cooling Requirements 
    for Raw Meat and Poultry Products
        Comments generally supported the objectives of the three near-term 
    measures for raw meat and poultry products proposed by FSIS, Sanitation 
    SOP's, antimicrobial treatments, and carcass cooling standards, and 
    most commenters agreed that Sanitation SOP's should be a required 
    element of any meat and poultry establishment's food safety program. 
    Many commenters objected, however, to FSIS mandated antimicrobial 
    treatments in slaughter establishments and carcass cooling standards 
    for red meat prior to the implementation of HACCP. Although most 
    comments generally agreed that antimicrobial treatments would play an 
    important role in many slaughter establishments' HACCP plans, and that 
    proper carcass cooling would be an essential part of any HACCP plan for 
    raw meat and poultry products, these commenters argued that mandating a 
    particular approach to antimicrobial treatments or carcass cooling 
    would be inconsistent with the HACCP concept that establishment 
    management is responsible for designing a system of controls 
    appropriate for each establishment. They also argued that mandating 
    antimicrobial treatments was unnecessary if establishments were 
    required to meet pathogen reduction performance standards. Similarly, 
    with respect to the proposed requirement that establishments cool red 
    meat carcasses following specific cooling rate standards prescribed by 
    FSIS, commenters argued that HACCP, reinforced by performance 
    standards, would ensure proper carcass cooling. Many commenters said 
    that the specific time-and-temperature requirements proposed by FSIS 
    were often not feasible, posed worker safety concerns, and would divert 
    effort and resources that could be used more productively in preparing 
    for implementation of HACCP.
        Based on the comments, FSIS has reconsidered its approach to the 
    proposed near-term measures. FSIS believes that its regulatory program 
    and the food safety efforts of the meat and poultry industry should be 
    focused on making a transition to HACCP as rapidly and effectively as 
    possible and that FSIS should not mandate any near-term measures that 
    would not be expected to continue as mandatory elements of a HACCP-
    based system.
        FSIS has decided to adopt final rules that mandate Sanitation 
    SOP's. Good sanitation is a critical foundation for HACCP, and 
    Sanitation SOP's are an essential element of the FSIS effort to more 
    clearly define establishment and inspector responsibilities, and better 
    focus both the establishment management and FSIS on those elements of 
    daily sanitation that relate most directly to the risk of product 
    contamination. Near-term implementation of Sanitation SOP's will 
    facilitate the transition to HACCP.
        FSIS has decided not to mandate antimicrobial treatments in 
    slaughter establishments. The Agency expects that antimicrobial 
    treatments will play an important role in the design of slaughter HACCP 
    plans as establishments institute controls that are effective in 
    reducing pathogens and meeting FSIS performance standards. As a general 
    matter, however, FSIS does not intend to mandate the specific controls 
    that establishments must adopt in their HACCP plans. In the case of 
    antimicrobial treatments, FSIS believes that improvement in food safety 
    would be better served by providing establishments the incentive and 
    flexibility to incorporate antimicrobial treatments in any manner they 
    judge most effective for their operations to meet FSIS-established 
    performance standards for reducing bacterial contamination.
        With respect to carcass cooling, FSIS continues to believe that, in 
    a HACCP environment, appropriate performance standards are needed for 
    the cooling of carcasses and raw meat and poultry products to prevent 
    the growth of harmful bacteria. After consideration of the comments, 
    FSIS has concluded, however, that the specific time-and-temperature 
    combinations proposed by FSIS were too restrictive and that a 
    scientifically sound and effective strategy for preventing the growth 
    of pathogens through proper cooling must apply not only within, but 
    also beyond, FSIS-inspected establishments. Thus, instead of including 
    requirements for carcass cooling in this final rule, FSIS intends to 
    extend this rulemaking to consider alternative approaches to 
    performance standards for cooling within establishments. Concurrently, 
    FSIS also intends to develop rulemaking covering the adoption of 
    standards for cooling of raw products during transportation, storage, 
    and retail, restaurant or food service sale. FSIS anticipates adopting 
    performance standards designed to minimize the growth of harmful 
    bacteria on raw products that establishments will be required to meet 
    through their HACCP plans. FSIS will announce in a future issue of the 
    Federal Register a three-day public conference to gather further 
    scientific information and public comment on these subjects.
    
    Timetable for Implementation
    
    Federally Inspected Establishments
        FSIS proposed an implementation timetable that would have phased in 
    the near-term measures and HACCP over a period of time beginning 90 
    days and ending three years after publication of the final rule. 
    Sanitation SOP's and the other near-term measures, as well as the 
    proposed microbial sampling by establishments for Salmonella, were to 
    begin 90 days after publication. Slaughter establishments were to be 
    held accountable for meeting the Salmonella targets two years after 
    publication.
        FSIS proposed to phase in HACCP over a one to three-year period, 
    primarily on a process-by-process basis. For example, raw ground 
    products would be subject to the HACCP requirements one year after 
    publication of the final rule, while all slaughter establishments would 
    be required to start HACCP thirty months (2\1/2\ years) after 
    publication of the final rule. However, FSIS proposed that 
    establishments with annual sales of less than $2.5 million be given 
    three years to
    
    [[Page 38813]]
    
    comply with the HACCP requirement, regardless of the processes they 
    run.
        Some commenters said the proposed implementation timetable was too 
    slow, considering the seriousness of the food safety issues involved 
    and the familiarity with HACCP that already exists among many in the 
    industry. Other commenters pointed out that many larger establishments 
    have already adopted HACCP. Some said the Pathogen Reduction/HACCP 
    proposal placed excessive burdens on smaller establishments, which were 
    said to be less prepared technically and financially to carry out 
    HACCP. Wide support was voiced for implementing HACCP as promptly as 
    practicable, taking into account the diversity of businesses involved 
    and the different levels of readiness for HACCP.
        FSIS has considered these comments and has also re-evaluated the 
    proposed timetable for implementation of all requirements discussed 
    above in light of preparations FSIS will itself have to make to 
    implement HACCP, including the training of inspection and other agency 
    employees. FSIS believes it is important to bring the meat and poultry 
    supply under HACCP-based process control and to implement other 
    elements of its food safety strategy as rapidly as possible. It is also 
    important to have a timetable that is realistic for implementing this 
    fundamental transformation in how FSIS regulates meat and poultry 
    establishments. FSIS is modifying the timetable for implementation in a 
    way that achieves both goals.
        The Sanitation SOP's requirements will take effect 6 months after 
    publication of these final rules, rather than 90 days as originally 
    proposed.
        Establishments slaughtering livestock or poultry will be required 
    to begin process control verification testing for generic E. coli 6 
    months after publication of this final rule.
        FSIS will begin holding slaughter establishments and establishments 
    producing raw ground products accountable for achieving Salmonella 
    pathogen reduction performance standards at the time they will be 
    required to implement HACCP under the phase-in schedule described 
    below, rather than the single, two-year delayed effective date 
    originally proposed. Beginning approximately three months after 
    publication of this final rule, FSIS will initiate its pre-enforcement 
    Salmonella testing program. This establishment-by-establishment 
    Salmonella prevalence survey will provide critical data on the 
    performance of establishments; it will inform establishments of their 
    performance, and guide FSIS enforcement testing and compliance 
    strategies after establishments are required to meet the Salmonella 
    performance standards.
        In response to comments, FSIS is modifying the proposed timetable 
    for implementing HACCP from one based primarily on production process 
    in an establishment to one based on establishment size. Under this 
    approach, the pace at which most of the Nation's meat and poultry 
    supply comes under HACCP-based process control will be accelerated. 
    Most important, slaughter establishments that account for 75% of the 
    annual meat and poultry production in the United States will be 
    required to implement HACCP 18 months after publication of these final 
    rules, rather than 30 months after publication as originally proposed. 
    At the same time, very small establishments (those with fewer than 10 
    employees or with annual sales of less than $2.5 million, together 
    accounting for less than 2% of meat and poultry production) will be 
    provided an additional six months beyond the proposed three years to 
    implement HACCP.
        Under this timetable, FSIS gains needed time to develop and 
    sequence inspector training and other preparatory activities. Also, 
    establishments that carry out multiple processes (such as the so-called 
    ``combo'' establishments that both slaughter animals and grind raw 
    products) will be able to implement HACCP on a more coherent 
    establishment-wide basis, rather than on a process-by-process basis. A 
    detailed description of the implementation timetable and its rationale 
    is provided in section II of this preamble.
    State-Inspected Establishments
        Both the FMIA and PPIA direct Federal cooperation with States in 
    developing and administering intrastate inspection programs that 
    include mandatory antemortem and postmortem inspection, reinspection, 
    and sanitation requirements which are ``at least equal to'' Federal 
    requirements. Consequently, each State receiving matching Federal funds 
    for the administration of its intrastate meat and poultry inspection 
    program must implement Pathogen Reduction/HACCP programs that are at 
    least equal to provisions set forth in this final rule. FSIS will 
    coordinate closely with States that maintain federally supported meat 
    and poultry inspection programs to ensure that Pathogen Reduction/HACCP 
    is implemented in all intrastate establishments.
    Foreign-Inspected Establishments
        In order to export meat or poultry to the United States, foreign 
    countries must establish a system of inspection that is equivalent to 
    the system in this country. Determinations of equivalency made by U.S. 
    reviewers of foreign meat and poultry inspection systems are currently 
    based upon (1) the presence or lack of specific regulatory requirements 
    and (2) how those requirements are enforced. As Pathogen Reduction/
    HACCP regulatory provisions are implemented in the U.S. domestic 
    market, foreign countries will concurrently be evaluated to ascertain 
    whether their inspection systems provide equivalent regulatory 
    provisions with adequate levels of enforcement.
    
    Implementation Conferences
    
        FSIS plans to convene a three-day HACCP implementation conference 
    in Washington, DC, about 60 days after publication of this final rule. 
    Similar sessions will follow in various cities around the country.
        The purpose of the implementation conferences is to continue, and 
    build upon, the dialogue among interested parties that occurred during 
    the six days of public meetings FSIS conducted in September 1995 on the 
    proposed rule. FSIS anticipates that the following topics will be 
    discussed at the implementation conferences: (1) status of FSIS efforts 
    to develop generic model HACCP plans and conduct small establishment 
    HACCP demonstration projects; (2) the draft guidance materials 
    published as Appendices; (3) the revised HACCP implementation schedule 
    and certain technical aspects of the regulations being promulgated in 
    this final rule; (4) other implementation issues identified by the 
    public; (5) methods to achieve the goal of consistent training for FSIS 
    and industry employees; and (6) due process and enforcement issues.
        In addition, FSIS plans to conduct two public conferences on 
    technical issues related to E. coli testing. The first conference is 
    planned to be held approximately 45 days into the 60-day comment period 
    following publication of this rule. The public conference will be led 
    by a panel of scientists from FSIS and other government agencies who 
    will listen to testimony and review comments received on these 
    technical issues and share their observations and opinions. FSIS will 
    consider their input as well as all comments received as the basis for 
    any necessary technical amendments which will be completed at least 30 
    days before the
    
    [[Page 38814]]
    
    implementation date. The second conference is tentatively planned for 
    approximately 9 months following publication of this rule. This 
    conference would be an opportunity for the industry and others to 
    discuss with FSIS new information based on about 3 months of testing 
    experience that may bear on these same issues and might allow for 
    further adjustments of protocols before FSIS inspectors are tasked, 
    about three months later, with comparing test results to the national 
    criteria as part of their inspection routine. FSIS will publish 
    further, more detailed notice of these conferences in future issues of 
    the Federal Register.
    
    Request for Comments
    
        These final rules have benefitted from substantial public comment 
    and the dialogue that took place during extensive public meetings with 
    interested groups and individuals. Following the close of the comment 
    period on November 13, 1995, several industry associations requested 
    that these regulations be issued as ``interim'' final rules with a 30-
    day opportunity for further public comment prior to the rules becoming 
    final. FSIS is denying this request because the HACCP principles and 
    other major elements of these final regulations have already been the 
    subject of unusually extensive public comment and dialogue, and it is 
    important to proceed toward implementation of these new food safety 
    measures as promptly as possible.
        FSIS seeks comments, however, on certain technical aspects of these 
    final regulations and on the guidelines (published here as Appendices) 
    that will play a role in implementation of sanitation SOP's, microbial 
    testing, and HACCP. FSIS requests comments no later than September 23, 
    1996 on (1) technical issues that are associated with E. coli testing; 
    (2) the E. coli performance criteria, and (3) the Sanitation SOP's 
    Guideline and Model Sanitation SOP's, published at Appendices A and B, 
    respectively.
        Based on comments it receives, FSIS will make any necessary 
    revisions in the draft guidelines and technical aspects of the E. coli 
    testing regulation prior to the effective date of the affected 
    regulatory requirements.
        With respect to the HACCP final regulations, FSIS requests comments 
    by November 22, 1996 on (1) the revised HACCP implementation timetable, 
    including any factual information that commenters believe would justify 
    any adjustments in the announced effective dates; (2) the Hazards and 
    Preventive Measures Guide (published at Appendix D) and (3) the 
    Guidebook for the Preparation of HACCP Plans (published at Appendix C).
    
    II. Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Point Systems
    
    Overview of Final Rule
    
        This final rule requires that federally inspected establishments 
    implement HACCP systems to address hazards that are reasonably likely 
    to occur in their operations. The HACCP systems mandated by this final 
    rule focus on attributes affecting product safety, not those affecting 
    economic adulteration or quality. On the effective dates of this final 
    rule, FSIS will begin verifying HACCP system operations as part of its 
    inspection program. Establishments will be required to maintain a HACCP 
    plan covering every meat or poultry product produced for human food. 
    Processes for which HACCP plans must be developed include slaughter for 
    all species; raw ground meat or poultry products; raw product, not 
    ground (e.g., meat cuts or whole or cut-up birds); shelf-stable 
    nonheat-treated products (e.g., jerky); shelf-stable heat-treated 
    products (e.g., edible fats); thermally processed/commercially sterile 
    products (e.g., canned soup); fully cooked nonshelf-stable products 
    (e.g., canned hams that must be refrigerated); not fully cooked/heat-
    treated products (e.g., char-marked beef patties); and nonshelf-stable 
    products with secondary inhibitors (e.g., fermented sausage). It should 
    be noted that the category of raw, not ground product can include 
    products with certain additional processing steps beyond carcass 
    dressing, such as cutting up whole carcasses or marinating meat or 
    poultry products.
    
    History and Background of HACCP
    
        HACCP is a conceptually simple system whereby meat and poultry 
    establishments can identify and evaluate the food safety hazards that 
    can affect the safety of their products, institute controls necessary 
    to prevent those hazards from occurring or keeping them within 
    acceptable limits, monitor the performance of controls, and maintain 
    records routinely. HACCP is the best system currently available for 
    maximizing the safety of the nation's food supply.
        HACCP systems have been recommended for use in the food industry 
    for more than a quarter century. The HACCP concept has been promoted by 
    government and scientific groups and incorporated for many years in 
    FSIS's and FDA's regulations on canned foods. Committees of the NAS 
    have recommended that government agencies with responsibility for 
    controlling microbiological hazards in foods, including FSIS, 
    promulgate regulations requiring industry to utilize the HACCP system 
    for food protection purposes.
        The NACMCF, which was established in accordance with a NAS 
    committee recommendation, endorsed the HACCP system as an effective and 
    rational approach to the assurance of food safety. In its March 20, 
    1992, publication ``Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Point 
    System,'' NACMCF advocated the standardization of the HACCP principles 
    and their application by industry and regulatory authorities, with each 
    food-producing establishment developing a HACCP system tailored to its 
    individual product, processing, and distribution conditions.
        The U.S. General Accounting Office, in a series of reports between 
    1992 and 1994, endorsed HACCP as an effective, scientific, risk-based 
    system for protecting the public from foodborne illness. On December 
    18, 1995, the FDA published final rules requiring the adoption of HACCP 
    systems in seafood processing plants (60 FR 65096).
        International and foreign government bodies have also advocated the 
    adoption of HACCP systems. The International Commission on 
    Microbiological Specifications for Foods (ICMSF), in its 1988 report, 
    ``HACCP in Microbiological Safety and Quality,'' endorsed the use of 
    HACCP systems in food production, processing, and handling. In 1993, 
    the Food and Agriculture Organization/World Health Organization Codex 
    Alimentarius Commission adopted a HACCP document that now serves as a 
    guide for countries to incorporate HACCP principles into their food 
    industries. The seven HACCP principles adopted by the Codex 
    Alimentarius Commission are identical to those adopted by the NACMCF 
    and on which this final rule is based. HACCP principles have been 
    embodied in recent European Union regulatory directives and in food 
    protection programs conducted by the governments of Canada, New 
    Zealand, and Australia.
    
    The Seven HACCP Principles
    
        The seven HACCP principles recommended by NACMCF in 1992 provide 
    the framework for this final rule. While the seven principles are not 
    explicitly listed as such in the codified regulatory text, they are 
    embodied in the regulatory requirements for a hazard analysis in 
    Sec. 417.2(a); the elements of a HACCP plan in Sec. 417.2 (b) and (c); 
    the corrective action requirements in Sec. 417.3; the validation, 
    verification, and reassessment requirements in Sec. 417.4; and the 
    record review and maintenance
    
    [[Page 38815]]
    
    requirements in Sec. 417.5. The seven HACCP principles are discussed 
    below.
        Principle No. 1: A hazard analysis of each process must be carried 
    out. The purpose of the analysis is to identify and list the food 
    safety hazards reasonably likely to occur in the production process for 
    a particular product and the preventive measures necessary to control 
    the hazards. A food safety hazard is any biological, chemical, or 
    physical property that may cause a food to be adulterated or otherwise 
    unsafe for human consumption. A listed hazard must be of such a nature 
    that its prevention, elimination, or reduction to acceptable levels is 
    essential to the production of a safe food.
        Examples of questions to be considered in a hazard analysis 
    include: (1) What potential hazards may be present in the animals to be 
    slaughtered or the raw materials to be processed? (2) What are the 
    avenues that might lead to contamination of finished product with 
    pathogenic microorganisms, hazardous chemicals, or other potentially 
    hazardous contaminants? (3) What is the likelihood of such 
    contamination and what are the means for preventing it? (4) Does the 
    food contain any ingredient historically associated with a known 
    microbiological hazard? (5) Does the food permit survival or 
    multiplication of pathogens or toxin formation during processing? (6) 
    Does the process include a controllable processing step that destroys 
    pathogens? (7) Is it likely that the food will contain pathogens and 
    are they likely to increase during the times and conditions under which 
    the food is normally stored before being consumed? (8) What product 
    safety devices are used to enhance consumer safety (e.g., metal 
    detectors, filters, thermocouples)? (9) Does the method of packaging 
    affect the multiplication of pathogenic microorganisms and/or the 
    formation of toxins? (10) Is the product epidemiologically linked to a 
    foodborne disease?
        Principle No. 2: The critical control points (CCP) of each process 
    must be identified. A CCP is a point, step, or procedure at which 
    control can be applied and a food safety hazard can be prevented, 
    eliminated, or reduced to an acceptable level. All hazards identified 
    during the hazard analysis must be addressed. The information developed 
    during the hazard analysis should enable the establishment to identify 
    which steps in their processes are CCP's.
        Identification of CCP's for controlling microbial hazards 
    throughout the production process is particularly important because 
    these hazards are the primary cause of foodborne illness. The 
    establishment may find the CCP decision tree developed by the NACMCF 
    useful in the CCP identification process (see Figure 1). However, the 
    use of this technique in identifying CCP's is not required by this 
    final rule.
        Principle No. 3: The critical limits for preventive measures 
    associated with each identified CCP must be established.
    
    BILLING CODE 3410-DM-P
    
    [[Page 38816]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25JY96.000
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 3410-DM-C
    A critical limit is the maximum or minimum value to which a process 
    parameter must be controlled at a CCP to prevent, eliminate, or reduce 
    to an acceptable level the identified physical, biological, or chemical 
    food safety hazard. Critical limits are most often based on process 
    parameters such as temperature, time, physical dimensions, humidity, 
    moisture level, water activity, pH, titratable acidity, salt 
    concentration, available chlorine, viscosity, preservatives, or 
    survival of target pathogens. Critical limits should be based on 
    applicable FSIS regulations or guidelines, FDA tolerances and action 
    levels, scientific and technical literature, surveys, experimental 
    studies, or the recommendations of recognized experts in the industry, 
    academia, or trade associations.
        Establishments are encouraged to establish critical limits more 
    stringent than those now required by FSIS regulations or suggested by 
    scientific data to ensure that regulatory requirements are routinely 
    met, even when minor deviations occur.
        Principle No. 4: The monitoring requirements for CCP's must be 
    established. Monitoring is an integral part of HACCP and consists of 
    observations or measurements taken to assess whether a CCP is within 
    the established critical limit. Continuous monitoring is preferred, but 
    when it is not feasible, monitoring frequencies must be sufficient to 
    ensure that the CCP is under control.
        Assignment of the responsibility for monitoring is an important 
    consideration for each CCP. Personnel assigned the monitoring 
    activities should be properly trained to accurately record all results, 
    including any deviations, so that immediate corrective actions may be 
    taken.
        Principle No. 5: The HACCP plan must include corrective action to 
    be taken when monitoring indicates that there is a deviation from a 
    critical limit at a critical control point. Although the process of 
    developing a HACCP plan emphasizes organized and preventive thinking 
    about what is occurring as the meat or poultry product is being 
    manufactured, the existence of a HACCP plan does not guarantee that 
    problems will not arise. For this reason, the identification of a 
    planned set of activities to address deviations is an important part of 
    a HACCP plan. In such instances, corrective action plans must be in 
    place to determine the disposition of the potentially unsafe or 
    noncompliant product and to identify and correct the cause of the 
    deviation. The HACCP plan itself might require modification, perhaps in 
    the form of a new critical limit, or of an additional CCP.
    
    [[Page 38817]]
    
        Principle No. 6: Effective recordkeeping procedures that document 
    the entire HACCP system must be developed and maintained. A HACCP 
    system will not work unless consistent, reliable records are generated 
    during the operation of the plan, and those records are maintained and 
    available for review. One of the principal benefits of a HACCP process 
    control system to both industry and regulatory officials is the 
    availability of objective, relevant data.
        Principle No. 7: HACCP systems must be systematically verified. 
    After initial validation that the HACCP system can work correctly and 
    effectively with respect to the hazards, the system must be verified 
    periodically. Periodic verification involves the use of methods, 
    procedures, or tests in addition to those used for monitoring, to 
    determine whether the HACCP system is in compliance with the HACCP plan 
    and/or whether the HACCP plan needs modification and revalidation to 
    achieve its food safety objective.
        In the NACMCF explanation of the verification principle, which FSIS 
    is following, four processes are involved in the verification of the 
    establishment's HACCP system. The establishment is responsible for the 
    first three; FSIS is responsible for the fourth. The first is the 
    scientific and technical process, known as ``validation,'' for 
    determining that the CCP's and associated critical limits are adequate 
    and sufficient to control likely hazards. The second process is to 
    ensure, initially and on an ongoing basis, that the entire HACCP system 
    functions properly. The third consists of documented, periodic, 
    reassessment of the HACCP plan. The fourth process defines FSIS's 
    responsibility for certain actions (Government verification) to ensure 
    that the establishment's HACCP system is functioning adequately.
    
    HACCP and the FSIS Food Safety Strategy
    
        The food safety goal of FSIS's Pathogen Reduction/HACCP rulemaking 
    proposal is to reduce the risk of foodborne illness from meat and 
    poultry products to the maximum extent possible by ensuring that 
    appropriate and feasible preventive and corrective measures are taken 
    at each stage of the food production process where food safety hazards 
    occur. There is no single technological or regulatory solution to the 
    problem of foodborne illness. Continuous efforts are required by 
    industry and government to improve methods for identifying and 
    preventing hazards and to minimize the risk of illness.
        FSIS proposed HACCP as the framework for carrying out its 
    comprehensive strategy to improve food safety. HACCP, combined with the 
    other measures required by this rulemaking, will substantially improve 
    the ability of meat and poultry establishments and FSIS to target and 
    systematically prevent and reduce food safety hazards and, working 
    together, to continuously improve food safety as science and technology 
    improve. These measures fill a critical gap in the current system with 
    respect to the control and reduction of harmful bacteria on raw meat 
    and poultry products and will, over time, significantly reduce the risk 
    of foodborne illness.
        FSIS's meat and poultry inspection program currently addresses and 
    will continue to address many matters of importance to the safety and 
    quality of the food supply, including supervision of industry 
    compliance with sanitation standards, exclusion of diseased animals 
    from the food supply, examination of carcasses for other visible 
    defects that can affect safety and quality, and inspecting for economic 
    adulteration. These activities respond to some of the public's most 
    basic expectations regarding the safety and quality of the food supply 
    and reflect the standards and requirements established by Congress in 
    the laws FSIS administers. FSIS is strongly committed to the most 
    effective and efficient implementation of these statutory requirements.
        This final rule initiates a fundamental change in the inspection 
    program to better meet FSIS's paramount obligation to protect the 
    public health. Specifically, it addresses in a substantive way the 
    public health problem of foodborne illness associated with the 
    consumption of meat and poultry products. It does so in large part by 
    better delineating and clarifying the respective roles of industry and 
    FSIS to ensure that meat and poultry products are produced in 
    accordance with sanitation and safety standards and are not adulterated 
    or misbranded within the meaning of the FMIA and PPIA. This rule makes 
    clear that the industry is responsible for producing and marketing 
    products that are safe, unadulterated, and properly labeled and 
    packaged. FSIS is responsible for inspecting products and facilities to 
    verify that the statutory requirements are being met and for taking 
    appropriate compliance and enforcement actions when the requirements 
    are not being met.
        The line between the responsibilities of FSIS and those of the 
    industry has often been blurred. This is because of the prescriptive 
    nature of the current FSIS inspection program and the tendency for some 
    establishments to rely on FSIS inspectors to do what is necessary to 
    direct the correction of deficiencies and to ensure that outgoing 
    products are safe, and not adulterated or misbranded. Some 
    establishments operate on the assumption that if the inspector 
    identifies no problem, their meat or poultry products may be entered 
    into commerce. This is even more problematic because the current 
    inspection system is based primarily on organoleptic methods that 
    cannot detect the hazards of pathogenic microorganisms. The line has 
    also been blurred because of the excessive reliance of the FSIS 
    inspection program on the detection and correction of problems after 
    the fact, rather than assurance that problems will be prevented, 
    systematically by design, in the first place.
        The changes FSIS will effect with this final rule will eliminate 
    this confusion and delineate clearly the respective responsibilities of 
    FSIS and industry. The changes constitute a fundamental shift in the 
    FSIS regulatory program, which FSIS is convinced will significantly 
    enhance the effectiveness of the program and substantially reduce the 
    risk of foodborne illness.
    
    Preparing for HACCP Implementation
    
        For the new FSIS food safety strategy, particularly HACCP, to be 
    successful, FSIS must reconsider its current reliance on prescriptive 
    command-and-control regulations and instead rely more on performance 
    standards. Not only do command-and-control regulations prescribe the 
    means by which establishments are to achieve a particular food safety 
    objective, but they are susceptible of being enforced in a manner that 
    leads to the inspector's substantial involvement in management 
    decisionmaking. Performance standards, on the other hand, prescribe the 
    objectives or levels of performance (such as pathogen reduction 
    standards for raw product) establishments must achieve, but afford 
    establishments flexibility in determining how to achieve those 
    performance objectives. The shift to performance standards and the 
    concomitant increase in flexibility for meat and poultry establishments 
    reflect FSIS's commitment to stimulating the innovative capacity of the 
    meat and poultry and allied industries to improve the safety of their 
    products.
        Command-and-control regulations are generally incompatible with 
    HACCP and the FSIS food safety strategy, and conflict with the goal of 
    reducing the
    
    [[Page 38818]]
    
    risk of foodborne illness on a continuing basis. They deprive 
    establishments of the flexibility to innovate, one of the primary 
    advantages of HACCP, and undercut the clear delineation of food safety 
    responsibilities between industry and FSIS, on which the FSIS strategy 
    is based. Therefore, to prepare for HACCP implementation, FSIS is 
    conducting a thorough review of its current regulations and will, to 
    the maximum extent possible, convert its command-and-control 
    regulations to performance standards. (For a discussion of this 
    regulatory reform initiative, see advance notice of proposed rulemaking 
    published on December 29, 1995; Docket No. 95-008A; 60 FR 67469).
    
    Inspection Under HACCP
    
        HACCP-oriented food safety inspection changes FSIS's approach to 
    overseeing the safety of meat and poultry products. Under this new 
    approach, FSIS will rely less on after-the-fact detection of product 
    and process defects and more on verifying the effectiveness of 
    processes and process controls designed to ensure food safety. FSIS 
    will restructure its inspection tasks and rely on review techniques 
    aimed at systems designed for preventing problems that could lead to 
    the production of unsafe meat or poultry products. FSIS will carry out 
    various activities to ensure that industry HACCP systems meet the 
    requirements of this rule, and are functioning as designed.
        Beginning on the effective date of the regulation for a particular 
    establishment, FSIS personnel will carry out a general review of an 
    establishment's HACCP plan to determine its conformance with the seven 
    HACCP principles. This evaluation will take place at the time of start-
    up or initial implementation of the HACCP plan for new establishments. 
    Subsequently, special teams of FSIS personnel will work in conjunction 
    with assigned inspectors to conduct in-depth reviews, on a regular 
    basis, of the establishment's current HACCP plan to verify their 
    scientific validity and ongoing adequacy for preventing food safety 
    hazards. Further, at any time that the HACCP plan is revised or 
    amended, FSIS personnel assigned to the establishment will review the 
    plan to determine if it is in conformance with regulatory requirements.
        FSIS will also carry out its verification activities by focusing on 
    an establishment's ongoing compliance with HACCP-related requirements. 
    Inspectors will be assigned to carry out the verification activities 
    under HACCP-oriented inspection in much the same way as they receive 
    their assignment schedules under the current system. A verification 
    activity might include reviewing all establishment monitoring records 
    for a process, reviewing establishment records for a production lot, 
    direct observation of CCP controls as conducted by establishment 
    employees, collecting samples for FSIS laboratory analysis, or 
    verifying establishment verification activities for a process.
        As HACCP-based process control is established in meat and poultry 
    establishments, with its continuous monitoring by the establishment and 
    oversight by FSIS, opportunities to incorporate new technologies and 
    continuously improve food safety will be more readily identified. The 
    continuous monitoring and verification of production processes and 
    controls by the establishment and FSIS, which is an essential feature 
    of the HACCP system, will set the stage for further food safety 
    improvements.
        Many commenters on the proposal expressed concern that the number 
    of inspectors would decline and the quality of Federal inspection would 
    diminish with HACCP implementation. FSIS expects HACCP to enhance the 
    effectiveness of its meat and poultry inspection, not diminish it. 
    Implementation of this final rule will clarify that the meat and 
    poultry industries and FSIS have separate responsibilities for safety 
    of the food supply. Industry will be required to establish process 
    control systems for all forms of meat and poultry slaughter and 
    processing and meet appropriate regulatory performance standards. By 
    vigorous inspectional oversight of HACCP and reliance on objective test 
    results and other observations to verify compliance with performance 
    standards, FSIS inspectors will be better able to ensure that products 
    leaving FSIS establishments are safe. Also, FSIS will be better able to 
    allocate its resources to areas of greatest risk. HACCP implementation 
    will move both industry and FSIS toward a more preventive approach to 
    ensuring the safety of meat and poultry.
        A cross-section of consumer groups, FSIS employees, and meat and 
    poultry establishments stated that each livestock and bird carcass must 
    continue to be examined by trained, experienced FSIS inspectors and 
    veterinarians, even under a HACCP system. They stated that carcass-by-
    carcass inspection is essential to identifying animals with diseases 
    that are transmissible to humans and other disease conditions causing 
    animals to be unacceptable for human food. About 2,000 commenters 
    maintained that HACCP is not, nor should it be, a substitute for 
    carcass-by-carcass inspection by Federal inspectors.
        Carcass-by-carcass inspection is a legal requirement that binds 
    both FSIS and the industry. It also addresses nonsafety considerations 
    that are not addressed by HACCP. Therefore, HACCP cannot substitute for 
    carcass-by-carcass examination. However, in light of HACCP, which will 
    improve process control in slaughter establishments, FSIS plans to 
    examine current tasks related to carcass-by-carcass inspection and 
    determine what changes, if any, could improve the effectiveness of 
    inspection or result in a more productive use of resources.
        Many commenters representing the meat and poultry industries argued 
    that proposed pathogen reduction and HACCP system requirements layer an 
    additional set of regulations and an additional program of inspection 
    onto the current meat and poultry inspection system. These commenters 
    recommended that FSIS review and revise or eliminate current 
    regulations, directives and other FSIS guidance prior to finalizing the 
    proposal as a means for ensuring they are compatible with pathogen 
    reduction and HACCP requirements. Commenters stated that this review 
    would not only mitigate inspection burdens imposed on industry by the 
    proposal, but would facilitate the smooth implementation of pathogen 
    reduction and HACCP requirements, as well.
        FSIS agrees that regulations, directives, and guidelines should be 
    consistent with HACCP and is currently reviewing regulations, 
    directives, and other guidance materials governing meat and poultry 
    inspection. Those regulations, directives, and guidance documents that 
    are inconsistent or incompatible with HACCP principles and procedures 
    will be amended or revoked. This task will not only ensure consistency 
    throughout the regulations, directives, and other documents, but will 
    reduce duplication and help focus inspection on the most serious risks 
    to food safety.
    
    Implementation Schedule
    
        FSIS proposed to phase in implementation of HACCP during a 12 to 
    36-month period primarily on a process-by-process basis, except that 
    all ``small'' establishments (defined as establishments with annual 
    sales of less than $2.5 million) would be allowed the full 36 months to 
    implement their HACCP plans.
        FSIS received numerous comments on the proposed implementation 
    schedule. Many commenters from meat and
    
    [[Page 38819]]
    
    poultry establishments said the proposed period for implementing HACCP 
    was too short. These commenters requested more time to develop HACCP 
    plans, train employees, and purchase or upgrade equipment. Many 
    commenters requested that small businesses be granted more time to 
    implement HACCP so they could amortize the costs of hazard analysis and 
    plan development, equipment purchases, personnel training and records 
    maintenance. A number of commenters suggested alternative timetables 
    for implementation, ranging from three to fifteen years.
        Several consumer groups argued that the proposed implementation 
    schedule was too slow and would compromise public health because 
    serious outbreaks of foodborne illness would continue to occur while 
    establishments prepare for HACCP implementation. Some industry 
    commenters said they were ready to implement HACCP immediately and 
    expressed concern about whether and when the FSIS inspection force 
    would be prepared to oversee HACCP implementation.
        Also, several commenters requested a tiered implementation based on 
    product risk. These commenters suggested that establishments which 
    produce high-risk products, such as slaughter establishments or ground 
    beef processors, be required to implement HACCP first and that 
    establishments which produce low-risk products, such as canning 
    establishments, be required to implement HACCP last.
        Also, some commenters were concerned about the proposed phase-in 
    period based on different types of product categories and processes 
    because contaminated meat and poultry are known to come from a variety 
    of sources. Commenters said that requiring establishments to implement 
    HACCP at different times for different processes within an 
    establishment would confuse establishment employees, inspection 
    personnel and consumers. Consequently, these commenters suggested that 
    HACCP be implemented simultaneously by all establishments.
        Other commenters disputed the definition of small business used in 
    the proposal. Recommendations for defining a small business included 
    using fewer-than-500-employees definition developed by the Small 
    Business Administration (SBA), using a definition reflecting volume of 
    product or number of animals slaughtered, or using a definition based 
    on the level of sales.
        In response to concerns expressed by commenters, FSIS is modifying 
    the implementation schedule for HACCP. The revised implementation 
    schedule is based on the size of an establishment, that is, a business 
    entity producing meat or poultry products at a location. Each 
    establishment is required to implement HACCP simultaneously for all 
    processes, rather than on a process-by- process basis. Large 
    establishments (those having 500 or more employees) are required to 
    implement HACCP 18 months after publication of this final rule. 
    ``Small'' establishments are required to implement HACCP 30 months 
    after publication. The definition of ``small'' establishment has been 
    changed to correspond with SBA's size standards for business entities, 
    and is now an establishment having 10 or more but fewer than 500 
    employees. A new category of ``very small'' establishments (those 
    having fewer than 10 employees or less than $2.5 million in annual 
    sales) will have 42 months to implement HACCP. All individuals employed 
    on a full-time, part-time, temporary, or other basis at a given 
    establishment must be counted as employees. This requirement 
    corresponds with the SBA definition of employee set forth in 13 CFR 
    121.404.
        FSIS is committed to bringing the Nation's meat and poultry supply 
    under HACCP systems as rapidly as possible. Phasing in HACCP 
    implementation is essential due to the logistical effort required to 
    manage a fundamental change in work processes, roles, and 
    responsibilities for both establishments and FSIS. The revised 
    implementation schedule reflects the readiness of establishments of 
    varying sizes to implement HACCP, the time needed by industry to 
    develop HACCP plans and train employees, and the time needed by FSIS to 
    train its employees.
        The principal advantages of the revised implementation schedule are 
    as follows:
        1. Large slaughter establishments account for 75 percent of 
    slaughter production and thus, most of the Nation's meat and poultry 
    supply will come under HACCP-based process control one year earlier 
    than originally proposed. Because the greatest risk of contamination 
    with pathogenic microorganisms occurs during this initial stage of 
    production, FSIS considers this a significant improvement over the 
    original schedule in terms of expediting progress on improving the 
    safety of meat and poultry products. The revised implementation 
    schedule also ensures that approximately 45 percent of processed 
    products will be produced under a HACCP system within 18 months. In 
    comparison, only 25 percent of processed products would have been 
    produced under HACCP systems at the 18-month mark based on the proposed 
    implementation schedule.
        2. By shifting initial implementation of HACCP from 12 months to 18 
    months after publication of the final rule, FSIS will have sufficient 
    time to manage the transition to sanitation SOP's in all 
    establishments, which will begin six months after publication of this 
    final rule, and to train FSIS employees to implement HACCP. FSIS does 
    not believe it could manage this transition and successfully implement 
    HACCP in 12 months.
        3. Eighteen months will provide ample time for the large 
    establishments to comply. In fact, it is reasonable to assume that many 
    of these establishments may implement HACCP before the deadline.
        4. Implementing HACCP on the basis of establishment size will be 
    simpler for both FSIS and establishments and much less disruptive for 
    establishments with multiple processes. Under the proposal, these 
    establishments would have faced multiple implementation dates (e.g., 
    establishments that both slaughter cattle and grind beef).
        5. The ``very small'' establishments will have an additional six 
    months to implement HACCP. This will enable FSIS to complete the 
    demonstration projects planned for ``small'' and ``very small'' 
    establishments. The extra time will also ensure the availability of 
    ``off-the-shelf'' HACCP training programs prepared by private or 
    industry-sponsored consultants. Other FSIS implementation aids, such as 
    model HACCP plans, audio, video, or computer training aids, and various 
    publications such as guidelines, notices and pamphlets will have 
    undergone extensive development as well.
    
    Small Business Issues
    
        FSIS recognizes that many smaller establishments lack the 
    familiarity with HACCP that exists already in many larger 
    establishments. Therefore, FSIS is planning an array of assistance 
    activities that will facilitate implementation of HACCP in ``small'' 
    and ``very small'' establishments.
        FSIS is developing 13 generic HACCP models for the major process 
    categories, which will be available in draft form for public comment, 
    and in final form, at least six months before HACCP implementation. The 
    generic models are being developed especially to assist ``small'' and 
    ``very small'' establishments in preparing their HACCP plans. Because 
    each HACCP system is developed by an individual establishment for its 
    specific process and practices, the generic models will serve only as 
    illustrations, rather than as
    
    [[Page 38820]]
    
    prescriptive blueprints for a specific HACCP plan. They should, 
    however, remove much of the guesswork and reduce the costs associated 
    with developing HACCP plans.
        FSIS will also conduct HACCP demonstration projects for ``small'' 
    and ``very small'' establishments during the two-year period following 
    promulgation of this final rule. These projects will be conducted at 
    various sites to show how HACCP systems can work for various products 
    under actual operating conditions. Some of these demonstrations will 
    involve ``very small'' establishments and will address issues unique to 
    those establishments. For instance, how does a HACCP system function in 
    an establishment with only a single employee? Through these 
    demonstration projects, FSIS, State inspection authorities, 
    participating establishments, and the industry at large will gain added 
    understanding of the problems and techniques of HACCP implementation 
    and operation in ``small'' and ``very small'' establishments.
        FSIS is making available to ``small'' and ``very small'' 
    establishments various HACCP materials that should assist these 
    establishments in conducting their hazard analyses and developing their 
    HACCP plans. These guidance materials include a ``Guidebook for the 
    Preparation of HACCP Plans'' (Appendix C) and a ``Hazards and 
    Preventive Measures Guide'' (Appendix D). These materials should be 
    particularly useful to ``small'' and ``very small'' establishments that 
    may lack the expertise for conducting hazard analyses and designing 
    establishment-specific HACCP plans.
        The ``Guidebook for the Preparation of HACCP Plans'' has been 
    designed to provide ``small'' and ``very small'' establishments with a 
    step-by-step approach for developing a HACCP plan and includes examples 
    and sample forms at each step. The Guidebook can be used alone or in 
    combination with the ``Hazards and Preventive Measures Guide.''
        Because the development of an adequate HACCP plan depends on a good 
    hazard analysis, the ``Hazards and Preventive Measures Guide'' develops 
    HACCP Principle No. 1 in much greater detail than does the ``Guidebook 
    for the Preparation of HACCP Plans.'' The hazards guide identifies 
    potential biological, chemical, and physical hazards associated with a 
    variety of raw materials and common ingredients, as well as major 
    processes used in the meat and poultry industry. In addition, the 
    hazards guide contains examples of preventive measures for common 
    hazards and associated critical limits for those measures. Also 
    provided are examples to illustrate approaches to implementing the 
    remaining HACCP principles (e.g., monitoring, corrective actions, 
    records, and verification procedures) for various hazards and critical 
    control points.
        FSIS invites comments and suggestions on how it may further ease 
    the transition of ``small'' and ``very small'' establishments to HACCP-
    based operations.
    
    Training Considerations
    
        Many commenters, including consumer groups, FSIS employees, meat 
    and poultry establishments, and State governments, agreed that proper 
    training in HACCP procedures and plan development is vital for 
    successful HACCP implementation. A number of commenters suggested that 
    joint training sessions be held for FSIS and establishment employees to 
    ensure uniform understanding between inspection personnel and industry. 
    Others suggested that FSIS certify acceptable training sites and 
    courses of study for establishment employees to coincide with 
    government employee training. However, some commenters argued that FSIS 
    should not accredit training programs because to do so would limit the 
    development of training programs.
        FSIS agrees that effective training of both FSIS and industry 
    employees is critical to HACCP's success. FSIS also agrees that 
    alternatives are needed to make training practical for various kinds of 
    establishments. With these objectives in mind, FSIS is cooperating with 
    the private sector to ensure that a wide variety of training options 
    are available to industry and FSIS employees. For instance, FSIS is 
    encouraging the International Meat and Poultry HACCP Alliance, national 
    and local trade associations, State and local officials, the State 
    agricultural extension services, and local colleges and universities to 
    help establishments incorporate HACCP into their operations. The 
    implementation conferences, discussed elsewhere in this preamble, will 
    address how to achieve the goal of consistent training for FSIS and 
    industry employees.
        Other plans include offering HACCP briefings to industry at many 
    locations nationwide. Each session will be led by FSIS HACCP trainers, 
    will be held during the evening, be open to industry and other 
    interested persons, and include a question-and-answer period. FSIS 
    training sessions will be limited to FSIS and State employees because 
    of complex logistical and cost considerations.
        USDA's National Agricultural Library has developed and maintains 
    the HACCP Training Programs and Resources Database. It is accessible 
    via the Internet at ``http://www.nalusda.gov/fnic/foodborne/
    foodborn.htm'' or ``gopher://gopher.nalusda.gov/11/infocntr/fnic/
    foodborne/haccp'' and provides listings of available training programs 
    (workshops, satellite conferences, etc.), resources (videotapes, 
    software, manuals, textbooks, etc.), and consultants (individuals and 
    companies). Other Internet servers with HACCP-related information are 
    operated by various firms, governments, organizations, and academic 
    institutions.
        Several meat and poultry establishments also commented on funding 
    for HACCP training, suggesting that FSIS or State inspection programs 
    fund establishment employee HACCP training. FSIS is making every effort 
    to assist establishments in making the transition to HACCP. However, 
    each establishment will be responsible for training its employees.
    
    Mandatory Versus Voluntary HACCP
    
        Most commenters supported the FSIS proposal to make HACCP mandatory 
    in all meat and poultry establishments. However, some commenters 
    requested that HACCP be voluntary rather than mandatory to alleviate 
    economic burdens, especially on small businesses. Commenters further 
    suggested that, at such time as a voluntary HACCP program proved 
    successful, FSIS could mandate HACCP or, alternatively, market forces 
    and advancing technology could be relied on to ensure its broad 
    acceptance in all parts of the meat and poultry industry.
        FSIS has determined that a mandatory HACCP program is the only 
    viable option that will effect adequate processing improvements in all 
    establishments throughout the meat and poultry industries. Mandatory 
    HACCP systems are supported by several prominent organizations, 
    including the International Meat and Poultry HACCP Alliance and the 
    American Meat Institute, which petitioned FSIS to initiate rulemaking 
    to mandate HACCP. HACCP is now and has been voluntary; some 
    establishments have it, most do not. The preamble to the proposed rule 
    explained FSIS's conclusion, affirmed by most commenters, that HACCP is 
    the optimal framework for targeting and reducing the many potential, 
    but largely preventable, hazards associated with meat and poultry 
    products. The risks of
    
    [[Page 38821]]
    
    foodborne illness associated with meat and poultry products will be 
    minimized to the greatest extent possible only if HACCP systems are 
    implemented in every establishment.
    
    HACCP From Farm-to-Table
    
        A large number of commenters requested that HACCP be required 
    throughout all phases of food production, from the farm to the 
    consumer. These commenters asserted that HACCP plans could be developed 
    by producers, slaughterers, processors, retailers, food service 
    operators, and restaurants to assess and mitigate food safety risks. 
    Furthermore, many commenters claimed that the majority of foodborne 
    illness cases can be attributed to mishandling at the consumer level 
    and FSIS should therefore strengthen consumer education as well as 
    require HACCP.
        There is widespread agreement that ensuring food safety requires 
    taking steps throughout the farm-to-consumer continuum to prevent 
    hazards and reduce the risk of foodborne illness. FSIS is encouraging 
    the active development of food safety measures to minimize public 
    health hazards in animals presented for slaughter. A description of 
    these farm-to-table efforts is discussed earlier in this document.
    
    Total Quality Control (TQC) Establishments and HACCP
    
        One commenter requested that establishments currently operating 
    under the TQC provisions (9 CFR 318.4(c) and, 381.145(c)) be allowed to 
    continue to operate under modified hours. If this is not the case, 
    establishments currently under TQC will incur considerable overtime 
    costs. The commenter asked why, if HACCP represents an improvement over 
    TQC, the establishment operating under HACCP should require more 
    inspection coverage than one operating under current TQC provisions.
        This final rule does not alter current policies and practices 
    regarding inspectional coverage and overtime charges in establishments 
    operating under FSIS-approved TQC systems. HACCP is a safety-oriented 
    system of process control that addresses food safety hazards 
    differently than any current FSIS inspection systems, including TQC. 
    Because TQC systems address considerations unrelated to safety, 
    inspection practices developed by FSIS in connection with TQC may or 
    may not be applicable to the implementation of HACCP.
    
    Freedom of Information Act Concerns
    
        Most commenters stated that HACCP records should not be available 
    to requestors through the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA). Some said 
    HACCP records should be used for verification only and should not be 
    included in government files. Others also suggested that access to 
    records by FSIS inspection personnel be restricted to records that are 
    necessary for HACCP compliance monitoring, such as hazard analyses, 
    HACCP plans, CCP monitoring records and corrective action 
    documentation. Other commenters wanted to prohibit FSIS personnel from 
    copying or removing any records from the establishment. Some commenters 
    requested that HACCP records be generally available to the public.
        In the preamble to the proposed regulation, FSIS stated that, as a 
    preliminary matter, at least some elements of HACCP plans and 
    monitoring records could be classified as trade secrets or commercial 
    confidential information and may be protected from public disclosure 
    under exemptions provided by FOIA and USDA and FSIS regulations 
    promulgated pursuant to FOIA. FSIS specifically invited comment on the 
    issue of public disclosure of HACCP records and on whether FSIS has any 
    discretion about the releasability of HACCP records that it has in its 
    possession.
        Recordkeeping is critical to the successful functioning of HACCP 
    systems in meat and poultry establishments. FSIS will have access to 
    HACCP records and any other records FSIS regulations require. While the 
    records required by this final rule are clearly within the 
    establishment's domain and ownership, FSIS will have access to them. 
    These records, and FSIS access to them, are necessary to effectuate a 
    mandatory system of preventive controls to achieve food safety.
        FSIS will continue to make use of documentation to which it has 
    access when necessary to evaluate the operations of official 
    establishments. Inspection personnel will normally review the records 
    at establishments as part of routine HACCP oversight activities. When 
    inspection personnel suspect that an establishment's HACCP system is 
    not operating correctly, they will copy appropriate portions of 
    establishment records, as needed, for further evaluation and possible 
    enforcement action.
        An establishment will not ordinarily be required to submit copies 
    of HACCP plans, verification documents, or day-to-day operating records 
    to FSIS. Consequently, FSIS will not normally possess establishment 
    records that may be of a proprietary nature and the issue of whether 
    they are releasable under FOIA should not arise.
        Copies of establishment HACCP records may, however, be acquired by 
    inspection personnel to document enforcement actions or otherwise 
    assist FSIS in carrying out its responsibilities. The release by FSIS 
    of information about establishments and their operations is governed by 
    the FOIA. This statute requires Federal agencies to make available to 
    the public agency rules, opinions, orders, records, proceedings, and 
    information concerning agency organization and operations. FOIA 
    provides exemptions from public disclosure for various kinds of 
    information, including information concerning trade secrets and 
    confidential commercial or financial information, and information 
    compiled for law enforcement purposes, the release of which would be 
    prejudicial or harmful to law enforcement or to the privacy rights or 
    safety of individuals.
        The FOIA disclosure exemption that is most likely to be relevant is 
    that covering trade secret and confidential, commercially valuable 
    information. FSIS's experience in meat and poultry inspection, its 
    experience with HACCP, and its understanding from the cost-benefit 
    modeling and other studies undertaken in the preparation of these 
    regulations is that HACCP plans will take each establishment some time 
    and money to develop, and will be considered by the establishment to be 
    confidential. It follows that some HACCP plans will include 
    confidential, commercially valuable information, meeting the definition 
    of ``trade secret.'' Plans that incorporate unique time-and-temperature 
    regimens to achieve product safety, or other parameters that are 
    processor-specific and that are the result of considerable research and 
    effort, will ordinarily meet this definition.
        Moreover, a plan is valuable to the establishment that produces it 
    for no other reason than that it took work to write. The equity in such 
    a product is not readily given away to competitors. FSIS also knows 
    from its own experience that establishment configurations tend to be 
    unique to individual establishments, or at least have unique features. 
    While generic plans will have great utility in many circumstances, they 
    serve primarily as models for establishments to develop their own 
    plans. Establishments will still have to expend time and money to 
    tailor HACCP to their individual
    
    [[Page 38822]]
    
    circumstances. Thus, at least some HACCP plans or other records will 
    include information to which FSIS has access but which FSIS will not be 
    required to disclose publicly under FOIA.
        It should be noted, in this regard, that FOIA is not a 
    confidentiality statute, but has as its primary purpose the assurance 
    of the public's right of access to Government information. Agencies 
    must grant requests that ``reasonably describe'' information sought in 
    agency files that is not exempt from mandatory disclosure. For this 
    reason, FSIS understands that it cannot make promises of 
    confidentiality that exceed the permissible boundaries established 
    under FOIA.
    
    FSIS Enforcement Authority and Whistleblower Protection
    
        A large number of commenters requested that FSIS endorse 
    enforcement tools contained in the proposed Family Food Protection Act 
    (H.R. 1423, S. 515), including strengthened authority to refuse or 
    withdraw inspection from official establishments, assessment by the 
    Secretary of civil penalties for violations of the inspection laws, and 
    protection of ``whistleblowers'' from harassment, discrimination, 
    prosecution, and liability. Within the meaning of the proposed 
    legislation, whistleblowers are employees or other persons who assist 
    or demonstrate an intent to assist USDA in achieving compliance with 
    the laws and regulations, refuse to violate or assist in violating the 
    law, or are involved in commencing or testifying in a legal proceeding 
    conducted by USDA.
        FSIS has determined that, while additional legislative authority 
    would be helpful in certain areas, it is not needed to implement HACCP 
    and the other requirements established in this final rule.
        As to whistleblower protection, many comments urged that these 
    regulations include such protection for employees of meat and poultry 
    slaughtering or processing establishments. Whistleblower protection is 
    designed to protect workers from being fired or otherwise discriminated 
    against for revealing wrongdoing by their employers. The wrongdoing in 
    this case would presumably involve the forced falsification of HACCP 
    records or other interference with proper operation of the HACCP 
    system.
        One concern raised by these commenters and others about the 
    credibility of a HACCP system is that important records can be 
    falsified. It is alleged that, without whistleblower protection, it is 
    much less likely that FSIS will know about falsifications. It was also 
    suggested that there is a need to encourage and protect employees who 
    report food safety problems or other violations of the inspection laws.
        While FSIS is confident that it can detect falsification in the 
    course of its routine reviews of establishment records, coupled with 
    in-plant observations, FSIS also expects that, as is now the case, it 
    will be alerted by establishment employees to possible wrongdoing even 
    in the absence of whistleblower protection. FSIS has relied on 
    information provided by employees of the regulated industries for many 
    years. From time to time, information is provided with an expectation 
    that the identity of the informant will be kept confidential. FSIS 
    provides this protection, to the extent possible. This policy has been 
    effective.
        As a legal matter, FSIS is not empowered by the FMIA and PPIA to 
    build explicit whistleblower protection into the regulations. In 
    contrast to the explicit statutory whistleblower protection accorded 
    Government employees, the FMIA and PPIA do not provide for 
    whistleblower protection for industry employees of the kind suggested 
    by some commenters, and no such explicit protection is included in the 
    final rule.
        FSIS believes, however, that certain features of the HACCP 
    regulations being adopted and the manner in which FSIS will inspect 
    meat and poultry establishments compensate for the lack of formal 
    whistleblower protection, for purposes of ensuring food safety. Most 
    importantly, each establishment will be required to document, through 
    records kept by establishment employees, that the critical limits 
    required to ensure food safety are being met and when a failure occurs, 
    proper corrective action is taken. The failure to document safety-
    related failures and to take necessary corrective action violates HACCP 
    regulations and the establishment will be subject to appropriate 
    regulatory action. Moreover, the falsification of required HACCP 
    records is a serious violation of Federal criminal law and will be 
    investigated and pursued aggressively by FSIS.
        Establishments that conscientiously implement HACCP will, in the 
    course of normal operations, support employee reports of HACCP 
    deviations or other potential hazardous processing conditions and take 
    immediate corrective action. HACCP systems in which employees with 
    HACCP responsibilities are prevented or deterred from carrying out 
    their responsibilities will be considered inadequate, and FSIS will 
    pursue appropriate enforcement action.
        By virtue of the extensive presence of FSIS inspectors in meat and 
    poultry establishments and the daily access of FSIS inspectors to HACCP 
    records, FSIS will be able to verify whether problems are being 
    properly documented and addressed and will be able to observe potential 
    food safety problems that establishments have not found or are not 
    confronting in an appropriate manner. FSIS emphasizes that undetected 
    or uncorrected conditions which are likely to cause foodborne illness 
    or injury should be reported immediately to FSIS by any person with 
    knowledge of their existence.
    
    Enforcement and Due Process
    
        A significant number of commenters raised concerns about the level 
    of discretion inspection personnel will have in suspending 
    establishment operations due to alleged deficiencies in either the 
    design or the operation of a HACCP plan. Some urged FSIS to make clear 
    to inspection personnel that such extreme actions are to be reserved 
    only for situations in which continued operation of the establishment 
    presents an imminent public health risk. Others strongly argued that 
    operations should be suspended or inspection withdrawn when an 
    establishment fails to comply with any HACCP requirements. 
    Clarification was requested regarding the imposition of penalties and, 
    specifically, what circumstances would warrant suspension of operations 
    or withdrawal of inspection.
        Generally, the nature of the enforcement action taken will vary, 
    depending on the seriousness of the alleged violation. Minor violations 
    of the HACCP requirements may be recorded by Agency personnel to 
    determine establishment compliance trends. Minor violations may also 
    result in intensified inspection to ensure that there is no pattern of 
    noncompliance and that there is no underlying food safety concern.
        Conversely, serious, repeated, or flagrant violations will result 
    in immediate regulatory action, such as stopping production lines; 
    applying ``U.S. Rejected'' tags to involved equipment, lines, or 
    facilities; retention of product, and suspension or withdrawal of 
    inspection. Because of the importance of recordkeeping to the 
    functioning of HACCP systems and the production of foods that are safe 
    for human consumption, FSIS views recordkeeping as a serious matter 
    with potentially grave implications if records are not properly 
    maintained or are falsified.
    
    [[Page 38823]]
    
        Many commenters were troubled by what they perceived to be limited 
    procedural due process afforded to establishments when faced with the 
    suspension of inspection due to a finding that the HACCP plan is 
    inadequate. FSIS agrees that all findings of inadequacy should be sound 
    scientifically and legally, and that suspensions should not be invoked 
    in an arbitrary manner. The optimal system would provide an appropriate 
    level of protection to establishments without unnecessary delay, 
    especially where no factual dispute is likely.
        Based on the comments received on this issue, FSIS has decided not 
    to finalize the proposed Rules of Practice at this time. FSIS is 
    interested in receiving comments and suggestions on enforcement, 
    alternative dispute resolution, and due process issues, and has 
    included these topics for discussion at the implementation conferences. 
    On the basis of the conference discussions, FSIS will complete any 
    required rulemaking covering these issues prior to the first 
    implementation date for HACCP.
    
    The Final Rule
    
    Reorganization of HACCP Regulatory Text
        FSIS has reorganized the codified regulatory text proposed in the 
    Pathogen Reduction/HACCP proposal and reworded a number of the 
    provisions. These changes have been made in response to comments 
    received on the proposal, for the sake of greater clarity and ease of 
    use, and to conform with FSIS's planned reorganization and 
    consolidation of all its meat and poultry inspection regulations. In 
    general, the final HACCP regulations are more streamlined than the 
    proposed provisions, organized in a more logical form, and less 
    prescriptive than the proposed regulations. Also, as part of the FSIS 
    and FDA effort to adopt a common approach to food safety (described in 
    the January 1996 National Performance Review document ``Reinventing 
    Food Regulations''), FSIS has made changes to the proposed regulatory 
    text, where applicable, to be consistent with FDA's final rule on HACCP 
    systems for seafood (60 FR 65096; December 18, 1995).
        To the extent possible, the HACCP requirements for both meat and 
    poultry products have been consolidated in a new part 417.
        Requirements affecting grants or refusals of inspection have been 
    moved to a new Sec. 304.3 and a new Sec. 381.22.
        FSIS received approximately 7,500 written and many oral comments on 
    the proposed rule from meat and poultry slaughter operations, 
    processors, retailers, trade and other associations, consumer 
    advocates, the scientific and public health community, Federal and 
    State government agencies and foreign governments, employees, and other 
    interested parties. While a majority of these commenters supported the 
    proposal to require adoption of HACCP by meat and poultry 
    establishments, they differed widely regarding plan development, 
    implementation, and related issues. Comments on the specific proposed 
    regulatory requirements and FSIS's responses, follow.
    HACCP Systems as a Condition of Receiving Inspection
        Proposed Sec. 326.7(a)(2) and Sec. 381.602(a)(2) would have 
    permitted the issuance of a grant of inspection concurrent with a new 
    establishment's development and validation of its HACCP plan. This 
    provision is confusing because it is unclear how an establishment can 
    develop and validate its HACCP plan ``concurrent'' with the granting of 
    inspection when the HACCP plan can only be validated on the basis of 
    commercial operations and the establishment can operate commercially 
    only under inspection. Therefore, it would be impossible for an 
    establishment to validate a HACCP plan prior to receiving a grant of 
    inspection, as proposed. A number of commenters noticed this difficulty 
    and requested that establishments be allowed a reasonable amount of 
    time under commercial production to validate their HACCP plans.
        Commenters also disagreed with the proposed HACCP plan development 
    timetable for new establishments or establishments producing new 
    products or those conducting product test production runs. Some said 
    that new establishments and establishments producing new products or 
    conducting test runs subsequent to the applicable HACCP effective date 
    should have at least six months or up to two years to finalize HACCP 
    plans. Others said that all HACCP plans should be developed before 
    start-up with revisions allowed within a reasonable period.
        FSIS is in basic agreement with these comments and is revising the 
    basic procedures for granting inspection to allow establishments time 
    to validate their HACCP plans. The provisions in Secs. 304.3(b) and 
    381.22(b) require that any new establishment conduct a hazard analysis 
    and develop a HACCP plan prior to being issued a conditional grant of 
    inspection. The establishment must validate its HACCP plan within 90 
    days after the conditional grant of inspection is issued. After FSIS 
    has determined that the establishment has validated its HACCP plan, a 
    permanent grant of inspection will be issued. An establishment already 
    receiving inspection may produce a new product for distribution only if 
    it has developed a HACCP plan applicable to the product and validates 
    the plan within 90 days after beginning production of the product.
        FSIS is requiring that new facilities and products be covered by a 
    HACCP plan at the time commercial production begins. Establishment 
    management is expected to consider development of HACCP systems as part 
    of essential pre-production decisions for new operations. 
    Establishments are also expected to modify their HACCP plans as needed 
    based upon experience and reported results. FSIS has determined that no 
    start-up time is needed in these instances since the establishment will 
    not be experiencing any transition from an old system to a new 
    processing system.
        FSIS is considering what further changes may be necessary in the 
    procedures for granting and inaugurating inspection at official 
    establishments to better accommodate HACCP-oriented inspection. FSIS 
    plans to publish a notice of proposed rulemaking on this matter in the 
    near future.
    Definitions
        Proposed Secs. 326.1 and 381.601 have been combined, streamlined, 
    and redesignated as Sec. 417.1. Thirteen proposed definitions were 
    determined to be commonly understood or unnecessary and have been 
    removed. Of the seven definitions remaining, the definitions for 
    ``critical control point,'' ``critical limit,'' ``HACCP system,'' and 
    ``responsible establishment official'' have been clarified. For 
    example, the definition of ``critical control point'' includes the 
    phrase ``as a result'' to indicate that the prevention, reduction, or 
    elimination of a food safety hazard occurs because of action taken at 
    the critical control point. The definition of ``responsible 
    establishment official'' has been expanded to include the individual 
    with overall authority or a higher level official of the establishment.
        The revised definitions are consistent with those promulgated in 
    FDA's final rule on HACCP systems for seafood. For example, FSIS has 
    added a new definition to Sec. 417.1 for the term ``process-monitoring 
    instrument.'' This term is defined as ``an instrument or device used to 
    indicate conditions during processing at a critical control
    
    [[Page 38824]]
    
    point.'' FSIS determined that this definition would be helpful to 
    establishments developing HACCP plans.
    Hazard Analysis and HACCP Plan
        The proposal required each establishment to develop and implement a 
    HACCP plan which incorporated the seven HACCP principles. A hazard 
    analysis was to be conducted to identify biological, chemical and 
    physical hazards and a list of steps in the process where potentially 
    significant hazards could occur and the preventive measures to be taken 
    were to be identified.
        Provisions relating to the hazard analysis and development of the 
    HACCP plan were proposed as Secs. 326.2 and 381.602, ``Development of 
    HACCP Plan,'' Secs. 326.3 and 381.603, ``HACCP Principles,'' and 
    Secs. 326.4 and 381.604, ``Implementation of the HACCP Plan.'' These 
    provisions have been modified and incorporated into Sec. 417.2.
        Several commenters argued that in the event the hazard analysis 
    identified no significant hazards, the establishment should be exempt 
    from developing HACCP plans and operating under a HACCP system. 
    Commenters identified lard and meat flavoring manufacturers and canning 
    operations as examples of establishments that may identify no hazards.
        To clarify the concept of potentially significant hazards, and to 
    be consistent with the FDA final rule on HACCP systems for seafood, the 
    final rule requires each establishment to conduct, or have conducted 
    for it, a hazard analysis to determine the food safety hazards 
    reasonably likely to occur in the production process. A food safety 
    hazard that is reasonably likely to occur is defined as one for which a 
    prudent establishment would establish controls because it historically 
    has occurred, or because there is a reasonable possibility that it will 
    occur in the particular type of product being processed, in the absence 
    of those controls.
        FSIS agrees that if an establishment's hazard analysis reveals no 
    hazards, then no HACCP plan would be required. However, FSIS is 
    currently unaware of any meat or poultry production process that can be 
    deemed categorically to pose no likely hazards. With regard to the lard 
    and meat flavoring examples, FSIS believes that reasonably likely 
    biological and physical hazards requiring control measures exist in 
    establishments manufacturing these products and that, therefore, HACCP 
    plans are required.
        FSIS agrees that the microbial hazards associated with canned meat 
    and poultry products are eliminated by complying with the regulations 
    in 9 CFR Secs. 318.300-311 and 381.300-311. These regulations are based 
    on HACCP concepts and provide for the analysis of thermal processing 
    systems and controls to exclude microbial hazards. Accordingly, the 
    final rule provides that HACCP plans for thermally processed/
    commercially sterile products do not have to address the food safety 
    hazards associated with microbiological contamination if the product is 
    produced in accordance with the canning regulations. However, because 
    the current regulations exclusively address microbial hazards, 
    processors of canned meat, meat food and poultry products must develop 
    and implement HACCP plans to address chemical and physical hazards that 
    are reasonably likely to occur.
        The current canning regulations contain numerous prescriptive 
    features, including extensive FSIS involvement in the decisionmaking 
    process, that are inconsistent with the philosophy underlying HACCP. In 
    the advance notice of proposed rulemaking ``FSIS Agenda for Change: 
    Regulatory Review'' (60 FR 67469; December 29, 1995), FSIS stated its 
    intention to convert the canning regulations to performance standards, 
    which are more consistent with HACCP. Until changes in the canning 
    regulations are finalized, canning establishments do not have to 
    address microbial hazards in their HACCP plans.
        The provisions of proposed Sec. 326.3(a), (a)(1), and (a)(2), and 
    Sec. 381.603(a), (a)(1), and (a)(2) relating to process flow charting 
    and the identification of intended uses and consumers of the product 
    have been combined in the final rule into Sec. 417.2(a)(2).
        Proposed Secs. 326.2(b) and 381.602(b) would have required that any 
    HACCP plan be developed with assistance of a HACCP-trained individual 
    employed by the establishment, that the individual's name and resume be 
    on file, and that the individual meet other prescriptive requirements. 
    These requirements have been removed in response to criticism expressed 
    in comments received and for reasons given below in the discussion of 
    Sec. 417.7. The new Sec. 417.2(a)(1) permits someone other than an 
    establishment employee to conduct the hazard analysis.
        Proposed Secs. 326.3(a) and 381.603(a) would have required a hazard 
    analysis to identify any biological (including microbiological), 
    physical, or chemical hazards. In Sec. 417.2(a)(3), FSIS lists ten 
    areas that should be considered by an establishment when performing its 
    hazard analysis. These ten areas are: natural toxins; microbiological 
    contamination; chemical contamination; pesticides; drug residues; 
    zoonotic diseases; decomposition; parasites; unapproved use of direct 
    or indirect food or color additives; and physical hazards. This list of 
    possible hazards provides more complete guidance to establishments 
    conducting a hazard analysis; it responds to industry comments 
    criticizing as ``vague'' the proposed definition of hazard; and it is 
    also consistent with the list of hazards in FDA's final rule on HACCP 
    systems for seafood.
        Proposed Secs. 326.2(a) and 381.602(a) would have required that 
    establishments develop, implement, and operate a HACCP plan for each 
    process conducted by the establishment, and provided a list of process 
    categories subject to this requirement. Section 417.2(b) provides that 
    each establishment develop and implement a HACCP plan covering each 
    product produced, whenever its hazard analysis reveals one or more food 
    safety hazards that are likely to occur. This requirement is 
    substantively the same as the proposal.
        Section 417.2(b)(1) provides a revised list of process categories, 
    while Sec. 417.2(b)(2) states that a single HACCP plan may encompass 
    multiple products within a single processing category, if the hazards, 
    CCP's, and critical limits are essentially the same, and as long as any 
    plan features that are unique to a specific product be clearly set out 
    in the HACCP plan and observed in practice. For example, an 
    establishment's HACCP plan for the processing of cooked sausage might 
    cover bologna, knockwurst, and frankfurters that the establishment 
    produces.
        Proposed Secs. 326.2(d) and 381.602(d) would have required that the 
    HACCP plan be developed in two stages, both to be completed six months 
    prior to the phase-in date of the applicable process category or upon 
    application for inspection or when a new process is ready for 
    implementation. FSIS has eliminated these requirements because they are 
    impractical.
        Proposed Secs. 326.2(d)(1) and 381.602(d)(1) would have required 
    that every HACCP plan be in a format similar to the NACMCF and FSIS 
    generic models. FSIS agrees with those commenters who found this 
    proposed requirement to be unnecessary and too prescriptive, and has 
    not included this requirement in the final rule.
        Proposed Secs. 326.3 and 381.603 set forth the seven HACCP 
    principles accompanied by the corresponding requirements establishments 
    must meet when developing HACCP plans. In response to comments that the 
    detailed
    
    [[Page 38825]]
    
    provisions were unnecessary, FSIS has set forth in Sec. 417.2(c) a 
    simplified list of requirements, based on the seven HACCP principles, 
    to be met by establishments when developing HACCP plans. The proposed 
    requirements remain, except for the following additions, unchanged.
        Two subparagraphs have been added to new Sec. 417.2(c)(2), 
    clarifying the requirements for the identification of CCP's within a 
    HACCP plan. This new section requires that establishments list in their 
    HACCP plan the CCP's for each of the identified food safety hazards, 
    including, as appropriate: (1) CCP's designed to control food safety 
    hazards that could be introduced in the establishment, and, (2) CCP's 
    designed to control food safety hazards that may have been introduced 
    into the product before, during and after its entry into the 
    establishment. In response to comments objecting to the proposed 
    requirement for establishments to use a decision tree in identifying 
    CCP's (proposed Sec. 326.3(b) and 381.603(b)), this requirement has 
    been removed from the final rule.
        Proposed Secs. 326.4 and 381.604 would have required that a 
    responsible establishment official, formerly defined as ``the 
    management official located on-site at the establishment who is 
    responsible for the establishment's compliance with this part,'' 
    review, approve, and sign the HACCP plan. Section 417.2(d)(1) requires 
    that the HACCP plan be signed by the responsible establishment 
    official, defined as the individual with overall authority on-site or a 
    higher level official of the establishment, possibly off-site. Further, 
    in Sec. 417.2(d)(2), FSIS is correcting an oversight in the proposal by 
    requiring that the HACCP plan must be signed and dated upon initial 
    acceptance by the establishment and at any time the plan is modified. 
    The proposal required that the responsible establishment official sign 
    the plan upon completion of the hazard analysis and the development of 
    the HACCP plan. The HACCP plan must also be signed and dated at least 
    once each year after the required reassessment.
        Finally, FSIS explicitly states its statutory authority to enforce 
    the HACCP regulations under Sec. 417.2(e), providing that if an 
    establishment fails to develop and implement a HACCP plan or to operate 
    in accordance with the requirements of this part, the products produced 
    by the establishment may be deemed adulterated.
    Corrective Actions
        Proposed Secs. 326.3(e) and 381.603(e) would have required that 
    each establishment develop corrective actions to be taken when there is 
    a deviation from an established critical limit. Under the proposed 
    provisions, if a deviation were found, the establishment would describe 
    the steps taken to identify and correct the deviation, determine how 
    noncompliant product would be handled, ensure that no safety hazards 
    exist after the corrective actions are taken, and define measures to 
    prevent recurrence. Further, this section required that the 
    establishment determine whether its HACCP plan required modification 
    and, if so, to modify the plan.
        Many commenters stated that establishments should be empowered to 
    make decisions on product safety. Commenters generally maintained that 
    the establishment should have primary responsibility for setting the 
    CCP's and critical limits and for taking corrective action when there 
    is a deviation. Inspectors should verify the overall effectiveness of 
    the HACCP plans, including the corrective actions taken by 
    establishments. A number of commenters were concerned about the 
    possibility that FSIS might take action on a product if a critical 
    limit in the establishment's HACCP plan was not met, even if the 
    establishment were taking corrective action under the plan. Commenters 
    felt that this action by FSIS would be unwarranted. An additional 
    concern was that the potential for this type of problem would be 
    compounded if the establishment set a critical limit more restrictive 
    than necessary for food safety to meet quality standards, for example, 
    a higher cooking temperature than necessary to produce a pathogen-free 
    product.
        The establishment must take corrective action for any deviation 
    from a set critical limit. FSIS will verify that the establishment has 
    taken appropriate corrective action as specified in their HACCP plan. 
    If an establishment fails to take corrective action as specified in its 
    HACCP plan, FSIS may find that the HACCP system is inadequate pursuant 
    to Sec. 417.6(c). FSIS agrees that establishments should be empowered 
    to make decisions regarding product disposition in accordance with 
    corrective actions specified in their HACCP plans. FSIS is requiring 
    (Secs. 417.2(c)(5) and 417.3) that establishments describe in their 
    HACCP plans the corrective actions that will be taken if a critical 
    limit is not met and assign responsibility for taking corrective 
    action. Corrective actions must ensure that no product that is 
    injurious to health or is otherwise adulterated as a result of the 
    deviation enters commerce, that the cause of the deviation is 
    identified and eliminated, that the CCP will be under control after the 
    corrective action is taken, and that measures to prevent recurrence are 
    established.
        FSIS recognizes that preestablished corrective actions may not 
    cover every contingency and that unforeseen hazards or deviations may 
    occur. Thus, Sec. 417.3 of the regulations provides a series of steps 
    to be taken in such situations. These steps include segregating and 
    holding affected product and conducting a review to determine the 
    acceptability of the product for distribution, ensuring that any 
    adulterated product or product otherwise injurious to health does not 
    enter commerce, and reassessing HACCP plans to determine if any 
    modification is needed.
    Validation, Verification, and Reassessment
        Proposed Secs. 326.3(g) and 381.602(g) would have required that 
    establishments develop procedures for HACCP plan validation by an 
    adequately trained individual, and set forth the related requirements. 
    Proposed Secs. 326.4 and 381.604 further detailed the validation 
    requirements, stating that during the validation period, establishments 
    shall conduct repeated verifications of the plan, hold frequent 
    meetings with Program employees, and review records generated by the 
    HACCP system. Under the proposal, establishments were to modify their 
    HACCP plan following any ingredient change, product reformulation, 
    manufacturing process or procedure modification, equipment change, or 
    any other such change. Revalidation of an establishment's HACCP plan 
    would have been required whenever significant product, process, 
    deviations, or packaging changes required modification of the plan.
        Many commenters expressed confusion about the meaning of the terms 
    ``validation'' and ``verification'' as used in the proposed rule. The 
    question of who will be responsible for validating HACCP plans was 
    raised by a number of commenters. Some requested a clearer definition 
    of the term ``validation'' as well as clarification of who will approve 
    and verify a HACCP program. Particular concern was expressed about what 
    role local inspection personnel will have in the HACCP plan development 
    and approval process. Some said that FSIS should assume more 
    responsibility for approving HACCP plans through a prior approval 
    system; others argued that no formal acceptance or prior approval of
    
    [[Page 38826]]
    
    HACCP plans by FSIS should be required.
        In the final rule, FSIS has clarified the concepts of 
    ``validation'' and ``verification'' by delineating the responsibilities 
    of FSIS and establishments in separate codified sections. The initial 
    validation, ongoing verification, and reassessment procedures to be 
    followed by establishments are presented in Sec. 417.4 and FSIS's 
    verification procedures are presented in Sec. 417.8.
        Because prior approval of HACCP plans by FSIS would be contrary to 
    redefined roles and responsibilities inherent in the HACCP philosophy, 
    FSIS will not approve or validate HACCP plans before an establishment 
    implements its HACCP system. Each establishment will be responsible for 
    developing its HACCP plan and ensuring its adequacy.
        Commenters opposed to FSIS involvement in plan validation offered 
    two suggestions: (1) establishments could use an independent third 
    party, such as a processing authority or consultant with HACCP 
    expertise to validate HACCP plans or (2) HACCP-trained establishment 
    employees could validate plans.
        FSIS concurs. Establishments will be required to have validated 
    plans and may use independent consultants, process authorities, or 
    establishment employees trained in accordance with Sec. 417.7 for plan 
    development and validation. FSIS is not prescribing that any particular 
    validation method be used.
        Some establishments may choose to use the services of laboratories 
    or processing authorities to validate their CCP's, especially if there 
    are questions about the effectiveness of traditional controls, or if 
    they are considering use of controls which have not been previously 
    validated, such as cooking time/temperature combinations. However, many 
    establishments will choose to rely on CCP's that have been 
    scientifically validated and reported in the literature. In either 
    case, FSIS believes that requiring individual establishments to 
    validate their HACCP plan ensures that the CCP's and the overall HACCP 
    plan work as intended in the establishment to reduce or eliminate 
    hazards and prevent the production of unsafe food.
        One industry member observed that his company defines validation as 
    documenting that a critical control point eliminates or effectively 
    addresses microbiological hazards.
        FSIS agrees that validation includes documenting that critical 
    control points effectively address relevant hazards, including such 
    microbiological hazards as E. coli O157:H7, Salmonella, and 
    Campylobacter, but emphasizes that validation is more than just the 
    accumulation of microbiological data verifying each CCP. It involves 
    scientifically demonstrating that a HACCP system as designed is 
    effective in controlling the food safety hazards identified through the 
    hazard analysis.
        One academic commenter advocated inoculation studies using 
    pathogens as the best way to assure that a HACCP plan will effectively 
    control microbiological hazards. Such studies would be conducted before 
    HACCP implementation and should be aimed at demonstrating that selected 
    CCP's are appropriately monitored to control specific pathogens. The 
    studies would be performed under controlled conditions in off-site 
    laboratories or pilot establishments. One advantage of this approach, 
    according to the commenter, would be to permit validation studies to be 
    conducted by trade associations and other industry groups on a 
    collective basis in a way that could benefit both large and small 
    establishments.
        FSIS agrees that validation of CCP's is an important part of HACCP 
    plan validation, and that laboratory inoculation studies as suggested 
    by the commenter can make an important contribution in appropriate 
    cases. Inoculation studies can demonstrate the effectiveness of 
    particular controls in addressing particular hazards under experimental 
    conditions, and can produce data that can be relied upon by many 
    establishments to support plan validation. In no case, however, would a 
    laboratory inoculation study or any laboratory study be sufficient by 
    itself to validate a HACCP plan. An important element of validation is 
    the identification or development of data which show that the 
    establishment can apply the process or control to get the anticipated 
    effect under actual in-plant operational conditions. For some well-
    established, widely used processes or technologies, in-plant validation 
    can be accomplished by combining existing scientific data from 
    laboratory studies, the scientific literature, or other sources, with 
    the results of commercial trials using recognized protocols. Where 
    processes are well-documented in the scientific literature, it is not 
    necessary to require inoculation studies or any other research effort 
    as part of the validation process. However, an establishment 
    introducing a new technology, applying standard technology in an 
    unusual way, or lacking experience with a technology, would have to 
    undertake more extensive scientific and in-plant validation of its 
    HACCP plan under commercial operating conditions.
        Data assembled to validate a HACCP plan are usually of two types: 
    (1) theoretical principles, expert advice from processing authorities, 
    scientific data, or other information demonstrating that particular 
    process control measures can adequately address specified hazards, such 
    as studies establishing the temperatures necessary to kill organisms of 
    concern; and (2) in-plant observations, measurements, test results, or 
    other information demonstrating that the control measures, as written 
    into a HACCP plan, can be operated within a particular establishment to 
    achieve the intended food safety objective. This means that the data 
    used to validate a HACCP plan may be derived from various sources, 
    including the scientific literature, product testing results, 
    experimental research results, scientifically based regulatory 
    requirements, FSIS guidelines, computer-modeling programs, and data 
    developed by process authorities. The nature and quantity of 
    information required to validate a HACCP plan will vary depending on 
    factors such as the nature of the hazard and the control measures 
    chosen to address it.
        FSIS believes that validation data for any HACCP plan must include 
    some practical data or information reflecting an establishment's actual 
    early experience in implementing the HACCP plan. This is because 
    validation must demonstrate not only that the HACCP plan is 
    theoretically sound, but also that this establishment can implement it 
    and make it work. For example, steam vacuuming has been scientifically 
    demonstrated to be effective in removing visible contamination and 
    associated bacteria from carcass surfaces. A slaughtering establishment 
    using the technology as a control measure at a CCP, however, would 
    still have to demonstrate its ability to use the technology effectively 
    at the CCP.
        Establishment verification is intended to show that the HACCP 
    system is actually working effectively on a day-to-day basis. 
    Verification also includes repeatedly reviewing and evaluating the 
    various components of the system. Verification activities include 
    checking the adequacy of the critical limits; reviewing monitoring and 
    recordkeeping procedures (as distinguished from monitoring the CCP's), 
    and evaluating the adequacy of corrective actions.
        One consumer group stated that FSIS should require that 
    establishments identify the specific microbiological hazards that their 
    HACCP plans are
    
    [[Page 38827]]
    
    designed to address, and validate and verify the plans using pathogen-
    specific testing to ensure that establishments control these hazards.
        FSIS agrees that establishments must identify the specific 
    microbiological hazards their HACCP plans are designed to address and 
    that the plan must be initially validated and continually verified as 
    effective in addressing those hazards. FSIS also agrees that pathogen-
    specific testing can play an important role in both initial validation 
    and verification.
        For example, in validating the adequacy of a beef slaughter HACCP 
    plan addressing the hazard posed by E. coli O157:H7, laboratory 
    inoculation studies involving pathogen-specific testing could be used 
    to validate the effectiveness of the specific control measures that an 
    establishment is considering for incorporation in its HACCP plan. As 
    discussed above, to complete the validation of the control measures for 
    E. coli O157:H7, the establishment would also be required to 
    demonstrate that the experimentally validated measures can be 
    successfully carried out under actual operating conditions, but, for E. 
    coli O157:H7 on going verification is unlikely to include in-plant 
    testing for the pathogen due to its relatively infrequent occurrence.
        In-plant testing to verify a control measure may be appropriate 
    with other pathogens, however. For example, a poultry slaughter 
    establishments would be required to validate and verify the 
    effectiveness of its HACCP plan in addressing the hazards posed by 
    Salmonella and Camplylobactor. Depending on the nature of the control 
    measures the establishment selects, in-plant pathogen testing could be 
    a necessary and practical component of an on-going verification for 
    these pathogens as they are present in sufficient numbers to make in-
    plant testing feasible and informative. FSIS intends to work closely 
    with industry at large and with specific establishments in particular 
    to ensure that HACCP plans are adequately validated and verified for 
    microbial pathogens of public health concern.
        Verification of HACCP plans by establishments is designed to 
    demonstrate that the HACCP plan is accomplishing process control and 
    resulting in the production of safe food on a continuing basis. 
    Verification is distinct from ongoing establishment monitoring, which 
    is designed to provide a record showing that the written HACCP plan is 
    being followed. Establishment verification activities should provide 
    practical results specific to the operation of its HACCP plan, and can 
    include review of CCP-monitoring records; review of corrective action 
    records; calibration of process-monitoring instruments; collection of 
    either in-line or finished product samples for microbiological, 
    chemical, or physical analysis; and direct observations of monitoring 
    activities and corrective actions. Frequencies for conducting 
    verification activities will vary, depending on various factors, such 
    as the type of process and volume of products, the results of prior 
    verification activities, consistency of conformance with the HACCP 
    plan, how deviations are handled, and the results of any sampling 
    activities.
        The record-verification could include determining whether the 
    critical limit for the CCP, as called for in the HACCP plan, matches 
    the critical limit indicated in the records. The verification could 
    also involve checking to assure that the critical limit as set in the 
    establishment's HACCP plan is adequate to prevent a hazard. For 
    example, this check might involve determining whether the random 
    variations inherent in any process are within the limits (temperature 
    ranges, physical contamination) set for the process, and that the 
    critical limit is never exceeded or, further, that the probability that 
    the critical limit might ever be exceeded is extremely low.
        The visual observations and records verification could include, in 
    addition to seeing that the records are being properly maintained, 
    assuring that corrective actions have been taken whenever any 
    deviations have occurred and that, when taken, the corrective actions 
    were sufficient to solve the problem.
        FSIS has made two minor changes from the proposed validation and 
    verification requirements. First, FSIS has removed the proposed 
    requirement that during validation an establishment hold frequent 
    meetings with Program employees. FSIS recognizes that frequent meetings 
    may not be necessary or appropriate. Also, Sec. 417.4(a)(2) provides 
    that the establishment's ongoing verification activities include direct 
    observation of monitoring activities and corrective actions, review of 
    records, and calibration of process-monitoring instruments. An 
    establishment calibrates its monitoring instruments to determine 
    whether they are functioning properly.
    Reassessment
        The proposed rule would have required that establishments 
    revalidate the HACCP plan whenever significant product, process, 
    deviations, or packaging changes required modification of the plan.
        A consumer group stated that establishments should be required to 
    examine their plans on a regular basis, whenever any new equipment is 
    introduced, new employee training is implemented, or for any other 
    significant change in the processing environment. The commenter further 
    stated that revalidation should be required of establishments every 
    three years even if there has been no significant change in operations. 
    Most commenters generally agreed that the industry has the primary 
    responsibility to review and modify HACCP plans when necessary and that 
    the review and modification process should be flexible.
        FSIS agrees that HACCP plans should be reexamined periodically and 
    that the review and modification process should be flexible. The final 
    rule requires that each establishment reassess the adequacy of its 
    HACCP plan at least annually, and whenever any changes occur that could 
    affect the hazard analysis or alter the HACCP plan (Sec. 417.4(a)(3)). 
    These changes may include, but are not limited to, changes in: raw 
    materials or source of raw materials; product formulation; slaughter or 
    processing methods or systems; production volume; personnel; packaging; 
    finished product distribution systems; or the intended use or consumers 
    of the finished product. The reassessment must be completed by an 
    individual trained in accordance with Sec. 417.7. Immediate 
    modification of the plan is required if the reassessment reveals that 
    the plan is no longer adequate to meet the requirements of part 417. 
    FSIS is also requiring that an establishment that does not have a HACCP 
    plan reassess its hazard analysis whenever a change occurs that could 
    reasonably affect whether a food safety hazard exists.
        FSIS considers annual reassessment appropriate because, as 
    commenters have noted, HACCP plans are dynamic and evolving. HACCP 
    plans may be modified several times during the months after they are 
    first implemented. Further, repeating the entire validation process may 
    not be necessary to ensure that the HACCP system is functioning 
    correctly after modification.
        The intent of this provision is to provide for periodic 
    modification of the HACCP plan to ensure that it is continuously 
    effective in controlling and preventing food safety hazards. This 
    intent is supported by comments received from various sectors of the 
    public. The commenters tended to see periodic review and modification 
    of HACCP plans as both desirable and
    
    [[Page 38828]]
    
    expected and that periodic review and modification would allow the 
    establishment to apply its experience to continually improve process 
    controls.
        FSIS believes that ``reassessment'' encompasses the different types 
    of evaluation, from reanalyzing the verification procedures for an 
    updated CCP to repeating the validation procedures set forth in 
    Sec. 417.4, that may be necessary.
    FSIS Verification
        Verification of HACCP plans is also a regulatory responsibility. 
    FSIS will verify that HACCP plans comply with the requirements of Part 
    417 and have been validated by the establishment. Potential 
    verification activities by FSIS may include, but are not limited to, 
    sampling activities (targeted and non-targeted, marketplace, rapid 
    screening tests for chemical residues); hands-on verification 
    (organoleptic inspection, use of temperature or other monitoring 
    devices); and review of establishment monitoring records. The frequency 
    of FSIS verification activities will vary, depending on a number of 
    factors such as the establishment's past performance, risk inherent in 
    the processes or products, quantity of product, and likely uses.
        A consumer group stated that as part of its verification 
    activities, FSIS should review all pathogen data generated by the 
    establishment to determine the adequacy of the establishment's 
    conclusions regarding pathogen control. FSIS plans to undertake 
    extensive and varied activities to verify that a HACCP plan is working 
    as intended, including review of data generated or relied on by the 
    establishment to validate its HACCP plan.
        Proposed Secs. 326.7(b) and 381.607(b) set forth FSIS's 
    responsibilities with respect to verification activities. These 
    provisions have been slightly revised for clarity and are consolidated 
    in Sec. 417.8.
    Records
        Proposed Secs. 326.6(b) and 381.606(b) listed the types of records 
    every establishment would have been required to maintain regarding 
    their operations under HACCP. The list included the written HACCP plan, 
    hazard analysis, records associated with CCP monitoring, corrective 
    actions, verification procedures and results, product codes, identity, 
    and slaughter production lot, the dates of the records, and supporting 
    documentation for the various features of the HACCP plan. FSIS also 
    proposed to require a preshipment review of processing and production 
    records associated with the HACCP plan to ensure that the records were 
    complete, that all critical limits were met, and, if applicable, that 
    corrective actions were taken. The review was to be performed by 
    someone other than the person who created the records, preferably by a 
    HACCP-trained individual, or by the responsible establishment official. 
    FSIS considers the preshipment record review a routine verification 
    function under HACCP principle No. 7.
        FSIS also proposed that establishments retain all required records 
    on site at all times, except those records concerning monitoring CCP's, 
    corrective actions, and verification procedures were to be retained at 
    the establishment for no less than one year, and for an additional two 
    years at the establishment or other location from which the records 
    could be made available to Program employees.
        Regarding the preshipment review of records, several small 
    establishments commented that there may not be a person other than the 
    person who created the record available to conduct the preshipment 
    review. Several large establishments were concerned that a HACCP-
    trained individual may not be available to conduct the preshipment 
    review. FSIS has modified this requirement by stating that the 
    preshipment review shall be conducted by someone other than the person 
    who produced the records where practicable. Also, FSIS has retained the 
    provision that the review be conducted preferably by an individual 
    trained in accordance with Sec. 417.7 or the responsible establishment 
    official.
        Some commenters recommended that FSIS allow the use of electronic 
    or computerized recordkeeping systems to ease the burden of the 
    proposed recordkeeping requirements. In response to these comments, 
    FSIS has added a new Sec. 417.5(d) which provides for the maintenance 
    of data and information on computers, as long as controls are 
    implemented by the establishment to ensure the integrity of the data 
    and signatures.
        Commenters also raised concerns regarding proposed record retention 
    requirements, maintaining that keeping HACCP records for a minimum of 
    three years would be excessive. Commenters requested flexibility in 
    deciding how long to retain records; many stated that retention should 
    be based on product shelf-life. In response to these commenters, FSIS 
    has modified this requirement to provide that records required by 
    Sec. 417.5(a)(3) be retained at the establishment for one year if they 
    pertain to slaughter activities or refrigerated products, and for two 
    years if they pertain to frozen, preserved, or shelf-stable products.
        To further ease the recordkeeping provisions for establishments, 
    FSIS will permit the off-site storage of records required by 
    Sec. 417.5(a)(3) that are over 6 months old if the records can be made 
    available to Program employees within 24 hours of the request. The 
    records required by Sec. 417.5 (a)(1) and (a)(2), however, are not 
    eligible for off-site storage.
        Proposed Secs. 326.6 and 381.606 would have provided that records 
    be made available to Program employees. Section 417.5(f) clarifies that 
    all records required by part 417 be available to Program employees for 
    review and copying.
        For clarity, FSIS has reworded the recordkeeping provisions to 
    require that the establishment maintain the written hazard analysis and 
    all supporting documentation, the written HACCP and all decisionmaking 
    documents associated with the selection and development of CCP's and 
    critical limits, and documents supporting both the monitoring and 
    verification procedures selected and the frequency of those procedures. 
    Records documenting the monitoring of CCP's and critical limits, 
    corrective actions, verification procedures and results, product 
    code(s), product name or identity, or slaughter production lot must 
    also be maintained. Each record must include the date the record was 
    made. To be consistent with FDA's final rule on HACCP systems for 
    seafood, FSIS has also added a requirement that records relating to the 
    calibration of process-monitoring instruments be maintained.
    Training
        FSIS proposed two definitions related to training: ``HACCP-trained 
    individual'' and ``recognized HACCP course.'' ``HACCP-trained 
    individual'' was defined as ``a person who has successfully completed a 
    recognized HACCP course in the application of HACCP principles to meat 
    or poultry processing operations, and who is employed by the 
    establishment. A HACCP-trained individual must have sufficient 
    experience and training in the technical aspects of food processing and 
    the principles of HACCP to determine whether a specific HACCP plan is 
    appropriate to the process in question.'' A ``recognized HACCP course'' 
    was defined as ``a HACCP course available to meat and poultry industry 
    employees which satisfies the following: consists of at least 3 days, 1 
    day devoted to understanding the seven principles of HACCP, 1 day 
    devoted to applying these concepts to this and other regulatory 
    requirements of FSIS, and 1 day devoted
    
    [[Page 38829]]
    
    to beginning development of a HACCP plan for a specific process.''
        Some commenters thought that defining a HACCP-trained individual 
    was unnecessary, that the role of such a person in operating HACCP 
    systems should be analogous to the role of the processing authority in 
    canning operations.
        A few commenters questioned the effectiveness of the proposed 
    three-day training requirement stating it would not sufficiently 
    qualify a person to implement or operate a HACCP system. Some 
    commenters asserted that the detailed course composition with no FSIS 
    certification of courses was inadequate and too rigid. Others insisted 
    that what is needed is a common understanding of the basic principles 
    of HACCP and of how HACCP can be applied to specific processes and 
    establishments, with no FSIS certification of courses.
        FSIS has revised the regulations, which are now codified in 
    Sec. 417.7, to simplify the proposed training requirements. The 
    proposed definition and requirements for a HACCP-trained individual 
    have been removed. Section 417.7 requires that individuals performing 
    certain functions must have successfully completed a course in the 
    application of the seven HACCP principles to meat and poultry product 
    processing, including a segment on the development of a HACCP plan for 
    a specific product. Only those individuals who meet the training 
    requirements may perform the following functions:
         Development of the HACCP plan as required by 
    Sec. 417.2(b);
         Reassessment and modification of the HACCP plan as 
    required by Sec. 417.3 and/or Sec. 417.4(a)(3).
        The rule has been modified to set a basic standard for HACCP 
    training while preserving the flexibility needed by industry to 
    implement HACCP systems effectively. The provisions of Sec. 417.7 are 
    consistent with FSIS's view that training is central to the success of 
    HACCP, that there are many avenues for HACCP training needs, and that 
    responsible establishment officials are in the best position to 
    determine the training needs for each establishment.
    Adequacy of HACCP Plans
        The proposed rule stated that a HACCP plan could be found invalid 
    if it does not meet the regulatory requirements, if HACCP records are 
    not being maintained to validate the plan or verify process control 
    under the plan, or if a processing failure results in production of 
    adulterated product.
        The provisions of the final rule relating to the criteria for 
    finding a HACCP plan inadequate are essentially the same as in the 
    proposal, except that the term ``invalid'' has been replaced with 
    ``inadequate'' for clarity. Also, the final rule states that a HACCP 
    plan may be found to be inadequate if establishment personnel are not 
    performing tasks specified in the HACCP plan. One change from the 
    proposal concerns the correction of HACCP systems found inadequate 
    because of product adulteration. Under the proposed 
    Secs. 326.7(c)(3)(ii) and 381.607(c)(3)(ii), the establishment would 
    have been required to submit to FSIS, among other things, a written 
    plan for chemical or microbiological testing by an external laboratory 
    of finished product produced under the modified HACCP plan to show that 
    the modified plan corrected the problem. The final rule is more 
    flexible because decisions regarding the appropriateness of the HACCP 
    system modifications are made by the establishment.
        FSIS will verify that HACCP plans are adequate. The procedure for 
    determining the adequacy of the HACCP plan will not be a one-step 
    process. Instead, FSIS will take a variety of actions including 
    reviewing the HACCP plan and associated records, directly observing the 
    HACCP system in operation, and assessing the adequacy of corrective 
    actions. After a thorough review is conducted, FSIS will determine 
    whether a HACCP plan is adequate. If a plan is found to be inadequate, 
    FSIS will take appropriate regulatory action.
    
    III. Sanitation Standard Operating Procedures
    
    The Proposed Rule
    
        FSIS proposed that all meat and poultry establishments be required 
    to develop, maintain, and adhere to written sanitation standard 
    operating procedures (Sanitation SOP's). The proposal was based on 
    FSIS's belief that effective establishment sanitation is essential for 
    food safety and to successful implementation of HACCP. Insanitary 
    facilities or equipment, poor food handling practices, improper 
    personal hygiene, and similar insanitary practices create an 
    environment conducive to contamination of products. There are direct 
    and substantial links between inadequate sanitation and the 
    contamination of meat and poultry products by pathogenic bacteria. FSIS 
    tentatively concluded that Sanitation SOP's were necessary because they 
    would clearly define each establishment's responsibility to 
    consistently follow effective sanitation procedures and would 
    substantially minimize the risk of direct product contamination and 
    adulteration.
        FSIS also had determined that Sanitation SOP's would improve the 
    utilization of FSIS Inspection Program resources by refocusing FSIS 
    sanitation inspection on the oversight of establishment prevention and 
    correction of conditions that cause direct product contamination or 
    adulteration. After Sanitation SOP's were in place, Agency inspection 
    personnel would spend less time enforcing detailed sanitation 
    requirements and directing the correction of problems after they occur. 
    Instead, FSIS inspectors would focus on oversight of an establishment's 
    implementation of Sanitation SOP's and on taking appropriate regulatory 
    action when an establishment's Sanitation SOP's were not properly 
    executed or when product contamination or adulteration was imminent, 
    directly observed, or probably had occurred.
        The concepts underlying the proposed requirements for Sanitation 
    SOP's are important and new. In the past, FSIS has not clearly 
    articulated the responsibility every establishment has to ensure that 
    sanitation requirements are met every day, both before and during 
    operations. Although the majority of meat and poultry establishments 
    maintain adequate sanitary conditions, some establishments have 
    significant sanitation problems that can be resolved only through more 
    clearly defining establishment responsibility and accountability for 
    the daily observance of sound sanitation practices.
        The proposed requirements for Sanitation SOP's were the result of 
    many years of observations by FSIS of establishment sanitation and 
    management practices. The persistence of insanitary conditions within 
    some meat and poultry establishments was documented in the ``1,000 
    Plant Review,'' conducted by FSIS between September 1993 and February 
    1995. This project involved unannounced visits to 1,014 inspected 
    establishments during which operations were observed and deficiencies 
    noted. More than 60 percent of all deficiencies documented by the 
    review involved establishment sanitation. The distribution of 
    sanitation problems was not, however, uniform in the establishments 
    sampled. Fewer than half those establishments visited accounted for 90 
    percent of the sanitation deficiencies. Data collected through FSIS's 
    Performance Based Inspection System similarly documents that sanitation 
    is the most frequent deficiency noted by inspection personnel in 
    routine establishment visits.
    
    [[Page 38830]]
    
        Through analysis of this information, FSIS determined that the 
    difference between establishments with consistently sanitary conditions 
    and those with chronic sanitation deficiencies is often that the better 
    performing establishments have effective quality control and sanitation 
    programs, including written Sanitation SOP's, while the marginal 
    establishments do not. As a means of bringing all establishments to a 
    consistently acceptable level of sanitation, as well as to clarify the 
    respective roles of establishments and FSIS in achieving that goal in 
    each establishment, FSIS proposed that every meat and poultry 
    establishment develop, maintain, and adhere to written Sanitation 
    SOP's.
        FSIS proposed that Sanitation SOP's cover the daily preoperational 
    and operational sanitation procedures that the establishment would 
    implement to prevent direct product contamination or adulteration. 
    Additionally, establishments would be required to identify the 
    establishment officials who would monitor daily sanitation activities, 
    evaluate whether the Sanitation SOP's are effective, and take 
    appropriate corrective action when needed. Also, each establishment 
    would be required to make daily records showing completion of the 
    procedures in the Sanitation SOP's, any deviations and corrective 
    actions taken, and maintain those records for a minimum of six months. 
    Further, an establishment's Sanitation SOP's and records were to be 
    made available to FSIS for verification and monitoring. Finally, the 
    proposal provided that any equipment, utensil, room or compartment 
    found by an inspection program official to be not in compliance with 
    the Sanitation SOP's or insanitary would be tagged ``U.S. Rejected,'' 
    and could not be used until it had been reinspected and passed.
        FSIS solicited comments on the proposed regulatory requirements for 
    Sanitation SOP's. FSIS also requested comments on how Sanitation SOP's 
    should clarify the responsibilities of establishments and what role 
    inspection personnel should play in authorizing daily startup of 
    operations. Comments also were requested on whether certain Good 
    Manufacturing Practices (GMP's) or other sanitation practices should be 
    mandatory elements of the Sanitation SOP's.
        The majority of the comments addressing the proposed Sanitation 
    SOP's provisions expressed support. Many commenters, however, expressed 
    concern about the lack of detail in the proposal regarding the required 
    contents of an establishment's Sanitation SOP's and about how 
    Sanitation SOP's would be enforced by inspectors. The comments, both 
    written and oral, and FSIS's responses are discussed in the 
    ``Comments'' section, which follows the description of the final rule.
    
    The Final Rule
    
        After careful consideration of the comments, FSIS is promulgating 
    requirements for Sanitation SOP's, essentially the same as proposed, 
    though with several changes and additions for both clarity and to grant 
    establishments greater flexibility in meeting the Sanitation SOP's 
    requirements.
        As proposed, all inspected establishments shall develop, implement, 
    and maintain written Sanitation SOP's. The Sanitation SOP's shall 
    describe all procedures and establishment conducts daily to prevent 
    direct contamination or adulteration of product(s). FSIS has clarified 
    that Sanitation SOP's also shall specify the frequency with which each 
    procedure in the Sanitation SOP's is to be conducted and identify the 
    establishment employee(s) responsible for the implementation and 
    maintenance of such procedure(s). While the employee responsible for 
    implementation and maintenance of procedures in the Sanitation SOP's 
    may be the employee who actually performs such activities, he or she 
    instead may be the employee in charge of ensuring that the sanitation 
    procedures are carried out. All that is required is that the Sanitation 
    SOP's identify the employee(s) responsible for implementation and 
    maintenance of the procedures in the Sanitation SOP's. The 
    establishment does not need to necessarily identify the employee(s) who 
    will actually perform the sanitation procedures. Also, an 
    establishment's Sanitation SOP's may have more than one employee 
    responsible for implementation and maintenance of sanitation 
    procedures. For example, one employee may be responsible for pre-
    operational procedures and another may be responsible for operational 
    procedures. The rule provides such flexibility.
        Further, FSIS is clarifying in this final rule that establishments 
    must explicitly identify pre-operational sanitation procedures in their 
    written Sanitation SOP's, distinguishing them from sanitation 
    activities to be carried out during operations. This will assist both 
    the establishment and FSIS in identifying which sanitation procedures 
    are to be carried out each day prior to start-up of operations.
        FSIS is also requiring that Sanitation SOP's be signed and dated by 
    ``the individual with overall authority on-site or a higher level 
    official of the establishment,'' and that the signature shall signify 
    that the establishment will implement the Sanitation SOP's. This new 
    language grants establishments greater flexibility than did the 
    proposed requirement that ``the establishment owner or operator'' be 
    responsible for implementation of Sanitation SOP's. Additionally, this 
    final rule specifies that Sanitation SOP's must be signed upon 
    initiation and upon any modification.
        As in the proposal, the format and content of Sanitation SOP's are 
    not specified in the final regulations. Because there are many types of 
    inspected establishments that will achieve the required sanitary 
    conditions in different ways, this rule gives establishments 
    flexibility to customize their sanitation plans. Each meat and poultry 
    establishment must analyze its own operations and identify possible 
    sources of direct contamination that must be addressed in its 
    Sanitation SOP's.
        As proposed, each establishment is required to conduct the pre-
    operational and operational procedures as specified in the Sanitation 
    SOP's, monitor the conduct of the procedures, and routinely evaluate 
    the content and effectiveness of the SOP's and modify the Sanitation 
    SOP's accordingly. The Sanitation SOP's must be kept current. The 
    establishment must evaluate and modify Sanitation SOP's as needed in 
    light of changes to establishment facilities, personnel, or operations 
    to ensure they remain effective in preventing direct product 
    contamination and adulteration. As upon initial implementation, 
    Sanitation SOP's must be dated and signed by the individual with 
    overall authority on-site or a higher level official of the 
    establishment following any modification.
        Also as in the proposal, FSIS is requiring that each establishment 
    initiate corrective action when either the establishment or FSIS 
    determines that Sanitation SOP's or their implementation may have 
    failed to prevent direct product contamination or adulteration. The 
    requirements regarding corrective actions have been more thoroughly 
    explained, however, and now specify that corrective actions shall 
    include ``procedures to ensure appropriate disposition of product(s) 
    that may be contaminated, restore sanitary conditions, and prevent the 
    recurrence of direct contamination or adulteration of product(s), 
    including
    
    [[Page 38831]]
    
    appropriate reevaluation and modification of the Sanitation SOP's and 
    the procedures specified therein.''
        This final rule also adopts the provision in the proposal requiring 
    establishments to keep daily records documenting that sanitation and 
    monitoring procedures listed in the Sanitation SOP's are performed. 
    Establishments also must maintain records documenting any corrective 
    actions taken to prevent direct contamination or adulteration of 
    products, or when the establishment determines or FSIS notifies the 
    establishment that its Sanitation SOP's are inadequate. FSIS has 
    clarified that such records must be initialed and dated by the 
    designated establishment employee(s) responsible for the implementation 
    and monitoring of the Sanitation SOP's procedures.
        In response to comments, FSIS has revised the recordkeeping 
    requirements to allow for computer maintenance of records, as long as 
    establishments implement controls to ensure the integrity of the 
    electronic data. FSIS recognizes that many establishments currently use 
    computers for maintaining a variety of types of information, including 
    sanitation data. It would be impractical and burdensome to prohibit 
    these establishments, or others wishing to use computers, from using 
    computers to record and store required sanitation data.
        FSIS proposed that establishments must maintain sanitation records 
    for a minimum of six months, but did not specify whether these records 
    had to be stored on-site. Several commenters expressed concern about 
    the physical location of establishment sanitation records and 
    questioned whether sanitation records must be maintained in the 
    establishment.
        FSIS requires unimpeded access to all establishment sanitation 
    records for oversight and enforcement purposes; these records are to be 
    an integral part of the Agency's inspection activities. FSIS 
    anticipates that, for most establishments, these records will not be 
    voluminous and will not create a significant storage problem. However, 
    the Agency recognizes that space may be limited at certain inspected 
    facilities and has revised this requirement to allow establishments to 
    retain records off-site, provided they are not removed from the 
    establishment for at least 48 hours following completion and they can 
    be provided to FSIS personnel within 24 hours of being requested.
        In this final rule, FSIS is clarifying that it will verify that the 
    Sanitation SOP's are being implemented and maintained, and that they 
    are effective. FSIS inspectors will ensure not only that an 
    establishment is complying with the requirement to develop, implement, 
    and maintain Sanitation SOP's, and to maintain daily records for them, 
    but also that the Sanitation SOP's are in fact working. Inspectors will 
    review the Sanitation SOP's, the daily records, the conduct of 
    procedures specified in the Sanitation SOP's, and the sanitary 
    conditions themselves.
        The failure by an establishment to comply with the Sanitation SOP's 
    regulations may initiate regulatory action. The full array of 
    compliance tools includes process deficiency reports, tagging of 
    equipment or areas, retention of product, letters of warning, and 
    suspension and withdrawal of inspection. The nature of FSIS's response 
    will depend on the circumstances. Minor omissions or errors in 
    Sanitation SOP's documentation, not symptomatic of larger ``system'' 
    problems, will result in regulatory action commensurate with the 
    severity of the violation. For example, process deficiency reports 
    might be issued to direct corrective action. However, a pattern of 
    violations of the Sanitation SOP's provisions would lead to additional 
    responses, with persistent and serious failures resulting in suspension 
    or withdrawal of inspection from the establishment. Suspensions and 
    withdrawals would be made in accordance with applicable rules of 
    practice for those proceedings.
        If FSIS determines that an establishment's Sanitation SOP's fail to 
    include procedures to prevent direct product contamination or 
    adulteration or that required records are not being kept, the Agency 
    may tag affected facilities and equipment and suspend inspection until 
    the failure is remedied. Because the tagging of insanitary facilities 
    and equipment is based on current statutory authority, the specific 
    regulatory provisions for tagging in the proposal are not retained in 
    this final rule.
        Verification and compliance activities under the Sanitation SOP's 
    provisions are distinguishable from actions taken as a consequence of a 
    finding of product adulteration under the sanitation requirements 
    elsewhere in the regulations. As a practical matter, however, such 
    findings are likely to be connected. A finding of deficient Sanitation 
    SOP's or Sanitation SOP's records may prompt additional inspection 
    activity directed at determining whether or not product contamination 
    or adulteration has occurred. If it has, FSIS will take appropriate 
    action to prevent adulterated product from entering commerce and, where 
    necessary, seek recall of product that has already entered commerce.
        Finally, the Sanitation SOP's requirements of this final rule are 
    set out in a new Part 416, Sanitation. These provisions are formatted 
    differently from the proposal to comport with FSIS's announced project 
    to reform, reorganize, and recodify the meat and poultry regulations. 
    This regulatory reform project is well underway, and will, among other 
    things, eliminate unneeded regulations by combining, to the extent 
    possible, the currently separate meat and poultry regulations. New Part 
    416, like new part 417 on HACCP, covers both meat and poultry products. 
    Part 416 will be expanded and supplemented as the Agency proceeds with 
    its initiative to review, reform, and reorganize existing FSIS 
    regulations concerning sanitation.
    
    Comments and Responses
    
    General
        Support for the proposed requirements for Sanitation SOP's was 
    expressed by a wide range of commenters. Most supporters agreed that 
    establishment sanitation is essential to product safety and that every 
    meat and poultry establishment should be required to have a written 
    sanitation plan. Those who opposed mandatory Sanitation SOP's argued 
    that current sanitation regulations would be adequate if they were 
    better enforced, that Sanitation SOP's would be no more than a 
    paperwork exercise, and that they would be an additional burden on 
    establishments. FSIS strongly disagrees with the notion that Sanitation 
    SOP's will be a mere ``paperwork exercise,'' and believes this 
    regulation will, in fact, result in improved sanitation and provide for 
    more effective enforcement of the sanitation requirements.
        Substantial evidence exists that insanitary facilities or 
    equipment, poor food handling, improper personal hygiene, and similar 
    insanitary conditions create an environment in which products become 
    contaminated with microorganisms, including pathogens. While sanitation 
    has improved greatly throughout the industry over the years, some 
    individual establishments still have difficulty getting their 
    facilities and equipment ready to start operations each day and keeping 
    conditions sanitary during establishment operations. FSIS affirms that 
    proper sanitation is an important and integral part of every food 
    process and a fundamental requirement of the inspection laws that the 
    Agency enforces.
    
    [[Page 38832]]
    
        In the past, FSIS has enforced the sanitation requirements 
    primarily through a combination of prescriptive sanitation regulations, 
    detailed guidance materials, and direct, hands-on involvement by 
    inspectors in day-to-day pre-operational and operational sanitation 
    procedures in inspected establishments. This system achieved sanitation 
    goals on a daily basis in individual establishments, but at a 
    relatively large public cost because it encouraged establishments to 
    shift accountability for sanitation to the FSIS inspector. For example, 
    in the past, FSIS inspectors have taken responsibility for checking 
    sanitation in every slaughter establishment before it begins daily 
    processing. In extreme cases, inspectors have led daily ``bucket 
    brigades'' of slaughter establishment employees through pre-operational 
    establishment cleanup. In these circumstances, FSIS has, in effect, 
    taken responsibility for establishment sanitation conditions. The 
    Sanitation SOP's requirement is intended to end this practice. 
    Sanitation SOP's make it clear that responsibility for identifying and 
    conducting procedures needed to maintain sanitary conditions rests with 
    the establishment, not with FSIS.
        Sanitation SOP's are an inspection tool. They will help individual 
    inspectors focus their oversight in an establishment on those 
    conditions that pose a risk of direct product contamination or 
    adulteration, that is, on conditions which pose the greatest 
    adulteration hazards to products subject to inspection in that 
    establishment. The effectiveness of each establishment's Sanitation 
    SOP's in achieving acceptable sanitation will be subject to continuing 
    verification by FSIS inspectors through direct observation of 
    conditions in the establishment. It is expected that, over time, 
    inspectors in most establishments will increasingly be able to rely on 
    a review of daily Sanitation SOP's records to determine whether 
    establishments are complying with sanitation requirements. However, 
    FSIS inspectors will continue to have a full array of regulatory tools 
    to ensure the maintenance of sanitary conditions. For instance, FSIS 
    inspectors will continue tagging equipment, utensils, rooms, or 
    compartments in instances where there is physical evidence of 
    insanitary conditions in the production areas of the establishment.
        FSIS anticipates that the development, implementation, and 
    maintenance of Sanitation SOP's, as well as the recordkeeping 
    provisions, will impose a minimal burden on establishments. Some 
    establishments already utilize written Sanitation SOP's. For other 
    establishments, compliance with the Sanitation SOP's requirements will 
    consist of recording their current sanitation practices. A complete 
    discussion of the anticipated costs of implementing the SOP's 
    requirements is contained in the Final Regulatory Impact Analysis.
        Sanitation SOP's are an integral part of the Agency's strategy for 
    making inspection more effective and more risk-based in its focus. For 
    these reasons, FSIS is adopting the proposed requirements for 
    Sanitation SOP's and is clarifying that developing, implementing, and 
    maintaining Sanitation SOP's and keeping daily Sanitation SOP's 
    records, is a condition of inspection.
    Development of Sanitation SOP's
        As noted previously, a number of commenters raised concerns about 
    the content of the Sanitation SOP's and asked for more specificity. 
    Some commenters recommended that FSIS be more specific about what 
    procedures must be in the Sanitation SOP's. Other commenters suggested 
    that such procedures be fully described and be made mandatory. The 
    Agency recognizes these commenters' concerns and therefore is providing 
    guidance on how individual establishments may develop their Sanitation 
    SOP's in Appendix A and Appendix B to this final rule. Appendix A is a 
    guideline on Sanitation SOP's that establishments can use in developing 
    their own Sanitation SOP's; Appendix B is a model of an establishment's 
    Sanitation SOP's that demonstrates what a completed Sanitation SOP's 
    might include. Together, these guidance documents will assist 
    establishments to develop Sanitation SOP's that address conditions 
    unique to individual establishments and processes and that prevent 
    direct product contamination or adulteration. As with all FSIS guidance 
    materials, the Agency welcomes comments on how these two documents 
    might be improved.
        However, the final rule itself remains nonprescriptive in that it 
    requires each establishment to determine for itself what procedures are 
    necessary to prevent insanitary conditions that will cause direct 
    product contamination or adulteration. Overall, the comments confirmed 
    that, while proper sanitation is a common need in every food production 
    facility, the means to achieve it are diverse and establishment-
    specific. Establishments that now have good sanitation and effective 
    process controls are expected to continue using techniques that work in 
    their establishment. Other establishments will need to analyze and 
    select effective abatement procedures among various alternatives for 
    attaining a sanitary processing environment. What works in one 
    establishment may or may not work in another.
        The proposed rule also solicited comments as to whether FSIS should 
    mandate Good Manufacturing Practices (GMP's) for all or certain 
    Sanitation SOP's. FSIS listed illustrations in the proposal of elements 
    that might be mandatory elements of Sanitation SOP's. Although some 
    commenters expressed support for making GMP's or other practices 
    mandatory, many objected to such specific requirements on the basis 
    that they would be infeasible. FSIS agrees with those commenters who 
    stated that detailed GMP regulations are infeasible because of the 
    difficulty in making them specific enough to be useful. FSIS also was 
    concerned that such specificity could result in lost flexibility.
        For these reasons, this final rule will not prescribe a single 
    format for individual establishment Sanitation SOP's or mandate 
    specific GMP's. It will be the responsibility of each establishment to 
    consider existing FSIS regulations and guidelines; evaluate its 
    facilities, processes, and sanitation conditions; determine what 
    sanitation procedures must be implemented to prevent direct product 
    contamination or adulteration; and describe these procedures in 
    Sanitation SOP's.
    Maintaining Sanitation SOP's
        FSIS received several comments regarding the maintenance of 
    Sanitation SOP's. Some commenters wanted to know whether if an 
    establishment will be able to update its Sanitation SOP's to 
    incorporate new technologies. Other commenters wanted to know what type 
    of system, if any, FSIS will use to review changes to Sanitation SOP's 
    and if a formal request for FSIS review or approval would be required.
        As has been discussed previously, the final rule requires that each 
    establishment develop, implement, and maintain its Sanitation SOP's and 
    incorporate new sanitation technologies as appropriate. FSIS encourages 
    the adoption of new technologies that can improve sanitation and food 
    safety. This is an establishment responsibility. Although FSIS will not 
    approve Sanitation SOP's, it will provide advice and guidance to 
    establishments as they develop and begin to implement Sanitation SOP's.
    Recordkeeping
        Commenters also expressed concerns about what was to be in daily 
    sanitation
    
    [[Page 38833]]
    
    records and how long and where such records were to be retained. As the 
    proposal explained, and this final rule requires, Sanitation SOP's 
    records must document the implementation and maintenance of Sanitation 
    SOP's, as well as any deviations from Sanitation SOP's procedures, and 
    corrective actions taken. As with the development of Sanitation SOP's 
    themselves, FSIS will allow each establishment to determine the form 
    and format of its daily sanitation records. In many establishments, a 
    simple, daily checklist, showing that specific Sanitation SOP's 
    procedures were implemented, initialed by the responsible establishment 
    employee, is likely to suffice. Other establishments may find a more 
    detailed format for its records is more useful. Some establishments may 
    wish to use a computer-based system. This final rule provides such 
    flexibility.
        Some commenters stated that the proposed six-month retention of 
    daily sanitation records was too long. FSIS disagrees and is adopting 
    the proposed requirement that establishments retain Sanitation SOP's 
    records for six months. Increased product shelf-life and the potential 
    need for FSIS personnel to review Sanitation SOP's records many months 
    after production make it necessary that establishments retain records 
    for six months. Furthermore, sanitation records provide both FSIS and 
    establishment management near-term trend data to evaluate how 
    establishment sanitation is being carried out under the Sanitation 
    SOP's. This feedback should be very useful to establishments in 
    determining whether and how their Sanitation SOP's need revision. 
    Inspectors will benefit, too, from knowing how the establishment has 
    complied with these requirements. Establishment sanitation records will 
    also need to be reviewed by the Agency as part of any compliance 
    investigation.
        In a related matter, several commenters expressed concern about the 
    physical location of establishment sanitation records and questioned 
    whether sanitation records must be maintained in the establishment. As 
    explained above, FSIS requires unimpeded access to all establishment 
    sanitation records for oversight and enforcement purposes. FSIS 
    anticipates that, for most establishments, these records will not be 
    voluminous and will not create a significant storage problem. However, 
    in response to these comments, this final rule will allow 
    establishments to retain Sanitation SOP's records off-site provided 
    they are not removed from the establishment for at least 48 hours 
    following completion and they can be provided to FSIS personnel within 
    24 hours of request.
        Some commenters also expressed concern about public accessibility 
    to an establishment's Sanitation SOP's records. Like establishment 
    HACCP records, these records are kept and maintained by the 
    establishment and generally are not Agency records. Occasionally, 
    however, such records will be copied and incorporated into Agency 
    records for some official purpose. These records will be disclosed to 
    third parties only to the extent disclosure is required by the Freedom 
    of Information Act and the Privacy Act or other applicable law. 
    Proprietary information, personal information, and other information 
    exempt from disclosure would be protected.
    ``Layering''
        Many commenters were concerned that FSIS was layering requirements 
    for Sanitation SOP's over existing regulations governing establishment 
    sanitation practices, thereby increasing rather than decreasing 
    intrusive, command-and-control oversight of all inspected 
    establishments. Concern was also expressed that the new requirements 
    might conflict with current sanitation regulations.
        FSIS does not consider the Sanitation SOP's requirement to be 
    layered over or in conflict with existing regulations. Existing 
    regulations establish substantive sanitation-related requirements, 
    while the new Sanitation SOP's provisions establish a means by which 
    establishments will take responsibility for achieving sanitary 
    conditions and preventing direct product contamination or adulteration. 
    Sanitation SOP's also will better focus inspection oversight by FSIS 
    inspectors on those sanitation measures required to prevent direct 
    product contamination or adulteration. As discussed, one of the 
    Agency's goals is to reduce inspectors' personal involvement in the 
    conduct of routine, day-to-day sanitation procedures.
        FSIS emphasizes that it does not intend or require that an 
    establishment's Sanitation SOP's incorporate all elements of the 
    existing FSIS sanitation regulations. These regulations contain many 
    detailed provisions that do not relate to the prevention of direct 
    product contamination. As the text of the Sanitation SOP's regulations 
    and the guidance materials at Appendices A and B makes clear, FSIS 
    intends and requires only that the Sanitation SOP contain a description 
    of the procedures an establishment will follow to address the elements 
    of pre-operational and operational sanitation that relate to the 
    prevention of direct product contamination.
        For example, under paragraph (a) of Sec. 308.4 of the regulations, 
    FSIS requires that ``Dressing rooms, toilet rooms, and urinals shall be 
    sufficient in number, ample in size, and conveniently located.'' 
    Although compliance with this requirement is important for the 
    maintenance of establishment sanitation, and employee hygiene must be 
    part of Sanitation SOP's, Sec. 308.4(a) does not concern direct product 
    contamination and would not need to be addressed in an establishment's 
    Sanitation SOP's. On the other hand, the rule requires that Sanitation 
    SOP's specifically address the pre-operational ``cleaning of food 
    contact surfaces of facilities, equipment, and utensils'' because these 
    procedures are necessary to prevent the direct contamination of 
    product. Additionally, the guidance materials in Appendices A and B 
    give examples of other procedures necessary to prevent direct product 
    contamination that Sanitation SOP's should include, such as 
    ``Descriptions of equipment disassembly, reassembly after cleaning, use 
    of acceptable chemicals according to label directions, and cleaning 
    techniques.'' FSIS emphasizes, however, that an establishment does not 
    need to reproduce in its written Sanitation SOP's the existing 
    regulatory requirements concerning the prevention of direct 
    contamination or adulteration of product.
        FSIS also realizes that its existing sanitation regulations contain 
    some detailed and prescriptive provisions and that some of those 
    regulations may be outmoded and no longer needed in light of the 
    Agency's effort to clarify that good sanitation is the responsibility 
    of each establishment. FSIS will continue to review, reevaluate, and 
    revise, as necessary, all current sanitation regulations, along with 
    related issuances and sanitation inspection procedures, to simplify and 
    streamline them and make them more compatible with Sanitation SOP's 
    requirements. This process was announced and initiated in the advance 
    notice of proposed rulemaking published on December 29, 1995 (60 FR 
    67469). The review of sanitation regulations is a high priority for the 
    Agency. The elements of sanitation that are required to be addressed in 
    the Sanitation SOP's will remain as central elements of the FSIS 
    sanitation regulations. Establishments will not need to revise their 
    Sanitation SOP's because of the simplification and streamlining of 
    existing FSIS sanitation regulations.
    
    [[Page 38834]]
    
    Role of Inspectors
         A related concern of many commenters was the role FSIS inspectors 
    will play in the development and enforcement of Sanitation SOP's. Some 
    commenters expressed concern that during inspection inspectors would 
    rely solely on record reviews instead of actually observing 
    establishment conditions. Other commenters expressed concerns that 
    Sanitation SOP's would merely provide FSIS inspectors with more 
    latitude to make intrusive and arbitrary decisions.
        FSIS strongly disagrees with this characterization of Sanitation 
    SOP's and the role of the Agency's inspection personnel. Industry's 
    responsibility for producing safe meat and poultry and FSIS's 
    responsibility for regulatory oversight are fundamentally different. 
    Sanitation SOP's are the establishment's commitment to FSIS that they 
    will consistently provide a sanitary environment for food production. 
    FSIS inspectors will not be tasked with directing an establishment's 
    sanitation procedures, nor with ``approving'' the establishment's 
    Sanitation SOP's. They will, however, verify that the Sanitation SOP's 
    are being implemented and that they are effective in preventing direct 
    product contamination and adulteration.
        Oversight of Sanitation SOP's will become an increasingly important 
    part of daily inspection activity, while the directing of sanitation 
    activities will occur less frequently. Periodic inspection tasks will 
    include verifying that Sanitation SOP's meet the regulation's 
    requirements, are being implemented and maintained, and are effective 
    in producing sanitary conditions. FSIS inspectors' oversight will 
    include review of the Sanitation SOP's and required records, direct 
    observation of the implementation and monitoring of the Sanitation 
    SOP's, and visual observation of sanitary conditions in the production 
    areas of the establishment.
        FSIS expects that establishments will rely less on inspectors to 
    direct them in maintaining sanitary conditions as establishments rely 
    more on adherence to their own Sanitation SOP's. The mix of inspector 
    tasks that comprise sanitation inspection also will change. As 
    establishments adopt and successfully implement Sanitation SOP's, and 
    consistently achieve good sanitation results, FSIS inspectors can spend 
    less time ensuring that basic sanitation requirements are being met. 
    Conversely, to the extent some establishments do not implement 
    effective Sanitation SOP's and consistently achieve good sanitation, 
    FSIS inspectors will be obliged to intensify their focus on actual 
    establishment conditions and initiate appropriate enforcement actions.
        Ensuring establishments operate under sanitary conditions should be 
    made easier for inspectors, and ultimately permit inspectors to spend 
    more time on other tasks. One purpose of the Sanitation SOP's 
    regulations is to help inspectors, as well as establishments, focus 
    their attention on those aspects of establishment sanitation that pose 
    the most risk of causing product contamination or adulteration. Under 
    the current inspection system, inspectors look at all aspects of 
    establishment sanitation, including many that have a relatively low 
    probability of causing product contamination. In the future, normal 
    oversight activities will focus more on whether an establishment is 
    following its Sanitation SOP's and thereby consistently preventing, or 
    as appropriate, correcting, conditions that cause direct product 
    contamination or adulteration. Some commenters were concerned about the 
    effect on establishment operations if inspection personnel, when 
    enforcing the Sanitation SOP's requirements, reject one piece of 
    equipment, utensil, room or compartment as insanitary. As previously 
    stated, inspectors will take prompt action in cases where there is a 
    finding of insanitation or the likelihood of product contamination or 
    adulteration. The type and intensity of this response will vary. For 
    example, establishment operations may be allowed to continue if 
    inspection personnel determine that a rejected item, compartment or 
    room is not related to other processes or products being produced. 
    However, inspection would be withheld in rooms, departments, or 
    facilities associated with the production of contaminated or 
    adulterated products where the establishment can not show FSIS that 
    they have isolated the cause of the contamination or adulteration and 
    have taken appropriate action to prevent further contamination or 
    adulteration. In a similar vein, commenters also stated that 
    establishments should not be penalized for the occurrence of a 
    sanitation problem that is effectively abated. These commenters 
    suggested that ``U.S. Rejected'' tags should be used only if an 
    establishment fails to identify and correct insanitary conditions. If 
    the establishment takes proper corrective action, they argued, it 
    should be viewed as evidence that the Sanitation SOP's is being 
    adequately implemented. FSIS agrees. Establishments that identify and 
    correct insanitary conditions in a timely manner and make proper 
    disposition of any affected product will be considered to be in 
    compliance with the Sanitation SOP's regulations.
        Although FSIS fully expects that the clarification of 
    establishments' sanitation responsibilities will lead to better and 
    more consistent compliance with sanitation requirements, the Agency 
    recognizes that this will not be the case in all establishments. 
    Establishments that fail to comply with the requirements in this final 
    rule for Sanitation SOP's will be subject to appropriate compliance and 
    regulatory action that will, when necessary, include suspension or 
    withdrawal of inspection. Further, as noted in the proposal, anyone who 
    intentionally falsifies records will be subject to criminal 
    prosecution.
        FSIS also recognizes commenters' concerns about its rules of 
    practice and due process procedures. FSIS expects that these concerns 
    will be addressed through changes to these procedural requirements 
    initiated as a result of the Agency's regulatory reform project. These 
    subjects are also on the agenda for discussion at FSIS's upcoming 
    implementation conferences.
    Relation to HACCP
        Another important topic raised by commenters was the link between 
    an establishment's Sanitation SOP's and its HACCP plan. This link was 
    unclear to some who stated the two were redundant. HACCP plans aim at 
    ensuring safety at specific critical control points within specific 
    processes, while Sanitation SOP's typically transcend specific 
    processes. Sanitation SOP's are important tools for meeting existing 
    statutory sanitation responsibilities and preventing direct product 
    contamination or adulteration. As such, it is appropriate that they be 
    developed and implemented in the near-term prior to implementation of 
    HACCP. In a sense, the Sanitation SOP's are a prerequisite for HACCP. 
    It is anticipated that some procedures addressed in an establishment's 
    Sanitation SOP's might eventually be incorporated into an 
    establishment's HACCP plan. Other procedures in an establishment's 
    Sanitation SOP's, including those addressing pre-operational sanitation 
    procedures for cleaning facilities, equipment, and utensils, will most 
    likely remain in the Sanitation SOP's. A sanitation procedure that is 
    incorporated into a validated HACCP plan need not be duplicated in the 
    Sanitation SOP's.
    
    [[Page 38835]]
    
    Training
        A number of comments expressed concern about the content of 
    inspector training, suggesting that inadequate training would result in 
    inconsistent enforcement of the rule. Assurance was requested that 
    inspectors would be trained to consistently monitor Sanitation SOP's. 
    FSIS recognizes that inspectors must be trained to react as regulators 
    rather than as quality control consultants or establishment sanitarians 
    when a sanitation or other health and safety problem is discovered in 
    an establishment. A primary focus of agency training sessions will be 
    to attain this goal.
        Also, some commenters asked whether joint FSIS and industry 
    training would be offered. FSIS does not plan to allow industry to 
    attend Agency training sessions. However, FSIS does plan to hold 
    informational briefings for industry personnel. These will be the 
    subject of future notices in the Federal Register.
    Pre-Operation Sanitation Inspection
        Some commenters asserted that establishments with good Sanitation 
    SOP's should be permitted to start daily operations on their own, 
    instead of having to wait for an inspector to conduct a pre-operational 
    sanitation inspection and allow operations to start. FSIS agrees with 
    these commenters. Accordingly, upon the effective date of this rule and 
    implementation of Sanitation SOP's, establishments not otherwise 
    notified by FSIS may begin daily processing upon completion of pre-
    operational sanitation activities without the prior approval of an 
    inspector.
        Extending the implementation date for Sanitation SOP's will also 
    give FSIS additional time to provide needed training, instruction and 
    management support to FSIS inspection personnel tasked with enforcing 
    the Sanitation SOP's requirements.
    Implementation Date
        Finally, many commenters expressed concern about the amount of time 
    they said it would take to prepare and implement effective Sanitation 
    SOP's. These commenters requested more lead time to implement these 
    requirements. FSIS agrees that some establishments may need more time 
    than the 90 days the proposed rule provided for implementing Sanitation 
    SOP's requirements. Consequently, FSIS is modifying this aspect of the 
    proposal. This final rule will provide establishments six months from 
    the effective date of this regulation to develop and implement written 
    Sanitation SOP's. This additional time will allow these establishments 
    to initially develop and refine their Sanitation SOP's to best meet 
    operational needs before the effective date of the Sanitation SOP's 
    requirements. Extending the implementation date for Sanitation SOP's 
    will also give FSIS additional time to provide needed training, 
    instruction, and management support to personnel tasked with enforcing 
    the Sanitation requirements.
    
    IV. Microbiological Performance Criteria and Standards
    
    Summary of Proposal
    
        As part of the Pathogen Reduction/HACCP proposal, FSIS proposed 
    interim targets for the reduction of Salmonella for the major species 
    and for ground meat and poultry. Further, FSIS proposed to require 
    daily testing by slaughter establishments and establishments producing 
    raw ground product in order to verify achievement of the Salmonella 
    targets on an ongoing basis. The proposal reflected a central tenet of 
    the FSIS food safety strategy: to be effective in improving food safety 
    and reducing the risk of foodborne illness, HACCP-based process control 
    must be combined with objective means of verifying that meat and 
    poultry establishments are achieving acceptable levels of food safety 
    performance.
        FSIS explained in the preamble to the proposal that food safety 
    performance standards, in the form of tolerances or other limits, have 
    been an important feature of the food safety regulatory system for 
    chemical residues (such as those resulting from the use of animal drugs 
    and pesticides) and for pathogenic microorganisms in ready-to-eat meat 
    and poultry products (such as Listeria monocytogenes in ready-to-eat 
    products and Salmonella in cooked beef). However, performance standards 
    have not in the past been incorporated into the regulatory system for 
    pathogens on raw meat and poultry products.
        FSIS recognizes that establishing performance standards for 
    pathogens on raw products raises different and difficult issues. The 
    microbiological safety of a meat or poultry product at the point of 
    final sale or consumption is affected by many factors. Most 
    significantly, unlike other kinds of contaminants, microbiological 
    pathogens can be introduced at many points on the farm-to-table 
    continuum, and once in the product, under certain conditions, the 
    bacteria can multiply. Some pathogens, such as E. coli O157:H7, are so 
    virulent that a small number of organisms can pose a significant 
    hazard. Indeed, on that basis the Agency has determined that any amount 
    of E. coli O157:H7 will adulterate a meat or poultry product. On the 
    other hand, some pathogens, such as Salmonella, ordinarily must 
    multiply to relatively large numbers to cause illness, although the 
    susceptibility of individuals to illness varies widely. Certain 
    segments of the population, such as the very young, the elderly, and 
    persons with compromised immune systems, are particularly vulnerable to 
    illnesses caused by Salmonella and other foodborne pathogens.
        Therefore, FSIS has not taken the position in this rulemaking that 
    some amount of a pathogen necessarily renders a raw meat or poultry 
    product unsafe and legally adulterated; the proposed targets for 
    pathogen reduction would not have served as a standard for determining 
    whether any particular lot of raw product could be released into 
    commerce. The proposed targets were intended instead as an initial step 
    toward defining levels of food safety performance that establishments 
    would be required to achieve consistently over time. The interim 
    targets and the required testing by establishments were also intended 
    as a first step toward the eventual incorporation of microbial testing 
    as an integral part of process-control validation and verification in 
    facilities operating under HACCP.
        Salmonella was selected as the target organism because it is the 
    most common cause of foodborne illness associated with meat and poultry 
    products. It is present to varying degrees in all major species. And, 
    interventions targeted at reducing Salmonella may be beneficial in 
    reducing contamination by other enteric pathogens.
        As interim targets for pathogen reduction, FSIS proposed that the 
    prevalence of Salmonella contamination in each of the major species and 
    in raw ground products be reduced by each establishment to a level 
    below the current national baseline prevalence as measured by the FSIS 
    Nationwide Microbiological Baseline Data Collection Programs and 
    Nationwide Microbiological surveys (collectively referred to below as 
    the FSIS baseline surveys) or other available data.
    
    Role of Microbiological Performance Criteria and Standards in FSIS Food 
    Safety Strategy
    
        As explained in the ``Background'' section of this preamble, the 
    most important objective of this rulemaking is to build into food 
    production processes and the FSIS system of regulation and oversight, 
    effective measures to reduce and control pathogenic microorganisms
    
    [[Page 38836]]
    
    on raw meat and poultry products. FSIS has concluded that HACCP-based 
    process control combined with appropriate microbiological performance 
    criteria and standards will achieve this objective.
        Because the current regulatory system lacks any performance 
    criteria or standards for harmful bacteria on raw products (other than 
    with respect to E. coli O157:H7 on raw ground beef), FSIS inspectors 
    have no adequate basis for judging whether establishments producing raw 
    meat and poultry products are dealing effectively with the food safety 
    hazard posed by harmful bacteria.
        The HACCP requirements discussed in the preceding section of this 
    preamble will ensure that all meat and poultry establishments implement 
    science-based process controls designed to prevent and reduce the 
    significant food safety hazards that arise in their particular 
    production processes and products. For slaughter establishments and 
    other establishments producing raw meat and poultry products, this will 
    mean developing controls that address the hazards posed by pathogenic 
    microorganisms as well as other biological, chemical and physical 
    hazards. HACCP principles provide the framework by which establishments 
    target and reduce harmful bacteria on raw meat and poultry products.
        To be successful in ensuring food safety, however, HACCP must be 
    coupled with appropriate performance criteria and standards against 
    which the effectiveness of the controls developed by each establishment 
    can be validated and verified. For example, controls designed to 
    prevent the contamination of processed, ready-to-eat meat and poultry 
    products with harmful bacteria would have to be validated as effective 
    in meeting the already-existing requirement that such products be free 
    of harmful bacteria. Without such performance criteria and standards, 
    there would be no objective basis for determining whether a particular 
    HACCP plan is adequate for its food safety purpose. Additionally, there 
    would be no way to determine whether industry or FSIS had met their 
    respective food safety responsibilities.
        In this rulemaking, FSIS for the first time proposed 
    microbiological performance standards for raw products. The need for 
    some measure of performance in the area of microbiological 
    contamination was generally supported by the comments FSIS received on 
    its proposal. In response to the comments, FSIS has refined and 
    improved its proposed approach, and is establishing microbiological 
    performance standards for reduction of Salmonella in raw products, 
    coupled with performance criteria for use with E. coli testing to 
    verify the effectiveness of process controls in slaughter 
    establishments.
        These new provisions are the first steps in what FSIS expects to be 
    a long-term effort to ensure that appropriate microbial testing is 
    conducted, and appropriate criteria and standards exist, to reduce the 
    food safety hazards posed by harmful bacteria on raw meat and poultry 
    products. The numerical targets for both the performance criteria and 
    the pathogen reduction performance standards are likely to be changed 
    as new data become available. The targets currently are set at the 
    national baseline prevalence of contamination and reflect what is 
    achievable using available technology. FSIS intends to repeat 
    periodically its baseline surveys, on which the criteria and standards 
    are based. FSIS will collect additional data on Salmonella by testing 
    products in establishments pursuant to the performance standards and on 
    E. coli through close monitoring of establishments' experience and test 
    results associated with that mode of process control verification. 
    These new data, together with relevant epidemiologic data, scientific 
    research, and new technologies, will be considered by FSIS when 
    proposing future revisions to the performance criteria and testing 
    requirements for E. coli and the pathogen reduction performance 
    standards for Salmonella. New information and data also may support 
    different standards and different approaches to microbial testing.
        FSIS is committed to the development and implementation of future 
    performance standards, as needed, to achieve the FSIS's public health 
    goal of reducing the incidence of foodborne illness associated with 
    harmful bacteria on raw meat and poultry products. FSIS is also 
    concerned that standards achieve this public health goal in a manner 
    that encourages industry innovation and minimizes regulatory burdens on 
    the regulated industry. The pathogen reduction performance standards 
    promulgated in this regulation will be implemented on the basis of a 
    statistical evaluation of the prevalence of bacteria in each 
    establishment's products, measured against the nationwide prevalence of 
    the bacteria in the same products. These standards will not be used to 
    judge whether specific lots of product are adulterated under the law. 
    As more research is done and more data become available, and as more 
    sophisticated techniques are developed for quantitative risk assessment 
    for microbiological agents, it may be possible and appropriate to 
    develop performance standards that use a different approach. 
    Consideration may also be given to the possibility of establishing 
    similar standards for other pathogenic microorganisms. FSIS will 
    continue to work with the scientific community in this area.
        The microbiological performance standards set out in this 
    rulemaking are part of a fundamental shift in FSIS regulatory 
    philosophy and strategy. The current inspection system relies heavily 
    on intensive ``command-and-control'' prescription of the means by which 
    meat and poultry establishments must achieve statutory objectives 
    concerning food safety, sanitation, product wholesomeness, and 
    prevention of economic adulteration and misbranding. As explained in 
    the ``Background'' section of this preamble, in FSIS's ANPR ``FSIS 
    Agenda for Change: Regulatory Review,'' and in the January, 1996, 
    National Performance Review report ``Reinvention of Food Regulations,'' 
    FSIS plans to shift from this reliance on command and control 
    regulations to much greater reliance on performance standards. FSIS 
    believes that public health and consumer protection goals can be 
    achieved more effectively, in most cases, by converting command-and-
    control regulations to performance standards, which provide industry 
    with the flexibility to devise the optimal means of achieving food 
    safety objectives. FSIS would verify compliance with such performance 
    standards through inspection and other forms of oversight.
    
    Overview of Final Rule
    
        Comments on the proposed rule's microbial testing provisions have 
    resulted in a number of changes to those provisions. As discussed in 
    the ``Response to Comments'' section, below, FSIS received numerous 
    comments supporting the concept of microbiological performance criteria 
    or standards, but also received many comments urging alternatives to 
    the specific approach proposed by FSIS, including testing for organisms 
    other than Salmonella.
        The Agency actively sought out comment and information on the issue 
    of target organism(s) to be selected for process control verification 
    and pathogen reduction purposes in this regulation. In the proposal, 
    FSIS stated that ``the Agency recognizes that there are other foodborne 
    human pathogens of public health concern that can be isolated from raw 
    meat and poultry product. The Agency would welcome
    
    [[Page 38837]]
    
    comments on the targeting of other pathogens in addition to or in lieu 
    of Salmonella'' (60 FR 6800). As noted earlier in this preamble, during 
    the comment period FSIS held many meetings to solicit comment on 
    various issues, including microbiological criteria and standards. 
    Microbiological criteria and standards were discussed in detail at the 
    FSIS-sponsored scientific conference held in Philadelphia, 
    Pennsylvania, on May 1 and 2, 1995, titled ``The Role of 
    Microbiological Testing in Verifying Food Safety.'' This conference was 
    open to the public and was announced in the Federal Register on March 
    24, 1995 (60 FR 15533). An expert panel at that conference endorsed the 
    role of microbiological testing in accordance with appropriate criteria 
    or standards, but suggested that mandatory establishment testing focus 
    on a quantitative assay for generic E. coli rather than the proposed 
    qualitative assay for Salmonella. The panel stated that a quantitative 
    assay for the more commonly occurring generic E. coli is a more 
    effective process control indicator with respect to the prevention of 
    contamination of meat and poultry by feces and associated bacteria.
        FSIS also held a series of six issue-focused public meetings in 
    September, 1995. During a preliminary public meeting on August 23, 
    1995, at which issues were identified and the meeting agenda was 
    established, participants decided that a full day should be devoted to 
    further public discussion of pathogen reduction standards and microbial 
    testing. The agenda for the six meetings appeared in the Federal 
    Register on August 31, 1995 (60 FR 45381). The issues discussed on 
    September 27 included: (1) the scientific and policy basis for 
    establishing targets; (2) whether Salmonella is the appropriate 
    organism for some or all species; (3) whether other pathogens would be 
    preferable for some or all animal species; (4) the utility of targets 
    for E. coli or other non-pathogenic indicator organisms as a means of 
    controlling and reducing pathogenic microorganisms; (5) the advantages 
    and disadvantages of targets based on the prevalence of detectable 
    contamination vs. targets based on the number of organisms present; and 
    (6) the need for pathogen reduction targets for raw ground products in 
    general and in establishments that both slaughter animals and produce 
    ground product.
        At the September 27, 1995, issue-focused meeting, there was 
    additional comment in favor of testing for an organism other than 
    Salmonella, such as generic E. coli, that has a strong track record in 
    the industry as a good organism to use for process control verification 
    testing. There was, however, continued strong support for raw product 
    testing targeted at pathogens, such as Salmonella, and support for 
    pathogen reduction as the primary goal of such testing.
        At the meetings, FSIS distributed issue papers on the various 
    issues being addressed, based in large part on comments already 
    received. The issue paper on Pathogen Reduction Performance Standards 
    and Microbial Testing stated that the two most common concerns in the 
    comments received to that date were the proposed selection of 
    Salmonella as the indicator organism and the frequency of proposed 
    testing. It stated that although some commenters recommended finalizing 
    Salmonella testing, others recommended using E. coli instead of or in 
    addition to Salmonella. The issue paper stated the Agency's current 
    thinking on the organism to be selected, the need for daily testing at 
    every establishment, and the necessity of testing each species 
    slaughtered and each ground product produced. In the issue paper FSIS 
    stated, among other things, that it was ``seriously considering generic 
    E. coli as the process control indicator organism and the adoption of a 
    quantitative E. coli standard as a measure of process control with 
    respect to the prevention and reduction of fecal contamination in 
    slaughter plants.'' FSIS also stated that it was considering setting 
    forth pathogen-specific performance standards as a direct measure of 
    accountability for controlling and reducing harmful bacteria in raw 
    meat and poultry products and that Salmonella targets might be adopted 
    as performance standards and enforced by FSIS through its own 
    compliance monitoring. The Agency published the issue papers in the 
    Federal Register on October 24, 1995 (60 FR 54450).
        Based on the large body of written and oral comments FSIS has 
    received on this issue, the Agency has decided not to use Salmonella 
    both as a target for pathogen reduction and as an indicator of process 
    control. FSIS has decided to adopt pathogen reduction performance 
    standards targeting Salmonella, as proposed, except that FSIS, not the 
    establishments, will conduct testing for the pathogen to verify 
    compliance. FSIS also has decided to require establishments 
    slaughtering livestock and poultry to conduct routine testing for 
    generic E. coli (instead of the proposed use of Salmonella tests) as an 
    ongoing, objective process control indicator for fecal contamination, 
    and to establish performance criteria by which results can be 
    evaluated.
    Process Control Verification Performance Criteria
        Under the FMIA and the PPIA, meat and poultry establishments 
    inspected by FSIS are required to maintain sanitary conditions 
    sufficient to prevent contamination of products with filth and to 
    prevent meat and poultry products from being rendered injurious to 
    health (21 U.S.C. 601(m) and 608 (FMIA); 21 U.S.C. 453 (g) and 456 
    (PPIA)). A grant of inspection by FSIS is contingent upon an 
    establishment meeting this responsibility. FSIS is authorized by law to 
    issue regulations establishing appropriate sanitation requirements. 
    Meat and poultry products are deemed legally adulterated, whether or 
    not they are shown to be contaminated, if prepared, packed, or held 
    under insanitary conditions whereby they may have become contaminated 
    with filth or may have been rendered injurious to health.
        In slaughter establishments, fecal contamination of carcasses is 
    the primary avenue for contamination by pathogens. Pathogens may reside 
    in fecal material and ingesta, both within the gastrointestinal tract 
    and on the exterior surfaces of animals going to slaughter. Therefore, 
    without care being taken in handling and dressing procedures during 
    slaughter and processing, the edible portions of the carcass can become 
    contaminated with bacteria capable of causing illness in humans. 
    Additionally, once introduced into the establishment environment, the 
    organisms may be spread from carcass to carcass.
        Because the microbial pathogens associated with fecal contamination 
    are the single most likely source of potential food safety hazard in 
    slaughter establishments, preventing and removing fecal contamination 
    and associated bacteria are vital responsibilities of slaughter 
    establishments. Further, because such contamination is largely 
    preventable, controls to address it will be a critical part of any 
    slaughter establishment's HACCP plan. Most slaughter establishments 
    already have in place procedures designed to prevent and remove visible 
    fecal contamination.
        There is general agreement within the scientific community that 
    generic E. coli is the best single microbial indicator for fecal 
    contamination. FSIS, therefore, is requiring that establishments 
    slaughtering livestock or poultry begin testing for E. coli (E. coli, 
    biotype I, nonspecific as to species, hereinafter referred to simply as 
    E. coli) at the
    
    [[Page 38838]]
    
    frequency and following the procedures described in ``Process Control 
    Verification; E. coli Performance Criteria and Testing'' section, 
    below, 6 months after publication of the final rule. FSIS considers the 
    required testing to be essential for meeting current statutory 
    requirements for sanitation and the prevention of adulteration. This 
    testing also will play an integral role in the successful 
    implementation of HACCP in slaughter establishments. In addition, FSIS 
    is establishing process control performance criteria for fecal 
    contamination based on the frequency and levels of contamination of 
    carcasses with E. coli.
        As explained below, FSIS is establishing performance criteria to 
    reflect the prevalence and levels of contamination of E. coli on 
    carcasses produced nationwide, as determined by FSIS baseline surveys. 
    The performance criteria and required testing will provide each 
    slaughter establishment and FSIS with an objective means of verifying 
    that the establishment is achieving this level of performance and 
    maintaining it consistently over time. Test results that show an 
    establishment is meeting or exceeding the criteria provide evidence 
    that the establishment is maintaining adequate process control for 
    fecal contamination.
        FSIS is purposely using the term performance ``criteria'' rather 
    than performance ``standard'' in this context because no single set of 
    test results can demonstrate conclusively that adequate process control 
    for fecal contamination is or is not being maintained. As explained 
    below, if test results do not meet the applicable criterion, it raises 
    questions about the adequacy of the process control. FSIS intends to 
    consider the establishment's results and corrective actions, together 
    with other information and inspectional observations, in evaluating 
    whether a problem exists that requires regulatory action or other 
    measures to protect consumers and ensure compliance with the law.
        Also, as discussed below, although FSIS is proceeding with the 
    final rule at this time, it is inviting comment on technical aspects of 
    the process control performance criteria and the required testing. FSIS 
    requests that comments on the E. coli performance criteria and testing 
    requirement be focused on the technical aspects of the rule, i.e., the 
    manner in which the criteria are articulated, the sampling frequency, 
    and the sampling and testing methodologies.
        FSIS intends to update the criteria periodically to ensure that the 
    criteria adequately reflect an appropriate level of performance with 
    respect to prevention and removal of fecal contamination and associated 
    bacteria from livestock and poultry carcasses.
    Pathogen Reduction Performance Standards
        As proposed, FSIS is adopting pathogen reduction performance 
    standards using Salmonella as the target organism. The most significant 
    difference between the proposal and this final rule is that, as 
    explained above, FSIS is not relying on Salmonella to be a process 
    control indicator, as well as the target organism for the pathogen 
    reduction performance standard. Establishments will not be required by 
    this final rule to test for Salmonella, as had been proposed. Instead, 
    FSIS will obtain samples from slaughter establishments and 
    establishments producing raw ground product or fresh pork sausage and 
    test those samples for Salmonella to ensure that the pathogen reduction 
    performance standards are being met.
        As proposed, FSIS will require that no establishment can have a 
    prevalence of Salmonella contamination, as a percentage of positive 
    samples from carcasses and percentage of positive samples from raw 
    ground product, greater than the baseline prevalence for each raw 
    product as reflected in the FSIS baseline survey for each species or 
    other category of raw product. These targets constitute performance 
    ``standards'' rather than performance ``criteria'' because, following 
    an establishment's implementation of HACCP, FSIS will require that the 
    establishment meet the standard consistently over time as a condition 
    of maintaining inspection.
        The Salmonella pathogen reduction performance standards are not, 
    however, lot release standards, and the detection of Salmonella in a 
    specific lot of raw product will not by itself result in the 
    condemnation of that lot. The performance standards and FSIS's 
    enforcement approach, as discussed below, are intended to ensure that 
    each establishment is consistently achieving an acceptable level of 
    performance with regard to controlling and reducing harmful bacteria on 
    raw meat and poultry products.
        FSIS considers systematic reduction of pathogenic microorganisms in 
    raw product to be an essential responsibility of meat and poultry 
    establishments under the current statutes. As a condition of inspection 
    and to avoid the production of product that would be deemed legally 
    adulterated, establishments must utilize available process control 
    methods and technologies as necessary to achieve applicable pathogen 
    reduction standards.
    
    Process Control Verification; E. coli Performance Criteria and Testing
    
        Establishments that slaughter livestock and poultry currently have 
    an obligation to control the slaughter and sanitary dressing process so 
    that contamination with fecal material and other intestinal contents is 
    prevented. This means that establishments must maintain sanitary 
    conditions and use good manufacturing practices to avoid contamination 
    with visible feces and ingesta and associated bacteria. When such 
    visible contamination occurs, establishments are expected to detect it 
    and physically remove it through knife trimming or other approved 
    removal procedures. The present FSIS verification activity to 
    demonstrate that this has been accomplished is organoleptic inspection. 
    FSIS inspectors apply a zero tolerance performance standard for visible 
    feces and ingesta on dressed carcasses. As a practical matter, however, 
    additional measures must be taken if inspectors are to assess the 
    extent to which the invisible bacteria associated with feces and 
    ingesta may be present on the carcass.
        FSIS has concluded, based on its proposal and the comments 
    received, that the current practice of organoleptic examination by 
    inspectors and the physical removal of visible contamination by 
    establishments needs to be supplemented with an establishment-conducted 
    microbial verification activity. This microbial testing is designed to 
    verify, for the establishment and FSIS, that the establishment has 
    controlled its slaughter process with respect to prevention and removal 
    of fecal material and ingesta and associated bacteria.
    Rationale for Using E. coli Tests to Verify Process Control
        E. coli testing is more useful than the originally proposed 
    Salmonella testing in verifying that a slaughter process is under 
    control. This was expressed in numerous comments on the proposal, 
    comments generated in FSIS public hearings, and the results of the 
    scientific and technical conference on the Role of Microbiological 
    Testing in Verifying Food Safety. The expert panel at that conference 
    stated:
    
        Microbial testing is an essential element for verifying process 
    control of raw meat and poultry. A variety of indicators exists, but 
    the panel concluded that quantitative measurement of Escherichia 
    coli would be more effective than qualitative Salmonella testing. 
    When processes are under control for
    
    [[Page 38839]]
    
    E. coli, the potential presence of enteric pathogens will be 
    minimized.1
    
        \1\ Expert Panel's Summary Report and Recommendations, 
    Scientific and Technical Conference on Role of Microbiological 
    Testing in Verifying Food Safety, May 1-2, 1995.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The panel compared selection criteria for the choice of an 
    indicator organism and considered alternative microbial targets such as 
    E. coli, Enterobacteriaceae, and aerobic plate count, to be used alone 
    or in combination with Salmonella testing. In reaching its conclusion 
    that E. coli would be the most effective measure of process control for 
    enteric pathogens, the panel considered the ideal characteristics of 
    microbial indicators for the stated purpose. Important characteristics 
    of E. coli are:
    
         There is a strong association of E. coli with the 
    presence of enteric pathogens and, in the case of slaughtering, the 
    presence of fecal contamination.
         E. coli occurs at a higher frequency than Salmonella, 
    and quantitative E. coli testing permits more rapid and more 
    frequent adjustment of process control.
         E. coli has survival and growth characteristics similar 
    to enteric pathogens, such as E. coli O157:H7 and Salmonella.
         Analysis for E. coli poses fewer laboratory safety 
    issues and testing at the establishment site is more feasible than 
    such testing with Salmonella.
         There is wide acceptance in the international 
    scientific community of its use as an indicator of the potential 
    presence of enteric pathogens.
    
        In the panel's view, microbial testing should be used to 
    demonstrate process control; they concluded that a proximate indicator 
    for enteric pathogens is needed for demonstrating process control with 
    respect to fecal contamination. The panel concluded that E. coli would 
    be the single most effective indicator for this purpose. The panel's 
    conclusion reinforces previous statements by the NAS that ``at present, 
    E. coli testing is the best indicator of fecal contamination among the 
    commonly used fecal-indicator organisms.'' 2 FSIS agrees with 
    these conclusions.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \2\ Subcommittee on Microbiological Criteria, Committee on Food 
    Protection, Food and Nutrition Board, National Research Council. 
    1985. ``An Evaluation of the Role of Microbiological Criteria for 
    Foods and Food Ingredients.'' National Academy Press, Washington, 
    D.C.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        If future scientific research identifies another organism or group 
    of organisms which would prove as effective in measuring process 
    control for fecal contamination, FSIS would consider appropriate 
    revisions to the regulations.
    Use of Baseline Values to Establish E. coli Performance Criteria
        The presence of some microorganisms on raw meat and poultry is 
    unavoidable and highly variable. The goal of process control in a 
    slaughter establishment is to minimize initial microbial contamination 
    of the carcasses, remove harmful microorganisms that nonetheless may be 
    present, control the proliferation of any remaining microorganisms, and 
    prevent re-contamination. Process control criteria based on data from 
    FSIS's nationwide baseline surveys will aid establishments in achieving 
    this goal and complement the transition to HACCP.
        FSIS collects data to develop and maintain a general, ongoing 
    microbiological profile of carcasses for selected microorganisms of 
    varying degrees of public health concern, and organisms or groups of 
    organisms of value as indicators of general hygiene or process control, 
    and to document changes in the profiles over time. FSIS's Nationwide 
    Microbiological Baseline Data Collection Programs provide for sampling 
    over a year's time to account for possible seasonal variations. This 
    was the approach taken in collecting data from carcasses for all 
    slaughter classes: steer/heifer, cow/bull, broilers, market hogs, and 
    turkey. Sampling is designed to represent the vast majority of raw meat 
    and poultry products produced, in most cases approximately 99% of the 
    product produced. These programs are nationwide in scope. Enough 
    samples are taken to enable the Agency to describe the annual 
    distribution of test results. The number of samples collected also 
    allows for control of sampling variation and non-sampling errors (such 
    as missing samples, incomplete data, and inconsistent data). By 
    contrast, FSIS's Nationwide Surveys provide a snapshot over a specified 
    period of time less than a year. They involve a large enough number of 
    samples to ensure a reasonable level of precision for estimates, given 
    the prevalence of the microorganisms included in the surveys. This was 
    the approach taken in developing baseline data for other raw meat and 
    poultry products: ground beef (at inspected establishments and at 
    retail), ground chicken, ground turkey, and fresh pork sausage.
        For the current baselines, carcass samples were taken from fresh, 
    whole chilled carcasses after slaughter and dressing but before any 
    further processing took place. Samples were analyzed fresh, not frozen, 
    to gather more accurate data on numbers of microorganisms, especially 
    those that are more susceptible to freezing, such as Campylobacter 
    jejuni/coli. FSIS personnel collected the samples tested in the surveys 
    using standard Agency procedures for taking aseptic samples from animal 
    tissues and for ensuring random sample selection.3,4
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \3\ Food Safety and Inspection Service. 1994. Nationwide Broiler 
    Chickens Microbiological Baseline Data Collection Program: Broiler 
    Chicken Sample Collection Procedures, 2/18/94. U.S. Department of 
    Agriculture, Washington, D.C.
        \4\ Food Safety and Inspection Service. 1993. Nationwide Beef 
    Microbiological Baseline Data Collection Program: Cow/Bull Sample 
    Collection Procedures, 8/1/93. U.S. Department of Agriculture, 
    Washington, D.C.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Reports of FSIS baseline programs and surveys are issued after 
    testing results have been compiled and analyzed. Reports have been 
    completed for cattle, broiler chickens, hogs, ground beef, ground 
    chicken, and ground turkey. The collection and analysis of samples for 
    the turkey baseline program and the fresh pork sausage survey will be 
    underway soon; criteria for turkeys and fresh pork sausage will be 
    determined upon completion of the sampling and analysis of results.
    Establishment of E. coli Performance Criteria to Verify Process Control
        Using data from the baseline surveys described in the preceding 
    section, FSIS has developed animal species-specific, minimum 
    performance benchmarks, or performance criteria, for E. coli on 
    carcasses.
        As explained above, these criteria are not enforceable regulatory 
    standards. The E. coli performance criteria are intended to assist 
    slaughter establishments and FSIS in ensuring that establishments are 
    meeting their current statutory obligation to prevent and reduce 
    contamination of carcasses by fecal material, ingesta, and associated 
    bacteria. The criteria are flexible and are subject to amendment as 
    FSIS and the industry gain experience with them and accumulate more 
    data on establishment performance. The criteria are intended 
    specifically to provide an initial basis upon which slaughter 
    establishments and FSIS can begin to use microbial testing to evaluate 
    the adequacy of establishment process controls to prevent feces, 
    ingesta, and other animal-derived contaminants from contaminating the 
    tissues intended for use as food.
        FSIS has designed the criteria so that establishments meeting them 
    are achieving results, in terms of E. coli levels, consistent with 
    those being achieved by a large majority of the slaughter production in 
    the United States, as reflected in the FSIS baseline
    
    [[Page 38840]]
    
    surveys for each species of livestock and poultry.
        The E. coli performance criteria are expressed in terms of a 
    statistical procedure known as a ``3-class attributes sampling plan'' 
    applied in a moving window. This procedure specifies cutoffs (denoted m 
    and M, with m m
    Marginal--result > m and  M
    Unacceptable--result > M
    
        Under this approach, m and M are defined in relation to the 
    distribution of E. coli results for each slaughter class. The Agency 
    has used as the starting point for establishing the cutoff for m the 
    80th percentile of current industry wide performance, in terms of E. 
    coli levels, for each slaughter class. The starting point for 
    establishing M is the 98th percentile of industry performance. Thus, if 
    the criterion for any species were set precisely at those percentiles, 
    a set of test results indicating performance in the 80th to 98th 
    percentile range, according to FSIS's Nationwide Microbiological 
    Baseline Data Collection Program results, would be deemed ``marginal,'' 
    and, as discussed below, would raise a question about the adequacy of 
    the establishment's process control. Expressed in another way, 
    ``marginal'' results would be within the worst 20% of overall industry 
    performance in terms of E. coli counts. Similarly, results worse than 
    the 98th percentile (M) are within the worst 2% of overall industry 
    performance. Any single result exceeding M is, therefore, deemed 
    ``unacceptable.''
    
                                  Table 1.--Distribution of E. coli by Slaughter Class                              
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Percentile                Steer/heifer          Cow/bull            Broilers              Hogs       
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    50th (median)...................  Negative*.........  Negative*.........  29 cfu/ml.........  Negative*         
    80th (m)........................  Negative*.........  Negative*.........  80................  10 cfu/cm \2\     
    90th............................  Negative*.........  10 cfu/cm \2\.....  180...............  150               
    95th............................  10 cfu/cm \2\.....  40................  360...............  880               
    98th (M)........................  80................  300...............  1100..............  6,800             
    99th............................  290...............  2200..............  3300..............  33,000            
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    * Negative by the method used in the baselines which had a minimum detectable level of 5 cfu/cm \2\ of carcass  
      surface area.                                                                                                 
    
        Table 1 shows the level at which E. coli has been found on 
    carcasses, by slaughter class as a percent of all such product. For 
    example, the data show that 80% of broilers tested at or below 80 
    colony forming units per milliliter (cfu/ml), while 90% tested at or 
    below 180 cfu/ml. More detailed descriptions of the distribution of 
    numbers of E. coli found per carcass species are provided in FSIS's 
    baseline reports.
        To make the criteria as simple and easy to use as possible, 
    consistent with the accepted laboratory practice of diluting samples 
    successively by factors of 10 to obtain bacteria counts, FSIS has 
    elected to express the criteria in terms of powers of 10 (i.e., 10, 
    100, 1000, etc.). As shown in Table 2, this results in m and M being 
    the closest power of 10 to the actual numbers estimated for the 80th 
    and 98th percentiles from the baseline data.
        Because the Agency's baseline survey work on turkeys is still 
    underway, no E. coli criterion is being established at this time for 
    that slaughter class.
    
            Table 2.--m and M Values for E. coli Performance Criteria       
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Slaughter class                      m                 M     
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Steer/Heifer........................  (1)..................          100
    Cow/Bull............................  (1)..................          100
    Broiler.............................  100..................         1000
    Hogs................................  10...................      10,000 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    \1\ Negative.                                                           
    
        It should be noted that ``negative,'' in this context, is defined 
    by the sensitivity of the method used in the Baseline Surveys, which 
    was 5 cfu/cm2 of carcass surface area for cattle and hogs.
        FSIS is requiring the use of an analytic method approved by the 
    Association of Official Analytic Chemists or any method validated by a 
    scientific body in collaborative trials against the three tube Most 
    Probable Number (MPN) method and agreeing with the 95 percent upper and 
    lower confidence limit of the appropriate MPN index.
        FSIS has concluded that, at some point, the number of samples 
    testing in the marginal range raises a significant question about the 
    adequacy of an establishment's process control, and has defined that 
    point for purposes of these criteria as more than 3 results above m 
    within any consecutive 13 samples tested. This point was established 
    based on the following analysis.
        There occasionally will be test results that exceed the acceptable 
    level, m, because of variations or aberrations in establishment 
    performance, sampling, etc., that do not reflect the state of overall 
    process control. FSIS believes that the performance criteria and 
    approach to evaluating test results should avoid raising a significant 
    process control question on the basis of chance results, but should be 
    sensitive enough to provide a reasonably high likelihood of detecting 
    performance that falls significantly short of the national baseline 
    levels. FSIS has decided that it is appropriate to evaluate test 
    results in a manner that ensures that there is an 80% probability that 
    establishments actually operating at the acceptable performance level 
    will achieve results that are deemed to satisfy the criteria. This is 
    the same statistical approach FSIS took in its proposed approach to 
    evaluating an establishment's Salmonella test results, using the moving 
    window approach to evaluating process control verification tests (see 
    pages 6798-6805 of the Pathogen Reduction/HACCP proposal).
        Using this approach, it can be predicted statistically that 
    slaughter establishments that are operating at the acceptable 
    performance level reflected by m will, with an 80% probability, have 
    three or fewer results above m (denoted as c) within every 13 samples 
    tested (denoted as n). FSIS will require slaughter establishments to 
    record and evaluate E. coli results in a ``moving window'' of 13 
    consecutive results. A moving window provides a continuous picture of 
    establishment performance and is the preferred statistical approach for 
    assessing ongoing processes (as opposed to sampling specific lots of 
    product for contaminants). Thus, the presence of more than three 
    marginal results within any 13 consecutive samples, or the ``window,'' 
    will be indicative of an operation failing to meet the criteria.
        Use of a different probability level, such as a 70% or 90% 
    probability of getting acceptable test results if establishments are 
    operating at the specified level would result in different values for c 
    and n (namely, c=3 and
    
    [[Page 38841]]
    
    n=15 using the 70% probability level, and c=3 and n=10 using the 90% 
    probability level). Using 70% as the statistical criterion for setting 
    c and n would result in too many chance failures of the criteria, while 
    using 90% would make it too difficult to detect potential process 
    control problems. It is the judgment of the Agency that use of the 80% 
    probability level strikes a reasonable balance.
        In summary, if the results of one test are above M, or if more than 
    3 of 13 test results are above m, a significant question is raised as 
    to whether the establishment is maintaining adequate process control 
    and will trigger further review of establishment process control. FSIS 
    stresses again that these E. coli criteria are guidelines, not 
    regulatory standards. Ideally, each establishment will develop its own 
    equally or more effective criteria for process control based on its own 
    data and/or industry-developed benchmarks. FSIS encourages 
    establishments, in the context of their HACCP plans, to apply their 
    own, establishment-specific criteria to ensure process control.
        FSIS also is inviting comment on the approach it has taken to 
    expressing its E. coli performance criteria for verifying process 
    control. FSIS recognizes that there is more than one possible approach 
    and welcomes comments and suggestions.
    Sampling Frequency for E. coli Testing
        FSIS has chosen to use production volume as the basis for 
    determining the frequency at which establishments will conduct testing 
    for E. coli. In the proposed rule, FSIS proposed to require all 
    slaughter establishments and establishments producing ground meat and 
    poultry, regardless of size or volume, to conduct one test for 
    Salmonella each day. This was based on the premise that verifying that 
    a process is ``in control'' is more a function of specific 
    establishment characteristics than the amount of product being 
    produced. However, commenters suggested and FSIS recognizes that there 
    may be striking differences in the ways in which high and low volume 
    establishments operate, which can influence the ability of the 
    establishment to keep processes in control. High volume establishments 
    may receive animals for slaughter from a number of different sources 
    for each day's production; there may be several shifts, and production 
    personnel are often more transient; there may be multiple supervisors; 
    and there may be much greater complexity in the overall slaughter 
    process. In contrast, a low volume establishment will have a smaller 
    and possibly more stable work-force, often supervised by an owner-
    operator, and may employ relatively simple procedures that are 
    performed consistently over time. This does not negate the need in low 
    volume establishments for microbial verification of a HACCP plan; 
    however, under these circumstances it may not be as essential for very 
    low volume establishments to undertake daily microbial testing, as 
    initially proposed. By adopting a volume-based system, the testing 
    frequency will, by definition, be highest in large establishments 
    producing the most product, while the number of tests will be minimized 
    in smaller establishments.
        The majority of commenters who opposed daily testing stated that 
    such a testing requirement would place an unfair cost burden and have a 
    negative financial impact on small establishments, as it would require 
    the same expenditure for testing by establishments that slaughtered one 
    or two animals per day as those slaughtering several thousand daily. It 
    was also noted that there is a public health consequence to the 
    proposed approach. If a process control problem detectable by microbial 
    testing existed in a high volume establishment that tested only once a 
    day, a great deal more potentially contaminated product would be 
    produced and distributed before enough microbial tests were performed 
    to show the problem existed than would be the case in a small volume 
    establishment. These issues are addressed by the switch to a volume-
    based testing system.
        There is no single method for determining the frequency of 
    microbial testing within a volume-based testing system that will be 
    equally effective in all establishments. Testing frequencies are 
    ideally determined on an establishment-by-establishment basis, taking 
    into account a number of variables, including differences in sources of 
    raw materials, the type and nature of the process, and the consistency 
    of microbial test results over time. Nonetheless, for both public 
    health and process control verification reasons, FSIS considers it 
    necessary and reasonable to require a minimum frequency of testing 
    sufficient to result in completion of at least one E. coli test window 
    (13 samples) per day in the highest volume establishments for each 
    species. This will provide a daily set of results adequate to verify 
    process control in the highest volume establishments. Accumulation of 
    results over a longer period of time will be an acceptable basis for 
    verifying process control in lower volume establishments.
        Based on these principles and conclusions, the required minimum 
    frequencies for E. coli testing for each slaughter species are as shown 
    in Table 3.
    
                      Table 3.--E. coli Testing Frequencies                 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Cattle............................  1 test per 300 carcasses.           
    Swine.............................  1 test per 1,000 carcasses.         
    Chicken...........................  1 test per 22,000 carcasses.        
    Turkey............................  1 test per 3,000 carcasses.         
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The frequencies were derived by first rank-ordering all slaughter 
    establishments by species based on total annual production. This 
    ranking, which was based on data from FY 1993 and FY 1994, revealed 
    that establishment production volumes vary widely and that there are 
    appreciable differences in the concentration of business among the 
    industries. In cattle slaughter, 12 of 912 establishments accounted for 
    over 42% of production, with the smallest of these slaughtering about 
    one million head annually. On the small volume end, 620 establishments 
    slaughtered fewer than 1000 head annually and together accounted for 
    about one-half of one percent (0.5%) of national slaughter production. 
    By contrast, there are ten or fewer very low volume establishments 
    slaughtering chickens, and production is spread more evenly over the 
    240 establishments on the FSIS FY 1994 inventory of establishments. 42 
    of 240 slaughter establishments accounted for 40% of production.
        FSIS has selected sampling frequencies so that in the subgroup of 
    establishments accounting for 99% of total production for each species, 
    the 5% of establishments with the highest production volume would each 
    have to conduct a minimum of 13 E. coli tests, or at least one complete 
    test window, each day. In addition, with these frequencies, 90% of all 
    cattle, 94% of all swine, 99% of all chicken, and 99% of all turkeys 
    will be slaughtered in establishments conducting a minimum of one E. 
    coli test per day.
        The above frequencies notwithstanding, FSIS has concluded that all 
    establishments must conduct sampling at a frequency of at least once 
    per week to provide a minimum, adequate basis for process control 
    verification using E. coli testing. However, establishments with very 
    low volumes, annually slaughtering no more than 6,000 cattle, 20,000 
    swine, or a combination of such livestock not to exceed a total of 
    20,000 with a maximum of 6,000 cattle, or 440,000 chickens or 60,000 
    turkeys (or a combination of such poultry not to
    
    [[Page 38842]]
    
    exceed a total of 440,000, with a maximum of 60,000 turkeys), will be 
    required to sample once per week only until a sampling window that 
    verifies process control has been completed and the results indicate 
    that the slaughter process is under control. Establishments 
    slaughtering more than one species would sample the species slaughtered 
    in greater number. Once these criteria have been met, these 
    establishments will be required to complete a new sampling window that 
    verifies process control only once each year, in the 3-month period of 
    June through August, or when a change has been made in the slaughter 
    process or personnel.
        The Agency is permitting these very low volume establishments to 
    conduct as few as 13 tests per year, in part because of their 
    relatively simple and stable production environments. The slaughtering 
    equipment in many cases may consist merely of a skinning bed, hoist, 
    bonesaw (for poultry establishments, a small scalding tank, small 
    defeathering device), and/or several types of knives. There are fewer 
    personnel and there is less turnover in general. Of course, these 
    establishments do change. Should there be any substantial changes in 
    installed equipment or personnel, a new sampling window must be 
    completed. These establishments must also complete a successful 
    sampling window annually, regardless of whether there have been any 
    substantial changes, in order to verify that the performance criteria 
    continue to be met. Many small, nonsubstantial changes, in aggregate, 
    may have an impact on process control. This annual testing must be 
    conducted during the summer months of June through August, when there 
    is a seasonal peak in the occurrence of foodborne diseases attributable 
    to the major bacteria pathogens. Published and summary reports of 
    Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) outbreak and sporadic 
    disease surveillance have documented this seasonal trend for Salmonella 
    spp.5,6 and for Campylobacter jejuni/coli.7 Although national 
    surveillance for E. coli O157:H7 is relatively new and data are not 
    available, Washington State surveillance has documented a similar 
    seasonal trend for that pathogen.8 The proposed requirement of one 
    Salmonella sample per day would have assured testing during this 
    period.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \5\ Bean, N.H. and P.M. Griffin. 1990. Foodborne Disease 
    Outbreaks in the United States, 1973-1987. J. Food Protection. 
    53:804-817.
        \6\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. 1995. Salmonella 
    Surveillance, Annual Tabulation Summary, 1993-1994. U.S. Department 
    of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, Atlanta, GA.
        \7\ Tauxe, R.V., N. Hargrett-Bean, C.M. Patton, and I.K. 
    Wachsmuth. 1988. Campylobacter Isolates in the United States, 1982-
    1986. MMWR. 37 (SS-2):1-13.
        \8\ Ostroff, S.M., J.M. Kobayshi, and J.H. Lewis. 1989. 
    Infections with Escherichia coli O157:H7 in Washington State. JAMA 
    262(3):355-359.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Therefore, the regulation specifies that when sampling and testing 
    is done annually, instead of continually, it be conducted within a 13-
    sample window between June and August each year. This annual sampling 
    must occur during this period, regardless of when other sampling 
    windows may have occurred. Completing a successful sampling window 
    annually will verify that the slaughter process continues to meet the 
    performance criteria or will point to the need to reassess and revise 
    the HACCP plan.
        Another reason for this approach to very low volume establishment 
    testing is that the total risk of exposure to enteric pathogens from 
    product produced at such establishments is assumed to be small and 
    roughly proportional to the amount of product produced. Eighty-one 
    percent of establishments slaughtering cattle would meet this low 
    volume criteria; however, these establishments together supply only 
    1.5% of the total national production. Further, establishments meeting 
    these low volume criteria constitute 86% of all swine establishments, 
    accounting for 1.3% of overall production. Thirteen percent of all 
    establishments slaughtering chicken would meet this low volume 
    requirement; however, these establishments together supply only 0.05% 
    of total national production. Similarly, 42% of all turkey 
    establishments are low volume establishments accounting for only 0.1% 
    of production.
        FSIS intends that establishments operating under a validated HACCP 
    system use microbial testing in their process control verification 
    activities, and is requiring that slaughter establishments under HACCP 
    use E. coli testing for that purpose. As noted above, however, the 
    Agency acknowledges that there may be other, perhaps equally effective 
    alternative approaches for determining sampling frequencies for E. coli 
    testing for process control verification in slaughter establishments 
    with a carefully designed HACCP system. The Agency is aware that 
    comparable models have been developed in the context of quality 
    assurance programs. These models, however, are part of programs that, 
    like HACCP, involve more than mere statistical sampling, and usually 
    are much more oriented to specific establishment/process/product 
    combinations. Such models cannot easily be transferred to a nationwide 
    collection of producers of a product, each with unique characteristics. 
    The frequency rule established in this regulation recognizes the 
    relevance of establishment characteristics in the area of verification, 
    as in other facets of the HACCP plan, and therefore allows slaughter 
    establishments to alter frequencies as appropriate for their 
    circumstances when they institute HACCP. That is, slaughter 
    establishments under HACCP may use a sampling frequency other than that 
    provided for in the regulation, if the alternative sampling frequency 
    is an integral part of the establishment's HACCP verification 
    procedures and if FSIS does not determine, and notify the establishment 
    in writing, that the alternative frequency is inadequate to verify the 
    effectiveness of the establishment's processing controls. 
    Establishments electing to institute HACCP prior to the dates required 
    may use an alternative sampling frequency upon presentation to FSIS of 
    data demonstrating the adequacy of that sampling frequency for 
    verification of process controls to prevent fecal contamination.
        Establishments currently using an alternative E. coli sampling 
    frequency for process control purposes, but not yet under a HACCP plan, 
    will have to test at the frequencies specified in the regulation unless 
    they have been granted an exemption by FSIS. However, after 
    consideration of comments received on this rule that may result in 
    protocol changes affecting all establishments, and publication of a 
    Federal Register document addressing the comments, FSIS will consider 
    requests for such exemptions on a case-by-case basis, upon the timely 
    submission to FSIS of data demonstrating the adequacy of the 
    alternative frequency for verification of process controls to prevent 
    fecal contamination.
    Sampling and Analytical Methodology
        Carcasses within the same establishment and in different 
    establishments must be sampled and analyzed in the same manner if the 
    results are to provide a useful measure of process control. Such 
    consistency also will facilitate FSIS verification activities. As 
    discussed below, the performance criteria are applicable to each type 
    of carcass, industry-wide, based on FSIS's national baseline survey 
    data. Because each establishment's performance is measured against the
    
    [[Page 38843]]
    
    performance of all surveyed establishments producing the same kind of 
    product, it is essential that all like establishments adhere to the 
    same basic sampling and analysis requirements.
        Each establishment is responsible for having written sampling 
    procedures that are to be followed by a designated employee or agent. 
    Samples are to be taken randomly at the required frequency. If an 
    establishment runs more than one line, the lines from which samples are 
    to be taken also are to be selected randomly. Samples from livestock 
    carcasses are to be collected by a nondestructive method that requires 
    a commercially available sampling sponge to be rubbed on the carcass 
    surface after the carcass has been chilled in the cooler for 12 hours 
    or more after slaughter. Establishments are required to take samples 
    from three sites on each carcass. These three sites are the same ones 
    that were used by FSIS when conducting the baseline studies for cattle 
    and swine. On cattle carcasses, establishments will take samples from 
    the flank, brisket, and rump areas; on swine carcasses, samples will be 
    taken from the ham, ``belly,'' and jowl areas. The sponge is to be 
    placed afterwards in an amount of buffer to transfer any E. coli to a 
    solution, which then is analyzed for E. coli. Samples from poultry 
    carcasses will be collected by taking whole birds from the end of the 
    chilling process, after the drip line, and rinsing them in an amount of 
    buffer appropriate for the type of bird being tested.
        The sponge sampling technique to be used on swine and cattle 
    carcasses has been subject to many studies. A sponge technique has been 
    reported by Dorsa et al.9 and others, including Gill et 
    al.10, as an acceptable means of in-plant sampling to detect fecal 
    contamination.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \9\ Dorsa, W.J., C.N. Cutter, G.R. Siragusa. 1996. Evaluation of 
    Six Sampling Methods for Recovery of Bacteria from Beef Carcass 
    Surfaces. Letters in Applied Microbial. 22:39-41.
        \10\ Gill, C.O. J.C. McGinnis, M. Badoni. 1996. Assessment of 
    the Hygienic Characteristics of a Beef Carcass Dressing Process. J. 
    Food Protection 59(2):136-140.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The excision method for sample collection would not be acceptable 
    for routine sampling to verify process control because this defaces the 
    carcass, and some establishments would be required to sample 13 
    carcasses per day. Instead, for both cattle and swine carcasses, the 
    sponge method requires that 100 cm2 at each of the three sites be 
    sampled by swabbing, for a total area of 300 cm2 compared to the 
    60 cm2 area of excised tissue analyzed in the baseline studies for 
    cattle and swine. The results would still be reported on a square 
    centimeter basis. The larger sampling area for the swabbing method is 
    expected to provide results comparable to the excision technique.
        The exact correlation between the sponging technique and the 
    excision technique used during the baseline surveys is being assessed 
    by ARS. Currently available results indicate a high degree of 
    correlation between the two. These studies and any other new microbial 
    sampling data will be made available to the public. This sponging 
    technique will also be used in the FSIS Salmonella program. FSIS is 
    continuing to improve the sponging technique and welcomes comments.
        FSIS considered providing that samples be taken from only one site 
    on livestock carcasses: from the brisket on cattle and the belly area 
    on swine. Sampling from one site has advantages. It would be less labor 
    intensive. Further, sampling from one site might pose fewer worker 
    safety problems than sampling from three sites because, for the latter 
    option, a ladder generally is needed to reach the rumps of the 
    suspended carcasses. Nonetheless, FSIS has determined that slaughter 
    establishments must take samples from the three sites from which 
    samples were drawn during the baseline studies or programs in the 
    absence of data demonstrating that one-site sampling also will provide 
    results comparable to the baseline survey data. The Agency invites 
    comments on its requirement that establishments collect samples from 
    the specified three sites on swine and cattle carcasses and the 
    adequacy of alternative sampling approaches.
        Samples may be analyzed in either the establishment's own 
    laboratory or a commercial laboratory. Samples must be analyzed by a 
    quantitative method of analysis for E. coli. The method must be 
    approved by the Association of Official Analytic Chemists or validated 
    by a scientific body in collaborative trials against the three tube 
    most probable number (MPN) method and agreeing with the 95 percent 
    upper and lower confidence limit of the appropriate MPN index.
        FSIS has developed and is publishing as an appendix to the document 
    guidelines that provide additional, detailed information on how best to 
    sample, test, record, and interpret results for E. coli under this 
    regulation. FSIS invites comment on these guidelines.
    Recordkeeping
        Results of each test must be recorded, in terms of colony forming 
    units per milliliter (cfu/ml) for poultry carcasses or per square 
    centimeter (cfu/cm2) for livestock carcasses, on a process control 
    chart or table that permits evaluation of the test results in relation 
    to preceding tests in accordance with the applicable criteria. These 
    records must be maintained at the establishment for 12 months and must 
    be made available to Inspection Program employees on request. 
    Inspectors will monitor results over time, to verify effective and 
    consistent process control.
    Use of E. Coli Test Results by Establishments
        As discussed in preceding sections, establishments slaughtering 
    livestock or poultry are required to use E. coli testing and evaluation 
    of the results to verify the adequacy of their process controls for 
    fecal contamination. Any test result in the marginal range (above m) 
    indicates to the establishment that there is a potential problem in its 
    processing control that may require attention. If the number of test 
    results above m exceeds the specific number allowed, c (3, for all 
    species), in the specific number of consecutive tests in the moving 
    window, n (13 for all species), the establishment has failed to meet 
    the performance criteria, and a significant question has been raised 
    about the adequacy of the establishment's process controls for fecal 
    contamination. Review of the process by the establishment and necessary 
    corrective actions are strongly suggested.
        Results above the upper value M are unacceptable and should trigger 
    immediate establishment review of slaughter process controls to 
    discover the cause of the failure and to prevent recurrence, and, if a 
    product has been affected, to consider the status and proper 
    disposition of the product as the circumstances dictate.
    Use of E. coli Test Results by FSIS
        FSIS personnel, like establishment personnel, will use the E. coli 
    test results to help assess how well the establishment is controlling 
    its slaughter and dressing processes. FSIS will compare establishment 
    test results to the applicable E. coli performance criterion. A single 
    failure to meet the criterion does not by itself demonstrate a lack of 
    process control or product adulteration, but it will trigger greater 
    inspection activity to establish that all applicable sanitation and 
    process control requirements are being met and product is not being 
    adulterated. Inspectors may make additional visual inspections of 
    products and/or equipment and facilities, collect samples for FSIS 
    laboratory analysis, and retain or condemn product, as appropriate. In 
    addition, Sanitation
    
    [[Page 38844]]
    
    SOP's and HACCP records will be reviewed, as appropriate. Failure to 
    meet the criterion may also result in the establishment being selected 
    for intensified Agency testing for Salmonella under the pathogen 
    reduction performance standard sampling program; and, if the 
    establishment produced ground beef, its product could be targeted in 
    the E. coli. O157:H7 ground beef testing program.
        The E. coli test results will be used by FSIS, along with all other 
    relevant data and observations, including past establishment 
    performance, to determine whether a slaughter establishment is meeting 
    its process control responsibilities. Repeated failures to meet the 
    criterion would lend support to a finding that the establishment's 
    process controls are inadequate. Failure to maintain adequate process 
    control will result in suspension and withdrawal of inspection, as 
    appropriate. Such actions will be made in accordance with rules of 
    practice that will be adopted for those proceedings.
        After a slaughter establishment implements HACCP, the E. coli 
    testing program will continue as a HACCP verification activity. 
    Isolated or occasional failures to meet the E. coli performance 
    criterion may indicate that establishment personnel need to take 
    corrective actions spelled out in their HACCP plan. Repeated failures 
    to meet the criterion will result in FSIS focusing its verification 
    oversight on relevant CCP's, which could lead to the need for HACCP 
    plan reassessment by the establishment, as well as other inspection and 
    compliance related activities that may be appropriate, as discussed 
    above.
    Implementation Timetable
        Six months from this publication date, establishments that 
    slaughter livestock or poultry will be required to begin sampling and 
    testing for E. coli at the volume-based rates described above. From 
    that time, those establishments that do not test or fail to keep 
    records of results as prescribed by the regulation will be subject to 
    withdrawal of inspection in accord with the procedures set forth in 9 
    CFR 335.13 or 381.234. After another six months, i.e., 12 months after 
    publication of this final rule, after establishments have had an 
    opportunity to gain experience in conducting this testing, recording 
    the results, and using the data to verify and improve process control, 
    FSIS personnel will incorporate the review of establishment E. coli 
    test results into its inspection routine.
        In considering the timeframe for implementing the E. coli testing 
    requirement, FSIS has taken into account the practicality of initiating 
    such testing in a large number of establishments, the potential utility 
    of the resulting data to establishments as they prepare for HACCP 
    implementation, and the added consumer protection of having 
    establishments, particularly those scheduled to implement HACCP towards 
    the end of the implementation timetable, initiating testing and 
    evaluating results against the process control performance criteria. 
    FSIS is aware that many establishments, especially large ones, already 
    use microbial testing as a means of verifying their process control 
    systems; many may already be testing for generic E. coli. Some of those 
    establishments may already have HACCP plans in place as well. 
    Establishments performing microbiological testing and already working 
    under HACCP plans have found that such testing is an important element 
    in conducting a hazard analysis, validating HACCP plans, and verifying 
    the ongoing effectiveness of HACCP systems.
        For establishments that are not already performing microbiological 
    testing and not operating under HACCP plans, the data will be valuable 
    in revealing how well or poorly their slaughter process is performing 
    in microbiological terms, when compared against the microbial 
    characteristics of a large portion of national production, and will 
    provide an indication of whether immediate actions are required to 
    prevent product adulteration and protect food safety. In addition, such 
    data, when accumulated over a period of time, will contribute to the 
    conduct of hazard analyses and selection of process control measures. 
    Collection of these data will provide benchmarks for each establishment 
    as it begins to understand the food safety implications of its 
    processes and how to improve them.
        In the meantime, FSIS personnel, using the performance criteria as 
    benchmarks for overall industry performance in terms of the number of 
    E. coli organisms found on carcasses at a specific point in the 
    slaughter process, will be able to review establishment data and other 
    evidence to determine if each establishment is achieving an acceptable 
    level of performance.
    Request for Comments
        The Agency is soliciting additional comment and information on a 
    number of technical issues concerning the protocols for E. coli 
    testing, and on that basis will consider adjusting those protocols 
    prior to the effective date. In particular, two concerns have been 
    raised on the issue of the rule's statistical framework: 1) the 
    representativeness of the proposed sample collection, and 2) the levels 
    and distribution of E. coli on carcasses and the ways in which these 
    levels affect the utility of the proposed testing protocol.
        Because poultry slaughter establishments must collect samples with 
    a whole bird rinse, the representativeness of the sampling site is not 
    an issue; the entire bird is being sampled. FSIS used this technique 
    when collecting baseline data and therefore, establishment data should 
    be comparable to baseline survey data. Further, greater than 99 percent 
    of broiler carcasses in the national baseline survey had detectable E. 
    coli. Generic E. coli testing data therefore clearly will be useful to 
    poultry slaughter establishments as they initiate HACCP and begin to 
    verify the associated process control procedures. E. coli testing 
    procedures for poultry required by this rule comport well with the 
    available scientific data and discussions held as part of the public 
    comment process.
        More difficult issues arose in developing E. coli sampling 
    procedures for cattle and swine carcasses. Part of the concern, as 
    discussed, stems from the fact that a whole carcass rinse is impossible 
    with a large carcass, and thus it is necessary to select specific 
    sampling sites. Selections of sites, in turn, may influence results, 
    particularly if generic E. coli is not randomly distributed on the 
    carcass. Site selection may also influence the usefulness of resultant 
    data. For example, the appropriate response to an elevated generic E. 
    coli level on the rump of a beef carcass may be different from the 
    appropriate response to an elevated generic E. coli level at the site 
    of the midline incision. The Agency wants comments on the relative 
    merits of a one-site versus three-site sampling approach.
        Another concern revolves around the correlation between non-
    destructive and destructive sampling. The baseline surveys used 
    destructive sampling, that is, culturing of tissue excised from the 
    carcass. FSIS agrees with commenters that reasonable results can be 
    obtained with a non-destructive swabbing technique for sampling. 
    Preliminary data indicate that results obtained with a destructive and 
    non-destructive sampling are comparable, although studies continue.
        Another concern arises from the statistical basis for E. coli 
    testing. In
    
    [[Page 38845]]
    
    particular, the levels of generic E. coli on cattle carcasses in the 
    national baseline survey were low, with the majority of carcasses 
    having no detectable E. coli. This could raise questions about the 
    utility of the E. coli test results in evaluating process controls in 
    establishments slaughtering cattle.
        The principal utility of process control testing stems from the 
    availability to a establishment of results over time from that 
    establishment. The tracking of trends and identification of anomalous 
    results permits isolation and correction of problem areas that might 
    otherwise go unnoticed. FSIS has concluded that testing for generic E. 
    coli is the appropriate and necessary means by which meat and poultry 
    slaughter establishments must evaluate and verify the adequacy of their 
    process controls. FSIS considers systematic measures to prevent and 
    remove fecal contamination and associated bacteria, coupled with 
    microbial testing to verify effectiveness, to be the state of the art 
    in slaughter establishment sanitation. Microbial testing for bacteria 
    that are good indicators of fecal contamination and the regular 
    availability of test results will help to focus establishments on the 
    effectiveness of their measures for preventing and removing fecal 
    contamination and will provide information establishments can use in 
    maintaining adequate process control. FSIS reached this conclusion upon 
    its review of written comments received on the proposal and comments 
    made at the scientific conferences and public meetings, as well as 
    available scientific data, and has retabulated and reassessed its 
    baseline data as it applies to the E. coli testing in the rule.
        In the first reassessment, it was determined that the lower levels 
    and more frequent negative test results of E. coli found on livestock, 
    particularly steers and heifers, as compared to poultry in the baseline 
    survey data does not undercut the utility of the E. coli criteria which 
    are also based on the baseline survey data. FSIS tested the performance 
    criteria in this rule by applying it to plant-specific test results 
    obtained during the baseline surveys. FSIS looked at data from 
    establishments for which at least 20 test results were available, and 
    listed the results by collection date much as would be done by the 
    establishments under the rule. The Agency found that about half of the 
    establishments in each of the livestock slaughter categories fully met 
    the criteria, which suggests that those establishments have good 
    process controls for prevention of fecal contamination. The Agency also 
    found that many establishments failed to meet the applicable E. coli 
    criterion (any result above M, or more than 3 results above m out of 
    the most recent 13 test results): 2 out of 30 steer/heifer 
    establishments, 10 out of 34 cow/bull establishments, and 11 out of 31 
    market hog establishments failed to meet the criterion at least 20% of 
    the time, suggesting that a significant number of livestock slaughter 
    establishments should review and make adjustments to their process 
    controls.
        The Agency also made an assessment of whether the baselines show 
    true differences in E. coli results among establishments that slaughter 
    the same categories of livestock. The Agency did a statistical analysis 
    of a hypothesis: percents positive are equal among establishments 
    slaughtering the same category of livestock. The analysis involved 
    comparing E. coli test results of pairs of establishments. This 
    comparison showed wide ranges in the percents positive between 
    establishments albeit smaller differences among steer/heifer 
    establishments. The percents positive ranged between 0.0 to 27.1 for 
    steer/heifer establishments, 0.0 to 45.2 for cow/bull establishments, 
    and 2.2 to 97.1 for market hog establishments. The hypothesis, 
    therefore, was rejected because the data showed significant differences 
    in the prevalence of E. coli on carcasses of animals found in 
    establishments slaughtering the same categories of livestock.
        The retabulated data developed for these two analyses are available 
    for viewing in the FSIS Docket Room (See ADDRESSES) as part of the 
    administrative record of this rulemaking.
        FSIS invites comments on the statistical frameworks it has used for 
    E. coli testing and performance criteria. The Agency is open to the 
    possibility that it might further improve its testing protocols prior 
    to the implementation date, and is seeking additional relevant 
    scientific and economic data. In particular, in light of the concerns 
    noted above, FSIS is seeking additional data relating to the 
    distribution of generic E. coli on cattle and swine carcasses, 
    differences in E. coli levels within and between establishments, and 
    the appropriateness of various data sets for establishing the proposed 
    80th and 98th percentile national criteria for generic E. coli levels 
    on cattle and swine carcasses.
        FSIS also requests comments and information addressing the 
    following questions:
    
        Are there alternative, equally or more effective risk based 
    microbial sampling protocols that could be used for process control 
    verification by establishments that slaughter cattle or swine?
        Are there more appropriate anatomical sites for microbial 
    testing than those adopted?
        Are there alternative sampling frequencies that would elicit 
    results more indicative of process control performance?
        How could the proposed testing protocol be revised to better 
    account for differing establishment characteristics and how can FSIS 
    minimize the cost to establishments of E. coli testing without 
    sacrificing testing effectiveness?
        Are there worker safety concerns regarding sampling from 
    difficult to reach carcass sites and, if so, how might they be 
    mitigated?
        Given that testing is based on production volume, are there 
    effective approaches other than requiring very small establishments 
    to conduct a minimal amount of testing during certain months of the 
    year?
    
        FSIS is aware that some individuals, companies, and trade groups 
    have conducted research and have data on the various carcass sampling 
    sites and associated levels of bacteria at these sites (carcass 
    mapping). FSIS welcomes any information concerning E. coli and other 
    microorganisms at various sites on carcasses.
        FSIS has opted to establish performance criteria based on the 
    levels and distribution of E. coli for the various slaughter classes. 
    Some individuals and companies may have established their own criteria 
    for process control verification. FSIS welcomes information on the 
    rationales, sampling plans and protocols on which any such criteria are 
    based, as well as data (or data summaries) collected under such 
    protocols.
        FSIS welcomes any new or unpublished research results or 
    information that exists concerning the relationship between the 
    presence of generic E. coli and the presence of other pathogenic 
    microorganisms on cattle and swine carcasses.
        FSIS specifically invites establishments currently conducting 
    generic E. coli testing for process control verification to submit data 
    regarding their costs, including labor and training costs, as well as 
    testing costs per unit. FSIS will use this data to assess the merits of 
    alternative testing protocols.
        FSIS invites comments on how, and the extent to which, it should 
    summarize and make available to the industry and public E. coli testing 
    data made available to it under these regulations. Reports on the 
    collective experiences of establishments with various characteristics 
    could be useful to the industry, the Agency, and the public at large.
        In light of these issues, in particular those reflecting continuing 
    concerns
    
    [[Page 38846]]
    
    about the applicability of the national criteria to all affected 
    establishments, the frequency and other parts of the testing protocols, 
    and the statistical utility of the establishment's test results as a 
    measure of process control, FSIS plans to conduct two public 
    conferences. The first conference is planned to be held approximately 
    45 days into the 60 day comment period following publication of this 
    rule. This public conference will be led by a panel of scientists from 
    FSIS and other government agencies who will listen to testimony and 
    review comments received on these technical issues and share their 
    observations and opinions. FSIS will consider their input along with 
    all comments received as the basis for any necessary technical 
    amendments, which will be completed at least 30 days before the 
    implementation date. The second public conference is tentatively 
    planned for approximately 9 months following publication of this final 
    rule. This conference would be an opportunity for the industry and 
    others to discuss with FSIS new information based on about 3 months of 
    testing experience that may bear on these same issues and might allow 
    for further adjustments of protocols before FSIS inspectors are tasked, 
    about three months later, with comparing test results to the national 
    criteria as part of their inspection routine. FSIS will publish 
    further, more detailed notice of these conferences in future issues of 
    the Federal Register.
    Pathogen Reduction Performance Standards
        The pathogen reduction performance standards for Salmonella FSIS is 
    establishing in this final rule complement the process control 
    performance criteria for fecal contamination and E. coli testing.
        The likelihood of product contamination by Salmonella is affected 
    by factors in addition to the incidence or degree of fecal 
    contamination, including the condition of incoming animals and cross 
    contamination among carcasses during the slaughter process and further 
    processing. Under HACCP, establishments will be expected to establish 
    controls wherever practicable to address and reduce the risk of 
    contamination with harmful bacteria. The pathogen reduction performance 
    standards FSIS is establishing for Salmonella are an important step 
    toward enabling FSIS and the establishment to verify the aggregate 
    effectiveness of an establishment's HACCP controls in reducing harmful 
    bacteria.
    Rationale for Selecting Salmonella
        In the future, FSIS may develop pathogen reduction performance 
    standards targeting a number of pathogens. Initially, however, FSIS has 
    developed pathogen reduction performance standards only for one--
    Salmonella. Salmonella is an enteric pathogen, which as a group cause 
    most preventable illnesses associated with meat and poultry.
        FSIS has selected Salmonella because: (1) it is the most common 
    bacterial cause of foodborne illness; (2) FSIS baseline data show that 
    Salmonella colonizes a variety of mammals and birds, and occurs at 
    frequencies which permit changes to be detected and monitored; (3) 
    current methodologies can recover Salmonella from a variety of meat and 
    poultry products; and (4) intervention strategies aimed at reducing 
    fecal contamination and other sources of Salmonella on raw product 
    should be effective against other pathogens.
    Basis for Performance Standards and Plans for Future Adjustments
        The pathogen reduction performance standards for Salmonella are 
    based on the current prevalence of Salmonella, as determined from 
    FSIS's baseline surveys. Current prevalence percentages based on the 
    data from these surveys are listed in Table 4 and in the regulations 
    (new Secs. 310.25(c)(3)(ii) and 381.94(c)(3)(ii)) under the column 
    headed ``Performance Standard.'' This is the performance standard that 
    establishments must achieve, not on a lot-by-lot basis, but 
    consistently over a period of time through appropriate and well-
    executed process control.
        This is the same approach to setting the ``interim targets for 
    pathogen reduction'' that FSIS proposed in its Pathogen Reduction/HACCP 
    proposal. As explained in the preamble to that proposal, basing the 
    performance standard on the national baseline prevalence means that 
    some establishments are already meeting or exceeding the standard, 
    while other establishments are not. FSIS believes that it is feasible 
    for all establishments to meet or exceed the current baseline 
    prevalence of contamination with Salmonella, through careful process 
    control to prevent contamination and incorporation of readily available 
    food safety technologies and procedures to remove contamination. The 
    feasibility of achieving this standard is demonstrated by the fact that 
    many establishments are already doing so.
        The Agency believes that most establishments maintaining sanitary 
    conditions under their Sanitation SOP's and operating under validated 
    HACCP plans, as provided for elsewhere in this regulation, will be able 
    to meet the pathogen reduction performance standards without major new 
    costs. For example, HACCP plans for slaughter establishments are 
    expected to address the condition of incoming animals, and may provide 
    for more systematic control of relevant processes or interventions, 
    such as the cleaning of animals or carcasses before evisceration. HACCP 
    systems should, therefore, result in many establishments improving the 
    microbial profile of their finished raw products.
        Slaughter establishments concerned that they might not meet the 
    pathogen reduction performance standard have available a wide range of 
    technologies shown to reduce the levels of pathogens that may be on the 
    surface of carcasses. As discussed in some detail in the proposed rule, 
    antimicrobial treatments normally include washes or sprays that use 
    either hot water or a solution of water and a substance approved by 
    FSIS for that use. Such substances include acids (lactic, acetic, and 
    citric), trisodium phosphate (TSP), and chlorine. In addition, FSIS has 
    recently established that spray-vacuum devices that apply pressurized 
    steam or hot water to beef carcasses and immediately vacuum it up also 
    are effective in reducing bacteria on carcasses.
        Establishments producing raw ground product from raw meat or 
    poultry supplied by other establishments cannot use technologies for 
    reducing pathogens that are designed for use on the surfaces of whole 
    carcasses at the time of slaughter. Such establishments may require 
    more control over incoming raw product, including contractual 
    specifications to ensure that they begin their process with product 
    that meets the standard, as well as careful adherence to their 
    Sanitation SOP's and HACCP plan.
        By basing its Salmonella performance standards on the current 
    national baseline prevalence for each major species and product class, 
    FSIS is applying a uniform policy principle: all establishments must 
    achieve at least the current baseline level of performance with respect 
    to Salmonella for the product classes they produce. This policy is 
    based on the public health judgment that reducing the percentage of 
    carcasses with Salmonella will reduce the risk of foodborne illness, 
    and on the regulatory policy judgment that establishing for the first 
    time a clear standard for Salmonella, in conjunction with the 
    implementation of HACCP, will lead to significant reductions in
    
    [[Page 38847]]
    
    contamination rates. This policy is not based on a quantitative 
    assessment of the risk posed by any particular incidence of Salmonella 
    contamination or the determination of a ``safe'' incidence or level. 
    There is not currently a scientific basis for making such assessments 
    or determinations.
        FSIS recognizes that this approach results in a range of 
    performance standards among the various product classes (see Table 4). 
    For example, the current Salmonella prevalence for broilers is 20 
    percent, while the current prevalence for steers and heifers is 1 
    percent. This range reflects the current level of performance for each 
    class of product, as reflected in the FSIS baseline surveys.
        FSIS intends to revise its Salmonella performance standards 
    periodically as new baseline prevalence data become available and in 
    furtherance of the Agency's goal of reducing the risk of foodborne 
    illness. FSIS will periodically repeat its baseline studies to assess 
    the overall progress of the pathogen reduction effort. Also, as 
    indicated below in the discussion of the FSIS testing strategy, FSIS 
    will be conducting extensive Salmonella testing to ensure compliance 
    with the pathogen reduction performance standards. If the data from 
    this testing or future baseline surveys justify revision of the 
    performance standards, FSIS will promptly publish such revisions for 
    public comment in the Federal Register. FSIS anticipates revision of 
    these performance standards downward as justified by progress in 
    pathogen reduction and demonstrated reductions in the national baseline 
    prevalence of Salmonella. In making such adjustments, FSIS will take 
    into account the state of scientific knowledge, available technology, 
    feasibility, and public health benefits to be achieved. FSIS will also 
    consider the current level of industry performance with respect to 
    Salmonella prevalence in particular classes of livestock and poultry. 
    It is anticipated that such adjustments would more likely occur in 
    classes with the highest prevalence. FSIS originally proposed to call 
    these performance ``interim'' standards or targets. The final rule 
    removes that language.
        Approximately 15 months after the publication of this final rule, 
    FSIS will convene a public conference to review available Salmonella 
    data and discuss whether they warrant refining the Salmonella 
    performance standards. Prior to the conference, FSIS will make 
    available the data resulting from the pre- implementation phase of the 
    FSIS Salmonella testing program. FSIS also will take advantage of this 
    conference to receive public input on the E. coli testing program. FSIS 
    will extend an invitation to all interested parties.
        Additionally, FSIS intends to work closely with other Federal 
    agencies and the scientific community to improve the scientific basis 
    for establishing food safety performance standards for microbial 
    pathogens. In particular, the Executive Office of the President, Office 
    of Science and Technology Policy, will oversee a task force to 
    determine what research and data collection are needed to develop a 
    workable approach to quantitative risk assessment for foodborne 
    pathogens and determine the most cost-effective way of conducting the 
    necessary research. FSIS and other USDA agencies will participate in 
    this government-wide task force.
    Determining Compliance With the Standard
        The pathogen reduction performance standards specify for each 
    species and category of raw product a maximum number of positive test 
    results (c) permitted to be found in a specified number of samples (n) 
    for each class of raw product before the establishment will be deemed 
    to be exceeding the performance standard. The standards were determined 
    by first calculating for each category of product tested in the FSIS 
    national baseline programs and surveys the percentage of Salmonella 
    positives nationwide. This is, in effect, the performance standard that 
    must be achieved consistently by each establishment over time. Then the 
    number of samples to test (n) and the number of positives to allow from 
    among those samples (c) were calculated to provide approximately an 80% 
    probability of passing when the establishment is operating at the 
    national baseline prevalence of Salmonella positive results, i.e., just 
    within the performance standard. As discussed in the preamble to the 
    Pathogen Reduction/HACCP proposal and above with respect to E. coli 
    testing, the statistical criteria for evaluating Salmonella test 
    results balance the need to prevent establishments from failing to meet 
    the standard, based on chance results, and the need to ensure both that 
    violations are readily detected and that establishments have an 
    incentive to improve their performance beyond what is minimally 
    required by the standard. The resulting values for the pathogen 
    reduction performance standards are shown in Table 4.
    
                                   Table 4.--Pathogen Reduction Performance Standards                               
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        Performance                                 
                                                                         standard                     Maximum number
                                                                         (percent        Number of     of positives 
                            Class of product                           positive for       samples       to achieve  
                                                                        Salmonella)     tested (n)     standard (c) 
                                                                            (%)                                     
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Steers/Heifers..................................................             1.0              82               1
    Cows/Bulls......................................................             2.7              58               2
    Ground Beef.....................................................             7.5              53               5
    Fresh Pork Sausage..............................................             *NA             *NA             *NA
    Broilers........................................................            20.0              51              12
    Hogs............................................................             8.7              55               6
    Ground Turkey...................................................            49.9              53              29
    Ground Chicken..................................................            44.6              53              26
    Turkeys.........................................................             *NA             *NA             *NA
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    * Not available at this time.                                                                                   
    
        FSIS has concluded that, for purposes of this rulemaking, it should 
    rely only on FSIS baseline data for determinations of the prevalence of 
    bacteria on which it is establishing standards. The proposal discussed 
    the possibility of relying on other data sources, such as industry 
    surveys or other reports in the scientific literature. No such data 
    were
    
    [[Page 38848]]
    
    submitted to FSIS in response to the proposal, and FSIS has concluded 
    that those alternative data sources are not likely to provide the 
    nationwide, objective data that are needed for the Agency's regulatory 
    purpose of establishing performance standards. FSIS will consider 
    modifications of the scope and approach to these surveys and additional 
    data sources, as the needs of public health dictate, but will continue 
    to rely only on data that are gathered with appropriate scientific 
    rigor.
        FSIS has completed its baseline survey work and has issued reports 
    on its findings for Steers/Heifers, Cows/Bulls, Broiler Chickens, 
    Market Hogs, Ground Beef, Ground Chicken, and Ground Turkey. Copies of 
    these reports are available for inspection in the FSIS Docket Room (see 
    ADDRESSES).
        FSIS is currently conducting the fresh pork sausage survey and will 
    begin the Baseline Program for turkeys soon. Therefore, performance 
    standards for fresh pork sausage and turkeys cannot be established at 
    this time. The performance standards for these two classes of products 
    will be published for public comment once FSIS's reports on the data 
    are available.
        FSIS will determine an establishment's compliance with the 
    applicable pathogen reduction performance standard by taking the 
    indicated number of samples, generally at the rate of one or more per 
    day, testing each sample for Salmonella, and determining whether the 
    number of positive results is above the maximum permitted for that 
    product in the regulation.
        FSIS has established performance standards for Salmonella on 
    carcasses and on raw products derived from meat and poultry. Because 
    Salmonella is more likely to be present on raw, ground, or comminuted 
    products than on the carcasses from which they are derived, raw, 
    ground, or comminuted product ordinarily will be the focus of FSIS 
    compliance testing in those establishments that both slaughter and 
    produce raw ground product.
        The pathogen reduction performance standard applies to 
    establishments, not to individual products. As discussed, 
    microbiological testing of raw products for purposes of routinely 
    separating adulterated from unadulterated products is impractical at 
    this time. The pathogen reduction standard for Salmonella requires 
    testing of products not for purposes of determining product disposition 
    (although in some circumstances it may contribute to additional 
    inspection or compliance activities that do), but rather as a measure 
    of the effectiveness of the process in limiting contamination with this 
    particular pathogen. If an establishment fails to meet the standard, it 
    must institute corrective actions to lower the incidence of Salmonella 
    on all such product it produces as measured by subsequent testing, or, 
    ultimately, it must cease producing that product. The FSIS enforcement 
    strategy is further discussed below.
    FSIS Testing Strategy
        FSIS's Salmonella testing program will be implemented in two 
    phases, a pre-implementation phase and a compliance phase. The pre-
    implementation phase will begin approximately three months after 
    publication of the final rule and initially will consist of an 
    establishment-by-establishment survey of the slaughter establishments 
    represented in the National Microbiological Baseline Data Collection 
    Programs. These establishments account for approximately 99 percent of 
    the total production volume for each of the major species slaughtered 
    nationwide. The testing in each slaughter establishment will be 
    conducted in a manner designed to provide a reliable picture of the 
    establishment's performance throughout a 12-month period, in relation 
    to the pathogen performance standard applicable to the species being 
    slaughtered. It is anticipated that initially FSIS will take 
    approximately 250 samples per establishment over a one-year period, 
    with testing to be completed before the implementation date for the 
    standard in each establishment.
        FSIS will also conduct pre-implementation testing in ground product 
    establishments and in establishments that account for the remaining one 
    percent of production and that were not included in the FSIS baseline 
    surveys. This testing will be conducted in a manner and at a level that 
    takes into account the size and nature of the establishments involved. 
    FSIS will provide more detail on this testing soon in a separate 
    notice.
        This pre-implementation testing will inform both the establishments 
    and FSIS, prior to the actual enforcement of the performance standards, 
    whether each establishment is already meeting the standard, is close to 
    meeting the standard, or requires substantial improvement to meet the 
    standard. As with all FSIS testing done to check compliance with the 
    pathogen reduction standards, the testing results will be provided to 
    the establishment by FSIS. These testing results will assist 
    establishments in designing and validating their HACCP plans as needed 
    to ensure that products meet pathogen reduction performance standards. 
    This information also will assist FSIS to more effectively target its 
    compliance testing after the standards go into effect, as discussed 
    below. This FSIS-generated data on the prevalence of Salmonella on 
    inspected products will be available to the public.
        Upon the implementation of HACCP, and upon publication of Federal 
    Register documents concerning the pathogen reduction performance 
    standards for which baseline survey reports have not yet been 
    published, FSIS will initiate phase 2, the compliance phase, of its 
    Salmonella testing program in affected establishments. As an integral 
    part of its overall responsibility for food safety, FSIS will conduct 
    an ongoing testing program to determine compliance with the Salmonella 
    performance standard for all classes of livestock and poultry. In 
    addition, FSIS will conduct a program of targeted testing where 
    warranted. The frequency and intensity of this testing will be 
    determined based on past establishment performance, the establishment's 
    own generic E. coli test results, FSIS inspectional observations, 
    reports of illness associated with product produced at an 
    establishment, the results of Salmonella testing during the pre-
    implementation phase, previous failures to meet the performance 
    standards, and other factors.
        The costs to FSIS of this testing for Salmonella, estimated to be 
    approximately 2 million dollars annually, are addressed in the Final 
    Regulatory Impact Analysis of this rule.
    FSIS Testing Methods
        Details of the sample collection and testing procedures the Agency 
    will be using are in Appendix E, ``FSIS Sample Collection Guidelines 
    and Procedure for Isolation and Identification of Salmonella from Raw 
    Meat and Poultry Products.''
    
    FSIS Enforcement Strategy
    
        The objective of FSIS's enforcement policy with respect to 
    microbial testing is to achieve compliance with the regulations. With 
    respect to Salmonella, the Agency's goal is to achieve pathogen 
    reduction by ensuring that all slaughter and ground product 
    establishments meet the performance standards established by FSIS. FSIS 
    intends to achieve this goal through an enforcement strategy based on 
    the two-part testing program mentioned above: the ongoing testing, 
    which will include all establishments at some fixed interval, 
    irrespective of performance;
    
    [[Page 38849]]
    
    and targeted testing focusing on establishments unable to meet the 
    Salmonella performance standard when tested by FSIS or for the other 
    reasons discussed above.
        The Salmonella enforcement strategy will embody an objective, 
    uniform systems approach to ensure that it is administered and applied 
    in a fair, equitable, and common-sense manner. The Agency will 
    carefully monitor and adjust its enforcement program on an ongoing 
    basis to ensure that its enforcement activities reflect these 
    principles while ensuring food safety.
        If ongoing or targeted testing in an establishment indicates the 
    performance standard is not being met, FSIS will decide whether to 
    conduct follow-up testing on the basis of several factors. If an 
    establishment with Salmonella test results marginally above the limit 
    takes corrective action, FSIS could judge, based on the establishment's 
    actions and other factors relevant to ensuring food safety, that 
    immediate follow-up testing is not necessary. If, however, that 
    establishment were to take inadequate corrective action after failing 
    to meet the Salmonella performance standard, or if it simply ignored 
    that failure, FSIS will conduct a second series of tests. FSIS will 
    invariably conduct further testing at all establishments whose test 
    results significantly exceed the standard.
        If an establishment fails the second, targeted series of FSIS-
    conducted tests, the establishment will be required to reassess its 
    HACCP plan for the tested product, modifying the plan as necessary to 
    achieve the Salmonella performance standard. If the establishment fails 
    to modify its HACCP plan as necessary, or if it fails the third series 
    of targeted tests, FSIS will suspend inspection services. The 
    suspension will remain in effect until the establishment demonstrates 
    its ability to meet the performance standard.
        The probability of an establishment failing the Agency's pathogen 
    reduction standard three consecutive times is less than 1% when the 
    establishment prevalence is at the limit of the standard.
    Implementation Timetable for Pathogen Reduction Performance Standards
        Slaughter establishments and establishments producing raw, ground, 
    and comminuted product subject to these pathogen reduction performance 
    standards must meet the Salmonella standard at the time the 
    establishment is required to implement HACCP. As explained in section 
    II above, HACCP implementation will be phased in based on establishment 
    size over a period of 18 to 42 months following the date of publication 
    of this final rule. FSIS originally proposed a single two-year delayed 
    effective date for its Salmonella performance standards. Many 
    commenters argued that it was not reasonable to hold all establishments 
    to the same effective date, and, furthermore, that it was more logical 
    to hold establishments to compliance with the standard after, rather 
    than before, HACCP was in place. This proposition also was strongly 
    endorsed by many people who attended an information briefing and public 
    meeting held by FSIS in Kansas City, Missouri, on May 22, 1995, 
    expressly for small meat and poultry establishments and small 
    businesses (60 FR 25869, May 15, 1995). They questioned, among other 
    things, the need for and wisdom of a common implementation date for 
    large and small establishments.
        Harmonizing the effective dates with implementation of HACCP is 
    more consistent with the nature of the pathogen reduction standards as 
    measures of what establishments can and should achieve through HACCP-
    based process control. It will bring 74% of the nation's slaughter 
    production of meat and poultry (by weight) under the performance 
    standard 18 months following publication of this final rule. It will 
    also facilitate the transition to HACCP, for both the FSIS workforce 
    and affected establishments, by requiring all establishments to meet 
    the performance standards as they implement HACCP.
    Response to Comments
        FSIS proposed to require that all meat and poultry slaughtering 
    establishments and establishments producing raw ground product conduct 
    daily microbial testing to determine compliance with interim targets 
    for the reduction of Salmonella. FSIS proposed to require a single 
    qualitative test per day, with daily results to be accumulated over 
    time to provide information regarding the performance of an 
    establishment's process and to collect data sufficient for process 
    control verification. Daily testing was considered the minimal sampling 
    necessary to detect process deviations within a realistic time frame.
        The three issues most commonly raised by commenters concerning the 
    proposed microbial testing requirements were the proposed selection of 
    Salmonella as the indicator organism, the frequency of proposed 
    testing, and the disproportionate costs to small establishments. Some 
    commenters also argued that the regulatory approach was not justified 
    and exceeded FSIS's legal authority.
    The Indicator Organism
        Many commenters opposed the use of Salmonella as the indicator 
    organism, arguing that its low incidence in beef makes it a poor 
    indicator of pathogen reduction in the species, the positive/negative 
    test result is a weak measure of process control, and, compared to some 
    nonpathogenic alternatives such as generic E. coli, Salmonella tests 
    are more difficult, time-consuming, and costly. Others commented that 
    testing for Salmonella alone is unacceptable, as there is no direct 
    correlation between the presence of this organism and other pathogens 
    such as E. coli O157:H7, Listeria, and Campylobacter.
        Various alternative indicator organisms were suggested, including 
    generic E. coli (biotype I), total plate counts, Enterobacteriaceae, 
    Total Viable Counts (TVC), and Aerobic Plate Counts (APC). Commenters 
    who recommended alternatives stated that tests for these organisms 
    would be better indicators for process control and fecal contamination 
    levels than tests for Salmonella. Still others requested that more 
    studies be conducted to determine which type of indicator organism 
    would be most useful for verifying process control.
        Some commenters recommended retaining Salmonella as the target for 
    pathogen reduction, but suggested adding a requirement for generic E. 
    coli testing because it serves effectively as an indicator of fecal 
    contamination in all species. A minority of commenters supported the 
    proposed use of Salmonella as the indicator organism because of its 
    significance as a cause of foodborne illness and because there are 
    relatively simple tests available for detecting Salmonella. Some 
    commenters recommended requiring testing for Salmonella and additional 
    pathogens in selected species or products based on the degree of public 
    health risk posed by the pathogen. A number of consumer groups 
    requested a pathogen goal of zero for E. coli O157:H7.
        These comments are generally addressed by the FSIS decisions to 
    require slaughter establishments to test for generic E. coli as a means 
    to verify process control for fecal contamination, and to have FSIS 
    conduct testing for Salmonella for pathogen reduction.
        FSIS considers systematic measures to prevent and remove fecal 
    contamination and associated bacteria, coupled with microbial testing 
    to verify effectiveness, to be the state of the art in slaughter 
    establishment sanitation. Further, FSIS believes that testing for 
    generic E. coli is the appropriate and necessary means by which meat 
    and poultry slaughter
    
    [[Page 38850]]
    
    establishments must verify their process controls. FSIS reviewed 
    written comments received on the original proposal and comments made at 
    the scientific conferences and public meetings, as well as available 
    scientific data, and has decided to require slaughter establishments to 
    conduct testing for generic E. coli to verify process controls.
        The Agency has concluded that each kind of testing serves an 
    important function. Both play a major part in the Agency's pathogen 
    reduction efforts, and working in unison will permit the Agency to use 
    its inspection resources more effectively, and efficiently, thereby 
    enhancing inspection.
        E. coli testing for process control verification and Salmonella 
    testing to enforce the pathogen reduction performance standard both are 
    aimed at FSIS's objective to reduce the incidence of disease caused by 
    foodborne pathogens. However, E. coli testing and Salmonella testing 
    aim at the objective from different directions.
        An ongoing screen for generic E. coli serves both the establishment 
    and FSIS as a means of verifying that a slaughter facility's process is 
    ``in control'' with regard to prevention of fecal contamination of the 
    carcasses being produced. In other words, it becomes a marker for 
    verifying a slaughter establishment's adherence to the zero tolerance 
    for fecal contamination. Such testing provides a standard measure for 
    verification of process control at the critical slaughter stage of 
    production. Without such a standard measure, there is no objective 
    basis upon which either the establishment or FSIS can determine the 
    adequacy of process controls, from one establishment to another, in 
    preventing fecal contamination. It will permit establishments to make 
    ongoing adjustments or changes to their slaughter process when 
    necessary to meet the performance criteria. The test results will also 
    guide FSIS's ongoing inspection, permitting adjustments in intensity 
    and focus as appropriate.
        Generic E. coli testing to verify process control alone, however, 
    does not adequately address legitimate public health concerns about 
    pathogenic bacteria in and on raw product. E. coli (except for certain 
    pathogenic subgroups) is not itself a cause of foodborne disease. It is 
    a ``surrogate marker'' or ``indicator'' for fecal contamination, which 
    in turn is a source of many pathogens that may contaminate products. 
    Fecal contamination, however, does not always correlate with the 
    presence of pathogens; high levels of E. coli may be present without 
    pathogens, and pathogens may be present without high E. coli levels. 
    Because testing for E. coli cannot serve as a surrogate for the 
    presence of Salmonella, FSIS's specific public health objective of 
    reducing nationwide Salmonella levels on raw meat and poultry products, 
    including raw ground products, requires a standard and a testing regime 
    that are directed at that pathogen.
        The pathogen reduction performance standard for Salmonella must be 
    met by all inspected establishments producing raw meat and poultry 
    products. Agency testing for Salmonella is necessary for enforcement of 
    that requirement. Slaughter establishments' E. coli testing, a means 
    for verifying process control for fecal contamination, should promote 
    improved process controls which should, in turn, result in reductions 
    of Salmonella and other pathogens. But, E. coli testing cannot measure 
    actual reductions and control of Salmonella nor be the basis for Agency 
    enforcement of the pathogen reduction standards.
        The test results from both kinds of testing are valuable to the 
    Agency in the shift to a HACCP-based regulatory regime, but their value 
    comes from the way they work together to verify the effectiveness of an 
    overall system of preventive process control. The Agency continues to 
    believe that pathogen reduction in inspected establishments requires 
    that establishments build into their operations preventive measures and 
    systems to reduce the potential for pathogens to be on products to 
    begin with, and that such systems must be establishment-produced and 
    establishment-specific. The Agency's HACCP and Sanitation SOP's 
    regulations are intended to do that. However, these regulations are not 
    self-enforcing. The Agency's inspection mandate does not permit it to 
    simply assume that an establishment's systems are in fact producing 
    uniformly safe and unadulterated products. Pathogen reduction will be 
    achieved instead by the combination of HACCP plans validated as 
    effective for pathogens of concern, E. coli testing by the 
    establishment to provide on-going verification of process control for 
    fecal contamination, and Salmonella testing by FSIS to enforce 
    compliance with the pathogen reduction performance standards.
    Frequency and Cost of Testing
        Many commenters questioned the proposed frequency of daily testing 
    for each species and for raw, ground products. The majority of 
    commenters who opposed daily testing stated that this testing 
    requirement would place an unfair cost burden and have a negative 
    economic impact on some establishments, especially small volume 
    establishments and establishments producing multiple species and 
    multiple ground products that would require multiple tests. These 
    commenters stated that under the proposed sampling methodology, a small 
    establishment could conceivably conduct more tests per day than a very 
    large establishment with a much higher production volume. Also 
    mentioned was the fact that many of these establishments do not have 
    on-site testing facilities and would have an additional cost of 
    shipping samples for testing.
        To minimize the economic impact on establishments, especially small 
    establishments, some commenters suggested that FSIS should pay for 
    microbial testing. Others recommended less than daily testing or other 
    changes to the proposed sampling frequency. Various alternatives to the 
    proposed sampling protocol were mentioned, but the sampling scheme 
    recommended most often as the most equitable, and the one FSIS is 
    requiring, is one based on production volume.
        Although many commenters requested less frequent testing than that 
    proposed, others supported the one sample per day testing requirement 
    as an efficient means of verifying process control. Still others 
    recommended testing even more frequently than once per day. These 
    commenters asserted that testing once a day is inadequate to verify 
    process control or to screen out product with pathogens. Their main 
    concern was that the proposed sampling frequency and moving sum 
    statistical procedure would allow inadequate process control to go 
    undetected, resulting in large quantities of suspect product being 
    produced; recommendations were made for a testing frequency more 
    proportional to an establishment's production volume.
        Some commenters requested that exemptions from the proposed daily 
    microbial testing be made for small establishments and establishments 
    that have consistently complied with their HACCP programs. Others 
    requested exemptions for specific products including: raw ground meat 
    products; cured products; thermally processed canned foods; frozen 
    foods; boxed meat and beef and pork carcasses from other inspected 
    establishments; minor species (i.e., sheep, lamb, goats, equines, 
    guineas); and raw ground products to be further processed as fully 
    cooked, ready-to-eat items, while others stated that exemptions for 
    these items would be inappropriate.
    
    [[Page 38851]]
    
        FSIS has modified the proposal in response to these comments. As 
    explained above, FSIS is requiring E. coli testing in slaughter 
    establishments where the initial and primary opportunity for fecal 
    contamination occurs. FSIS is not requiring E. coli testing of 
    processed products. A more limited testing requirement is possible 
    because oversight of slaughter establishment verification testing for 
    E. coli is not the sole means relied upon by FSIS to detect or prevent 
    lack of process control. It is only one of many aspects of 
    establishment operations FSIS will inspect in assessing the adequacy of 
    an establishment's process controls. In particular, FSIS will 
    increasingly rely on its verification that HACCP systems are working as 
    intended. HACCP principles require establishments to identify CCP's, 
    monitor them to see that they are in control, and take appropriate 
    corrective action when monitoring detects a deviation. This is where 
    control must be exercised by the establishment and where any lack of 
    control will be detected in a establishment operating under a validated 
    HACCP system.
        FSIS has reconsidered the proposed requirement of daily testing in 
    all slaughter establishments, in part because of the unnecessary and 
    disproportionate economic impact that would occur for some small 
    establishments. Instead, FSIS is requiring slaughter establishments to 
    test carcasses for generic E. coli at frequencies corresponding to 
    production volume. In addition, slaughter establishments will have 6 
    months, not just 3 months as proposed, after publication of the final 
    rule to begin testing carcasses for generic E. coli. Further, very low 
    volume establishments may not need to do more than one set of 13 E. 
    coli tests annually, and such establishments slaughtering more than one 
    species need not test both. These changes will significantly reduce the 
    cost impact of mandatory testing for small establishments, while 
    providing adequate and useful information to verify process control.
        In addition to requiring testing for generic E. coli by slaughter 
    establishments at a frequency relative to the establishment's 
    production volume, Salmonella testing will be conducted by FSIS.
        ``Minor species,'' such as sheep, goats, equines, ducks, geese, and 
    guineas, are not being addressed at this time because the Agency is 
    addressing first the most commonly consumed foods under its 
    jurisdiction. FSIS intends to address how best to gather data on and 
    develop testing requirements and performance criteria and standards for 
    these other food animals at a future date.
    Legal Authority for Testing Requirement
        Several commenters have questioned FSIS's legal authority for the 
    proposed microbiological testing program. These comments are still 
    relevant despite the differences between the proposed and final rules 
    for microbiological testing.
        The major change in the final rule is that FSIS is not adopting the 
    proposed Salmonella testing regimen. As proposed, results of a series 
    of establishment-conducted Salmonella tests would have been used to 
    accomplish two goals: to verify process control and to enforce the 
    prevalence targets for pathogens in raw products. Instead, FSIS is 
    promulgating separate provisions to address these two regulatory goals. 
    The first provision requires that slaughter establishments test 
    carcasses for E. coli so that the effectiveness of the establishment's 
    sanitation and process control measures can be assessed in an 
    objective, uniform manner. The second provision sets a pathogen 
    reduction performance standard to bring about reductions in the 
    prevalence of Salmonella on raw meat and poultry products. This 
    standard will be enforced by an FSIS-conducted testing program, and 
    will require establishments with prevalence of Salmonella above the 
    standard to change their operations to meet that standard. Failure by 
    an establishment to achieve the standard could result in Agency 
    sanctions, as discussed above. This standard will also encourage 
    innovation to reduce pathogens throughout the industry.
        One commenter argues that, because this regulatory strategy is 
    precedent-setting, FSIS has a greater than usual burden of articulating 
    the legal basis for it. This commenter notes that the testing 
    regulation does not rely on a finding that the presence of the targeted 
    organisms causes specific lots of product to become adulterated, as is 
    the case with E. coli O157:H7 in ground beef. This commenter then 
    argues that FSIS is relying upon a vague ``sanitation theory'' as its 
    legal basis, and that the Agency has a greater duty to articulate its 
    legal basis when new regulations impose new kinds of costs, like 
    mandatory E. coli testing, or when the Agency is establishing a new 
    regulatory policy.
        This commenter believes that FSIS reliance on a ``sanitation 
    theory'' is legally flawed because, if the Agency is unable to tell 
    establishments how to correct a failure to meet the established 
    targets, it cannot legally require microorganism testing, or impose 
    sanctions for failure to meet established standards.
        FSIS has ample statutory authority under the FMIA and PPIA to 
    promulgate these microbiological testing provisions. The meat and 
    poultry inspection statutes mandate Federal regulatory oversight of 
    unusual intensity and comprehensiveness, and they provide the Secretary 
    broad rulemaking authorities to implement them. The primary goal of the 
    statutes is to prevent adulterated or misbranded meat and poultry 
    products from entering into commerce by inspecting meat and poultry 
    products and the establishments that produce them before the products 
    are introduced into commerce. Such inspections are supplemented by 
    compliance actions to remove adulterated or misbranded products from 
    commerce and to apply appropriate sanctions against violators of the 
    law. FSIS regulations under the FMIA and PPIA may be divided into two 
    categories: (1) regulations prescribing the conditions under which, and 
    the manner in which, mandatory inspections are conducted; and (2) 
    regulations directed more broadly at preventing adulteration or 
    misbranding of products, preparation of products in violation of the 
    law, and sale of such products in commerce.
        These two regulatory categories are interrelated. The broader 
    category is similar to regulations imposed on foods generally by the 
    FDA under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act. However, FSIS 
    authorities also require compliance with the inspection provisions of 
    the acts and regulations by anyone slaughtering poultry or livestock, 
    or preparing poultry products, or meat or meat food products for use as 
    human food. Thus, the requirements that establishments must meet to 
    obtain inspection and to have products marked ``inspected and passed'' 
    comprise a unique statutory scheme which provides the Secretary with 
    broad rulemaking authorities.
        From their inception, the meat and poultry inspection laws have 
    recognized that sanitary conditions in establishments are critical to 
    the safety and wholesomeness of the products being produced. Any 
    product found to have been ``prepared, packed, or held under insanitary 
    conditions whereby it may have become contaminated with filth, or 
    whereby it may have been rendered injurious to health'' is adulterated. 
    No product will be granted inspection or marked ``inspected and 
    passed'' unless the sanitary conditions and practices required by the 
    Secretary are maintained.
    
    [[Page 38852]]
    
        It is important to distinguish the statutorily required finding 
    that a product is not adulterated from the absence of a finding that it 
    is adulterated. Only products found not to be adulterated may be marked 
    ``inspected and passed.'' Even if the evidence does not compel an 
    inspector to find that a product is adulterated, it, nonetheless, may 
    be enough to prevent him from finding that it is not adulterated. This 
    means that products may not be distributed for food use without the 
    affirmative determination that they are not adulterated. Products as to 
    which such an affirmative determination has not been made must be 
    retained at the establishment pending such determination. They are 
    being detained because they have not been inspected and passed, not 
    because they have been found to be adulterated.
        Thus, FSIS clearly has the authority to require that establishments 
    slaughtering livestock or poultry conduct and record tests for E. coli 
    on carcasses to measure how well contamination is being avoided. These 
    tests provide information by which establishments may evaluate and 
    ensure the effectiveness of their sanitary procedures and related 
    process controls in preventing product contamination during slaughter 
    and dressing.
        Although E. coli testing will not be used to determine the 
    disposition of inspected products, it will be an effective indicator of 
    the presence of fecal contamination that is not visible and therefore 
    not detectable by traditional inspection methods. It will also provide 
    FSIS with information necessary to determine how best to conduct 
    inspection to ensure that product is not being adulterated.
        Similarly, FSIS has clear authority to establish a Salmonella 
    standard for producers of raw meat and poultry to reduce the public's 
    exposure to Salmonella and associated pathogens from inspected meat and 
    poultry products. The Salmonella standard, like the criteria for E. 
    coli on carcasses, is based on the national baseline prevalence of the 
    bacteria for the product of concern. However, unlike the E. coli 
    criteria, which are, in essence, guidelines, the Salmonella standard 
    must be met. Compliance will be determined by Agency testing.
        FSIS is continuing its policy of permitting raw meat and poultry 
    products to be marked and labeled ``inspected and passed,'' despite the 
    known or suspected presence of some pathogenic bacteria. FSIS 
    recognizes that currently there is no available technology (with the 
    possible exception of irradiation) to ensure that raw product bears no 
    pathogenic microorganisms.
        However, there is overwhelming evidence that raw meat and poultry 
    products are frequently contaminated with pathogens and expose 
    consumers to avoidable and unacceptable risks of foodborne illness. 
    FSIS's statutory mandate to protect consumers from adulterated product 
    is not limited to actions associated with inspection. The Secretary may 
    also regulate how meat and poultry products are stored and handled by 
    anyone who buys, sells, freezes, stores, transports, or imports them, 
    to ensure they are not misbranded or adulterated when delivered to the 
    consumer.
        The new pathogen reduction standards for Salmonella are necessary 
    to establish that raw product is being produced under sanitary 
    conditions, has not been prepared, packed or held under insanitary 
    conditions, and is not for any other reason unsound, unhealthful, 
    unwholesome, or otherwise unfit for human food.
        The fact that the new performance standards and guidelines do not 
    specify how the E. coli process control verification performance 
    criteria or the Salmonella pathogen reduction standard must be met does 
    not undercut the reasonableness or the legal basis of either testing 
    program. Process control and the production of product that is not 
    adulterated is the responsibility of the establishment, not the 
    government. The Agency is responsible for establishing and enforcing 
    reasonable standards; it intends to give the industry the maximum 
    flexibility to decide how best to meet such standards. It does not 
    intend to regulate or prescribe how the standards are to be met. FSIS 
    will provide guidance and assistance to the industry, especially small 
    businesses. But it is not legally obliged to provide technical services 
    to establishments in finding the most efficient and effective way to 
    operate within the E. coli criteria and to meet the Salmonella 
    reduction standard.
        In summary, FSIS has concluded that the E. coli testing program and 
    the Salmonella reduction standard are fully supported by the FMIA and 
    PPIA.
    Performance Standards for Process Control
        A related comment asserted that FSIS's proposed Salmonella standard 
    was not a standard at all, but instead was merely an unenforceable 
    criterion because its violation would not alone support seizure or 
    condemnation of products. FSIS agrees with the principle that a 
    regulatory standard should be enforceable, but does not agree that a 
    regulatory ``standard'' must be limited to product-specific 
    requirements, or to enforcement by seizure or condemnation of products. 
    The Agency acknowledges that historically it has used the term 
    ``standard'' normally to refer to regulations concerning particular 
    products, e.g., standards of identity regulations, but notes that 
    current government-wide regulatory reform efforts stress the use of 
    ``performance standards'' to describe the desired focus of government 
    regulations generally. FSIS intends now to issue regulations consistent 
    with the notion behind ``performance standards,'' that to the extent 
    possible regulations should tell regulated entities what they must 
    achieve to comply with the law, while providing maximum flexibility 
    regarding how to achieve the standard. Thus, FSIS agrees that one test 
    of a ``standard'' might be that violation of that requirement alone 
    supports some sort of regulatory sanction, but does not agree that 
    ``standards'' should be limited to product-specific regulations or to 
    enforcement actions directed at specific products. The FMIA and PPIA do 
    not limit the Agency to product-specific regulations and enforcement 
    activities, and for reasons fully discussed earlier in this preamble, 
    the Agency has concluded that standards directed at processes are, at 
    this time, the only practical way in which to effectively address the 
    hazard presented by microbiological pathogens on raw meat and poultry 
    products.
    Basis for Target Levels
        Some commenters questioned the validity of microbial target levels 
    established by FSIS, while others supported FSIS national baseline 
    studies as an effective way to evaluate industry performance. After 
    careful review, the Agency considers it reasonable and appropriate to 
    use the distribution of results observed for each animal species in the 
    FSIS baseline surveys as the basis for both the E. coli criteria and 
    the pathogen reduction performance standard for Salmonella. These are 
    currently the best available data on the nationwide prevalence and 
    level of microbial contamination of raw meat and poultry products. The 
    data demonstrate that the E. coli process control verification criteria 
    and the Salmonella pathogen reduction standard are being achieved by 
    many establishments with today's technology and therefore are 
    achievable by all establishments.
        FSIS Nationwide Microbiological Baseline Data Collection Programs 
    and its Nationwide Microbiological Surveys provide similar data, but 
    the
    
    [[Page 38853]]
    
    ``Programs'' generally involve more extensive sampling over a longer 
    period, generally 12 months, than the ``Surveys'', which are generally 
    limited to 6 months of data collection. They both have provided data 
    for an ongoing microbial profile of carcasses and other raw meat and 
    poultry products for selected microorganisms or groups of 
    microorganisms of various degrees of public health concern of value as 
    indicators of general hygiene or process control.
        As explained above, FSIS plans to revise the performance criteria 
    and standards as more current baseline data become available from 
    future baseline surveys, through establishment E. coli testing, through 
    FSIS Salmonella testing, or from other FSIS testing that may be 
    appropriate for establishing criteria and standards.
        Although the majority of commenters focused on the issues mentioned 
    above, a number of others addressed various aspects of the proposed 
    rule such as microbial testing methodology, the concept of end product 
    testing, the role of FSIS personnel in test verification, enforcement 
    actions for non-compliance, and laboratory qualifications.
    Methodology for Meeting Targets
        Some commenters raised objections to use of the ``moving sum'' 
    statistical procedure for determining when microbial testing results 
    are within the process control. Moving sum procedures are recognized in 
    the field of statistical quality control. The American National 
    Standard ``Guide for Quality Control Charts'' 11 identifies two 
    principal uses of such charts: assisting judgment as to whether a state 
    of control exists and attaining and maintaining control. In order to 
    judge whether a state of control exists, operators must analyze 
    ``collectively an accumulation of quality data.'' In the proposed 
    regulation FSIS took this view of the purpose of the moving sum 
    procedure: establishments would need to verify that a state of control 
    exists with respect to the interim target set by the Agency. FSIS did 
    not claim, however, that the procedure would be useful for the second 
    purpose, attaining and maintaining control. That requires more timely 
    and probably more intense monitoring of process parameters at CCP's.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
         11 American National Standard ANSI Z1.1-1985. ``Guide for 
    Quality Control Charts.'' American Society for Quality Control. 
    Milwaukee, WI.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The proposed approach to use testing to measure process control was 
    designed to inform establishments how they are currently operating with 
    respect to the relevant target, and to help them track progress toward 
    meeting that target. A simple plot of the moving sum chart would give 
    them sufficient feedback for this purpose.
        Some commenters recommended that the moving window verification 
    program should use a 90% probability criteria, rather than 80%, to 
    reduce the possibility of the testing procedure erroneously identifying 
    an establishment as not meeting the pathogen target. The Agency notes 
    that the moving sum procedure was designed to measure effectiveness of 
    process control with respect to an interim performance standard (called 
    a target in the proposal) based on current industry performance (as 
    determined by a baseline study). This measure was intended to be the 
    first step in holding establishments accountable for meeting acceptable 
    levels of performance. As such, the Agency wanted to be able to readily 
    identify establishments operating above the target and wanted to 
    provide an incentive for establishments to produce at levels better 
    than (below) the target. Giving establishments producing at the target 
    only an 80% chance of passing was expected to promote this. Giving 
    establishments producing at the target a higher chance of passing 
    (e.g., 95%) would reduce both the incentive to do better and the 
    ability to detect establishments above the target.
    Sample Size
        Others specifically addressed the proposed sample size, 
    recommending that the same number of samples be used for all species. 
    Not all species have the same risks of failure, in part because of the 
    varied incidence of pathogens, as was determined in FSIS's baseline 
    surveys. The proposed sampling rate was the same for all 
    establishments, one per day. Thus the sampling was the same for all 
    establishments, only the rules for interpreting results were different. 
    The number of results included in the window differed by product class 
    because the target percents positive differed by product class. It was 
    necessary to employ different-sized windows to maintain a fixed 
    probability of passing (80%) at the target for all product classes 
    while choosing as short a window as possible and allowing at least one 
    positive in the window.
    Testing Methodology
        Other commenters asked for clarification on testing methodology. 
    Some remarked that using a sponge or swab method to sample carcasses is 
    preferable to the proposed excision method because the proposed method 
    is time consuming, cumbersome, and expensive, and it may mutilate and 
    contaminate the carcass. The Agency agrees and has elected to use non-
    destructive sampling methods.
        Others asked for clarification of enforcement actions that would 
    result from an establishment not meeting its microbial targets. How the 
    rule will be enforced is addressed above.
    Role of Inspectors
        Still others asked about the role of inspection personnel in 
    verification testing and expressed concern about the amount and type of 
    training inspection personnel would receive to analyze test results.
        The final rule makes slaughter process control verification testing 
    (E. coli) the responsibility of establishments slaughtering livestock 
    or poultry, although FSIS inspectors may also collect samples for E. 
    coli testing as needed to carry out their oversight responsibilities. 
    FSIS personnel sampling carcasses for Salmonella to ensure that 
    establishments are meeting the pathogen reduction performance standard 
    will send the samples to an Agency laboratory for analysis. FSIS 
    personnel have been involved in collection of samples for FSIS's 
    baseline surveys, and have been trained and are highly qualified to 
    collect samples for this regulatory program. Inspectors will work with 
    other program officials, including scientifically trained experts, in 
    analyzing test results and making appropriate regulatory decisions. 
    Inspectors will receive training to prepare them for their role in this 
    process.
    Laboratories
        Some commenters asked for clarification regarding qualifications 
    for in-house and outside laboratories. They stated that laboratories 
    should be required to use standardized techniques for analyzing test 
    results.
        The microbiological test method used by the establishments must be 
    AOAC validated techniques, or other methods validated by a scientific 
    body in collaborated trials against the three tube most probable number 
    (MPN) method and agreeing with the 95 percent upper and lower 
    confidence interval, as discussed in the E. coli Methods Section. 
    Establishments are responsible for the accuracy of the tests of their 
    samples. If the samples are not analyzed by the establishment, the 
    establishment, perhaps in concert with a trade association, should 
    ensure that the laboratory it chooses is reputable and
    
    [[Page 38854]]
    
    adheres to a Quality Control/Quality Assurance Program.
    Alternative Sampling Under HACCP
        Other commenters stated that the proposed microbial testing system 
    does not reward very clean establishments by granting reasonable 
    reductions in testing when significant periods are pathogen free. They 
    recommended that once a facility has implemented its HACCP program, the 
    required frequency for mandatory microbial testing should be reduced or 
    eliminated altogether.
        In this final rule, a slaughter establishment successfully 
    operating under a validated HACCP plan may reduce the specified 
    sampling frequency as long as the alternative sampling plan is an 
    integral part of the establishment's verification procedures for its 
    HACCP system. FSIS does, however, reserve the right to determine that 
    the alternative frequency is inadequate to verify the effectiveness of 
    the establishment's process controls. In that case, FSIS would notify 
    the establishment in writing of its finding, advise that the frequency 
    specified in the regulation must be maintained, and specify any 
    conditions an acceptable alternative frequency would have to meet to be 
    found acceptable to the Agency.
    Relationship to HACCP
        Finally, some commenters stated that the proposed end-product 
    testing is inconsistent with HACCP principles and that establishments 
    should decide for themselves through hazard analysis whether testing is 
    needed and at what frequency. Others objected to the concept of end-
    product testing because it only measures effectiveness over a small 
    percentage of a production lot and has limited value in measuring the 
    overall success of a HACCP plan. Still others concluded that placing an 
    emphasis on end-product testing gives consumers a false sense of 
    confidence about the safety of meat and poultry products. A few 
    commenters were concerned about product liability due to product 
    recalls stemming from test results.
        The objective of the generic E. coli testing is to verify that 
    process control has been maintained by the establishment throughout the 
    slaughter and dressing process and that resultant carcasses are 
    produced hygienically. If processes are under control for E. coli, the 
    potential presence of enteric pathogens will be reduced. End-product 
    verification testing of this kind is a well recognized component of 
    HACCP-based process control.12 The goal of FSIS's Salmonella 
    testing program is to verify that pathogen reduction performance meets 
    current standards in each establishment and thereby effect a nationwide 
    reduction in the incidence of that organism and other enteric pathogens 
    on raw meat and poultry products. The end of production is the only 
    point that reflects all steps in the production process and, 
    ultimately, all elements of the HACCP system. The seventh HACCP 
    principle is verification that the HACCP system is working; one cannot 
    verify that HACCP is working in slaughter establishments (controlling 
    fecal contamination/pathogens) without some end-product testing, so 
    end-product testing is not inconsistent with HACCP principles. The two 
    different kinds of testing programs: (1) E. coli testing by 
    establishments to verify control of fecal contamination; and (2) 
    Salmonella testing by FSIS to hold establishments accountable for 
    meeting pathogen performance standards, are both forms of end-product 
    testing that FSIS considers consistent with HACCP.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \12\ National Advisory Committee on Microbiological Criteria for 
    Foods. 1994. ``Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Point Systems.'' 
    FSIS, USDA.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        End-product testing as part of an overall system of HACCP-based 
    process control and performance standards should not give consumers a 
    false sense of confidence about the safety of meat and poultry 
    products. FSIS recognizes that limited end-product testing alone 
    provides little assurance of safety, but, as part of a process control 
    system, appropriate end-product testing brings rigor and accountability 
    to the system and should appropriately increase consumer confidence in 
    the safety of products. By requiring HACCP, FSIS is in fact moving away 
    from sole reliance on end-product assessments for lot acceptance, an 
    approach that is the opposite of the HACCP system approach to food 
    safety. FSIS recognizes that producing safe food requires preventing 
    hazards throughout the process rather than relying solely on end-
    product testing to ensure safety. Establishments' liability to civil 
    lawsuits should not be adversely affected by this rule precisely 
    because it is an establishment's process, not individual lots of 
    product, that is being assessed, for inspection purposes, on the basis 
    of this testing.
    
    V. Other Issues and Initiatives
    
    Antimicrobial Treatments
    
        FSIS proposed that all slaughter establishments apply at least one 
    antimicrobial treatment or other approved intervention to livestock and 
    poultry carcasses prior to the chilling or cooling operation. Proposed 
    treatment methods included chlorine compounds, hot water, and any 
    antimicrobial compound previously approved by FSIS and listed in the 
    meat or poultry regulations. Product prepared for export to countries 
    that restrict or prohibit the use of antimicrobial treatments would 
    have been exempted from this requirement upon application to the 
    Administrator.
        While most commenters generally agreed that antimicrobial 
    treatments could play an important role in reducing contamination with 
    pathogenic microorganisms in slaughter establishments, many commenters 
    opposed mandating such treatments. The commenters argued that mandating 
    the use of antimicrobial treatments in slaughter operations would not 
    be consistent with the HACCP philosophy and the overall shift by FSIS 
    to greater reliance on performance standards.
        FSIS agrees with these commenters and has decided not to mandate 
    the use of antimicrobial treatments in slaughter establishments. FSIS 
    continues to believe that slaughter establishments will find that these 
    treatments can play a useful role in reducing pathogens and improving 
    the safety of meat and poultry products. Rather than mandating specific 
    antimicrobial treatments, FSIS will rely on other requirements in this 
    final rule to ensure that slaughter establishments are achieving an 
    acceptable level of performance in controlling and reducing harmful 
    bacteria on raw product.
        The principle of using antimicrobial treatments as an intervention 
    to control pathogens on meat and poultry carcasses was strongly 
    endorsed by most commenters. However, few agreed that the treatments 
    should be mandatory. A majority of commenters recommended that 
    antimicrobial treatments be voluntary interventions. Establishments 
    would decide if antimicrobial interventions were needed to control 
    specific hazards at one or more critical control points in the 
    slaughter process.
        Similarly, a number of commenters tied antimicrobial treatments to 
    microbial testing. They argued that carcass treatments should not be 
    required in establishments that consistently meet or exceed performance 
    standards for microbial contamination.
        Commenters said FSIS should focus its regulatory efforts on 
    measurable, attainable goals and not on prescriptive requirements for 
    particular processing steps. Several commenters emphasized the need for 
    ``whole system'' interventions instead of single
    
    [[Page 38855]]
    
    techniques such as antimicrobial treatments. They said these 
    interventions work best when they are tailored to species and product 
    hazards, individual establishment configurations, and processing 
    methods. Furthermore, some commenters cited a danger that 
    establishments and inspection personnel would focus on the treatment 
    function itself instead of broader food safety goals.
        FSIS generally agrees with these comments. FSIS has concluded that 
    its food safety goals can be achieved more effectively and more 
    efficiently by requiring HACCP-based process control combined with 
    appropriate performance criteria and standards than by mandating 
    specific interventions, such as antimicrobial treatments. New 
    technological interventions will play a significant role in reducing 
    the risk of foodborne illness and should be adopted as part of an 
    overall system of HACCP-based process control. FSIS expects that such 
    treatments may be used by establishments to meet the process control 
    performance criteria and pathogen reduction performance standards FSIS 
    is adopting in this final rule.
        A few commenters opposed mandating antimicrobial treatments because 
    they believed their use would allow for correction of sloppy carcass 
    dressing procedures. These commenters argued that antimicrobial 
    treatments, whether mandatory or voluntary, emphasize post-
    contamination clean-up rather than prevention.
        FSIS also received many comments which addressed the four proposed 
    antimicrobial treatment methods. Many commenters stated that FSIS 
    should not restrict establishments to these particular antimicrobial 
    interventions.
        A variety of commenters addressed technology issues concerning the 
    proposed treatment methods themselves. Many said that too few studies 
    have been conducted to show which interventions are most effective and 
    efficient for specific pathogens associated with particular species in 
    individual slaughter establishment configurations. Some argued that the 
    studies FSIS cited in its proposal were too narrow and did not 
    adequately demonstrate effectiveness. They said additional studies were 
    needed to determine the practicality, efficacy, and expense of various 
    antimicrobial treatments in commercial settings. In addition, some 
    commenters were concerned that insufficient research was available on 
    whether the elimination of competitive micro flora would allow 
    uninhibited growth of pathogenic bacteria.
        Individual antimicrobial techniques were also criticized. For 
    example, hot water sprays were said to pose dangers to establishment 
    personnel applying the treatments at temperatures necessary for 
    effectiveness. Hot water sprays raise carcass temperatures with 
    consequent melting of surface fat in some species, contribute to 
    quality defects such as change in product color and partial cooking, 
    and result in higher energy costs. Commenters recognized, however, that 
    hot water was the only currently available nonchemical intervention 
    that could be implemented at comparatively low cost. Other commenters 
    criticized lactic, acetic, and citric acid solution sprays because they 
    have low effectiveness as a treatment against E. coli O157:H7. The 
    possible carcinogenic effects of chlorine were also mentioned, as were 
    concerns about water reuse and possible environmental effects from 
    spray effluents.
        Commenters also suggested a variety of alternative antimicrobial 
    interventions that could be used by establishments. These interventions 
    included irradiation and radiation-emitting electronic devices such as 
    x-rays and linear accelerators; high-energy ultraviolet light; pulsed 
    light, sonic, infrasonic, and ultrasonic emitters; chemicals such as 
    copper sulfate in the pentahydrate form, chlorine dioxide, and hydrogen 
    peroxide; procedures such as pre-evisceration washes, water curtains, 
    counter current or counter flow scalders, the Peroxi bicarb process, 
    automatic warm fresh water rinses, ozonated water, steam 
    pasteurization, steam vacuuming, hot wax dipping, and singeing.
        A number of commenters also suggested that FSIS establish protocols 
    to evaluate various forms of antimicrobial procedures and treatments. 
    FSIS could then publish a regularly updated list of acceptable 
    treatments and provide guidelines for their use in a commercial 
    setting. It was argued that this process would give establishments the 
    flexibility to implement any interventions they deem necessary. Others 
    said FSIS should set up a predetermined protocol for antimicrobial 
    agents or an expedited review process for new technologies.
        FSIS agrees that issues of effectiveness, product and worker 
    safety, product quality, interference with inspection, and 
    environmental impact can be raised about most food safety 
    interventions, including antimicrobial treatments. Therefore, to 
    facilitate industry development of new technologies, FSIS has 
    established a process that will facilitate this development.
        On May 25, 1995, FSIS published a notice in the Federal Register 
    (60 FR 27714) that presented guidelines for preparing and submitting 
    experimental protocols to FSIS for use by establishments wishing to 
    conduct trials of new technologies and procedures. In that notice, FSIS 
    confirmed its long-standing commitment to foster innovative 
    technologies and procedures that more effectively protect meat and 
    poultry products from microbiological and other hazards. Specifically, 
    FSIS encouraged the development of efficacious, practical and 
    manageable technologies and procedures by establishments.
        FSIS also published guidelines (FSIS Directive 10,700.1) for 
    establishments to use for submitting written proposals and protocols to 
    FSIS for approval to conduct experiments. Agency approval is required 
    in cases where the intended technology, procedure or process may affect 
    (1) product safety or lead to economic adulteration, (2) worker safety, 
    (3) environmental safety, or (4) inspection procedures.
        Similarly, FSIS published a proposed rule in the Federal Register 
    (60 FR 67459; December 29, 1995) that will facilitate the review and 
    approval of substances intended for use in or on meat and poultry 
    products. Under the proposed procedures, FSIS would no longer issue its 
    own regulations listing substances it finds suitable for use in meat 
    and poultry products. Instead, FDA's regulations would specify whether 
    a substance approved for use in foods under the Federal Food, Drug, and 
    Cosmetic Act may be used in or on meat or poultry products.
        Many commenters stated that antimicrobial interventions should be 
    permitted at any stage in the slaughter process: live animal, pre-hide 
    removal, pre- or post-carcass wash, pre- or post-chill, or just prior 
    to fabrication.
        Some commenters argued that the proposed treatments would seriously 
    compromise the Kosher ritual salting process, while others said the 
    interventions would conflict with Confucian and Buddhist-style poultry 
    prepared for religious rites.
        A number of commenters questioned the relationship between FSIS's 
    policy on zero tolerance for fecal contamination and its antimicrobial 
    treatment proposal. In particular, they were concerned about where in 
    the process zero tolerance would be measured.
        Finally, several commenters requested a practical definition of 
    ``feces'' as a means to resolve disagreements between inspectors and 
    establishment personnel about trimming contamination.
    
    [[Page 38856]]
    
    Cooling and Chilling Requirements for Raw Meat and Poultry
    
        FSIS proposed that establishments slaughtering livestock be 
    required to chill carcass surfaces and hot-boned meat to 50 deg.F 
    (10 deg.C) within 5 hours and then to 40 deg.F (4.4 deg.C) within 24 
    hours of slaughter or meat and bone separation. Chilling of meat 
    products such as liver and cheek meat would have been required to begin 
    within one hour of removal from a carcass. The proposed rule also would 
    have changed existing poultry chilling requirements (Sec. 381.66) to be 
    comparable with those proposed for meat. Chilling would have been 
    required unless the raw product was going directly from slaughter to 
    heat processing.
        The proposal also would have required that establishments maintain 
    raw meat and poultry products at an internal temperature of 40 deg.F or 
    below while in the establishment and before release into commerce. Raw 
    products not chilled in accordance with the requirements would have 
    required further processing to kill pathogens or would be condemned.
        Lastly, the proposal would have required each establishment 
    handling raw product to have a written plan for temperature controls 
    and monitoring and make monitoring records available to FSIS upon 
    request.
        The proposed rule was based on good manufacturing practices 
    generally prevalent in the industry. FSIS's position was that 
    temperature controls, which are known to prevent bacterial growth, are 
    an accepted part of current industry practices, are already required by 
    regulation for poultry carcasses, and should be mandated for all raw 
    product to minimize the possibility that raw products leaving official 
    establishments bear significant levels of pathogenic microorganisms.
        Commenters generally supported the concept that establishments 
    should be required to chill raw product as a means of minimizing the 
    growth of harmful bacteria. Some commenters supported the time and 
    temperature requirements as proposed. Others argued that the specific 
    time and temperature combinations in the proposed rule were unduly 
    restrictive and unworkable. A number of commenters advocated ``more 
    realistic'' cooling requirements that take into consideration 
    establishment and product variety, different processing operations, and 
    diverse shipping and receiving operations. These commenters supported 
    the use of independent ``process authorities'' to advise establishments 
    on cooling carcasses and other raw products. Some suggested that the 
    proposed chilling requirements should be recast as guidelines.
        Many commenters questioned the need for any regulatory requirements 
    for chilling and asserted that it was conceptually at odds with the 
    proposed HACCP provisions. They recommended that FSIS defer any 
    regulation on chilling because establishments would have to address 
    chilling as part of their HACCP plans.
        Some commenters raised concerns about the scientific basis of the 
    proposed time and temperature requirements. They asserted that the 
    cooling requirements would not result in any demonstrable improvement 
    in food safety because they were not based on scientifically valid 
    data. A number of commenters said that the proposed time and 
    temperature requirements were simply not achievable by the beef 
    industry due to the large size of beef carcasses. Also, they said that 
    these carcass cooling requirements might change meat quality attributes 
    such as product texture and palatability.
        Many commenters asserted that FSIS's regulatory focus and the 
    economic burdens are placed entirely on establishments when, these 
    commenters argue, a large proportion of foodborne illnesses are caused 
    by temperature abuse and other mishandling of raw products after they 
    leave the establishment.
        Many commenters expressed concern about risks to employees' health 
    that could result from employees working continuously in a colder 
    environment. They cited worker safety studies showing many human 
    physical ailments are created or aggravated by cold ambient 
    temperatures. Worker safety was also cited as an issue on the grounds 
    that the difficulty of handling and cutting meat at such cold 
    temperatures increases the potential for accidents and injuries.
        Some commenters noted that FSIS did not specify how the equivalence 
    of alternative procedures could be established. In addition, some 
    suggested specific alternative methodologies they thought would provide 
    equivalent procedures, such as cooling with dry ice, CO2, or 
    nitrogen. Others either did not approve of using any alternative 
    chilling process or wanted them to be included in the final rule.
        Some commenters questioned the rationale for proposing identical 
    requirements for meat and poultry. They said that using the same set of 
    requirements for all species fails to take into account the variation 
    in carcass size.
        Commenters from small businesses said they did not have the cooling 
    capacity to comply with the proposed requirements, and that the cost of 
    expanding facilities, obtaining the necessary refrigeration equipment, 
    and retaining quantities of carcasses long enough to chill them to 
    40 deg.F before shipping was prohibitive.
        Other commenters said the time and temperature requirements 
    conflicted with religious, cultural, and ethnic practices. For example, 
    there are ethnic markets for ``hot pork,'' whereby hogs are slaughtered 
    and delivered directly to customers for preparation and consumption 
    with little or no intervening chilling. A similar process is used with 
    lamb, goat, and beef for Moslem customers. Some commenters asserted 
    that the proposed requirements also conflict with and preclude the 
    Kosher process of ritual salting of poultry.
        Commenters also were concerned that carcasses that are processed in 
    one establishment and shipped to another establishment for immediate 
    further processing or directly to an off-site cooling facility would 
    have to meet carcass cooling requirements.
        Questions were raised about the disposition of products that did 
    not meet temperature requirements. Concern was expressed about the 
    possible condemnation of large quantities of product based on slight 
    deviations from temperature requirements that would not by themselves 
    jeopardize food safety.
        A number of commenters addressed the proposed shipping temperature 
    requirements. Many asserted that temperature variation during shipping 
    is a significant problem. Several commenters asked about their 
    liability for product after it has left their custody and is found 
    later, e.g., at a warehouse or retail establishment, to have been 
    subjected to temperature abuse or other mishandling. Related comments 
    stated that time and temperature controls were important at all stages 
    of food production, especially at retail, and should be more of a focus 
    of FSIS's regulatory oversight.
        A few commenters expressed concern about the burden of preparing a 
    written plan and the proposed recordkeeping requirements.
        After reviewing the comments, FSIS agrees that the proposed 
    regulations on this issue should not be promulgated at this time. FSIS 
    is persuaded that the complexity and variety of acceptable chilling 
    practices now in use make the proposed prescriptive time and 
    temperature requirements unduly burdensome and impractical. FSIS
    
    [[Page 38857]]
    
    intends to seek an alternative that will not conflict with Kosher or 
    other religious, cultural, or ethnic practices that do not present food 
    safety hazards to consumers. FSIS has concluded that its food safety 
    objectives may be achieved more effectively by regulatory means other 
    than those proposed.
        Nevertheless, FSIS continues to believe that prompt, thorough 
    chilling of carcasses and raw meat and poultry products by slaughtering 
    establishments is necessary to minimize consumers' exposure to 
    pathogenic microorganisms. Cooling of carcasses is generally 
    acknowledged to be an essential component of any establishment's 
    processing controls for safe food production.
        FSIS agrees with those commenters who stated that keeping raw 
    products cooled after they leave the establishment, during 
    transportation, storage, distribution, and sale to consumers, is 
    essential if growth of pathogenic microorganisms on raw products is to 
    be prevented. This is consistent with FSIS's farm-to-table food safety 
    strategy.
        Instead, FSIS believes that the best way to regulate in this area 
    would be by having as a performance standard a maximum temperature for 
    products being shipped into commerce, and at which raw products in 
    commerce must be maintained. This standard would be applicable to all 
    persons who handle such product before the product reaches the 
    consumer. FSIS believes that there are at least two possible 
    temperatures for this purpose.
        A mandatory temperature of 41 deg.F would provide a large margin of 
    safety against the multiplication of pathogenic bacteria, which 
    generally will not multiply at temperatures below 50 deg.F. It is 
    similar to the maximum temperature of 40 deg.F originally proposed by 
    FSIS and recommended in Agriculture Handbook No. 412. It is also the 
    same temperature as that specified in the Food and Drug 
    Administration's current model Food Code which is offered for adoption 
    by States and other government entities with jurisdiction over food 
    service, retail food stores and food vending machine operations.
        Alternatively, a temperature of 45 deg.F would still provide a 
    margin of safety and also is that required in FDA's current Good 
    Manufacturing Regulations for refrigerated foods generally. It also 
    would comport with the temperature established for raw product in 
    commerce by the European Union. That temperature is increasingly 
    accepted as a standard for raw product storage and transportation by 
    other countries and appears to be an emerging standard for 
    international trade.
        FSIS could supplement the shipping/storage temperature regulations 
    with guidelines, including recommended criteria for microorganisms, 
    that would provide purchasers and vendors in commerce additional means 
    by which to determine whether products bear a level of bacteria 
    indicative of temperature abuse and, therefore, are likely to bear 
    levels of pathogenic microorganisms that could be associated with 
    foodborne illnesses.
        FSIS has concluded that development of such a performance standard 
    requires that it obtain additional information and engage in further 
    rulemaking. Therefore, FSIS will extend and expand this rulemaking 
    proceeding on the issue of cooling raw meat and poultry products. FSIS 
    will consider alternatives to the specific time and temperature 
    requirements it proposed, including performance standards governing 
    cooling during transportation and storage of raw meat and poultry, 
    probably in the form of a maximum temperature for transporting and 
    holding such product.
        As the next step in its proceedings on this topic, FSIS plans to 
    hold a public conference to gather further information on the many 
    technical and practical issues raised in the comments as well as on 
    possible alternatives to the proposal which will be outlined in the 
    Agency's announcement of the conference.
    
    International Trade
    
        The inspection statutes require that meat and poultry products 
    imported into the United States be produced under an inspection system 
    equivalent to the U.S. inspection system.
        A large number of commenters requested that FSIS clarify how it 
    will determine the ``equivalence'' of foreign inspection systems 
    following HACCP implementation. Commenters questioned exactly how FSIS 
    will determine foreign system equivalency regarding HACCP systems. 
    Further, some commenters asserted that requiring foreign equivalency 
    with the U.S. HACCP system could create problems in foreign trade if 
    HACCP implementation in the United States causes some foreign 
    inspection programs previously designated ``equivalent'' to lose that 
    designation.
        Foreign countries with establishments exporting to the United 
    States must establish inspection system requirements ``equivalent to'' 
    U.S. requirements. This means that all foreign meat and poultry 
    establishments that export meat to the United States must operate HACCP 
    systems or process control systems ``equivalent to'' HACCP. They must 
    also adopt equivalent performance standards.
        The components of FSIS's current import inspection system will not 
    change. As part of the evaluation of the laws, policies, and 
    administration of the inspection system of any foreign country eligible 
    to export meat or poultry products into the United States, FSIS will 
    assess the status of HACCP-- or equivalent process control system-
    implementation in that country. This assessment will include on-site 
    reviews of individual establishments, laboratories, and other 
    facilities within the foreign system. The ``equivalency'' of foreign 
    inspection will be determined at this stage.
        Further, when these regulations are implemented, the import 
    inspection system will continue to include port-of-entry inspection by 
    FSIS inspectors to verify the effectiveness of foreign inspection 
    systems. All countries exporting raw products to the United States must 
    develop and implement performance standards that are equivalent to the 
    pathogen reduction performance standards for Salmonella. They must also 
    be able to demonstrate that they have systems in place to assure 
    compliance with the standards.
        As of January 1, 1995, 1,395 establishments in 36 countries were 
    certified to export meat or poultry products to the United States. 
    Canada, with 599 establishments; Denmark, with 125; Australia, with 111 
    establishments; and New Zealand, with 94 establishments, accounted for 
    two-thirds of those, which were collectively the source of 85 percent 
    of the 2.6 billion pounds of product imported into the United States 
    during 1994. Canada, Denmark, Australia, and New Zealand are currently 
    developing HACCP systems.
        Most of the comments concerning the impact on exports dealt with 
    the proposed requirement for antimicrobial treatment of U.S. product 
    and the proposed exemption for exported product. That proposed 
    requirement raised particular concerns because the European Union 
    member states and Canada restrict the use of certain antimicrobials on 
    meat and poultry carcasses.
        A number of commenters cited the fact that a proposed exemption 
    would be ineffective because establishments cannot segregate treated 
    product from untreated product. Commenters said this occurs because 
    antimicrobial treatments are performed on whole carcasses, while most 
    meat and poultry is exported in parts. This condition, the commenters 
    argued, would cause
    
    [[Page 38858]]
    
    significant operational difficulty to establishments that were required 
    to separate product that had and had not been treated, as well as 
    inventory management problems. This requirement might also result in an 
    artificial trade barrier with countries such as Canada, which restrict 
    use of certain antimicrobial treatments. Suggestions were made that 
    FSIS should obtain Codex support and acceptance for the proposed 
    antimicrobial interventions as a means to overcome international 
    objections to their use. The Agency's decision not to mandate 
    antimicrobial treatments largely negates these concerns. FSIS will 
    continue to work within Codex and in its bilateral relations with major 
    trading partners to ensure that the scientific basis for food safety 
    practices in the U.S. are understood and accepted.
        The final rule will affect U.S. exports only if an establishment 
    has difficulty meeting the new microbial performance standards without 
    using an antimicrobial treatment. FSIS is aware that alternative 
    technologies now available can facilitate international trade. For 
    example, public comments indicated that trisodium phosphate is approved 
    for use in Canada and the United Kingdom, and is being considered by 
    the European Union, Australia, and New Zealand. Steam vacuum systems 
    constitute an improved technology for establishments exporting beef and 
    pork products.
    
    Recordkeeping and Record Retention
    
        FSIS notes that recordkeeping requirements and record retention 
    periods for sanitation SOP's, microbiological testing, and HACCP are 
    found in 416.12, 310.25(b)(4), and 381.94(b)(4), and 417.5, 
    respectively. The proposed amendments to sections 320.1, 320.3, 
    381.175, and 381.177 were intended to continue FSIS' practice of cross-
    referencing recordkeeping requirements in Secs. 320.1, 320.3, 381.175, 
    and 381.177. FSIS has determined that it is unnecessary to amend these 
    sections at this time, especially in view of its ongoing efforts to 
    simplify, consolidate, and streamline the meat and poultry inspection 
    regulations.
    
    Finished Product Standards for Poultry Carcasses
    
        FSIS proposed to remove the feces nonconformance specification from 
    the poultry finished product standards regulations (Sec. 381.76, Table 
    1). That change in the poultry products inspection regulations is being 
    effected not in this final rule but in the forthcoming final rule, 
    ``Enhanced Poultry Inspection; Revision of Finished Product Standards 
    with Respect to Fecal Contamination,'' Docket No. 94-016F.
    
    VI. Economic Impact Analysis and Executive Orders
    
    Executive Order 12866
    
        This rule has been determined to be economically significant and 
    was reviewed by OMB under Executive Order 12866.
    HACCP-based Regulatory Program Produces Net Benefit to Society
        FSIS has prepared a Final Regulatory Impact Assessment (FRIA) that 
    evaluates the costs and benefits of a mandatory HACCP-based program for 
    all meat and poultry establishments under inspection. The FRIA 
    concludes that mandating HACCP systems will lead to potential benefits 
    that far exceed industry implementation and operating costs.
        The 20-year industry costs of implementing the HACCP-based 
    regulatory program are estimated to be $968 to $1,156 million. The 20-
    year costs to the government are estimated at $56.5 million. FSIS 
    estimated that the proposed rule would have 20-year costs of $2.2 
    billion dollars. The costs from the Preliminary Regulatory Impact 
    Analysis (PRIA) are not directly comparable to costs estimated for the 
    final rule. The proposed rule had a larger number of explicit 
    regulatory requirements. The PRIA focused on estimating the predictable 
    costs of meeting those requirements and included an implicit assumption 
    that compliance with the proposed requirements would assure compliance 
    with pathogen reduction objectives. In contrast, the final rule allows 
    for greater flexibility in meeting the pathogen reduction standards, 
    but also outlines a more rigorous enforcement strategy. Thus for the 
    FRIA, it was necessary to develop separate cost estimates for the 
    potential costs of meeting the new pathogen reduction performance 
    standards for Salmonella. Modifications incorporated into the final 
    rule have both reduced the total estimated costs and redistributed 
    costs in a way that reduces the relative burden on smaller 
    establishments.
        Both the preliminary and final analysis identify a potential public 
    health benefit of $7.13 to $26.59 billion, tied to eliminating the 
    contamination by four pathogens that now occurs in meat and poultry 
    establishments. These four pathogens include the three most common 
    enteric pathogens of animal origin: Campylobacter jejuni/coli, E. coli 
    O157:H7, Salmonella and one environmental pathogen Listeria 
    monocytogenes. The potential benefit estimate is tied to the 
    minimization of risk from the 90 percent of these pathogens that are 
    estimated to contaminate meat and poultry during slaughter and dressing 
    procedures. The remaining 10 percent of contamination is estimated to 
    occur after the product leaves the manufacturing sector. The link 
    between regulatory effectiveness, where effectiveness refers to the 
    percentage of pathogens eliminated at the manufacturing stage, and 
    health benefits is the assumption that a reduction in pathogens leads 
    to a proportional reduction in foodborne illness. The high and low 
    range for potential benefits occurs because of the current uncertainty 
    in the estimates of the number of cases of foodborne illness and death 
    attributable to pathogens that enter the meat and poultry supply at the 
    manufacturing stage.
        The benefits analysis in the FRIA concludes that there is 
    insufficient knowledge to predict with certainty the effectiveness of 
    the rule, where effectiveness refers to the percentage of pathogens 
    eliminated at the manufacturing stage. Without specific predictions of 
    effectiveness, FSIS has calculated projected health benefits for a 
    range of effectiveness levels. For example, if the HACCP-based program 
    can reduce the four pathogens by 50 percent and that reduction leads to 
    a proportionate reduction in foodborne illness, the projected benefits 
    range from $3.6 to $13.3 billion, which is half the potential benefit 
    estimate of $7.13 to $26.59 billion.
        If the low potential benefit estimate is correct, the analysis 
    shows that the new HACCP-based program must reduce pathogens by 15 to 
    17 percent before benefits outweigh projected costs. If the high 
    estimate is the correct estimate, the new program needs to reduce 
    pathogens by only 4 to 5 percent to generate net societal benefits. 
    While there were a large number of comments relating to the 
    effectiveness estimates in the PRIA, there were no comments that 
    claimed or implied that HACCP would not reduce pathogens at levels 
    necessary to produce net societal benefits. The requirements of the 
    final rule are organized around the following three components:
    
         The requirement that all inspected establishments 
    develop and implement HACCP programs based on the seven recognized 
    principles of HACCP.
         The requirement that all inspected establishments 
    develop and implement Sanitation SOP's.
         The requirements that all establishments that slaughter 
    cattle, swine, chickens or turkeys implement a microbial sampling
    
    [[Page 38859]]
    
    program using E. coli (generic) as a measure of control of slaughter 
    and sanitary dressing procedures and that all establishments that 
    slaughter cattle, swine, chickens or turkeys or produce raw ground 
    product from these animals or birds meet new pathogen reduction 
    performance standards for Salmonella.
    
        The proposal and final rule can be viewed as two scenarios for 
    implementing a mandatory HACCP-based regulatory program. While it's not 
    possible to compare the benefits of these two options, the FRIA does 
    present a comparison of the costs.
        Table 5 summarizes the estimated costs for both the proposal and 
    final rule by individual regulatory component. As mentioned above, the 
    costs are not directly comparable because the regulatory components 
    have changed. Table 5 shows that all costs have been eliminated for the 
    components of time-and-temperature requirements and antimicrobial 
    treatments. However, the discussion of potential costs in the FRIA 
    recognizes that some establishments may use antimicrobial treatments to 
    help meet the pathogen reduction performance standards for Salmonella. 
    Other establishments may impose temperature limits to help control 
    Salmonella growth.
        Table 5 includes the final cost estimate for generic E. coli 
    sampling in slaughter establishments under the regulatory component for 
    microbial testing. The costs for required microbial sampling have 
    decreased substantially from the proposal.
        In the FRIA, FSIS increased or added a cost estimate for four 
    regulatory components. First, based on comments, FSIS added costs for 
    recurring training to account for the fact that employee turnover will 
    sometimes require establishments to train additional employees. Second, 
    FSIS also added a minimal cost for annual reassessment of HACCP plans, 
    although the Agency believes that reassessment will be negligible for 
    establishments successfully operating HACCP systems. Third, FSIS has 
    increased the estimated cost for HACCP plan development. The estimate 
    for this cost was increased after reviewing public comments and 
    assessing the overall impact on plan development costs of decisions to 
    eliminate time-and-temperature and antimicrobial treatment requirements 
    prior to HACCP implementation. Finally, the Agency recognizes that some 
    establishments will have difficulty meeting the new performance 
    standards for Salmonella and that implementing sanitation SOP's and 
    HACCP plans will not always assure sufficient pathogen reduction. The 
    FRIA has developed two scenarios that lead to low and high cost 
    estimates related to potential actions that establishments might 
    undertake. Such actions include both process modifications to reduce 
    pathogens and the implementation of Salmonella testing programs to 
    assure compliance with the new performance standards.
        As shown in Table 5, the two scenarios developed in the FRIA lead 
    to a range in cost estimates of $55.5 to $243.5 million to comply with 
    the new pathogen reduction standards for Salmonella. The FRIA 
    recognizes that the performance criteria for generic E. coli also 
    create a set of potential costs for slaughter establishments. A line 
    for these costs is shown in Table 5 along with the entry that these 
    costs were not separately quantified.
        As discussed in the FRIA, the anticipated actions to comply with 
    the generic E. coli criteria are the same as the anticipated actions to 
    comply with the standards for Salmonella. FSIS has concluded that if 
    the low cost scenario for Salmonella compliance proves to be more 
    accurate, than the Agency would expect to see some compliance costs for 
    the generic E. coli performance criteria. If the high cost scenario is 
    correct, then the compliance actions taken to assure compliance with 
    the Salmonella standards should also assure compliance with the generic 
    E. coli criteria.
    
                                    Table 5.--Comparison of Costs--Proposal to Final                                
                                      [$ Millions--Present value of 20-year costs]                                  
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Regulatory component                       Proposal                                 Final                
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    I. Sanitation SOP's..............  175.9a................................  171.9                                
    II. Time/Temperature Requirements  45.5..................................  0.0                                  
    III. Antimicrobial Treatments....  51.7..................................  0.0                                  
    IV. Micro Testing................  1,396.3b..............................  174.1                                
    V. Compliance With Salmonella      Not Separately Estimatedc.............  55.5-243.5                           
     Standards.                                                                                                     
        Compliance with generic E.     Not Applicable........................  Not Separately Estimated             
         coli criteria.                                                                                             
    VI. HACCP                                                                                                       
        Plan Development.............  35.7..................................  54.8                                 
        Annual Plan Reassessment.....  0.0...................................  8.9                                  
        Recordkeeping (Recording,      456.4.................................  440.5d                               
         Reviewing and Storing Data).                                                                               
        Initial Training.............  24.2..................................  22.7d                                
        Recurring Training...........  0.0...................................  22.1e                                
    VII. Additional Overtime.........  20.9..................................  17.5d                                
                                      ==============================================================================
          Subtotal--Industry Costs...  2,206.6...............................  968.0-1,156.0                        
    VIII. FSIS Costs.................  28.6f.................................  56.5                                 
                                      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Total......................  2,235.2...............................  1,024.5-1,212.5                      
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    a The preliminary analysis included a higher cost estimate for sanitation SOP's ($267.8 million) that resulted  
      because of a programming error. The cost estimate of $175.9 million is based on an effective date of 90 days  
      after publication.                                                                                            
    b The preliminary analysis was based on the premise that microbial testing would be expanded to cover all meat  
      and poultry processing after HACCP implementation. The proposed rule only required sampling for carcasses and 
      raw ground product. Thus, the cost estimate of $1,396.3 million was higher than the actual cost of the        
      proposed sampling requirements.                                                                               
    c The preliminary analysis accounted for some of the cost of complying with the new standards under the         
      regulatory components of micro testing, antimicrobial treatments, and time and temperature requirements.      
    d These costs are slightly different from the proposal because of changes in the implementation schedule.       
    e FSIS added costs for recurring training based on the review of public comments.                               
    f Based on current estimates for the cost of training, inspector upgrades, and $0.5 million for annual HACCP    
      verification testing.                                                                                         
    
    
    [[Page 38860]]
    
    
    Market Failure Justifies Regulation of Pathogens
        Since all raw meat and poultry products contain microorganisms that 
    may be pathogens, raw food unavoidably entails some risk to consumers 
    of pathogen-exposure and foodborne illness. The presence and level of 
    this risk cannot be determined by a consumer since pathogens are not 
    visible to the naked eye. The societal impact of this food safety 
    information deficit is a lack of accountability for foodborne illnesses 
    caused by pathogenic microorganisms. Consumers often cannot trace a 
    transitory illness to any particular food or even be certain it was 
    caused by food. Thus, food retailers and restaurateurs are generally 
    not held accountable by their customers for selling pathogen-
    contaminated products and they, in turn, do not hold their wholesale 
    suppliers accountable either.
        This lack of marketplace accountability for foodborne illness means 
    that meat and poultry producers and processors have little incentive to 
    incur extra costs for more than minimal pathogen controls. The 
    widespread lack of information about pathogen sources means that 
    business at every level from farm to final sale can market unsafe 
    products and not suffer legal consequences or a reduced demand for 
    their product.
        The science and technology required to reduce meat and poultry 
    pathogens is well established, readily available, and commercially 
    practical. FSIS has concluded that the lack of consumer information 
    about meat and poultry product safety and the absence of adequate 
    incentives for industry to provide more than minimal levels of 
    processing safety represents a market failure requiring Federal 
    regulatory intervention. The present combination of market regulation 
    and industry self-policing has not resolved increasingly apparent 
    problems with meat and poultry pathogens. Documented cases of foodborne 
    illness each year, some of which have resulted in death, represent a 
    public health risk that FSIS has determined to be unacceptable. A 
    comprehensive Federal regulatory program is the only means available to 
    society for lowering foodborne pathogen risks to an acceptable level. 
    FSIS further concludes that a mandatory HACCP regulatory program is the 
    only means to attain this goal.
    Regulatory Alternatives
        After considering broader regulatory approaches including market 
    incentives and voluntary industry standards, FSIS has determined that 
    effective process control is needed throughout the meat and poultry 
    industry in order to minimize pathogen contamination of food products 
    and lower the risk of subsequent foodborne illness.
        FSIS examined the following seven process control approaches before 
    determining that mandatory HACCP was the most effective means for 
    industry to eliminate pathogens in meat and poultry:
         Status quo
         Intensify present inspection
         Voluntary HACCP regulatory program
         Mandatory HACCP regulation with exemption for small 
    businesses
         Mandatory HACCP regulation only for ready-to-eat products
         Modified HACCP--negative records only
         Mandatory HACCP for all establishments
        Each of these seven alternatives was assessed using the following 
    five effectiveness factors for process control:
         Controls production safety hazards
         Reduces foodborne illness
         Makes inspection more effective
         Increases consumer confidence
         Provides the opportunity for increased productivity
        Only mandatory HACCP for all establishments was determined to meet 
    all five criteria; all of the others were found to be flawed in meeting 
    one or more of the target factors.
        The full text of the Final Regulatory Impact Analysis is published 
    as a supplement to this document.
    
    Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
    
        The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (P.L. 104-4) requires (in Section 
    202) that agencies prepare an assessment of anticipated costs and 
    benefits before proposing any rule that may result in annual 
    expenditures by State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, 
    or by the private sector, of $100,000,000, (adjusted annually for 
    inflation). The preliminary and final RIA's fulfill this requirement of 
    the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act. FSIS has treated both the proposed 
    rule and this final rule as an economically significant regulatory 
    action, i.e., annual cost to the private sector of more than 
    $100,000,000, under Executive Order 12866 and has prepared a final 
    Regulatory Impact Analysis (RIA) in compliance with the provisions of 
    Executive Order 12866. The final RIA identifies annual recurring 
    private sector costs of from $99.6 to $119.8 million and potential 
    annual public health benefits of $.99 to $3.69 billion.
        The Act also requires (in Section 205) that the Agency identify and 
    consider a reasonable number of regulatory alternatives and, from these 
    alternatives, select the least costly, most cost-effective, or least 
    burdensome alternative that achieves the objective of the rule. In the 
    final RIA, FSIS considered several broad regulatory alternatives and 
    selected the one that is both cost-effective and also the least 
    burdensome alternative that achieves the food safety objectives of the 
    rule. FSIS concluded that market incentives will not address the public 
    health risk resulting from microbial pathogens in meat and poultry, 
    primarily because there is rarely feedback to consumers that allows 
    more informed purchase decisions nor is there feedback which would 
    permit consumers who experience a foodborne illness to routinely, and 
    at low cost, seek compensation from responsible parties for losses 
    arising from their foodborne illness. Thus, market solutions would not 
    adequately address the food safety objectives on the rule. FSIS 
    concluded that an industry administered system of voluntary standards 
    is likely to be more expensive and less effective than a governmental 
    one. Finally, FSIS has recognized that public education is essential 
    for assuring food safety, but experience has shown that education alone 
    has limited effectiveness in reducing foodborne illness. Thus, while 
    consumer education may be cost-effective it would not meet the 
    objective of substantially reducing foodborne illness.
        Based on a qualitative analysis of broad regulatory strategies, the 
    final RIA concluded that mandatory government standards were needed to 
    achieve a solution that is both cost-effective and meets the objective 
    of reducing the risk of foodborne illness from meat and poultry. Within 
    the framework of a mandatory regulatory program, the final RIA 
    discusses several alternatives to a mandatory HACCP-based program for 
    all inspected establishments including intensified inspection, 
    mandatory HACCP with a small business exemption and mandatory HACCP for 
    only ready-to-eat products. These alternatives were evaluated using 
    several criteria incorporating the goals of effectiveness, efficiency 
    and increased consumer confidence. Using these criteria FSIS concluded 
    that HACCP systems designed to meet microbial performance standards 
    will be both cost-effective and the least burdensome alternative for 
    meeting the foodborne illness reduction objectives of the rule. As the 
    final RIA points out, requiring mandatory process control without 
    microbial performance
    
    [[Page 38861]]
    
    standards could lead to processes that are well controlled at 
    unacceptable pathogen levels. FSIS believes that microbial performance 
    standards are necessary to achieve substantial pathogen reduction, 
    encourage industry innovation, and provide the impetus for continuing 
    improvement and increasing effectiveness.
        Consistent with the requirements in Section 204 to provide 
    opportunity for input from State, local and tribal government 
    officials, FSIS held a ``Federal-State-Relations Conference,'' August 
    21-23, 1995, in Washington, D.C. This meeting, in which the National 
    Association of State Departments of Agriculture participated, provided 
    an opportunity for representatives from State government to engage in 
    an open exchange with senior USDA officials on the Pathogen Reduction/
    HACCP proposal. In addition to Directors of State meat and poultry 
    inspection programs, the meeting included representatives from State 
    Departments of Agriculture, State Health Departments and local food 
    safety enforcement agencies.
        Also related to the Section 204 requirements, on May 22, 1995 the 
    Agency held a public meeting for owners and representatives of small 
    meat and poultry establishments and other affected small businesses to 
    discuss the pathogen Reduction/HACCP proposal. Three Directors of State 
    meat and poultry inspection programs provided comments at the meeting.
        Section 202 of the Act also requires a summary and evaluation of 
    comments received from State, local, or tribal governments. There were 
    a large number of comments from State and local governments, elected 
    members of State legislatures and associations representing State 
    programs or businesses within States. Collectively, these comments 
    covered most, if not all, of the issues addressed as part of this final 
    rule. This preamble and the final RIA represent a summary and 
    evaluation of these comments.
        Most of the comments from State, local, or tribal governments 
    addressed the potential economic impact on small businesses. The Kansas 
    City meeting was intentionally focused on the small business issues. 
    Comments from the State program Directors included recommendations for 
    various forms of exemptions, voluntary programs or financial assistance 
    for small State inspected establishments. The Federal-State-Relations-
    Conference included a more focused discussion on the cost to the State 
    programs. Attendees stated that FSIS failed to adequately consider the 
    cost of the changes to State programs and that FSIS was increasing the 
    resource demands for State programs without providing adequate funding.
        There were also written comments stating that the proposed rule was 
    an unfunded Federal mandate because of the cost to small establishments 
    and the potential impact on State inspection programs. The preliminary 
    RIA did not address the impact on State programs. However, FSIS 
    recognizes that the 27 States operating their own meat and poultry 
    inspection programs will likely have to substantially modify their 
    programs after the HACCP/Pathogen Reduction regulation is finalized to 
    remain ``at least equal to'' Federal inspection programs as required by 
    the FMIA and PPIA. During the regulation's implementation period, FSIS 
    will be using the Agency's State-Federal Program resources to assist 
    the States in bringing the necessary changes to the State inspection 
    programs. Although FSIS has requested some additional funds to 
    implement this rule, FSIS has also acknowledged that implementation of 
    this rule will require eliminating some tasks, conducting other tasks 
    differently and streamlining the organization in order to free up 
    resources to fully address the new requirements. FSIS believes that the 
    same type of restructuring or reprogramming will take place within the 
    State programs. This does guarantee, however, that all States with 
    inspection programs will be able to implement the necessary program 
    changes without additional funds. FSIS believes, however, that with 
    FSIS assistance and with the flexibility provided under the ``equal 
    to'' provisions, most of the States should be able to modify their 
    programs with minimal additional costs. To the extent that there are 
    any additional costs, the State inspection programs are eligible to 
    receive up to 50 percent Federal matching funds.
    
    Regulatory Flexibility Act
    
        The Administrator, FSIS, has determined that this rule will have a 
    significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. 
    This final rule uses two size criteria for providing regulatory 
    flexibility for small entities. For livestock and poultry slaughter 
    facilities, the microbial sampling requirements vary depending on the 
    number of animals or birds slaughtered annually. This will 
    significantly reduce the microbial testing costs for smaller 
    establishments which, under the proposed rule, would have been required 
    to test each species they slaughter every day on which slaughter of 
    that species occurred. Under the final rule, establishments that 
    annually slaughter fewer than 6,000 cattle, 20,000 swine (or a 
    combination of such livestock not to exceed a total of 20,000, with a 
    maximum of 6,000 cattle), 60,000 turkeys or 440,000 chickens (or a 
    combination of chickens and turkeys not to exceed 60,000 turkeys or 
    440,000 birds total) will not be required to operate microbial sampling 
    programs on a continuous basis. Over 78 percent (2,098) of the total 
    2,682 slaughter establishments meet these criteria. These 
    establishments will be required to annually verify that their slaughter 
    and sanitary dressing processes are under control. However, after an 
    initial period of sampling in each year, these establishments will be 
    required to conduct further sampling in that year only if they make 
    major changes to facilities, equipment, and personnel whereby the 
    slaughter and dressing process is significantly changed.
        These low-volume establishments will be required to analyze one 
    sample per week until they have demonstrated compliance with 
    established criteria. At a minimum, low-volume slaughter establishments 
    will be required to collect and analyze one sample per week until they 
    complete a sampling window (13 samples) annually in order to assess 
    whether the performance criteria continue to be met.
        Small slaughter establishments that process only minor species 
    (e.g., goats, sheep, ducks, pheasants, etc.) will not be required to 
    conduct any sampling. Small slaughter establishments will also face 
    less burden because the final rule no longer requires that both cattle 
    and swine or chickens and turkeys be sampled in the same establishment, 
    i.e., if a low-volume establishment slaughters both cattle and swine or 
    turkeys and chickens, it will be required to analyze one sample per 
    week from the predominant species until it has demonstrated compliance 
    with established criteria. The costs of small slaughter establishments 
    are also reduced because the carcass cooling and antimicrobial near-
    term requirements have been eliminated from the final rule. Sampling 
    frequencies for even the larger slaughter establishments will be based 
    on production-volume, thus spreading the cost per pound relatively 
    equally among establishments.
        For the purpose of sequencing HACCP implementation FSIS has defined 
    a small entity using the Small Business Administration size standard 
    for a small meat or poultry manufacturing establishment. That is, all 
    establishments with fewer than 500 employees will have additional time 
    to implement HACCP. In addition, in
    
    [[Page 38862]]
    
    response to comments that there are hundreds of ``very small'' or 
    ``micro'' establishments, the Agency will classify an establishment as 
    ``very small'' if it has either fewer than 10 employees or annual sales 
    of less than $2.5 million. This sequencing of HACCP responds to a large 
    number of comments requesting that small businesses be given a longer 
    period of time to implement HACCP requirements. Many small businesses 
    stated they did not want to be exempt, but asked for more flexibility 
    in implementing HACCP.
        The FRIA is based on 353 large firms implementing HACCP at 18 
    months, 2,941 small firms implementing HACCP at 30 months and 5,785 
    very small (2,892 Federal plus 2,893 State) firms implementing HACCP at 
    42 months.
        Table 6 illustrates the costs for a small, single-shift, processing 
    establishment (no TQC or sanitation PQC program) with two distinct 
    production operations other than raw ground product (overall average 
    estimated at 2.29 operations per establishment).
    
        Table 6.--Costs for Typical Single-Shift Processing Establishment   
                                    [Dollars]                               
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   Development              
                                                       and        Recurring 
                    Requirement                  implementation     annual  
                                                      costs         costs   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Sanitation SOP's...........................            190         1,242
    HACCP Plan Development.....................          6,958             0
    Annual Plan Reassessment...................              0           102
    Training...................................          2,514           251
    Recordkeeping..............................              0         6,480
                                                ----------------------------
          Total................................          9,662         8,075
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        If one of the two production operations produced a raw ground 
    product, the establishment would have to meet the pathogen reduction 
    performance standard for that product. The FRIA points out that raw 
    ground operations do not have the same opportunities to reduce 
    Salmonella levels as do slaughter establishments. They can control 
    growth by avoiding temperature abuse and can limit cross-contamination, 
    but basically they must depend on the Salmonella levels of their 
    incoming product in order to meet the performance standards. These 
    establishments may choose to test incoming product in order to 
    eliminate suppliers whose product is found to be positive. The FRIA has 
    assumed that the low volume producers would not test incoming 
    ingredients.
        Table 7 illustrates the costs for a small, single-shift, 
    combination (slaughter and further processing) establishment that 
    slaughters cattle or swine, but not both, and has a single further 
    processing operation other than ground product. The establishment is 
    not under TQC inspection.
        The cost of meeting the pathogen reduction performance standards 
    assumes that the establishment will use a hot water antimicrobial rinse 
    and have one sample per month analyzed at an outside laboratory ($33.35 
    per sample-$400 per year). The average number of head slaughtered in a 
    low volume establishment is approximately 5,000 annually. The annual 
    cost for the rinse is $400.
    
       Table 7.--Costs for Typical Single-Shift Combination Establishment   
                                    [Dollars]                               
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   Development              
                                                       and        Recurring 
                    Requirement                  implementation     annual  
                                                      costs         costs   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Sanitation SOP's...........................            190         1,242
    Compliance with Salmonella Standards.......              0           800
    E. coli Sampling...........................          1,043           653
    HACCP Plan Development.....................          6,958             0
    Annual Plan Reassessment...................              0           102
    Training...................................          5,028           503
    Recordkeeping..............................              0         5,434
                                                ----------------------------
          Total................................         13,219         8,734
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The development costs for E. coli sampling in the small 
    establishment includes $640 for developing a sampling plan and $403 to 
    train an individual to conduct aseptic sampling. The recurring costs 
    are based on the assumption that an average low volume slaughter 
    establishment will have to complete two sampling windows (26 samples) 
    before they demonstrate compliance with established criteria.
        The cost of HACCP training has doubled for the combination 
    establishment because the FRIA assumed that slaughter and processing 
    operations are significantly different, so that the establishment must 
    either train two employees or send one employee to two separate 
    training courses.
        The HACCP recordkeeping costs (monitoring CCPs and recording 
    findings, reviewing records and storing records) in the above two 
    examples assume that the establishments are operating each process 
    continuously over a standard 52-week, 260-day, 2,080-hour work year. 
    Data collected during the preliminary analysis indicates that many low-
    volume establishments frequently have only a single production line 
    operating at a given time. The final analysis estimates an average 
    annual cost for HACCP monitoring and recording of $4,030 for low-volume 
    establishments.
    
    Executive Order 12778
    
        This rule has been reviewed pursuant to Executive Order 12778, 
    Civil Justice Reform. States and local jurisdictions are preempted 
    under the FMIA and PPIA from imposing any requirements with respect to 
    federally inspected premises and facilities, and operations of such 
    establishments, that are in addition to, or different from, those 
    imposed under the FMIA and PPIA. States and local jurisdictions may, 
    however, exercise concurrent jurisdiction over meat and poultry 
    products that are outside official establishments for the purpose of 
    preventing the distribution of meat or poultry products that are 
    misbranded or adulterated under the FMIA or PPIA, or, in the case of 
    imported articles, which are not at such an establishment, after their 
    entry into the United States. Under the FMIA and PPIA, States that 
    maintain meat and poultry inspection programs must impose requirements 
    on State-inspected products and establishments that are at least equal 
    to those required under the FMIA and the PPIA. These States may, 
    however, impose more stringent requirements on such State-inspected 
    products and establishments.
    
    Paperwork Requirements
    
        The paperwork and recordkeeping for this rule are approved under 
    OMB number 0583-0103, ``Pathogen Reduction, Hazard Analysis and 
    Critical Control Points (HACCP) Systems.'' OMB approved 14,371,901 
    annual reporting hours. Overall, the burden hours associated with the 
    rule decreased. FSIS determined that the new burden is 8,053,319 hours, 
    a 6,318,582-hour reduction. This reduction resulted from the 
    elimination of proposed requirements and the adjustment of certain 
    burden hour estimations. The following discusses the finalized 
    paperwork and recordkeeping requirements and the changes in the burden 
    estimations.
    Sanitation Standard Operating Procedures (Sanitation SOP's)
        As part of establishments' sanitation requirements, each 
    establishment must develop and maintain Sanitation SOP's that must, at 
    a minimum, address core
    
    [[Page 38863]]
    
    sanitation procedures. As part of the Sanitation SOP's, establishment 
    employees(s) must record results of daily sanitation checks on a 
    checklist at the frequencies stated in the Sanitation SOP's. The 
    checklist must include both preoperational sanitation checks and 
    operational sanitation checks. This checklist must be made available to 
    FSIS upon request.
        Agency subject matter experts and private consultants estimate that 
    it will take an average of 5, 10, and 25 hours to develop a sanitation 
    program for low, medium, and high volume establishments, respectively. 
    The burden of documenting the adherence to Sanitation SOP's is based on 
    three factors; recording, reviewing, and storage. Recording encompasses 
    conducting and inscribing the finding from an observation and filing of 
    the document produced. This action is assumed to take 15, 25, and 45 
    minutes per day in a low-, medium-, and high- volume establishment, 
    respectively. Review of the records generated is estimated to take 5, 
    10, and 20 minutes per day for a low-, medium-, and high-volume 
    establishment, respectively.
        OMB approved 1,243,622 burden hours for Sanitation SOP's plan 
    development, recording and filing, and record review. FSIS determined 
    that the burden estimate for these activities was too high. Based on 
    more accurate data, FSIS reevaluated the burden estimate and calculated 
    the new burden hours to be 1,231,986 hours. This is a 11,636 burden 
    hour decrease.
    Time and Temperature
        As discussed earlier, the proposed time-and-temperature 
    requirements are eliminated. OMB approved 869,156 burden hours for 
    time-and-temperature requirements. Therefore, elimination of the time-
    and-temperature requirements, results in a 869,156 burden hour 
    decrease.
    Microbiological Testing
        As part of microbiological testing, each slaughter establishment 
    must develop written procedures outlining specimen collection and 
    handling. The slaughter establishments will be responsible for entering 
    the results into a statistical process control chart or table. The data 
    and chart will be available for review by FSIS upon request.
        Agency subject matter experts estimate that it will take 25 hours 
    for establishments to develop a microbial sampling and analysis plan. 
    It will take an estimated 17.5 minutes to collect samples and 5 minutes 
    per sample to enter data into the chart, review, and file the 
    information.
        OMB has approved 1,177,924 burden hours for microbial testing plan 
    development, sample collection, and data entry by meat and poultry 
    establishments. As discussed earlier, the number of meat and poultry 
    establishments required by the Pathogen Reduction/HACCP proposal to 
    perform microbial testing and the number of tests required decreased. 
    FSIS reevaluated this burden estimate and concluded that the burden for 
    microbial testing by meat and poultry establishments is 468,061 burden 
    hours. Therefore, the burden hour decrease associated with microbial 
    testing is 709,863 hours.
    HACCP
        Establishments will develop written HACCP plans that include: 
    identification of the food safety hazards reasonably likely to occur; 
    identification and description of the critical control point for each 
    identified hazard; specification of the critical limit that may not be 
    exceeded at the CCP; description of the monitoring procedure or device 
    to be used; description of the corrective action to be taken if the 
    limit is exceeded; description of the records that will be generated 
    and maintained regarding this CCP; and description of the establishment 
    verification activities and the frequency at which they are to be 
    conducted. Performance standards or limits specified in related FSIS 
    regulations must be accounted for in the critical limits.
        Establishments will keep records of measurements taken during 
    slaughter and processing, corrective actions, verification check 
    results, and related activities that contain the identity of the 
    product, the product code or slaughter production lot, and the date the 
    record was made. The record will be signed by the operator or observer.
        The HACCP records will be reviewed by an establishment employee 
    other than the one who produced the record, if practicable, before the 
    product is distributed in commerce. If a HACCP-trained individual is 
    on-site, that person should be the second reviewer. The reviewer will 
    sign the records.
        Although the amount of time to develop a plan for each process 
    varies based on its difficulty, Agency subject matter experts estimate 
    that low, medium, high volume and state establishments will need an 
    average of 136, 126, 113, and 78 hours to develop each plan. There are 
    an estimated 7.4 CCP's for each processing plan in Federal 
    establishments, 5 CCP's for each slaughter plan in Federal 
    establishments, and 5 CCP's for both types of plans in State slaughter 
    establishments. The recording and filing is assessed to take 5 minutes 
    per CCP and the review should take 2 minutes per CCP.
        OMB approved 11,081,199 burden hours for the maintenance of the 
    HACCP-trained individual's resume, plan development, recording, and 
    record review. As discussed earlier, FSIS will not require personnel 
    resumes to be maintained, thus the burden reported for this activity is 
    eliminated. Also, FSIS determined that the burden estimate for plan 
    development, recording, and record review was too high. Based on more 
    accurate data, FSIS reevaluated the burden estimate and calculated the 
    new burden hours to be 6,353,272. This is a 4,727,927 burden hour 
    decrease.
        To better illuminate the burden hour changes, the following table 
    is provided.
    
                                            Table 8.--Changes in Burden Hours                                       
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       Burden hours                                 
                               Requirement                              approved by     New burden     Reduction in 
                                                                            OMB            hours       burden hours 
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    SOP's for Sanitation............................................       1,243,622       1,231,986          11,636
    Time and Temperature............................................         869,156            0.00         869,156
    Microbiological Testing.........................................       1,177,924         468,061         709,863
    HACCP...........................................................      11,081,199       6,353,272       4,727,927
                                                                     -----------------------------------------------
          Total (Hours).............................................      14,371,901       8,053,319       6,318,582
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
    [[Page 38864]]
    
    
        The changes in the paperwork and recordkeeping requirements 
    contained in this rule have been submitted to the Office of Management 
    and Budget for approval under the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 
    3501 et seq.).
    
    VII. Final Rules
    
    List of Subjects
    
    9 CFR Part 304
    
        Meat inspection.
    
    9 CFR Part 308
    
        Meat inspection.
    
    9 CFR Part 310
    
        Meat inspection, Microbial testing.
    
    9 CFR Part 320
    
        Meat inspection, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
    
    9 CFR Part 327
    
        Imports.
    
    9 CFR Part 381
    
        Poultry and Poultry products, Microbial testing.
    
    9 CFR Part 416
    
        Sanitation.
    
    9 CFR Part 417
    
        Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Point (HACCP) Systems.
    
        For reasons set forth in the preamble, 9 CFR chapter III is amended 
    as follows:
    
    PART 304--APPLICATION FOR INSPECTION; GRANT OR REFUSAL OF 
    INSPECTION
    
        1. The authority citation for part 304 is revised to read as 
    follows:
    
        Authority: 21 U.S.C. 601-695; 7 CFR 2.18, 2.53.
    
        2. Section 304.3 is added to read as follows:
    
    
    Sec. 304.3   Conditions for receiving inspection.
    
        (a) Before being granted Federal inspection, an establishment shall 
    have developed written sanitation Standard Operating Procedures, as 
    required by part 416 of this chapter.
        (b) Before being granted Federal inspection, an establishment shall 
    have conducted a hazard analysis and developed and validated a HACCP 
    plan, as required by Secs. 417.2 and 417.4 of this chapter. A 
    conditional grant of inspection shall be issued for a period not to 
    exceed 90 days, during which period the establishment must validate its 
    HACCP plan.
        (c) Before producing new product for distribution in commerce, an 
    establishment shall have conducted a hazard analysis and developed a 
    HACCP plan applicable to that product in accordance with Sec. 417.2 of 
    this chapter. During a period not to exceed 90 days after the date the 
    new product is produced for distribution in commerce, the establishment 
    shall validate its HACCP plan, in accordance with Sec. 417.4 of this 
    chapter.
    
    PART 308--SANITATION
    
        3. The authority citation for part 308 is revised to read as 
    follows:
    
        Authority: 21 U.S.C. 601-695; 7 CFR 2.18, 2.53.
    
        4. Section 308.3 is amended by adding a sentence to the end of 
    paragraph (a) to read as follows:
    
    
    Sec. 308.3   Establishments; sanitary condition; requirements.
    
        (a) * * *. The provisions of part 416 of this chapter also apply.
    * * * * *
    
    PART 310--POST MORTEM INSPECTION
    
        5. The authority citation for part 310 is revised to read as 
    follows:
    
        Authority: 21 U.S.C. 601-695; 7 CFR 2.18, 2.53.
    
        6. Part 310 is amended by adding a new Sec. 310.25 to read as 
    follows:
    
    
    Sec. 310.25   Contamination with microorganisms; pathogen reduction 
    performance standards for Salmonella.
    
        (a) Criteria for verifying process control; E. coli testing.
        (1) Each official establishment that slaughters cattle and/or hogs 
    shall test for Escherichia coli Biotype I (E. coli) and shall:
        (i) Collect samples in accordance with the sampling techniques, 
    methodology, and frequency requirements in paragraph (a)(2) of this 
    section;
        (ii) Obtain analytic results in accordance with paragraph (a)(3) of 
    this section; and
        (iii) Maintain records of such analytic results in accordance with 
    paragraph (a)(4) of this section.
        (2) Sampling requirements.
        (i) Written procedures. Each establishment shall prepare written 
    specimen collection procedures which shall identify employees 
    designated to collect samples, and shall address location(s) of 
    sampling, how sampling randomness is achieved, and handling of the 
    sample to ensure sample integrity. The written procedure shall be made 
    available to FSIS upon request.
        (ii) Sample collection. The establishment shall collect random 
    samples from carcasses in the cooler. Samples shall be collected by 
    sponging three sites on the selected carcass. On cattle carcasses, 
    establishments shall take samples from the flank, brisket, and rump; on 
    swine carcasses, establishments shall take samples from the ham, belly, 
    and jowl areas. 1
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \1\ A copy of FSIS's ``Guidelines for E. coli Testing for 
    Process Control verification in Cattle and Swine Slaughter 
    Establishments'' is available for inspection in the FSIS Docket 
    Room.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (iii) Sampling frequency. Samples shall be taken at a frequency 
    proportional to a slaughter establishment's volume of production, at 
    the following rates:
    
    Bovines: 1 test per 300 carcasses
    Swine: 1 test per 1,000 carcasses
    
        (iv) Sampling frequency alternatives. An establishment operating 
    under a validated HACCP plan in accordance with Sec. 417.2(b) of this 
    chapter may substitute an alternative frequency for the frequency of 
    sampling required under paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section if,
        (A) The alternative is an integral part of the establishment's 
    verification procedures for its HACCP plan and,
        (B) FSIS does not determine, and notify the establishment in 
    writing, that the alternative frequency is inadequate to verify the 
    effectiveness of the establishment's processing controls.
        (v) Sampling in very low volume establishments.
        (A) An establishment annually slaughtering no more than 6,000 
    bovines, 20,000 swine, or a combination of bovines and swine not 
    exceeding 6,000 bovines and 20,000 animals total, shall collect one 
    sample per week starting the first full week of June and continuing 
    through August of each year. An establishment slaughtering both species 
    shall collect samples from the species it slaughters in larger numbers. 
    Weekly samples shall be collected and tested until the establishment 
    has completed and recorded one series of 13 tests that meets the 
    criteria shown in Table 1 of paragraph (a)(5) of this section.
        (B) Upon the establishment's meeting requirements of paragraph 
    (a)(2)(v)(A) of this section, weekly sampling and testing is optional, 
    unless changes are made in establishment facilities, equipment, 
    personnel or procedures that may affect the adequacy of existing 
    process control measures, as determined by the establishment or FSIS. 
    FSIS determinations that changes have been made requiring resumption of 
    weekly testing shall be provided to the establishment in writing.
        (3) Analysis of samples. Laboratories may use any quantitative 
    method for
    
    [[Page 38865]]
    
    analysis of E. coli that is approved by the Association of Official 
    Analytic Chemists International 2 or approved by a scientific body 
    in collaborative trials against the three tube Most Probable Number 
    (MPN) method and agreeing with the 95 percent upper and lower 
    confidence limit of the appropriate MPN index.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \2\ A copy of the ``Official Methods of Analysis of the 
    Association of Official Analytical Chemists International,'' 16th 
    edition, 1995, is on file with the Director, Office of the Federal 
    Register, and may be purchased from the Association of Official 
    Analytical Chemists International, Inc., 481 North Frederick Ave., 
    Suite 500, Gaithersburg, MD 20877-2417.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (4) Recording of test results. The establishment shall maintain 
    accurate records of all test results, in terms of cfu/cm\2\ of surface 
    area sponged. Results shall be recorded onto a process control chart or 
    table showing at least the most recent 13 test results, by class of 
    livestock slaughtered, permitting evaluation of the laboratory results 
    in accordance with the criteria set forth in paragraph (a)(5) of this 
    section. Records shall be retained at the establishment for a period of 
    12 months and shall be made available to FSIS upon request.
        (5) Criteria for Evaluation of test results. An establishment is 
    operating within the criteria when the most recent E. coli test result 
    does not exceed the upper limit (M), and the number of samples, if any, 
    testing positive at levels above (m) is three or fewer out of the most 
    recent 13 samples (n) taken, as follows:
    
                                      Table 1.--Evaluation of E. coli Test Results                                  
                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                           Maximum  
                                                                                             Number of      number  
           Slaughter class           Lower limit of marginal      Upper limit of marginal     samples     permitted 
                                              range                        range               tested    in marginal
                                                                                                            range   
                                   (m)........................  (M).......................          (n)          (c)
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Steers/heifers...............  Negative a.................  100 cfu/cm\2\.............           13            3
    Cows/bulls...................  Negative a.................  100 cfu/cm\2\.............           13            3
    Market hogs..................  10 cfu/cm\2\...............  10,000 cfu/cm\2\..........           13            3
    a Negative is defined by the sensitivity of the method used in the baseline study with a limit of sensitivity of
      at least 5 cfu/cm\2\ carcass surface area.                                                                    
    
        (6) Failure to meet criteria. Test results that do not meet the 
    criteria described in paragraph (a)(5) of this section are an 
    indication that the establishment may not be maintaining process 
    controls sufficient to prevent fecal contamination. FSIS shall take 
    further action as appropriate to ensure that all applicable provisions 
    of the law are being met.
        (7) Failure to test and record. Inspection shall be suspended in 
    accordance with rules of practice that will be adopted for such 
    proceedings upon a finding by FSIS that one or more provisions of 
    paragraphs (a) (1)-(4) of this section have not been complied with and 
    written notice of same has been provided to the establishment.
        (b) Pathogen reduction performance standard; Salmonella.
        (1) Raw meat product performance standards for Salmonella. An 
    establishment's raw meat products, when sampled and tested by FSIS for 
    Salmonella, as set forth in this section, may not test positive for 
    Salmonella at a rate exceeding the applicable national pathogen 
    reduction performance standard, as provided in Table 2:
    
                   Table 2.--Salmonella Performance Standards               
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Maximum  
                                       Performance                number of 
                                        Standard     Number of    positives 
            Class of product            (percent      samples     to achieve
                                      positive for  tested  (n)    Standard 
                                      Salmonella)a                   (c)    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Steers/heifers..................          1.0%           82            1
    Cows/bulls......................          2.7%           58            2
    Ground beef.....................          7.5%           53            5
    Hogs............................          8.7%           55            6
    Fresh pork sausages.............         bN.A.         N.A.         N.A.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    a Performance Standards are FSIS's calculation of the national          
      prevalence of Salmonella on the indicated raw product based on data   
      developed by FSIS in its nationwide microbiological data collection   
      programs and surveys. Copies of Reports on FSIS's Nationwide          
      Microbiological Data Collection Programs and Nationwide               
      Microbiological Surveys used in determining the prevalence of         
      Salmonella on raw products are available in the FSIS Docket Room.     
    b Not available; values for fresh pork sausage will be added upon       
      completion data collection programs for those products.               
    
        (2) Enforcement. FSIS will sample and test raw meat products in an 
    individual establishment on an unannounced basis to determine 
    prevalence of Salmonella in such products to determine compliance with 
    the standard. The frequency and timing of such testing will be based on 
    the establishment's previous test results and other information 
    concerning the establishment's performance. In an establishment 
    producing more than one class of product subject to the pathogen 
    reduction standard, FSIS may sample any or all such classes of 
    products.3
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \3\ A copy of FSIS's ``Sample Collection Guidelines and 
    Procedure for Isolation and Identification of Salmonella from Meat 
    and Poultry Products'' is available for inspection in the FSIS 
    Docket Room.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (3) Noncompliance and establishment response. When FSIS determines 
    that an
    
    [[Page 38866]]
    
    establishment has not met the performance standard:
        (i) The establishment shall take immediate action to meet the 
    standard.
        (ii) If the establishment fails to meet the standard on the next 
    series of compliance tests for that product, the establishment shall 
    reassess its HACCP plan for that product and take appropriate 
    corrective actions.
        (iii) Failure by the establishment to act in accordance with 
    paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section, or failure to meet the standard 
    on the third consecutive series of FSIS-conducted tests for that 
    product, constitutes failure to maintain sanitary conditions and 
    failure to maintain an adequate HACCP plan, in accordance with part 417 
    of this chapter, for that product, and will cause FSIS to suspend 
    inspection services. Such suspension will remain in effect until the 
    establishment submits to the FSIS Administrator or his/her designee 
    satisfactory written assurances detailing the action taken to correct 
    the HACCP system and, as appropriate, other measures taken by the 
    establishment to reduce the prevalence of pathogens.
        7. The authority citation for part 320 continues to read as 
    follows:
    
        Authority: 21 U.S.C. 601-695; 7 CFR 2.18, 2.53.
    
        8. Section 320.6 is amended by revising paragraph (a) to read as 
    follows:
    
    
    Sec. 320.6   Information and reports required from official 
    establishment operators.
    
        (a) The operator of each official establishment shall furnish to 
    Program employees accurate information as to all matters needed by them 
    for making their daily reports of the amount of products prepared or 
    handled in the departments of the establishment to which they are 
    assigned and such reports concerning sanitation, mandatory 
    microbiological testing, and other aspects of the operations of the 
    establishment and the conduct of inspection, as may be required by the 
    Administrator in special cases.
     * * * * *
    
    PART 327--IMPORTED PRODUCTS
    
        9. The authority citation for Part 327 continues to read as 
    follows:
    
        Authority: 21 U.S.C. 601-695; 7 CFR 2.18, 2.53.
    
        10. Section 327.2 is amended by redesignating paragraphs (a)(2)(i) 
    (a)-(g) as (a)(2)(i) (A)-(G), redesignating paragraphs (a)(2)(ii) (a)-
    (g) to (a)(2)(ii) (A)-(G), redesignating paragraph (a)(2)(ii)(h) as 
    (a)(2)(ii)(I), and by adding a new paragraph (a)(2)(ii)(H) to read as 
    set forth below, and by redesignating paragraphs (a)(2)(iv) (a)-(c) as 
    (a)(2)(iv) (A)-(C).
    
    
    Sec. 327.2   Eligibility of foreign countries for importation of 
    products into the United States.
    
     * * * * *
        (a) * * *
        (2) * * *
        (ii) * * *
        (H) A Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Point (HACCP) system, as 
    set forth in part 417 of this chapter.
    * * * * *
    
    PART 381--POULTRY PRODUCTS INSPECTION REGULATIONS
    
        11. The authority citation for part 381 is revised to read as 
    follows:
    
        Authority: 7 U.S.C. 138f, 450; 21 U.S.C. 451-470; 7 CFR 2.18, 
    2.53.
    
    Subpart D--Application for Inspection; Grant or Refusal of 
    Inspection
    
        12. A new Sec. 381.22 is added to subpart D to read as follows:
    
    
    Sec. 381.22  Conditions for receiving inspection.
    
        (a) Before being granted Federal inspection, an establishment shall 
    have developed written sanitation Standard Operating Procedures, in 
    accordance with Part 416 of this chapter.
        (b) Before being granted Federal inspection, an establishment shall 
    have conducted a hazard analysis and developed and validated a HACCP 
    plan, in accordance with Secs. 417.2 and 417.4 of this chapter. A 
    conditional grant of inspection shall be issued for a period not to 
    exceed 90 days, during which period the establishment must validate its 
    HACCP plan.
        (c) Before producing new product for distribution in commerce, an 
    establishment shall have conducted a hazard analysis and developed a 
    HACCP plan applicable to that product in accordance with Sec. 417.2 of 
    this chapter. During a period not to exceed 90 days after the date the 
    new product is produced for distribution in commerce, the establishment 
    shall validate its HACCP plan, in accordance with Sec. 417.4 of this 
    chapter.
    
    Subpart H--Sanitation
    
        13. Section 381.45 is amended to read as follows:
    
    
    Sec. 381.45  Minimum standards for sanitation, facilities, and 
    operating procedures in official establishments.
    
        The provisions of Secs. 381.46 and 381.61, inclusive, and part 416 
    of this chapter shall apply with respect to all official 
    establishments.
    
    Subpart K--Post Mortem Inspection: Disposition of Carcasses and 
    Parts
    
        14. Section 381.94 is added to subpart K to read as follows:
    
    
    Sec. 381.94  Contamination with Microorganisms; process control 
    verification criteria and testing; pathogen reduction standards.
    
        (a) Criteria for verifying process control; E. coli testing.
        (1) Each official establishment that slaughters poultry shall test 
    for Escherichia coli Biotype I (E. coli) and shall:
        (i) Collect samples in accordance with the sampling techniques, 
    methodology, and frequency requirements in paragraph (a)(2) of this 
    section;
        (ii) Obtain analytic results in accordance with paragraph (a)(3) of 
    this section; and
        (iii) Maintain records of such analytic results in accordance with 
    paragraph (a)(4) of this section.
        (2) Sampling requirements.
        (i) Written procedures. Each establishment shall prepare written 
    specimen collection procedures which shall identify employees 
    designated to collect samples, and shall address location(s) of 
    sampling, how sampling randomness is achieved, and handling of the 
    sample to ensure sample integrity. The written procedure shall be made 
    available to FSIS upon request.
        (ii) Sample collection. The establishment shall collect random 
    samples from carcasses. Carcasses to be sampled will be selected 
    randomly. Samples shall be collected by taking a whole bird from the 
    end of the chilling process, after the drip line, and rinsing it in an 
    amount of buffer appropriate for the type of bird being tested. 1
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \1\ A copy of FSIS's guideline, ``Sampling Technique for E. coli 
    in Raw Meat and Poultry for Process Control Verification,'' is 
    available in the FSIS Docket Room for inspection.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (iii) Sampling frequency. Samples will be taken at a frequency 
    proportional to a slaughter establishment's volume of production, at 
    the following rates:
    
    Chickens: 1 sample per 22,000 carcasses
    Turkeys: 1 sample per 3,000 carcasses
    
        (iv) Sampling frequency alternatives. An establishment operating 
    under a validated HACCP plan in accordance with Sec. 417.2(b) of this 
    chapter may substitute an alternative frequency for the frequency of 
    sampling required under paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section if,
        (A) The alternative is an integral part of the establishment's 
    verification procedures for its HACCP plan and,
        (B) FSIS does not determine, and notify the establishment in 
    writing, that
    
    [[Page 38867]]
    
    the alternative frequency is inadequate to verify the effectiveness of 
    the establishment's processing controls.
        (v) Sampling in very low volume establishments.
        (A) An establishment annually slaughtering no more than 440,000 
    chickens, 60,000 turkeys, or a combination of chickens and turkeys not 
    exceeding 60,000 turkeys and 440,000 birds total, shall collect one 
    sample per week starting the first full week of June through August of 
    each year. An establishment slaughtering both chickens and turkeys 
    shall collect samples from the species it slaughters in larger numbers. 
    Weekly samples shall be collected and tested until the establishment 
    has completed and recorded one series of 13 tests that meets the 
    criteria shown in Table 1 of paragraph (a)(5) of this section.
        (B) Upon the establishment's meeting the requirements of paragraph 
    (a)(2)(v)(A) of this section, weekly sampling and testing is optional, 
    unless changes are made in establishment facilities, equipment, 
    personnel or procedures that may affect the adequacy of existing 
    process control measures, as determined by the establishment or by 
    FSIS. FSIS determinations that changes have been made requiring 
    resumption of weekly testing shall be provided to the establishment in 
    writing.
        (3) Analysis of samples. Laboratories may use any quantitative 
    method for analysis of E. coli that is sensitive to 5 or fewer cfu/ml 
    of rinse fluid and is approved by the Association of Official Analytic 
    Chemists International 2 or approved by a scientific body in 
    collaborative trials against the three tube Most Probable Number (MPN) 
    method and agreeing with the 95 percent upper and lower confidence 
    limit of the appropriate MPN index.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \2\ A copy of the ``Official Methods of Analysis of the 
    Association of Official Analytical Chemists International,'' 16th 
    edition, 1995, is on file with the Director, Office of the Federal 
    Register, and may be purchased from the Association of Official 
    Analytical Chemists International, Inc., 481 North Frederick Ave., 
    Suite 500, Gaithersburg, MD 20877-2417.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (4) Recording of test results. The establishment shall maintain 
    accurate records of all test results, in terms of cfu/ml of rinse 
    fluid. Results shall be recorded onto a process control chart or table 
    showing at least the most recent 13 test results, by kind of poultry 
    slaughtered, permitting evaluation of the laboratory results in 
    accordance with the criteria set forth in paragraph (a)(5) of this 
    section. Records shall be retained at the establishment for a period of 
    12 months and shall be made available to FSIS upon request.
        (5) Criteria for Evaluation of test results. An establishment is 
    operating within the criteria when the most recent E. coli test result 
    does not exceed the upper limit (M), and the number of samples, if any, 
    testing positive at levels above (m) is three or fewer out of the most 
    recent 13 samples (n) taken, as follows:
    
                                      Table 1.--Evaluation of E. coli Test Results                                  
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                     Maximum number 
                                            Lower limit of     Upper limit of    Number of sample     permitted in  
               Slaughter class              marginal range     marginal range       tested (n)       marginal range 
                                                 (m)                (M)                                   (c)       
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Broilers............................         100 cfu/ml       1,000 cfu/ml                 13                  3
    Turkeys.............................             a N.A.               N.A.               N.A.               N.A.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    a Not available; values for turkeys will be added upon completion of data collection program for turkeys.       
    
        (6) Failure to meet criteria. Test results that do not meet the 
    criteria described in paragraph (a)(5) of this section are an 
    indication that the establishment may not be maintaining process 
    controls sufficient to prevent fecal contamination. FSIS shall take 
    further action as appropriate to ensure that all applicable provisions 
    of the law are being met.
        (7) Failure to test and record. Inspection will be suspended in 
    accordance with rules of practice that will be adopted for such 
    proceeding, upon a finding by FSIS that one or more provisions of 
    paragraphs (a) (1)-(4) of this section have not been complied with and 
    written notice of same has been provided to the establishment.
        (b) Pathogen reduction performance standards; Salmonella.
        (1) Raw poultry product performance standards for Salmonella. (i) 
    An establishment's raw poultry products, when sampled and tested by 
    FSIS for Salmonella as set forth in this section, may not test positive 
    for Salmonella at a rate exceeding the applicable national pathogen 
    reduction performance standard, as provided in Table 2:
    
                                       Table 2.--Salmonella Performance Standards                                   
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Performance                        Maximum number of
                                                             Standard (percent  Number of samples     positives to  
                        Class of product                        positive for       tested  (n)      achieve Standard
                                                               Salmonella) a                              (c)       
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Broilers...............................................            b 20.0%                 51                 12
    Ground chicken.........................................               44.6                 53                 26
    Ground turkey..........................................               49.9                 53                 29
    Turkeys................................................             b N.A.               N.A.               N.A.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    a Performance Standards are FSIS's calculation of the national prevalence of Salmonella on the indicated raw    
      products based on data developed by FSIS in its nationwide microbiological baseline data collection programs  
      and surveys. (Copies of Reports on FSIS's Nationwide Microbiological Data Collection Programs and Nationwide  
      Microbiological Surveys used in determining the prevalence of Salmonella on raw products are avialable in the 
      FSIS Docket Room.)                                                                                            
    b Standard is based on partial analysis of baseline survey data; subject to confirmation upon publication of    
      baseline survey report.                                                                                       
    d Not available; baseline targets for turkeys will be added upon completion of the data collection programs for 
      that product.                                                                                                 
    
    
    [[Page 38868]]
    
    
        (2) Enforcement. FSIS will sample and test raw poultry products in 
    an individual establishment on an unannounced basis to determine 
    prevalence of Salmonella in such products to determine compliance with 
    the standard. The frequency and timing of such testing will be based on 
    the establishment's previous test results and other information 
    concerning the establishment's performance. In an establishment 
    producing more than one class of product subject to the pathogen 
    reduction standard, FSIS may sample any or all such classes of 
    products.3
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \3\ A copy of FSIS's ``Sample Collection Guidelines and 
    Procedure for Isolation and Identification of Salmonella from Raw 
    Meat and Poultry Products'' is available for inspection in the FSIS 
    Docket Room.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (3) Noncompliance and establishment response. When FSIS determines 
    that an establishment has not met the performance standard:
        (i) The establishment shall take immediate action to meet the 
    standard.
        (ii) If the establishment fails to meet the standard on the next 
    series of compliance tests for that product, the establishment shall 
    reassess its HACCP plan for that product.
        (iii) Failure by the establishment to act in accordance with 
    paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section, or failure to meet the standard 
    on the third consecutive series of FSIS-conducted tests for that 
    product, constitutes failure to maintain sanitary conditions and 
    failure to maintain an adequate HACCP plan, in accordance with part 417 
    of this chapter, for that product, and will cause FSIS to suspend 
    inspection services. Such suspension will remain in effect until the 
    establishment submits to the FSIS Administrator or his/her designee 
    satisfactory written assurances detailing the action taken to correct 
    the HACCP system and, as appropriate, other measures taken by the 
    establishment to reduce the prevalence of pathogens.
    
    Subpart Q--Records, Registration, and Reports
    
        15. Section 381.180 is amended by revising paragraph (a) to read as 
    follows:
    
    
    Sec. 381.180  Information and reports required from official 
    establishment operators.
    
        (a) The operator of each official establishment shall furnish to 
    Program employees accurate information as to all matters needed by them 
    for making their daily reports of the amount of products prepared or 
    handled in the departments of the establishment to which they are 
    assigned and such reports concerning sanitation, mandatory 
    microbiological testing, and other aspects of the operations of the 
    establishment and the conduct of inspection thereat, as may be required 
    by the Administrator in special cases.
    * * * * *
    
    Subpart T--Imported Poultry Products
    
        16. Section 381.196 is amended by redesignating paragraphs 
    (a)(2)(i) (a)-(g) as paragraphs (a)(2)(i) (A)-(G), redesignating 
    paragraphs (a)(2)(ii) (a)-(g) to (a)(2)(ii) (A)-(G), redesignating 
    paragraph (a)(2)(ii)(h) as (a)(2)(ii)(I), and by adding a new paragraph 
    (a)(2)(ii)(H) to read as set forth below, and redesignating paragraphs 
    (a)(2)(iv) (a)-(c) as (a)(2)(iv)(A)-(c).
    
    
    Sec. 381.196  Eligibility of foreign countries for importation of 
    products into the United States.
    
    * * * * *
        (a) * * *
        (2) * * *
        (ii) * * *
        (H) A Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Point (HACCP) system, as 
    set forth in part 417 of this chapter.
    * * * * *
        17. A new subchapter E, consisting of Parts 416 and 417 is added to 
    chapter III--Food Safety and Inspection Service, Meat and Poultry 
    Inspection, Department of Agriculture to read as follows:
    SUBCHAPTER E--REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE FEDERAL MEAT INSPECTION 
    ACT AND THE POULTRY PRODUCTS INSPECTION ACT
    
    Part
    
    416  Sanitation
    417  Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Point (HACCP) Systems
    
    SUBCHAPTER E--REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE FEDERAL MEAT 
    INSPECTION ACT AND THE POULTRY PRODUCTS INSPECTION ACT
    
    PART 416--SANITATION
    
    Sec.
    416.11  General rules.
    416.12  Development of sanitation SOP's.
    416.13  Implementation of SOP's.
    416.14  Maintenance of Sanitation SOP's.
    416.15  Corrective Actions.
    416.16  Recordkeeping Requirements.
    416.17  Agency verification.
    
        Authority: 21 U.S.C. 451-470, 601-695; 7 U.S.C. 450, 1901-1906; 
    7 CFR 2.18, 2.53.
    
    
    Sec. 416.11  General rules.
    
        Each official establishment shall develop, implement, and maintain 
    written standard operating procedures for sanitation (Sanitation SOP's) 
    in accordance with the requirements of this part.
    
    
    Sec. 416.12  Development of Sanitation SOP's.
    
        (a) The Sanitation SOP's shall describe all procedures an official 
    establishment will conduct daily, before and during operations, 
    sufficient to prevent direct contamination or adulteration of 
    product(s).
        (b) The Sanitation SOP's shall be signed and dated by the 
    individual with overall authority on-site or a higher level official of 
    the establishment. This signature shall signify that the establishment 
    will implement the Sanitation SOP's as specified and will maintain the 
    Sanitation SOP's in accordance with the requirements of this part. The 
    Sanitation SOP's shall be signed and dated upon initially implementing 
    the Sanitation SOP's and upon any modification to the Sanitation SOP's.
        (c) Procedures in the Sanitation SOP's that are to be conducted 
    prior to operations shall be identified as such, and shall address, at 
    a minimum, the cleaning of food contact surfaces of facilities, 
    equipment, and utensils.
        (d) The Sanitation SOP's shall specify the frequency with which 
    each procedure in the Sanitation SOP's is to be conducted and identify 
    the establishment employee(s) responsible for the implementation and 
    maintenance of such procedure(s).
    
    
    Sec. 416.13  Implementation of SOP's.
    
        (a) Each official establishment shall conduct the pre-operational 
    procedures in the Sanitation SOP's before the start of operations.
        (b) Each official establishment shall conduct all other procedures 
    in the Sanitation SOP's at the frequencies specified.
        (c) Each official establishment shall monitor daily the 
    implementation of the procedures in the Sanitation SOP's.
    
    
    Sec. 416.14  Maintenance of Sanitation SOP's.
    
        Each official establishment shall routinely evaluate the 
    effectiveness of the Sanitation SOP's and the procedures therein in 
    preventing direct contamination or adulteration of product(s) and shall 
    revise both as necessary to keep them effective and current with 
    respect to changes in facilities, equipment, utensils, operations, or 
    personnel.
    
    
    Sec. 416.15  Corrective Actions.
    
        (a) Each official establishment shall take appropriate corrective 
    action(s) when either the establishment or FSIS determines that the 
    establishment's Sanitation SOP's or the procedures specified therein, 
    or the implementation or maintenance of the Sanitation SOP's, may have 
    failed to prevent direct
    
    [[Page 38869]]
    
    contamination or adulteration of product(s).
        (b) Corrective actions include procedures to ensure appropriate 
    disposition of product(s) that may be contaminated, restore sanitary 
    conditions, and prevent the recurrence of direct contamination or 
    adulteration of product(s), including appropriate reevaluation and 
    modification of the Sanitation SOP's and the procedures specified 
    therein.
    
    
    Sec. 416.16  Recordkeeping requirements.
    
        (a) Each official establishment shall maintain daily records 
    sufficient to document the implementation and monitoring of the 
    Sanitation SOP's and any corrective actions taken. The establishment 
    employee(s) specified in the Sanitation SOP's as being responsible for 
    the implementation and monitoring of the procedure(s) specified in the 
    Sanitation SOP's shall authenticate these records with his or her 
    initials and the date.
        (b) Records required by this part may be maintained on computers 
    provided the establishment implements appropriate controls to ensure 
    the integrity of the electronic data.
        (c) Records required by this part shall be maintained for at least 
    6 months and made accesable available to FSIS. All such records shall 
    be maintained at the official establishment for 48 hours following 
    completion, after which they may be maintained off-site provided such 
    records can be made available to FSIS within 24 hours of request.
    
    
    Sec. 416.17  Agency verification.
    
        FSIS shall verify the adequacy and effectiveness of the Sanitation 
    SOP's and the procedures specified therein by determining that they 
    meet the requirements of this part. Such verification may include:
        (a) Reviewing the Sanitation SOP's;
        (b) Reviewing the daily records documenting the implementation of 
    the Sanitation SOP's and the procedures specified therein and any 
    corrective actions taken or required to be taken;
        (c) Direct observation of the implementation of the Sanitation 
    SOP's and the procedures specified therein and any corrective actions 
    taken or required to be taken; and
        (d) Direct observation or testing to assess the sanitary conditions 
    in the establishment.
    
    PART 417--HAZARD ANALYSIS AND CRITICAL CONTROL POINT (HACCP) 
    SYSTEMS
    
    Sec.
    417.1  Definitions.
    417.2  Hazard analysis and HACCP plan.
    417.3  Corrective actions.
    417.4  Validation, verification, reassessment.
    417.5  Records.
    417.6  Inadequate HACCP Systems.
    417.7  Training.
    417.8  Agency verification.
    
        Authority: 7 U.S.C. 450; 21 U.S.C. 451-470, 601-695; 7 U.S.C. 
    1901-1906; 7 CFR 2.18, 2.53.
    
    
    Sec. 417.1  Definitions.
    
        For purposes of this part, the following definitions shall apply:
        Corrective action. Procedures to be followed when a deviation 
    occurs.
        Critical control point. A point, step, or procedure in a food 
    process at which control can be applied and, as a result, a food safety 
    hazard can be prevented, eliminated, or reduced to acceptable levels.
        Critical limit. The maximum or minimum value to which a physical, 
    biological, or chemical hazard must be controlled at a critical control 
    point to prevent, eliminate, or reduce to an acceptable level the 
    occurrence of the identified food safety hazard.
        Food safety hazard. Any biological, chemical, or physical property 
    that may cause a food to be unsafe for human consumption.
         HACCP System. The HACCP plan in operation, including the HACCP 
    plan itself.
        Hazard. SEE Food Safety Hazard.
        Preventive measure. Physical, chemical, or other means that can be 
    used to control an identified food safety hazard.
        Process-monitoring instrument. An instrument or device used to 
    indicate conditions during processing at a critical control point.
        Responsible establishment official. The individual with overall 
    authority on-site or a higher level official of the establishment.
    
    
    Sec. 417.2  Hazard Analysis and HACCP Plan.
    
         (a) Hazard analysis. (1) Every official establishment shall 
    conduct, or have conducted for it, a hazard analysis to determine the 
    food safety hazards reasonably likely to occur in the production 
    process and identify the preventive measures the establishment can 
    apply to control those hazards. The hazard analysis shall include food 
    safety hazards that can occur before, during, and after entry into the 
    establishment. A food safety hazard that is reasonably likely to occur 
    is one for which a prudent establishment would establish controls 
    because it historically has occurred, or because there is a reasonable 
    possibility that it will occur in the particular type of product being 
    processed, in the absence of those controls.
        (2) A flow chart describing the steps of each process and product 
    flow in the establishment shall be prepared, and the intended use or 
    consumers of the finished product shall be identified.
        (3) Food safety hazards might be expected to arise from the 
    following:
        (i) Natural toxins;
        (ii) Microbiological contamination;
        (iii) Chemical contamination;
        (iv) Pesticides;
        (v) Drug residues;
        (vi) Zoonotic diseases;
        (vii) Decomposition;
        (viii) Parasites;
        (ix) Unapproved use of direct or indirect food or color additives; 
    and
        (x) Physical hazards.
        (b) The HACCP plan. (1) Every establishment shall develop and 
    implement a written HACCP plan covering each product produced by that 
    establishment whenever a hazard analysis reveals one or more food 
    safety hazards that are reasonably likely to occur, based on the hazard 
    analysis conducted in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section, 
    including products in the following processing categories:
        (i) Slaughter--all species.
        (ii) Raw product--ground.
        (iii) Raw product--not ground.
        (iv) Thermally processed--commercially sterile.
        (v) Not heat treated--shelf stable.
        (vi) Heat treated--shelf stable.
        (vii) Fully cooked--not shelf stable.
        (viii) Heat treated but not fully cooked--not shelf stable.
        (ix) Product with secondary inhibitors--not shelf stable.
        (2) A single HACCP plan may encompass multiple products within a 
    single processing category identified in this paragraph, if the food 
    safety hazards, critical control points, critical limits, and 
    procedures required to be identified and performed in paragraph (c) of 
    this section are essentially the same, provided that any required 
    features of the plan that are unique to a specific product are clearly 
    delineated in the plan and are observed in practice.
        (3) HACCP plans for thermally processed/commercially sterile 
    products do not have to address the food safety hazards associated with 
    microbiological contamination if the product is produced in accordance 
    with the requirements of part 318, subpart G, or part 381, subpart X, 
    of this chapter.
        (c) The contents of the HACCP plan. The HACCP plan shall, at a 
    minimum:
        (1) List the food safety hazards identified in accordance with 
    paragraph (a) of this section, which must be controlled for each 
    process.
    
    [[Page 38870]]
    
        (2) List the critical control points for each of the identified 
    food safety hazards, including, as appropriate:
        (i) Critical control points designed to control food safety hazards 
    that could be introduced in the establishment, and
        (ii) Critical control points designed to control food safety 
    hazards introduced outside the establishment, including food safety 
    hazards that occur before, during, and after entry into the 
    establishment;
        (3) List the critical limits that must be met at each of the 
    critical control points. Critical limits shall, at a minimum, be 
    designed to ensure that applicable targets or performance standards 
    established by FSIS, and any other requirement set forth in this 
    chapter pertaining to the specific process or product, are met;
        (4) List the procedures, and the frequency with which those 
    procedures will be performed, that will be used to monitor each of the 
    critical control points to ensure compliance with the critical limits;
        (5) Include all corrective actions that have been developed in 
    accordance with Sec. 417.3(a) of this part, to be followed in response 
    to any deviation from a critical limit at a critical control point; and
        (6) Provide for a recordkeeping system that documents the 
    monitoring of the critical control points. The records shall contain 
    the actual values and observations obtained during monitoring.
        (7) List the verification procedures, and the frequency with which 
    those procedures will be performed, that the establishment will use in 
    accordance with Sec. 417.4 of this part.
        (d) Signing and dating the HACCP plan. (1) The HACCP plan shall be 
    signed and dated by the responsible establishment individual. This 
    signature shall signify that the establishment accepts and will 
    implement the HACCP plan.
        (2) The HACCP plan shall be dated and signed:
        (i) Upon initial acceptance;
        (ii) Upon any modification; and
        (iii) At least annually, upon reassessment, as required under 
    Sec. 417.4(a)(3) of this part.
        (e) Pursuant to 21 U.S.C. 608 and 621, the failure of an 
    establishment to develop and implement a HACCP plan that complies with 
    this section, or to operate in accordance with the requirements of this 
    part, may render the products produced under those conditions 
    adulterated.
    
    
    Sec. 417.3  Corrective actions.
    
        (a) The written HACCP plan shall identify the corrective action to 
    be followed in response to a deviation from a critical limit. The HACCP 
    plan shall describe the corrective action to be taken, and assign 
    responsibility for taking corrective action, to ensure:
        (1) The cause of the deviation is identified and eliminated;
        (2) The CCP will be under control after the corrective action is 
    taken;
        (3) Measures to prevent recurrence are established; and
        (4) No product that is injurious to health or otherwise adulterated 
    as a result of the deviation enters commerce.
        (b) If a deviation not covered by a specified corrective action 
    occurs, or if another unforeseen hazard arises, the establishment 
    shall:
        (1) Segregate and hold the affected product, at least until the 
    requirements of paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) of this section are met;
        (2) Perform a review to determine the acceptability of the affected 
    product for distribution;
        (3) Take action, when necessary, with respect to the affected 
    product to ensure that no product that is injurious to health or 
    otherwise adulterated, as a result of the deviation, enters commerce;
        (4) Perform or obtain reassessment by an individual trained in 
    accordance with Sec. 417.7 of this part, to determine whether the newly 
    identified deviation or other unforeseen hazard should be incorporated 
    into the HACCP plan.
        (c) All corrective actions taken in accordance with this section 
    shall be documented in records that are subject to verification in 
    accordance with Sec. 417.4(a)(2)(iii) and the recordkeeping 
    requirements of Sec. 417.5 of this part.
    
    
    Sec. 417.4  Validation, Verification, Reassessment.
    
        (a) Every establishment shall validate the HACCP plan's adequacy in 
    controlling the food safety hazards identified during the hazard 
    analysis, and shall verify that the plan is being effectively 
    implemented.
        (1) Initial validation. Upon completion of the hazard analysis and 
    development of the HACCP plan, the establishment shall conduct 
    activities designed to determine that the HACCP plan is functioning as 
    intended. During this HACCP plan validation period, the establishment 
    shall repeatedly test the adequacy of the CCP's, critical limits, 
    monitoring and recordkeeping procedures, and corrective actions set 
    forth in the HACCP plan. Validation also encompasses reviews of the 
    records themselves, routinely generated by the HACCP system, in the 
    context of other validation activities.
        (2) Ongoing verification activities. Ongoing verification 
    activities include, but are not limited to:
        (i) The calibration of process-monitoring instruments;
        (ii) Direct observations of monitoring activities and corrective 
    actions; and
        (iii) The review of records generated and maintained in accordance 
    with Sec. 417.5(a)(3) of this part.
        (3) Reassessment of the HACCP plan. Every establishment shall 
    reassess the adequacy of the HACCP plan at least annually and whenever 
    any changes occur that could affect the hazard analysis or alter the 
    HACCP plan. Such changes may include, but are not limited to, changes 
    in: raw materials or source of raw materials; product formulation; 
    slaughter or processing methods or systems; production volume; 
    personnel; packaging; finished product distribution systems; or, the 
    intended use or consumers of the finished product. The reassessment 
    shall be performed by an individual trained in accordance with 
    Sec. 417.7 of this part. The HACCP plan shall be modified immediately 
    whenever a reassessment reveals that the plan no longer meets the 
    requirements of Sec. 417.2(c) of this part.
        (b) Reassessment of the hazard analysis. Any establishment that 
    does not have a HACCP plan because a hazard analysis has revealed no 
    food safety hazards that are reasonably likely to occur shall reassess 
    the adequacy of the hazard analysis whenever a change occurs that could 
    reasonably affect whether a food safety hazard exists. Such changes may 
    include, but are not limited to, changes in: raw materials or source of 
    raw materials; product formulation; slaughter or processing methods or 
    systems; production volume; packaging; finished product distribution 
    systems; or, the intended use or consumers of the finished product.
    
    
    Sec. 417.5  Records.
    
        (a) The establishment shall maintain the following records 
    documenting the establishment's HACCP plan:
        (1) The written hazard analysis prescribed in Sec. 417.2(a) of this 
    part, including all supporting documentation;
        (2) The written HACCP plan, including decisionmaking documents 
    associated with the selection and development of CCP's and critical 
    limits, and documents supporting both the monitoring and verification 
    procedures selected and the frequency of those procedures.
        (3) Records documenting the monitoring of CCP's and their critical 
    limits, including the recording of actual
    
    [[Page 38871]]
    
    times, temperatures, or other quantifiable values, as prescribed in the 
    establishment's HACCP plan; the calibration of process-monitoring 
    instruments; corrective actions, including all actions taken in 
    response to a deviation; verification procedures and results; product 
    code(s), product name or identity, or slaughter production lot. Each of 
    these records shall include the date the record was made.
        (b) Each entry on a record maintained under the HACCP plan shall be 
    made at the time the specific event occurs and include the date and 
    time recorded, and shall be signed or initialed by the establishment 
    employee making the entry.
        (c) Prior to shipping product, the establishment shall review the 
    records associated with the production of that product, documented in 
    accordance with this section, to ensure completeness, including the 
    determination that all critical limits were met and, if appropriate, 
    corrective actions were taken, including the proper disposition of 
    product. Where practicable, this review shall be conducted, dated, and 
    signed by an individual who did not produce the record(s), preferably 
    by someone trained in accordance with Sec. 417.7 of this part, or the 
    responsible establishment official.
        (d) Records maintained on computers. The use of records maintained 
    on computers is acceptable, provided that appropriate controls are 
    implemented to ensure the integrity of the electronic data and 
    signatures.
        (e) Record retention. (1) Establishments shall retain all records 
    required by paragraph (a)(3) of this section as follows: for slaughter 
    activities for at least one year; for refrigerated product, for at 
    least one year; for frozen, preserved, or shelf-stable products, for at 
    least two years.
        (2) Off-site storage of records required by paragraph (a)(3) of 
    this section is permitted after six months, if such records can be 
    retrieved and provided, on-site, within 24 hours of an FSIS employee's 
    request.
        (f) Official review. All records required by this part and all 
    plans and procedures required by this part shall be available for 
    official review and copying.
    
    
    Sec. 417.6  Inadequate HACCP Systems.
    
        A HACCP system may be found to be inadequate if:
        (a) The HACCP plan in operation does not meet the requirements set 
    forth in this part;
        (b) Establishment personnel are not performing tasks specified in 
    the HACCP plan;
        (c) The establishment fails to take corrective actions, as required 
    by Sec. 417.3 of this part;
        (d) HACCP records are not being maintained as required in 
    Sec. 417.5 of this part; or
        (e) Adulterated product is produced or shipped.
    
    
    Sec. 417.7  Training.
    
        (a) Only an individual who has met the requirements of paragraph 
    (b) of this section, but who need not be an employee of the 
    establishment, shall be permitted to perform the following functions:
        (1) Development of the HACCP plan, in accordance with Sec. 417.2(b) 
    of this part, which could include adapting a generic model that is 
    appropriate for the specific product; and
        (2) Reassessment and modification of the HACCP plan, in accordance 
    with Sec. 417.3 of this part.
        (b) The individual performing the functions listed in paragraph (a) 
    of this section shall have successfully completed a course of 
    instruction in the application of the seven HACCP principles to meat or 
    poultry product processing, including a segment on the development of a 
    HACCP plan for a specific product and on record review.
    
    
    Sec. 417.8  Agency verification.
    
        FSIS will verify the adequacy of the HACCP plan(s) by determining 
    that each HACCP plan meets the requirements of this part and all other 
    applicable regulations. Such verification may include:
        (a) Reviewing the HACCP plan;
        (b) Reviewing the CCP records;
        (c) Reviewing and determining the adequacy of corrective actions 
    taken when a deviation occurs;
        (d) Reviewing the critical limits;
        (e) Reviewing other records pertaining to the HACCP plan or system;
        (f) Direct observation or measurement at a CCP;
        (g) Sample collection and analysis to determine the product meets 
    all safety standards; and
        (h) On-site observations and record review.
    
        Done at Washington, DC, on: July 5, 1996.
    Michael R. Taylor,
    Acting Under Secretary for Food Safety.
    
        The following are appendices to the preamble of the Final Rule.
    
        Note: The following appendices will not appear in the Code of 
    Federal Regulations.
    
    Appendix A--Guidelines for Developing a Standard Operating Procedure 
    for Sanitation (Sanitation SOP's) in Federally Inspected Meat and 
    Poultry Establishments
    
    I. Introduction
    
        Foodborne illness is a significant public health problem in the 
    United States. While data on illness associated with meat and poultry 
    products are limited, data from various sources suggest that foodborne 
    microbial pathogens may cause up to 7 million cases of illness each 
    year, and 7,000 deaths. Of these, nearly 5 million cases of illness and 
    more than 4,000 deaths may be associated with meat and poultry 
    products.
        FSIS is pursuing a broad and long-term science-based strategy to 
    improve the safety of meat and poultry products to better protect 
    public health. FSIS is undertaking steps to improve the safety of meat 
    and poultry throughout the food production, processing, distribution, 
    and marketing chain. The Agency's goal is to reduce the risk to public 
    health of consuming meat and poultry products by reducing pathogenic 
    microbial contamination. The FSIS strategy relies heavily on building 
    the principle of prevention into production processes.
        Sections 308.7, 381.57 and 381.58 of the Meat and Poultry 
    Inspection Regulations require that rooms, compartments, equipment, and 
    utensils used for processing or handling meat or poultry in a federally 
    inspected establishment must be kept clean and in a sanitary condition. 
    Establishments are responsible for sanitation of facilities, equipment 
    and utensils.
        Sanitation maintains or restores a state of cleanliness, and 
    promotes hygiene for the prevention of foodborne illness. Sanitation 
    encompasses many areas and functions of an establishment, even when not 
    in production. However, there are certain sanitary procedures that must 
    be addressed and maintained on a daily basis to prevent direct product 
    contamination or adulteration. Good sanitation is essential in these 
    areas to maintaining a safe food production process.
        FSIS is requiring meat and poultry establishments to develop and 
    implement a written Standard Operating Procedure for sanitation 
    (Sanitation SOP's) which addresses these areas. An establishment's 
    adherence to its written Sanitation SOP will demonstrate knowledge of 
    and commitment to sanitation and production of safe meat and poultry 
    products.
        New part 416 to the Meat and Poultry Inspection Regulations 
    requires that a written Sanitation SOP contain
    
    [[Page 38872]]
    
    established procedures to be followed routinely to maintain a sanitary 
    environment for producing safe and unadulterated food products. Plant 
    management must develop a Sanitation SOP that describes daily 
    sanitation procedures to be performed by the establishment. A 
    designated establishment employee(s) must monitor the Sanitation SOP 
    and document adherence to the SOP and any corrective actions taken to 
    prevent direct product contamination or adulteration. This written 
    documentation must be available to FSIS program employees.
        These FSIS guidelines should help federally inspected meat or 
    poultry establishments develop, implement and monitor written 
    Sanitation SOPs.
        The Sanitation SOP developed by the establishment must detail daily 
    sanitation procedures it will use before (pre-operational sanitation) 
    and during (operational sanitation) operation to prevent direct product 
    contamination or adulteration. FSIS program employees will verify an 
    establishment's adherence to its Sanitation SOP and will take 
    appropriate action when there is noncompliance.
        These guidelines, where applicable, are for:
         Livestock Slaughter and/or Processing Establishments
         Poultry Slaughter and/or Processing Establishments
         Import Inspection Establishments
         Identification Warehouses
        The establishment should update the Sanitation SOP to reflect 
    changes in equipment and facilities, processes, new technology, or 
    designated establishment employees.
    
    II. Pre-operational Sanitation
    
        Established procedures of pre-operational sanitation must result in 
    clean facilities, equipment and utensils prior to starting production. 
    Clean facilities, equipment, and utensils are free of any soil, tissue 
    debris, chemical or other injurious substance that could contaminate a 
    meat or poultry food product. Pre-operational sanitation established 
    procedures shall describe the daily, routine sanitary procedures to 
    prevent direct product contamination or adulteration. The sanitary 
    procedures must include the cleaning of product contact surfaces of 
    facilities, equipment and utensils to prevent direct product 
    contamination or adulteration. The following additional sanitary 
    procedures for pre-operational sanitation might include:
         Descriptions of equipment disassembly, reassembly after 
    cleaning, use of acceptable chemicals according to label directions, 
    and cleaning techniques.
         The application of sanitizers to product contact surfaces 
    after cleaning. Sanitizers are used to reduce or destroy bacteria that 
    may have survived the cleaning process.
    
    III. Operational Sanitation
    
        All federally inspected establishments must describe daily, routine 
    sanitary procedures that the establishment will conduct during 
    operations to prevent direct product contamination or adulteration. 
    Established procedures for operational sanitation must result in a 
    sanitary environment for preparing, storing, or handling any meat or 
    poultry food product in accordance with sections 308/381 of the Meat 
    and Poultry Inspection Regulations. Established procedures during 
    operations might include, where applicable:
         Equipment and utensil cleaning--sanitizing--disinfecting 
    during production, as appropriate, at breaks, between shifts, and at 
    midshift cleanup.
         Employee hygiene: includes personal hygiene, cleanliness 
    of outer garments and gloves, hair restraints, hand washing, health, 
    etc.
         Product handling in raw and in cooked product areas.
        The established sanitary procedures for operational sanitation will 
    vary with the establishment. Establishments with complex processing 
    need additional sanitary procedures to ensure a sanitary environment 
    and to prevent cross contamination. Establishments that do not 
    slaughter or process (such as an Import Inspection facility) should 
    develop established sanitary procedures specific to that facility.
    
    IV. Implementing and Monitoring of the Sanitation SOP
    
        The Sanitation SOP shall identify establishment employee(s) 
    (positions rather than specific names of employees) responsible for the 
    implementation and maintenance of the Sanitation SOP. Employee(s) are 
    to be identified to monitor and evaluate the effectiveness of the 
    Sanitation SOP and make corrections when needed. The evaluation can be 
    performed by using one or more of the following methods: (1) 
    organoleptic (sensory--e.g., sight, feel, smell); (2) chemical (e.g., 
    checking the chlorine level); (3) microbiological (e.g., microbial 
    swabbing and culturing of product contact surfaces of equipment or 
    utensils).
        Establishments might specify the method, frequency, and 
    recordkeeping processes associated with monitoring. Pre-operational 
    sanitation monitoring should, at a minimum, evaluate and document the 
    effective cleaning of all direct product contact facilities, equipment, 
    and/or utensils that are to be used at the start of production. 
    Operational sanitation monitoring should, at a minimum, document 
    adherence to the SOP, including actions that identify and correct 
    instances or circumstances of direct product contamination which occur 
    from environmental sources (facilities, equipment, pests, etc.) or 
    employee practices (personal hygiene, product handling, etc.). All 
    establishment records of pre-operational and operational sanitation 
    monitoring, including corrective actions to prevent direct product 
    contamination or adulteration, must be maintained by the establishment 
    for at least six months, and be made available to FSIS program 
    employees. After 48 hours, they may be maintained off-site.
    
    V. Corrective Actions
    
        When deviations occur from the established sanitary procedures 
    within the Sanitation SOP, the establishment must take corrective 
    actions to prevent direct product contamination or adulteration. 
    Instructions should be provided to employees and management officials 
    for documenting corrective actions. The actions must be recorded.
    
    Appendix B--Model of a Standard Operating Procedure for Sanitation
    
        Hill-Top Meats has prepared a written Standard Operating Procedure 
    (SOP) for Sanitation. Let's look at the Sanitation SOP and discuss its 
    attributes (guidance and advice are inside the boxes).
        Hill-Top Meats, Est. 38, Anytown, U.S.A. is a slaughter and medium 
    processing establishment. This plant receives live cattle for slaughter 
    and dressing and processes the carcasses into chubs of ground beef, 
    roast beef, and ready to eat beef products.
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    This introductory information is not a regulatory requirement but       
     identifies the type of establishment and its production. The           
     information will help FSIS personnel, who are not familiar with the    
     establishment, review the Sanitation SOP.                              
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Management structure is as follows:
    
    President--Joe Doe
    Slaughter Manager--Ken Smith
    Processing Manager--Susan Jones
    Quality Control (QC) Manager--Gwen Summers
    Sanitation Manager--Carl Anderson
    
        The QC Manager is responsible for implementing and daily monitoring 
    of the Sanitation SOP and recording the findings and any corrective 
    actions. The
    
    [[Page 38873]]
    
    Slaughter, Processing and Sanitation Managers are responsible for 
    training and assigning specific duties to other employees and 
    monitoring their performance within the Sanitation SOP.
        All records, data, checklists and other information pertaining to 
    the Sanitation SOP will be maintained on file and made available to 
    FSIS program employees.
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    The identification of establishment personnel (positions rather than    
     specific names of employees) responsible for implementing, maintaining,
     monitoring and records associated with the Sanitation SOP is a         
     regulatory requirement. All records pertaining to the Sanitation SOP   
     must be kept on file and made available to FSIS personnel, but it is   
     not necessary to make that statement.                                  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Sanitation SOP for EST. 38
    
    I. Preoperational Sanitation--Equipment and Facility Cleaning Objective
    
        All equipment will be cleaned and sanitized prior to starting 
    production.
        A. General Equipment Cleaning. (Simple equipment and hand tools are 
    cleaned and sanitized in the same manner but they do not require 
    disassembly and reassembly.)
        1. Established Sanitary Procedures for Cleaning and Sanitizing 
    Equipment:
        a. The equipment is disassembled. Parts are placed in the 
    designated tubs, racks, etc.
        b. Product debris is removed.
        c. Equipment parts are rinsed with water to remove remaining 
    debris.
        d. An approved cleaner is applied to parts and they are cleaned 
    according to manufacturers' directions.
        e. Equipment parts are rinsed with potable water.
        f. Equipment is sanitized with an approved sanitizer, and rinsed 
    with potable water if required.
        g. The equipment is reassembled.
        h. The equipment is resanitized with an approved sanitizer, and 
    rinsed with potable water if required. 
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    The established sanitary procedures are daily routine sanitary          
     procedures to prevent direct product contamination or adulteration.    
     Daily routine sanitary procedures to prevent direct product            
     contamination or adulteration are required in the Sanitation SOP; FSIS 
     personnel use them to verify compliance with the Sanitation SOP. The   
     procedures shall be specific for each establishment; however, they can 
     be as detailed as the establishment wants to make them.                
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        2. Implementing, Monitoring and Recordkeeping. The QC Manager 
    performs daily organoleptic sanitation inspection after preoperational 
    equipment cleaning and sanitizing. The results of the inspection are 
    recorded on Establishment Form E-1. If everything is acceptable, the 
    appropriate box is initialed. If corrective actions are needed, such 
    actions are to be documented (see below).
        The QC Manager performs daily microbial monitoring for Total Plate 
    Counts (TPCs) after preoperational equipment cleaning and sanitizing. 
    The QC Manager swabs one square inch of a food contact surface on a 
    piece of equipment or hand tool within one hour prior to production. 
    The samples are plated and incubated at 35 deg. C. for 48 hours. 
    Colonies are counted and recorded as number of colony forming units 
    (CFU) per square inch of surface swabbed. Daily microbial counts are 
    documented on Establishment Form M-1.
        3. Corrective Actions.
        a. When the QC Manager determines that the equipment or hand tools 
    do not pass organoleptic examination, the cleaning procedure and 
    reinspection are repeated. The Sanitation Manager monitors the cleaning 
    of the equipment or hand tools and retrains sanitation crew employees, 
    if necessary. Corrective actions are recorded on Establishment Form E-
    1.
        b. If microbial counts exceed ____ CFUs/sq. in., the QC Manager 
    notifies the Sanitation Manager and attempts to determine the cause of 
    the high count (for example, cleaning procedures varied, new people 
    cleaned the equipment, sanitizer not applied). If microbial counts 
    remain high for several days, the QC Manager will confer with the 
    Sanitation Manager. The Sanitation Manager notifies sanitation crew 
    employees and reviews all cleaning and sanitizing procedures and 
    personal hygiene. Microbial counts are recorded on Establishment Form 
    M-1. Corrective actions to prevent direct product contamination or 
    adulteration are documented on Establishment Form E-1.
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    The establishment is required to monitor daily routine sanitation       
     activities as described in the Sanitation SOP, the establishment       
     determines the methods and frequency of monitoring. Microbiological    
     sampling is not required, but Hill-Top Meats wants to monitor the      
     effectiveness of the cleaning by daily microbial sampling, in addition 
     to organoleptic monitoring, and has set limits to enable them to take  
     appropriate action when those limits are exceeded. Establishment Forms 
     E-1 and M-1 are used only as examples; no specific forms or form       
     numbers are required. However, establishments must record the daily    
     completion or adherence to the established procedures in the Sanitation
     SOP, any deviations from regulatory requirements, and corrective       
     actions.                                                               
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        B. Cleaning of Facilities--including floors, walls and ceilings.
        1. Cleaning Procedures.
        a. Debris is swept up and discarded.
        b. Facilities are rinsed with potable water.
        c. Facilities are cleaned with an approved cleaner, according to 
    manufacturer's directions.
        d. Facilities are rinsed with potable water.
        2. Cleaning Frequency.
        Floors and walls are cleaned at the end of each production day. 
    Ceilings are cleaned as needed, but at least once a week.
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    There is no specific requirement to include facility cleaning in the    
     Sanitation SOP, unless part of the facility could directly contaminate 
     or adulterate product.                                                 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        3. Establishment Monitoring.
        The QC Manager performs daily organoleptic inspection prior to the 
    start of operations. Results are recorded on Establishment Form E-1.
        4. Corrective Actions.
        When the QC Manager determines that the facilities do not pass 
    organoleptic inspection, the cleaning procedure and reinspection are 
    repeated. The Sanitation Manager monitors the cleaning of facilities 
    and retrains sanitation crew employees if necessary. Corrective actions 
    to prevent direct product contamination or adulteration are recorded on 
    Establishment Form E-1.
    
    II. Operational Sanitation
    
        Objective: Carcass dressing will be performed under sanitary 
    conditions and in a manner to prevent contamination of the carcass.
        A. Slaughter Operations.
        1. Established Methods for Carcass Dressing--
        a. Employees will clean hands, arms, gloves, aprons, boots, etc., 
    as often as
    
    [[Page 38874]]
    
    necessary during the dressing procedures.
        b. Employees will clean and then sanitize with 180 deg. F. water, 
    knives and other hand tools, saws and other equipment, as often as 
    necessary during the dressing procedures to prevent contamination of 
    the skinned carcass.
        c. The brisket saw is sanitized between carcasses using 180 deg. F. 
    water.
        d. Eviscerating employees will maintain clean hands, arms, clothes, 
    aprons, boots and knives during the evisceration process. If 
    contamination occurs, the employee is required to step away from the 
    evisceration table onto a side platform to clean and sanitize apron, 
    boots and knives. It may be necessary to clean hands and arms with soap 
    and water. In cases of contamination from an abscess or other extensive 
    contamination, the employee may need to shower and change clothes 
    before resuming work.
        e. The carcass splitting saw is sanitized with 180 deg. F. water 
    after each carcass.
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    The above methods for carcass dressing are specific for Hill-Top Meats. 
     The establishment considers them to be Good Manufacturing Practices for
     their type of operation, to prevent direct contamination or            
     adulteration of carcasses. Each establishment determines the sanitary  
     procedures and any requirements they want to detail in their Sanitation
     SOP.                                                                   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        2. Monitoring and Recordkeeping.
        a. The Slaughter Manager is responsible for ensuring that employee 
    hygiene practices, sanitary conditions and cleaning procedures are 
    maintained during a production shift. The QC Manager monitors the 
    sanitation procedures twice during a production shift. Results are 
    recorded on Establishment Form E-1.
        b. A Microbiological Control and Monitoring Program is used to 
    determine the level of bacteria on product contact surfaces of 
    equipment (e.g., knives, hand tools, evisceration table, etc.) and 
    outer garments (such as aprons and gloves) during production. The QC 
    Manager performs daily microbial monitoring for Total Plate Counts 
    (TPCs). The samples are plated and incubated at 35 deg.C. for 48 hours. 
    Colonies are counted and recorded as number of colony forming units 
    (CFU) per square inch of surface swabbed. Daily microbial counts are 
    documented on Establishment Form M-1.
        3. Corrective Actions.
        a. When equipment is visibly contaminated, contaminants are removed 
    by cleaning and sanitizing equipment prior to resuming production. The 
    Slaughter Manager attempts to determine the cause of the contamination 
    and takes corrective action. This may require adjusting equipment, 
    retraining employees, temporarily stopping or slowing the line speed, 
    etc. Corrective actions are recorded on Establishment Form E-1.
        b. If microbial counts from equipment swabbing exceed the action 
    level set, the QC Manager notifies the Slaughter Manager. The Slaughter 
    Manager attempts to determine the cause (for example, new people not 
    adequately trained, equipment not adjusted properly) and takes 
    corrective action. If microbial counts remain above established limits 
    for several days, the QC Manager confers with the Slaughter Manager and 
    all slaughter operations are reviewed. The Slaughter Manager notifies 
    the slaughter employees and reviews personal hygiene, equipment 
    adjustment, and sanitary handling procedures. Corrective actions to 
    prevent direct product contamination or adulteration are recorded on 
    Establishment Form E-1.
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    The establishment is required to monitor the regulatory daily sanitation
     activities as described in its Sanitation SOP, but each establishment  
     determines its own methods for monitoring, the frequency of monitoring,
     and the corrective actions to include in the Sanitation SOP. Records   
     must be kept on daily completion of the established procedures,        
     deviations, and corrective actions.                                    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        B. Processing Operations.
        Objective: Processing is performed under sanitary conditions to 
    prevent direct and cross contamination of food products.
        1. Established Sanitary Procedures for Processing--
        a. Employees clean and sanitize hands, gloves, knives, wizard 
    knives, other hand tools, cutting boards, etc., as necessary during 
    processing to prevent contamination of food products.
        b. All equipment, belt conveyors, tables, and other product contact 
    surfaces are cleaned and sanitized throughout the day as needed.
        c. Employees take appropriate precautions when going from a raw 
    product area to a cooked product area, to prevent cross contamination 
    of cooked products. Employees change outer garments, wash hands and 
    sanitize hands with an approved hand sanitizer (sanitizer is equivalent 
    to 50 ppm chlorine), put on clean gloves for that room and step into a 
    boot sanitizing bath on leaving and entering the respective rooms.
        d. Raw and cooked processing areas are separate. There is no cross 
    utilization of equipment between raw and cooked products.
        e. Outer garments, such as aprons, smocks and gloves, are 
    identified and designated specifically for either the raw processing 
    rooms or the cooked processing rooms. Blue is designated for raw 
    processing rooms and orange for cooked processing rooms. The outer 
    garments are hung in designated locations when an employee leaves each 
    room. Outer garments are maintained in a clean and sanitary manner and 
    are changed at least daily and, if necessary, more often.
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Establishments with processing will determine their own established     
     sanitary procedures in the Sanitation SOP and any establishment        
     requirements. Hill-Top Meats considers its established procedures for  
     processing to be Good Manufacturing Practices.                         
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        2. Monitoring and Recordkeeping.
        a. The Processing Manager is responsible for ensuring that employee 
    hygiene practices, employee and product traffic patterns, sanitary 
    product handling procedures, and cleaning procedures are maintained 
    during a production shift. The QC Manager monitors the sanitation 
    procedures twice during a production shift. Results are recorded on 
    Establishment Form P-1.
        b. A Microbiological Control and Monitoring Program is used to 
    determine and control the level of bacteria on both raw and cooked 
    product contact surfaces during production. Once a day, the QC Manager 
    performs Microbial Monitoring for Total Plate Counts (TPCs). The QC 
    Manager swabs one square inch on a product contact surface from each of 
    three randomly selected pieces of equipment in each raw product room 
    and cooked product room.
    
        Note: The samples are taken from the cooked product rooms first 
    and then from the raw product rooms. The samples are plated and 
    incubated at 35 deg. C. for 48 hours. Colonies are counted and 
    recorded as number of colony forming units (CFU) per square inch of 
    surface swabbed. Microbial counts are documented on Establishment 
    Form M-1.
    
        3. Corrective Actions.
        a. When the QC Manager identifies sanitation problems, the QC 
    Manager notifies the Processing Manager. The Processing Manager stops 
    production, if necessary, and notifies processing employees to take 
    appropriate action to correct the sanitation problems. If necessary, 
    processing employees are retrained. Corrective actions are recorded on 
    Establishment Form P-1.
    
    [[Page 38875]]
    
        If microbial counts exceed the action level set for each piece of 
    equipment for the specific product in that production line, the QC 
    Manager notifies the Processing Manager. The Processing Manager 
    attempts to determine the cause (for example, new people going back and 
    forth between the raw and cooked rooms, gloves not being changed 
    regularly) and takes corrective action. Additional daily microbial 
    sampling is done on any equipment that showed high microbial counts, 
    until the counts fall below the action level. If microbial counts 
    remain high for several days, the QC Manager confers with the 
    Processing Manager and Sanitation Manager to review all operations that 
    impact that equipment. The Processing Manager notifies the processing 
    employees and reviews personal hygiene and sanitary product handling 
    procedures. Corrective actions are recorded on Establishment Form P-1.
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    The monitoring and corrective actions are specific for Hill-Top Meats   
     only. Microbial sampling and monitoring are not required for product   
     contact surfaces. Each establishment determines its own procedures for 
     monitoring and the frequency of monitoring to include in its Sanitation
     SOP.                                                                   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Appendix C--Guidebook for the Preparation of HACCP Plans
    
    Preface
    
        The Hazard Analysis Critical Control Points (HACCP) system is a 
    logical, scientific system that can control safety problems in food 
    production. HACCP is now being adopted worldwide. It works with any 
    type of food production system and with any food. It works by 
    controlling food safety hazards throughout the process. The hazards can 
    be biological, chemical, or physical.
        This guidebook was developed to help meat and poultry 
    establishments prepare HACCP plans. The steps to developing a HACCP 
    plan can be used by all establishments, large or small, complex or 
    simple. The guidebook identifies additional sources of information, so 
    that small operators won't have to ``go it alone.''
        The forms shown in this guidebook are examples only. Think of this 
    as a self-help guide or a do-it-yourself manual. There are many ways to 
    get to the final product--a good HACCP plan. So, choose the examples 
    that work best in your establishment.
        The guidebook can be used to complement HACCP training. You may 
    also wish to use it in conjunction with a video about HACCP. The 
    guidebook will provide the basics. When you are ready to move on, there 
    are more specialized documents. FSIS is also publishing the Meat and 
    Poultry Products Hazards and Controls Guide. It explains in detail the 
    biological, chemical, and physical hazards that can occur at different 
    steps of meat and poultry slaughter and processing and provides some 
    examples of controls for those hazards. In addition, there will be a 
    series of Generic Models for different meat and poultry processes, to 
    be used as examples. You will probably want to look at the models for 
    processes that you use in your establishment. There will be model plans 
    for the following 13 processes:
    
    Raw, Ground
    Raw, Other
    All Other Shelf-Stable, Heat Treated
    Fully Cooked, Non-Shelf Stable
    All Other Shelf-Stable, Not Heat Treated
    All Non-Shelf Stable, Heat Treated, Not Fully Cooked
    Non-Shelf Stable with Secondary Inhibitors
    Thermally Processed/Commercially Sterile
    Swine Slaughter
    Poultry Slaughter
    Beef Slaughter
    Irradiation
    Mechanically Separated Species
    
    Developing a HACCP Plan
    
        The Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Points (HACCP) System is a 
    logical, scientific approach to controlling safety problems in food 
    production. When a company adopts HACCP, it puts controls in place at 
    each point in the production system where safety problems could occur 
    from biological, chemical, or physical hazards. To start a HACCP 
    system, a company must first write a HACCP plan. This guidebook 
    explains how to write a HACCP plan in five preparatory steps and then 
    the seven HACCP principles.
        The five ``pre-HACCP'' steps in this guidebook are:
        1. Bring together your HACCP resources.
        2. Describe the product and its method of distribution.
        3. Develop a complete list of ingredients and raw materials used in 
    the product.
        4. Develop a process flow diagram.
        5. Meet the regulatory requirements for Sanitation Standard 
    Operating Procedures (SOPs).
        Applying the seven HACCP principles makes up the major steps to 
    writing a HACCP plan. They are:
        1. Conduct a hazard analysis.
        2. Identify critical control points.
        3. Establish critical limits for each critical control point.
        4. Establish monitoring procedures.
        5. Establish corrective actions.
        6. Establish recordkeeping procedures.
        7. Establish verification procedures.
        As you read this guidebook and look at the examples, the process 
    for writing a HACCP plan should become clearer. This first section of 
    the guidebook explains the five ``pre-HACCP'' steps. The next seven 
    sections cover each of the HACCP principles that you will need to 
    follow to develop a HACCP plan.
    
    Pre-HACCP Step 1--Bring Together Your HACCP Resources
    
        The first step is to assemble your HACCP resources. When a company 
    develops a HACCP plan, it is important to bring as much knowledge to 
    the table as possible. Actually, you probably have access to more HACCP 
    resources than you think! With a small establishment, this might mean 
    bringing together one or two employees, one of whom has had HACCP 
    training. Your HACCP resources may include outside expertise. You can 
    get this expertise through your local Extension Office, a trade or 
    professional association, or a contractor of your choice. A larger 
    plant may wish to bring in employees from a number of departments, such 
    as production, sanitation, quality control, and engineering, as well as 
    employees directly involved in daily processing activities. There is no 
    magic number of employees needed to write a HACCP plan. It could be one 
    employee or, in a very large company, it could be seven or eight 
    people.
        Your employee or employees writing the HACCP plan should understand 
    some basic things about your establishment: The technology and 
    equipment used in your processing lines; the practical aspects of food 
    operations; and the flow of the process in your plant. It will be a 
    bonus for your HACCP plan if those employees have some knowledge of the 
    applied aspects of food microbiology and of HACCP principles and 
    techniques, although this knowledge can be supplemented by outside 
    experts.
    
    Pre-HACCP Step 2--Describe the Product and Its Method of Distribution
    
        The second step is to describe completely each food product that 
    your plant makes. This will help identify hazards that may exist either 
    in the ingredients or in the packaging materials.
        To describe your product, you might ask the following questions 
    about the product:
        1. Common name?
    
    [[Page 38876]]
    
        For example, a cooked sausage could be called franks/hot dogs/
    wieners.
        2. How is it to be used?
        Categories might include: Ready-to-eat, to be heated prior to 
    consumption, or for further processing.
        3. The type of package?
        For example, is it modified atmosphere packaging?
        4. Length of shelf life?
        In the cooked sausage example, the length of shelf life might be 30 
    to 50 days for modified atmospheric packaging.
        5. Where will it be sold?
        For example, will it be sold to wholesale, retail or institutions?
        6. Labeling instructions?
        ``Keep Refrigerated'' would be a common labeling instruction for 
    meat and poultry products.
        7. Is special distribution control needed?
        For instance, should the product be kept refrigerated at or below 
    40 deg.F? Below is a blank Product Description Form. It is an example. 
    You may take it and tailor it to your own establishment.
        Below is an example of a Product Description Form filled in for 
    cooked sausage. The HACCP Generic Models developed for 13 different 
    processes will give you more samples of product descriptions.
    
    Pre-HACCP Step 3--Develop a Complete List of Ingredients and Raw 
    Materials
    
        The third step is to develop a written list of ingredients and raw 
    materials for each process/product. You can write this on a very simple 
    form, as shown below. You may wish to divide the ingredients into just 
    two categories: Meat (meat such as boneless beef or chicken parts with 
    skin) and Other Ingredients (such as spices and preservatives). Below 
    is a sample Product and Ingredients Form for chunked and formed, 
    breaded chicken patties. Again, these forms are only examples to get 
    you started. You may wish to have more elaborate forms for your 
    establishment. The important thing is to list all ingredients that go 
    into each product!
    
    Pre-HACCP Step 4--Develop a Process Flow Diagram
    
        The next step is to construct a process flow diagram that 
    identifies all the steps used to prepare the product, from receiving 
    through final shipment. The diagram should not be so complex that it is 
    difficult to follow and understand, but must be complete from the 
    beginning of your process to the end.
        You will want to verify the process flow diagram. You do this by 
    actually walking through the plant to make sure that the steps listed 
    on the diagram describe what really occurs in producing the product.
        A blank process flow diagram is shown below. It is a very simple 
    form on which you may want to draw the flow freehand. If you have a 
    computer, you can make a fancier form, with arrows leading from step to 
    step.
    
    BILLING CODE 3410-DM-P
    
    [[Page 38877]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25JY96.001
    
    
    
    [[Page 38878]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25JY96.002
    
    
    
    [[Page 38879]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25JY96.003
    
    
    
    [[Page 38880]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25JY96.004
    
    
    
    [[Page 38881]]
    
        An example of a Process Flow Diagram for cooked sausage is shown 
    below. The employees in this case chose to construct a flow diagram for 
    the meat and poultry ingredients, another one for the non-meat 
    ingredients, and a third flow diagram for supplies such as packaging 
    materials. You will find more examples of process flow diagrams for 
    specific products in the HACCP Generic Models.
        Remember, the purpose of this diagram is to find any places in your 
    specific establishment where hazards could occur. As with all HACCP 
    planning forms, the approving employee should sign and date the form, 
    for your records.
    
    Pre-HACCP Step 5--Meet the Regulatory Requirements for Sanitation 
    Standard Operating Procedures
    
        Good sanitation is one of the most basic ways to ensure that you 
    produce safe products. Maintaining good sanitation serves as an 
    excellent and necessary foundation for building your HACCP plan. It 
    also demonstrates that you have the commitment and resources to 
    successfully implement your HACCP plan. Because it is so important, 
    meeting the regulatory requirements for Sanitation Standard Operating 
    Procedures (SOPs) is a pre-HACCP requirement that must be carried out 
    in all establishments. A separate guide and a model Sanitation SOP have 
    been prepared and are available to help you with this activity.
        Now you are ready to apply the seven principles that will produce a 
    HACCP plan suited to your plant and your products. Those principles and 
    how to carry them out will be discussed in detail in the next seven 
    sections of this guidebook.
    
    
    [[Page 38882]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25JY96.005
    
    
    
    [[Page 38883]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25JY96.006
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 3410-DM-C
    
    [[Page 38884]]
    
    Principle 1--Conduct a Hazard Analysis
    
        HACCP Principle No. 1 states:
        ``Conduct a hazard analysis. Prepare a list of steps in the process 
    where significant hazards occur and describe the preventive measures.''
        The regulation defines a food safety hazard as ``Any biological, 
    chemical, or physical property that may cause a food to be unsafe for 
    human consumption.''
        This section will define the hazards and discuss in general where 
    they may occur in meat and poultry production. It will then talk about 
    identifying hazards in your establishment.
        Finally, this section will explain how you can apply preventive 
    measures to the hazards you have identified, to ensure that the 
    products are safe for consumers. A preventive measure is defined, in 
    the regulation, as ``Physical, chemical, or other means that can be 
    used to control an identified food safety hazard.''
        You will find a far more detailed listing of and discussion of 
    hazards in the Meat and Poultry Products Hazards and Controls Guide. 
    The generic HACCP models discuss the hazards specific to various meat 
    and poultry processes, such as raw, ground product or swine slaughter. 
    In addition, the References section of this guidebook lists 
    publications which can help you identify hazards.
        To identify biological, chemical, or physical hazards likely to 
    occur, you need to know about the chemical, physical, and 
    microbiological characteristics of meat, poultry, and other 
    ingredients, as well as how various processes affect those 
    characteristics. You also need to understand the interactions among 
    ingredients.
        You need to evaluate each step in the process flow diagram to 
    determine whether a biological, chemical and/or physical hazard may be 
    introduced at that step and whether preventive measures are available.
    
    Biological Hazards
    
        Biological hazards are living organisms, including microorganisms, 
    that can put human health at risk. Biological hazards include bacteria, 
    parasites, protozoa, viruses, and the like.
        Agricultural products and food animals carry a wide range of 
    bacteria. From a public health standpoint, most bacteria are harmless. 
    Others--the pathogenic microorganisms--can cause illness or even death 
    in humans. The numbers and types of bacteria vary from one food or 
    animal species to another, from one geographic region to another, and 
    with production and slaughter or harvesting methods. During production, 
    processing, packaging, transportation, preparation, storage and 
    service, any food may be exposed to bacterial contamination. The most 
    common biological hazards in meat and poultry are microbiological.
        Some of the major pathogenic bacterial organisms that can cause 
    foodborne illness from eating meat or poultry are: Salmonella, 
    Clostridium perfringens, Listeria monocytogenes, Staphylococcus aureus, 
    Campylobacter jejuni, Yersinia enterocolitica, Bacillus cereus, 
    Clostridium botulinum, and Escherichia coli O157:H7.
        In the Meat and Poultry Products Hazards and Controls Guide, you 
    will find a brief description of the major microorganisms of concern in 
    meat and poultry. Table 1 in that guide describes the temperature and 
    pH ranges and the minimum water activity needed for each organism to 
    grow. Table 4 lists some preventive measures for biological hazards. To 
    thoroughly identify significant biological hazards in your 
    establishment, you need to evaluate each specific ingredient and 
    processing step in your operation.
    
    Chemical Hazards
    
        Chemical hazards may also cause foodborne illnesses.
        Chemical hazards fall into two categories:
        1. Naturally occurring poisons or deleterious substances are those 
    that are natural constituents of foods and are not the result of 
    environmental, agricultural, industrial, or other contamination. 
    Examples include aflatoxins, mycotoxins, and shellfish toxins.
        2. Added poisonous or deleterious substances are those which are 
    intentionally or unintentionally added to foods at some point in 
    growing, harvesting, storage, processing, packing, or distribution. 
    This group of chemicals can include pesticides, fungicides, 
    insecticides, fertilizers, and antibiotics, as well as direct and 
    indirect food additives. This group can also include chemicals such as 
    lubricants, cleaners, paints, and coatings.
        To identify any chemical hazards, you first need to identify any 
    chemical residues that might be in the animal. To do this, think about 
    the following:
         The types of drugs and pesticides routinely used in 
    raising the animals which are the source of your meat and poultry 
    ingredients.
         Feeds and supplements fed to the animals.
         Environmental contaminants the animals may have come into 
    contact with. This includes both naturally occurring contaminants and 
    added contaminants.
         Pesticides used on plants that may end up as residues in 
    the animal.
         The source of the water the animals were allowed to drink. 
    You can use the following preventive measures to help ensure that 
    animals entering your establishment are free of harmful residues:
         Require that the animals have been raised in conjunction 
    with the January 1994 FDA Compliance Policy Guidelines.
         Require written assurances from suppliers for each lot of 
    animals, stating that the animals are free of illegal residues.
         Set your own maximum allowable residue limits for specific 
    drugs, pesticides, and environmental contaminants in animal urine or 
    tissues as targets to ensure that FDA and EPA tolerances are met.
         Ensure that trucks used to ship the animals do not have 
    chemical hazards that could contaminate the animals.
        Most establishments use chemicals during processing and to keep 
    their operations sanitary. Yet you need to be aware that chemical 
    hazards can occur at any of the following points:
         Prior to receiving chemicals at your establishment.
         Upon receiving chemicals.
         At any point where a chemical is used during processing.
         During storage of chemicals.
         During the use of any cleaning agents, sanitizers, 
    lubricants, or other maintenance chemicals.
         Prior to shipment of the finished product.
         In trucks used to ship finished product.
        Some of the measures you can use to prevent chemical hazards are:
         Use only approved chemicals.
         Have detailed product specifications for chemicals 
    entering your plant.
         Maintain letters of guarantee from suppliers.
         Inspect trucks used to ship finished product.
         Properly label and store all chemicals.
         Properly train employees who handle chemicals.
        In the Meat and Poultry Products Hazards and Controls Guide, Table 
    5 lists some preventive measures for chemical hazards. For still more 
    information, see the publication HACCP--Establishing Hazard Analysis 
    Critical Control Point Program, Food Processors Institute, 1993.
    
    [[Page 38885]]
    
    Physical Hazards
    
        A physical hazard is any physical material not normally found in a 
    food which causes illness or injury to the individual using the 
    product. Physical hazards include a variety of foreign materials or 
    objects, such as glass, metal, and plastic. However, foreign objects 
    which cannot cause illness or injury are not hazards, even though they 
    may not be aesthetically pleasing to your customers.
        A number of situations can result in physical hazards in finished 
    products. They include, but are not limited to:
         Contaminated raw materials.
         Poorly designed or poorly maintained facilities and 
    equipment. An example would be rust particles and paint chips falling 
    from overhead structures onto exposed product.
         Improper procedures or improper employee training and 
    practices. For example, by using the wrong cutting technique during the 
    cut-up/prefabrication process, employees could cut off and leave pieces 
    of their rubber gloves in the product.
        Measures you can take to prevent physical hazards include, but are 
    not limited to:
         Make sure your plant specifications for building design 
    and operation are accurate and updated regularly.
         Make sure your letters of guarantee for ingredients and 
    product supplies are accurate and updated regularly.
         Perform random visual examinations of incoming product and 
    materials.
         Use magnets and metal detectors to help find metal 
    fragments that would be a physical hazard.
         Use stone traps and bone separators to remove these 
    potential physical hazards.
         Keep equipment well maintained.
         Train employees to identify potential problems.
        To identify some preventive measures for physical hazards, see 
    Table 6 in the Meat and Poultry Products Hazards and Controls Guide.
    
    Conducting a Hazard Analysis
    
        Now that you have some understanding of the types of hazards that 
    can occur and how to identify and prevent them, you are ready to 
    conduct a hazard analysis for each process or product covered in your 
    HACCP plan.
        A hazard analysis is the identification of any hazardous 
    biological, chemical, or physical properties in raw materials and 
    processing steps, and an assessment of their likely occurrence and 
    potential to cause food to be unsafe for consumption.
        Your hazard analysis needs to be very specific to your 
    establishment and how you make your product, since hazards may vary 
    greatly from one establishment to another. This is due to differences 
    in: sources of ingredients, product formulations, processing equipment, 
    processing methods, duration of the processes and storage, and employee 
    experiences, knowledge, and attitudes.
        You also need to review--and perhaps revise--your hazard analysis 
    whenever you make any changes in: raw materials suppliers, product 
    formulation, preparation procedures, processing steps, packaging 
    materials or procedures, distribution or intended use of the product.
        Below is a blank Hazard Identification/Preventive Measures form 
    that you may wish to use for your hazard analysis. Below is an example 
    of that form filled in for hazards that might exist in a specific 
    establishment's ground beef process. The form contains space for the 
    process step in which the hazards could occur, the specific hazards, 
    and preventive measures to keep that hazard from occurring. Remember, 
    HACCP is a preventive system.
    
    Steps in Conducting a Hazard Analysis
    
        To conduct a hazard analysis, you need to do the following:
    First--Evaluate Your Operation for Hazards
        1. Review the product description developed in Pre-HACCP Step 2 and 
    determine how this information could influence your hazard analysis.
        2. Look at all product ingredients and incoming materials for the 
    product. You developed this list in Pre-HACCP Step 3.
        3. For each processing step identified in the process flow diagram, 
    determine if a biological, chemical or physical hazard(s) could exist 
    at that step.
    
    BILLING CODE 3410-DM-P
    
    [[Page 38886]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25JY96.007
    
    
    
    [[Page 38887]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25JY96.008
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 3410-DM-C
    
    [[Page 38888]]
    
        4. To help identify hazards, you can ask the following questions at 
    each processing step:
        Could contaminants reach the product during this processing step? 
    Possibilities include: worker handling, contaminated equipment or 
    materials, cross-contamination from raw materials, leaking valves or 
    pipes, dead ends, splashing, etc.
        Could any pathogens multiply during this process step to the point 
    where they became a hazard? Consider product temperature, hold time, 
    etc.
        Could this step create a situation where an ingredient, work in 
    process, or finished product became contaminated with pathogens?
        Could this step introduce a chemical hazard into the product?
        Could this step introduce a physical hazard into the product?
        5. Fully describe the hazards identified for each step.
        6. For each incoming ingredient and material, indicate if a 
    biological, chemical and/or physical hazard exists.
        7. To help identify hazards, you can ask the following questions 
    about each ingredient:
        Could this ingredient contain any pathogenic microorganisms, 
    toxins, chemicals or physical objects?
        If it became contaminated or were mishandled, could this ingredient 
    support the growth of pathogenic microorganisms?
        Are any hazardous chemicals used in growing, harvesting, processing 
    or packaging the ingredient?
        Is this ingredient hazardous if used in excessive amounts?
        If this ingredient were left out or used in amounts lower than 
    recommended, could it result in microbial growth?
        Are any chemical or physical hazards associated with this 
    ingredient?
        8. You can ask the following questions about the product in 
    general:
        Have any livestock entering the slaughter establishment been 
    subjected to hazardous chemicals?
        Are any returned/reworked products used as ingredients?
        If so, could they cause a hazard?
        Are preservatives or additives used in the product formulation to 
    kill or inhibit the growth of microorganisms?
        Do the amount and type of acid ingredients, and the resulting 
    product pH, affect the growth/survival of microorganisms?
        Does the water activity of the finished product affect microbial 
    growth?
        Should refrigeration be maintained for products during transit or 
    in storage?
        Are any chemical or physical hazards associated with any packaging 
    materials?
        9. Fully describe the hazards identified.
    Second--Observe the Actual Operating Practices in Your Operation
        After describing the hazards you've identified with each step, you 
    should:
        1. Observe the actual operation in your establishment and be sure 
    that it is the usual process or practice.
        2. Observe employee practices where raw or contaminated product 
    could cross-contaminate workers' hands, gloves or equipment used for 
    finished/post-process products.
        3. Observe product handling past any kill step for potential cross-
    contamination.
        For additional information about potential biological, chemical, 
    and physical hazards, you may wish to consult tables 8 through 12 in 
    the Meat and Poultry Products Hazards and Controls Guide. They can 
    serve as a guide for identifying potential hazards in ingredients and 
    at various steps in slaughter and processing. However, they do not 
    address every ingredient and every processing step used in the meat and 
    poultry industry.
    
    Preventive Measures
    
        You have identified all significant biological, chemical and 
    physical hazards for each processing step and each ingredient. Now, it 
    is time to identify measures to prevent hazards from compromising the 
    safety of your finished product. Remember, you may not be able to 
    identify a preventive measure for every hazard that you identified. You 
    are ready to fill in the preventive measure(s) column of the Hazard 
    Identification/Preventive Measures Form.
        Remember, HACCP defines a preventive measure as ``Physical, 
    chemical, or other means that can be used to control an identified food 
    safety hazard.''
        Some examples of preventive measures are:
        In beef slaughter, a chemical hazard could result from animals 
    having high levels of drug residues. As a preventive measure, you could 
    test the animals or require letters of guarantee from producers that 
    the animals are free of harmful residues.
        In poultry slaughter, the venting, opening and evisceration process 
    could result in a biological hazard from cross contamination by 
    pathogenic microorganisms. Preventive measures for this hazard would 
    be: use Good Manufacturing Practices (GMP's) at all times; properly 
    maintain and operate equipment used to perform these tasks; and rinse 
    food contact surfaces on equipment with chlorinated water between each 
    carcass.
        In the grinding step for cooked sausage, a physical hazard could be 
    metal fragments from the grinding equipment. There could be three 
    different preventive measures for this hazard. You could inspect the 
    grinding equipment daily to ensure that it is assembled and operated 
    correctly, is functioning properly, and is not worn or damaged. You 
    could have an employee visually examine the product at the packaging 
    step. Or you could use a metal detector at the packaging step.
        In many operations, the packaging step could pose chemical hazards 
    from the packaging materials. A preventive measure could be a letter of 
    guarantee from the supplier that the packaging materials are all food 
    grade.
        Once you have identified your preventive measures and written them 
    on your form, you are ready to go on to the next step in developing 
    your HACCP plan. See blank and filled-in forms for preventive measures 
    below.
    
    Principle 2--Identify Critical Control Points
    
        HACCP Principle No. 2 states:
        ``Identify the Critical Control Points (CCPs) in the process.''
        A critical control point (CCP) is defined as ``A point, step, or 
    procedure in a food process at which control can be applied and, as a 
    result, a food safety hazard can be prevented, eliminated, or reduced 
    to acceptable levels.''
        So far, in developing your HACCP plan, you have identified 
    biological, chemical, and physical hazards in the raw materials and 
    ingredients you use and in the steps of your process. You've also 
    identified preventive measures, if they exist, for each hazard that you 
    identified. With this information, your next step is to identify the 
    points in the process at which the preventive measures can be applied 
    to prevent, eliminate, or reduce the hazard. Then you can use the CCP 
    Decision Tree to assess each step in the process to determine whether 
    it is a critical control point. (Many control points may not be 
    critical; often, companies starting out in HACCP identify too many 
    control points.)
        Fortunately, a great deal of work has already been done for you in 
    identifying CCPs. Many CCPs are already recognized in various food 
    processing and production systems. Some common CCPs are:
         Chilling.
          Cooking that must occur for a specific time and 
    temperature in order to destroy microbiological pathogens.
    
    [[Page 38889]]
    
         Product formulation controls, such as mixing ground beef 
    and spices to form a meatball.
         Certain processing procedures, such as filling and sealing 
    cans.
         Prevention of cross contamination between raw and cooked 
    product.
         Certain slaughter procedures, such as evisceration.
        These are just a few examples of measures that may be CCPs.
        There are many more possibilities. Different facilities, preparing 
    the same food, can differ in the number and location of hazards and the 
    points, steps or procedures which are critical control points. This is 
    due, in part, to differences in plant layouts, equipment used, 
    selection and sources of raw materials and ingredients, or the process 
    that is used.
    
    Steps in Identifying Critical Control Points
    
        A good tool for identifying Critical Control Points is the CCP 
    Decision Tree, shown below. The CCP Decision Tree was developed to help 
    companies separate CCPs from other controls. You will get the best 
    results if you use the Decision Tree very methodically and use simple, 
    descriptive, and familiar wording. You should apply the Decision Tree 
    at each step in the process where you have identified a hazard.
        You can use the blank Critical Control Point Determination Form, to 
    record the results from your CCP Decision Tree work. Or, you may wish 
    to design your own form. An example of a filled-in Critical Control 
    Point Determination Form for poultry slaughter at one establishment is 
    shown below.
        Determining whether a process step is a CCP is really a basic 
    exercise of answering four questions. To use the form and the Decision 
    Tree, follow the next six steps:
        1. In Column 1 of the Critical Control Point Determination Form, 
    write in each step in the process where you have identified a hazard.
        2. In Column 2, write in the identified hazard(s), indicating 
    whether it is biological, chemical or physical. Then take the 
    information you wrote on your Hazard Identification/Preventive Measures 
    form and answer the following questions for each hazard you identified.
        3. Question #1--Do preventive measures exist for the identified 
    hazard?
    
        Note: From a regulatory standpoint, no further action is 
    necessary if the hazard is not reasonably likely to occur.
    
        If the answer is yes, write YES and proceed to the next question.
        If the answer is no, ask the question ``Is control at this step 
    necessary for safety?''
        If control is not necessary at this step in the process, this 
    process step is not a CCP. Write NO in Column 3 and write how and where 
    this hazard will be controlled. Proceed to the next process step and 
    identified hazard you have entered in Columns 1 and 2.
        If control is necessary, in Column 3 explain how the step, process 
    or product will be modified to ensure safety.
    
    BILLING CODE 3410-DM-P
    
    [[Page 38890]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25JY96.009
    
    
    
    [[Page 38891]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25JY96.010
    
    
    
    [[Page 38892]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25JY96.011
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 3410-DM-C
    
    [[Page 38893]]
    
        Once the step, process, or product has been modified, return to 
    Question #1.
        4. Question #2--Does this step eliminate or reduce the likely 
    occurrence of the hazard(s) to an acceptable level?
        If the answer is yes, write YES in Column 4 and identify the step 
    as a CCP in Column 7.
        If the answer is no, write NO in Column 4 and proceed to the next 
    question.
        5. Question #3--Could contamination with identified hazard(s) occur 
    in excess of acceptable levels or could these increase to unacceptable 
    levels?
        If the answer is yes, write YES in Column 5 and proceed to the next 
    question.
        If the answer is no, write NO in Column 5, indicating that the step 
    is not a CCP. Then proceed to the next process step and hazard.
        6. Question #4--Will a subsequent step eliminate identified 
    hazard(s) or reduce the likely occurrence to an acceptable level?
        If the answer is yes, write YES in Column 6, indicating that the 
    step is not a CCP. Then write down which processing step, which occurs 
    later, will reduce the hazard to acceptable levels. Then proceed to the 
    next process step and hazard.
        If the answer is no, write NO in Column 6 and identify the step as 
    a CCP in Column 7.
    
    Principle 3--Establish Critical Limits for Each Critical Control Point
    
        HACCP Principle No. 3 states:
        ``Establish critical limits for preventive measures associated with 
    each identified CCP.'' 
        The regulation defines critical limit as ``The maximum or minimum 
    value to which a physical, biological, or chemical hazard must be 
    controlled at a critical control point to prevent, eliminate, or reduce 
    to an acceptable level the occurrence of the identified food safety 
    hazard.''
     Critical limits are expressed as numbers, such as:
    
     Time/temperature
     Humidity
     Water activity
     pH
     Salt concentration
     Chlorine level
    
        You will find that many critical limits for your identified CCPs 
    have already been established. You can find these limits in sources 
    such as regulatory requirements, scientific literature, experimental 
    studies, and through consultation with experts. Some examples of 
    regulatory critical limits for CCPs in meat and poultry production are 
    shown in Table 7 of the Meat and Poultry Products Hazards and Controls 
    Guide.
        You may wish to establish critical limits that are stricter than 
    regulatory requirements. However, your critical limits must never be 
    less stringent than the requirements.
        In some cases, you will need more than one critical limit to 
    control a particular hazard. For example, the critical limits for 
    cooked beef patties are time/temperature, pattie thickness, and 
    conveyor speed.
        Below you will find an example of a Critical Limits, Monitoring and 
    Corrective Actions Form. You can use that form, or develop your own, to 
    use in this and the following two sections. You will find an example of 
    that form filled in for swine slaughter in one establishment below. You 
    can find examples of critical limits for specific processes in the 
    HACCP Generic Models.
    
    Steps in Establishing Critical Limits
    
        1. For each identified CCP, determine if there is a regulatory 
    critical limit. If so, write that critical limit--or a more stringent 
    one--into the critical limit column of your form.
        For example, the regulatory critical limit for chilled poultry is 
    40 degrees F. So, for the chilling CCP in poultry slaughter, you would 
    write, in the Critical Limit column of your form: ``Deep breast muscle 
    temperature of 40 degrees F. as the carcasses exit the 
    chiller.''
        2. If there are no regulatory critical limits for a CCP, you need 
    to establish critical limits for the CCP that are adequate to maintain 
    control and prevent a food safety hazard. That is the responsibility of 
    each establishment. You may wish to obtain the assistance of outside 
    HACCP experts to help you determine critical limits for your CCPs. Once 
    you have identified critical limits, enter them into the critical limit 
    column of your form.
        3. You should also file, for future reference, any documentation 
    such as letters from outside HACCP experts or scientific reports 
    supporting the critical limits you have identified. This documentation 
    will help validate that the limits have been properly established. In 
    addition, you should keep on file any test results that show your early 
    experience in implementing the HACCP plan, to demonstrate you can 
    implement what is written and make it work.
    
    BILLING CODE 3410-DM-P
    
    [[Page 38894]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25JY96.012
    
    
    
    [[Page 38895]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25JY96.013
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 3410-DM-C
    
    [[Page 38896]]
    
    Principle 4--Establish Monitoring Procedures
    
        HACCP Principle No. 4 states:
        ``Establish CCP monitoring requirements. Establish procedures for 
    using the results of monitoring to adjust the process and maintain 
    control.''
        Monitoring is a planned sequence of observations or measurements to 
    assess whether a CCP is under control and to produce an accurate record 
    for future use in verification.
        Monitoring is essential to a HACCP system. Monitoring can warn you 
    if there is a trend towards loss of control, so that you can take 
    action to bring your process back into control before a critical limit 
    is exceeded. For example, say that an establishment tests the pH of a 
    batch of product at 6 a.m., 7 a.m., and 8 a.m. Each time, the pH is 
    within acceptable limits, but it is steadily climbing towards the high 
    end of the range. This information is showing a trend and the 
    establishment should take action to prevent the pH from exceeding the 
    critical limits.
        The monitoring procedures you will establish at CCPs will generally 
    relate to on-line processes. Monitoring may be continuous or non-
    continuous. Continuous monitoring at a CCP usually is done with 
    measuring equipment, such as automatic time-temperature equipment used 
    at a cooking step. Continuous monitoring is better because it results 
    in a permanent record that you can review and evaluate to ensure that 
    the CCP is under control. However, you should regularly check 
    continuous monitoring equipment for accuracy.
        You should use non-continuous monitoring procedures when continuous 
    monitoring is not feasible. Non-continuous monitoring can include: 
    visual examinations; monitoring of ingredient specifications; 
    measurements of pH, water activity (Aw), and product temperatures; 
    attribute sampling; and the like. When you use non-continuous 
    monitoring, you need to ensure that the frequency of monitoring is 
    enough to ensure that the hazard is under control and that the 
    monitoring is performed at random times. For instance, each plant needs 
    to set its own times and frequency for checking the cooking time/
    temperature of products. This may vary from one establishment to 
    another because of differences in plant size, plant layout, the type of 
    product, the length of time for processing, and the product flow.
        Each establishment has the responsibility to establish a frequency 
    that ensures that the CCP is under control. In some cases, you may have 
    to perform tests at a CCP or use statistically based sampling.
        Monitoring will go much more smoothly if you:
         Clearly identify the employee(s) responsible for 
    monitoring.
         Train the employee(s) monitoring the CCPs in the testing 
    procedures, the critical limits established, the methods of recording 
    test results, and actions to be taken when critical limits are 
    exceeded.
         Ensure that the employee(s) understand the purpose and 
    importance of monitoring.
        You can use the Critical Limits, Monitoring and Corrective Actions 
    Form shown below, or you can develop your own form. Below is an example 
    of a form filled in for swine slaughter in one establishment.
    
    Steps in Establishing Monitoring Procedures
    
        You can identify monitoring procedures for your HACCP plan by doing 
    the following:
        1. For each CCP, identify the best monitoring procedure.
        2. Determine the frequency of monitoring for each CCP.
        3. Determine if the monitoring activity needs to be done randomly 
    to get a good representation of the product throughout the day's 
    production. If it does, decide how the random monitoring will be done.
        4. Determine what testing procedures need to be done for each 
    monitoring function. For example, will you need to do a chlorine check 
    or a temperature measurement?
        5. Identify and train the employee(s) responsible for monitoring.
        6. Make sure that the employee doing the monitoring signs all 
    records and documents associated with CCP monitoring. Also make sure 
    that the monitoring results are documented or recorded at the time the 
    monitoring takes place.
        7. Enter the above information in the monitoring column of your 
    form.
    
    Principle 5--Establish Corrective Actions
    
        HACCP Principle No. 5 states:
        ``Establish corrective action to be taken when monitoring indicates 
    that there is a deviation from an established critical limit.''
        The regulation defines corrective action as ``Procedures to be 
    followed when a deviation occurs.''
        A deviation is a failure to meet a critical limit.
        Since HACCP is a preventive system to correct problems before they 
    affect the safety of the food, you have to plan in advance to correct 
    potential deviations from established critical limits. Once your HACCP 
    plan is in place, any time a critical limit is not met, you will need 
    to take corrective actions. Those corrective actions should include:
        1. Determining the disposition of non-complying product;
        2. Correcting the cause of the non-compliance to prevent a 
    recurrence;
        3. Demonstrating that the CCP is once again under control (this 
    means examining the process or product again at that CCP and getting 
    results that are within the critical limits);
        4. Maintaining records of the corrective actions.
        Under HACCP, you determine in advance what you will do when a 
    critical limit is not met at a CCP. The employee(s) monitoring CCPs 
    should understand this process and be trained to perform the 
    appropriate corrective actions. It is important that an establishment 
    record all corrective actions and that the employee responsible for 
    taking the corrective actions sign all the documentation.
        In some cases, the product in question will be held for further 
    investigation of the deviation. This investigation may require a 
    thorough record review, product testing, or consultation with a 
    processing authority.
        Some examples of corrective actions are:
         Immediately adjust the process and hold product for 
    further evaluation and disposition.
         Empower employees to stop the line when a deviation 
    occurs, hold all product not in compliance, and call in the plant's 
    quality control manager.
         Rely on an approved alternate process that can be 
    substituted for the one that is out of control at the specific critical 
    control point. For example, if the in-line eviscerators in a poultry 
    slaughter plant are malfunctioning, evisceration can be done by hand as 
    long as Good Manufacturing Practices (GMPs) are followed.
        Regardless of the corrective actions you take, you need to keep 
    records that include:
         The deviation that was identified.
         The reason for holding the product; the time and date of 
    the hold; the amount of product involved; the disposition and/or 
    release of product; and the individual who made the disposition 
    decision.
         Actions to prevent the deviation from recurring.
        You can use the Critical Limits, Monitoring and Corrective Actions 
    form below or you can develop your own
    
    [[Page 38897]]
    
    form. A sample form, filled in for swine slaughter, appears below.
    
    Steps in Establishing Corrective Actions
    
        1. For each CCP, determine the corrective action to take if the 
    critical limits are exceeded. Determine what should be done with the 
    product if a deviation occurs at this step. You may need more than one 
    corrective action for a CCP.
        2. Develop the record form to capture all the necessary information 
    on the deviation, and identify the employee responsible for maintaining 
    and signing the record.
        3. Ensure that employees conducting the monitoring at each CCP are 
    fully trained and know the corrective actions to take if a deviation 
    occurs.
        4. Enter the appropriate corrective action(s) for each CCP in the 
    corrective action column of the Critical Limits, Monitoring and 
    Corrective Actions form and identify the record that will be 
    maintained.
    
    Principle 6--Establish Recordkeeping Procedures
    
        HACCP Principle No. 6 states:
        ``Establish effective recordkeeping procedures that document the 
    HACCP system.''
        Maintaining proper HACCP records is an essential part of the HACCP 
    system. Good HACCP records--meaning that they are accurate and 
    complete--can be very helpful to you for the following reasons:
         Records serve as written documentation of your 
    establishment's compliance with its HACCP plan.
         Records allow you to trace the history of an ingredient, 
    in-process operations, or a finished product, should problems arise.
         Records help you identify trends in a particular operation 
    that could result in a deviation if not corrected.
         If you were ever faced with a product recall, HACCP 
    records could help you identify and narrow the scope of such a recall.
         Well-maintained records are good evidence in potential 
    legal actions against an establishment.
        In accordance with the HACCP principles, your HACCP system should 
    include records for CCPs, establishment of critical limits, handling of 
    deviations, and your HACCP plan. Examples of these and other HACCP 
    forms that may be useful in assembling the HACCP plan are located in 
    the appropriate sections of this guidebook. For your review, these 
    forms are:
    
    Product(s) Description Form
    Product and Ingredients Form
    Process Flow Diagram Form
    Hazard Identification/Preventive Measures Form
    CCP Determination Form
    Critical Limits, Monitoring and Corrective Actions Form
    Recordkeeping and Verification Form (Verification will be explained in 
    the next section of this guidebook)
    HACCP Plan Form
    
        In many cases, the records you currently maintain may be sufficient 
    to document your HACCP system. Records must contain at least the 
    following information: title and date of record; product 
    identification; critical criteria or limits; a line for the monitor's 
    signature; a place for the reviewer's signature; and, an orderly manner 
    for entering the required data.
        An example of a blank Recordkeeping and Verification Form is found 
    below. Also below is an example of the form filled in for cooked 
    sausage in one establishment.
    
    Steps in Establishing Recordkeeping Procedures
    
        1. Review the records you currently maintain and determine which 
    ones adequately address the monitoring of the CCPs you have identified, 
    or develop forms for this information.
        2. Develop any forms necessary to fully record corrective actions 
    taken when deviations occur.
        3. Develop forms to document your HACCP system. (This will be 
    explained in the next section, on verification).
        4. Identify the monitoring employees responsible for entering data 
    into the records and ensure that they understand their roles and 
    responsibilities.
        5. Enter the record form name(s) on the Recordkeeping and 
    Verification Form under the records column adjacent to the appropriate 
    CCP. (Verification will be explained in the next section).
        6. Enter the appropriate record form name(s) on the Recordkeeping 
    and Verification Form under the verification procedures column adjacent 
    to the appropriate CCP. (Verification will be explained in the next 
    section).
    
    Principle 7--Establish Verification Procedures
    
        HACCP Principle No. 7 states:
        ``Establish procedures to verify that the HACCP system is working 
    correctly.''
        After a HACCP plan has been put into place, verification activities 
    occur on an ongoing basis. Verification entails the use of methods, 
    procedures, or tests in addition to those used in monitoring, to 
    determine whether the HACCP system is operating as intended.
        Simply stated, you need to verify that your HACCP system is working 
    the way you expected it to work. There are several areas that warrant 
    checking. You will probably first want to review your HACCP plan to 
    determine whether the CCPs and critical limits that you established are 
    really the right ones and that you are controlling and monitoring them 
    adequately. You should also make sure that employees are following your 
    procedures for taking corrective actions when a critical limit is 
    exceeded. Finally, you should check to see that your employees are 
    keeping good HACCP records.
        By doing these things, you will evaluate the day-to-day operation 
    of your HACCP system. Don't be surprised if you find that you need to 
    fine-tune your HACCP plan.
        Some things you can do to verify your HACCP system are:
         Analytically test or audit your monitoring procedures;
         Calibrate your temperature equipment;
         Sample your product, including microbiological sampling;
         Review your monitoring records;
         Review your records of deviations and product 
    dispositions;
         Inspect and audit your establishment's operations;
         Sample for environmental and other concerns.
    
    BILLING CODE 3410-DM-P
    
    [[Page 38898]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25JY96.014
    
    
    
    [[Page 38899]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25JY96.015
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 3410-DM-C
    
    [[Page 38900]]
    
        You can use the Recordkeeping and Verification Form to record your 
    verification procedures. A sample blank form appears below. An example 
    filled in for cooked sausage in one establishment appears below.
    
    Steps in Establishing Verification Procedures
    
        1. Determine the appropriate verification procedure to ensure that 
    each CCP and critical limit is adequately controlled and monitored.
        2. For each CCP, determine procedures to ensure that employees are 
    following your established procedures for handling product deviations 
    and for recordkeeping.
        3. Identify the frequencies for conducting any verification checks 
    and the records where the results will be recorded.
        4. Enter the appropriate details on the Recordkeeping and 
    Verification Form for future reference.
    
    Validate Your HACCP Plan
    
        It is very important to validate your HACCP plan. The regulation 
    defines validation as ``the scientific and technical process for 
    determining that the CCPs and associated critical limits are adequate 
    and sufficient to control likely hazards.''
        Simply put, when you validate your HACCP plan, you demonstrate that 
    what you have written and put into place can actually prevent, 
    eliminate, or reduce the levels of hazards that you have identified.
        To validate your HACCP plan, you need to assemble information to 
    show that your HACCP plan will work to control the process and to 
    prevent food safety hazards. There are two types of information that 
    you will probably collect. First, you will likely gather supporting 
    scientific information, such as studies that establish the time and 
    temperatures necessary to kill certain harmful bacteria. Second, you 
    may wish to gather practical information, such as test results from 
    products produced under your HACCP plan. An example of a test might be 
    microbiological analysis of your finished, ready-to-eat products. There 
    are many sources of information to validate your HACCP plan, including: 
    the scientific literature, product testing results, experimental 
    research results, scientifically-based regulatory requirements, 
    official FSIS guidelines, or information developed by process 
    authorities.
        You have a great deal of flexibility in assembling the information 
    to validate your plan, in terms of both source and quantity of 
    information. For example, a slaughter plant should validate that its 
    plan ensures residue control, to prevent violative levels of chemicals, 
    animal drugs or pesticides in carcasses. A slaughter plant might choose 
    to purchase animals only from suppliers who provide veterinary 
    certifications that the animals have been raised under a program that 
    assures that all animal drugs, pesticides, and other chemicals are 
    properly used. In this situation, the establishment could validate this 
    critical control point with the following information: a copy of the 
    residue prevention program under which the producer is certified; a 
    report of an on-site visit to the feedlot; and results of analyses of 
    carcasses for compounds of concern.
        Validation is simpler for HACCP plans for products such as cooked 
    beef, roast beef, or cooked corned beef. Current regulatory 
    requirements for these products include scientifically-based processing 
    times, temperatures, and handling requirements. Your HACCP plan would 
    need only to reflect these regulatory requirements; additional 
    information would be unnecessary. In this case, you could do a minimal 
    number of product analyses to demonstrate that hazards of concern, such 
    as Salmonella, were not found in the products produced under the HACCP 
    plan.
        It is important that you reassess your HACCP plan at least once a 
    year and whenever any of the following occurs:
        1. Potential new hazards are identified that may be introduced into 
    the process for the product.
        2. You add new ingredients.
        3. You change the process steps or procedures.
        4. You introduce new or different processing equipment.
    
    Finishing Your HACCP Plan
    
        Now you are ready to assemble all your information into one HACCP 
    Plan. A sample HACCP Plan blank form is provided below. An example of a 
    form filled in for one establishment's canned beef stew process is 
    shown below. It is important for your records that you assemble all 
    your information into a final HACCP plan. To make sure that your HACCP 
    Plan is complete, you may want to check it against the checklist 
    provided in the next section of this guidebook.
        Now you are ready to put your HACCP Plan into action and make HACCP 
    a reality in your establishment.
    
    BILLING CODE 3410-DM-P
    
    [[Page 38901]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25JY96.016
    
    
    
    [[Page 38902]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25JY96.017
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 3410-DM-C
    
    [[Page 38903]]
    
    HACCP Plan Checklist
        You can use the HACCP Plan Checklist provided in this section to 
    ensure that your HACCP plan adequately addresses all seven HACCP 
    principles.
        When completing the checklist, if you answer ``NO'' to any 
    question, you reevaluate that section of the HACCP plan and make 
    whatever modifications are necessary. Some modifications may require 
    the assistance of recognized HACCP experts.
        Any time you make major changes to the HACCP plan based upon 
    product or process modifications, it would be advisable to review the 
    checklist to ensure that the revisions are acceptable.
        You can keep the HACCP Plan Checklist as part of your HACCP plan 
    for future reference and to provide documented evidence that your HACCP 
    plan addresses all seven HACCP principles.
    ESTABLISHMENT NO.------------------------------------------------------
    PRODUCT/PROCESS--------------------------------------------------------
    DATE-------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                                  HACCP Plan Checklist                                              
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    A. DESCRIBE THE PRODUCT                                                                             YES      NO 
        1. Does the HACCP plan include:                                                                             
            a. The producer/establishment and the product name?                                                     
            b. The ingredients and raw materials used along with the product receipt or formulation?                
            c. The packaging used?                                                                                  
            d. The temperature at which the product is intended to be held, distributed and sold?                   
            e. The manner in which the product will be prepared for consumption?                                    
        2. Has a flow diagram for the production of the product been developed that is clear,                       
         simple, and descriptive of the steps in the process?                                                       
        3. Has the flow diagram been verified for accuracy and completeness against the actual                      
         operating process?                                                                                         
    B. CONDUCT A HAZARD ANALYSIS                                                                        YES      NO 
        1. Have all steps in the process been identified and listed where hazards of potential                      
         significance occur?                                                                                        
                                                                                                                    
        2. Have all hazards associated with each identified step been listed?                                       
        3. Have safety concerns been differentiated from quality concerns?                                          
        4. Have preventive measures to control the identified hazard been identified, if they exist,                
         and listed?                                                                                                
    C. IDENTIFY CRITICAL CONTROL POINTS                                                                 YES      NO 
        1. Has the CCP Decision Tree been used to help determine if a particular step is a CCP for a                
         previously identified hazard?                                                                              
        2. Have the CCPs been entered on the forms?                                                                 
        3. Have all significant hazards identified during the hazard analysis been addressed?                       
    D. ESTABLISH CRITICAL LIMITS                                                                        YES      NO 
        1. Have critical limits been established for each preventive measure at each CCP?                           
        2. Has the validity of the critical limits to control the identified hazard been                            
         established?                                                                                               
        3. Were critical limits obtained from the regulations, processing authority, etc?                           
        4. Is documentation attesting to the adequacy of the critical limits maintained on file at                  
         the establishment?                                                                                         
    E. ESTABLISH MONITORING PROCEDURES                                                                  YES      NO 
        1. Have monitoring procedures been developed to assure that preventive measures necessary                   
         for control at each CCP are maintained within the established critical limits?                             
        2. Are the monitoring procedures continuous or, where continuous monitoring is not possible,                
         is the frequency of monitoring sufficiently reliable to indicate that the hazard is under                  
         control?                                                                                                   
        3. Have procedures been developed for systematically recording the monitoring data?                         
        4. Have employees responsible for monitoring been identified and trained?                                   
        5. Have employees responsible for reviewing monitoring records been identified and trained?                 
        6. Have signatures of responsible individuals been required on the monitoring records?                      
        7. Have procedures been developed for using the results of monitoring to adjust the process                 
         and maintain control?                                                                                      
    F. ESTABLISH CORRECTIVE ACTIONS                                                                     YES      NO 
        1. Have specific corrective actions been developed for each CCP?                                            
        2. Do the corrective actions address:                                                                       
            a. Reestablishment of process control?                                                                  
            b. Disposition of affected product?                                                                     
            c. Procedures to correct the cause of non-compliance and to prevent the deviation from                  
             recurring?                                                                                             
        3. Have procedures been established to record the corrective actions?                                       
        4. Have procedures been established for reviewing the corrective action records?                            
    G. ESTABLISH RECORDKEEPING PROCEDURES                                                               YES      NO 
        1. Have procedures been established to maintain the HACCP plan on file at the establishment?                
        2. Do the HACCP records include:                                                                            
            Description of the product and its intended use?                                                        
            Flow diagram for the process, indicating CCPs?                                                          
            Preventive measures?                                                                                    
            Critical limits?                                                                                        
            Monitoring system:                                                                                      
                Corrective action plans for deviations from critical limits?                                        
                Recordkeeping procedures for monitoring?                                                            
            Procedures for verification of the HACCP system?                                                        
    H. ESTABLISH VERIFICATION PROCEDURES                                                                YES      NO 
        1. Have procedures been included to verify that all significant hazards were identified in                  
         the HACCP plan when it was developed?                                                                      
        2. Have procedures been included to verify that the critical limits are adequate to control                 
         the identified hazards?                                                                                    
        3. Are procedures in place to verify that the HACCP system is functioning properly?                         
    
    [[Page 38904]]
    
                                                                                                                    
        4. Are procedures in place to reassess the HACCP plan and system on a regular basis or                      
         whenever significant product, process or packaging changes occur?                                          
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
    
    References
    
        Agriculture Canada. Food Safety Enhancement Program--
    Implementation Manual. Camelot Drive, Nepean, Ontario, Canada. 
    American Meat Institute Foundation. HACCP: The Hazard Analysis and 
    Critical Control Point System in the Meat and Poultry Industry. 
    1994. Washington, D.C.
        Bean, N. H. and Griffin, P. M. 1990. ``Foodborne disease 
    outbreaks in the United States, 1973-1987: Pathogens, vehicles, and 
    trends.'' J. Food Protect. 53: 804-817.
        Bean, N. H. and Griffin, P. M. 1990. ``Foodborne disease 
    outbreaks, 5-year summary, 1983-1987.'' J. Food Protect. 53: 711.
        Corlett, D.A., Jr. and R.F. Steir. 1991. ``Risk assessment 
    within the HACCP system.'' Food Control 2:71-72.
        Council for Agricultural Science and Technology. Risks 
    Associated with Foodborne Pathogens. February 1993.
        Environmental Protection Agency. 1992. Tolerances for Pesticides 
    in Foods. Title 40, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 185. U.S. 
    Government Printing Office, Washington, DC.
        FDA. 1989. The Food Defect Action Levels. FDA/CFSAN. Washington, 
    DC.
        FDA. 1994. Fish and Fishery Products Hazards and Control Guide--
    Get Hooked on Seafood Safety. Office of Seafood. Washington, DC.
        International Commission on Microbiological Specification for 
    Foods. 1989. Microorganisms in Foods 4. Application of hazard 
    analysis and critical control point (HACCP) system to ensure 
    microbiological safety and quality. Blackwell Scientific 
    Publications, Boston.
        National Advisory Committee on Microbiological Criteria for 
    Foods (NACMCF). March 20, 1992--Hazard Analysis and Critical Control 
    Point System. Int. J. Food Micr. 16: 1-23.
        National Advisory Committee on Microbiological Criteria for 
    Foods (NACMCF). June 1993--Report on Generic HACCP for Raw Beef. 
    Food Micr. 10: 449-488.
        Oblinger, J. L., ed. 1988. ``Bacteria Associated with Foodborne 
    Illnesses, A Scientific Status Summary by the Institute of Food 
    Technologists Expert Panel on Food Safety and Nutrition.'' Food 
    Technol. 42(4).
        Padhye, N. V.; Doyle, M. P. 1992. ``E. Coli 0157:H7 
    Epidemiology, pathogenesis, and methods for detection in food.'' J. 
    Food Prot. 55:55-565.
        Pierson, M. D. and Corlett, D. A., Jr. ed. 1992. HACCP/ 
    Principles and Applications. Van Nostrand Reinhold.
        Schuchat, A., Swaminathan, B. And Broome, C.V. 1991. 
    ``Epidemiology of human listeriosis.'' Clin. Microbiol. Rev. 4: 169-
    183.
        Stevenson, K. E. ed. 1993. HACCP-Establishing Hazard analysis 
    Critical Control Point Programs. A Workshop Manual. The Food 
    Processors Institute. Washington, D.C.
        Tauxe, R.V., Hargett-Bean, N., Patton, C.M. and Wachsmuth. I.K. 
    1988. ``Campylobacter isolates in the United States, 1982-1986.'' 
    In, CDC Surveillance Summaries, June 1988. MMWR 37 (No. SS- 2) : 1-
    13.
        Tauxe, R. V., Epidemiology of Camplyobacter jejuni infections in 
    the United States and other Industrialized Nations. In Nachamkin, 
    Blaser, Tompkins, ed. Camplyobacter jejuni: Current Status and 
    Future Trends, 1994, chapter 2, pages 9-19.
        Todd, E. 1990. ``Epidemiology of Foodborne Illness: North 
    America.'' The Lancet 336:788.
        Tompkin, R. B. 1990. ``The Use of HACCP in the Production of 
    Meat and Poultry Products. J. of Food Protect.'' 53(9): 795-803.
        Tompkin, R. B. 1995. The Use of HACCP for Producing and 
    Distributing Processed Meat and Poultry Products. In Advances in 
    Meat Research. Volume 10. Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point 
    (HACCP) in Meat, Poultry and Seafoods. Chapman & Hall (In Press).
        USDA, 1994. List of Propriety Substances and Nonfood Compounds 
    Authorized for Use under USDA Inspection and Grading Programs. USDA, 
    FSIS, Washington, DC.
    
    Internet Home Pages
    
    Agriculture Canada
    http://aceis.agr.ca
    
    Center for Disease Control
    http://fftp.cdc.gov/pub/mmwr/MMWRweekly
    
    Food Law Sites
    http://www.fsci.umn.edu/FoodLaw/foodlaw.html
    
    HACCP95
    http://www.cvm.uiuc.edu/announcements/haccp95/haccp95.html
    
    International Meat and Poultry HACCP Alliance
    http://ifse.tamv.edu./haccpall.html
    
    Material Safety Data Sheets
    http://listeria.nwfsc.noaa.gov/msds.html
    
    U.S. Department of Agriculture
    http://www.usda.gov
    
    U.S. Food and Drug Administration/Bad Bug Book
    http://vm.cfsan.fda.gov/list.html
    
    Appendix D--Hazards and Preventive Measures Guide
    
    Preface
    
        This Guide is designed to help a plant's HACCP team conduct a 
    hazard analysis (HACCP Principle 1) by providing both general and 
    detailed information on hazards associated with meat and poultry 
    products and by listing some of the controls that can be used to 
    prevent or manage those hazards. When using this Guide it is very 
    important to remember that it is not all-inclusive: There may be other 
    hazards associated with ingredients or processes; there may be other 
    control measures. The examples assembled here are to help plant HACCP 
    teams think through all the hazards that could affect their product and 
    know about various controls that can be used.
        Section I describes some of the biological (including 
    microbiological), chemical, and physical hazards generally recognized 
    and associated with meat and poultry products. This section can serve 
    as a resource when the HACCP team begins the hazard analysis. It is 
    probably useful to read through this general information early in the 
    process of developing the HACCP plan. This will help the team form an 
    idea of what is meant by a given hazard.
        Section II provides information on generally recognized preventive 
    measures used in the meat and poultry industry to control biological, 
    chemical, and physical hazards. This section also has examples of 
    regulatory critical limits associated with some preventive measures.
        Sections III, IV, and V list processing steps, hazards, and 
    controls for beef, poultry, and swine slaughter. This section should be 
    used with the process flow diagram developed by the HACCP team.
        Section VI presents hazards and controls organized according to 
    ingredients, including both meat and poultry ingredients and other 
    ingredients used in meat and poultry production. This section should be 
    used with the list of ingredients developed by the HACCP team.
        Section VII contains a set of tables identifying potential hazards 
    at various processing steps used to produce meat and poultry products. 
    This section should be used with the process flow diagram developed by 
    the plant's HACCP team.
        Section VIII contains a list of valuable references that will help 
    the plant's HACCP team further develop the HACCP plan.
    
    Section I
    
    Overview of Biological, Chemical, and Physical Hazards
        In a HACCP system, a hazard is defined as a biological, chemical, 
    or physical property that may cause a food
    
    [[Page 38905]]
    
    to be unsafe for human consumption. This guide is a reference for plant 
    HACCP teams to use in their hazard identification and analysis. It is 
    not intended to be totally inclusive; the team may have other 
    information or may rely on additional references.
    Biological Hazards
        Biological hazards, which are mainly bacterial, can cause either 
    foodborne infections or intoxications. A foodborne infection is caused 
    by a person ingesting a number of pathogenic microorganisms sufficient 
    to cause infection as a result of their multiplication, e.g., 
    salmonellosis. A foodborne intoxication is caused by the ingestion of 
    already formed toxins produced by some bacteria when they multiply in 
    food, e.g., staphylococcal enterotoxin.
        When assessing bacterial hazards to human health in meat and 
    poultry products, nine pathogenic bacteria must be considered. The 
    following identifies and discusses the nine pathogenic microorganisms 
    of concern.
    
    Bacillus cereus
    
        B. cereus foodborne intoxication includes two recognized types of 
    illness--diarrheal and emetic (vomiting).
        Foods associated with illness include: Boiled and fried rice, 
    custards, cecal products meats, vegetables, and fish; food mixtures 
    such as sauces, puddings, soups, casseroles, pastries, and salads.
    
    Campylobacter jejuni
    
        Campylobacteriosis is the illness caused by C. jejuni. It is also 
    often known as campylobacter enteritis or gastroenteritis.
        Food associated with illness include: raw and undercooked chicken, 
    raw milk, non-chlorinated water.
    
    Clostridium botulinum
    
        Foodborne botulism (as distinct from wound botulism and infant 
    botulism) is a severe foodborne disease caused by the ingestion of 
    foods containing the potent neurotoxin formed during growth of the 
    organism. Botulism has a high mortality rate if not treated immediately 
    and properly.
        Foods associated with disease include: sausages, meat products, and 
    seafood products, improperly canned foods, vegetable products.
    
    Clostridium perfringens
    
        Perfringens foodborne illness is the term used to describe the 
    common foodborne disease caused by the release of enterotoxin during 
    sporulation of C. perfringens in the gut.
        Foods associated with illness include: meat and poultry products 
    and gravy.
    
    Escherichia coli O157:H7
    
        Hemorrhagic colitis is the name of the acute disease caused by E. 
    coli O157:H7.
        Foods associated with illness: undercooked or raw hamburger (ground 
    beef) has been implicated in many documented outbreaks and in other 
    sporadic cases; other meat products, raw milk, untreated water.
    
    Listeria monocytogenes
    
        Listeriosis is the name of the general group of disorders caused by 
    L. monocytogenes.
        Foods associated with illness: cole slaw, cooked poultry, cooked 
    meat, and raw milk, supposedly pasteurized fluid milk, cheeses 
    (particularly soft-ripened varieties). Its ability to grow at 
    temperatures as low as 3  deg.C permits multiplication in refrigerated 
    foods.
    
    Salmonella spp
    
        S. typhi and the paratyphoid bacteria are normally septicemic and 
    produce typhoid or typhoid-like fever in humans and are pathogenic only 
    for humans. Other forms of salmonellosis generally produce milder 
    symptoms. The organism is found in the intestinal tracts of warm 
    blooded animals.
        Foods associated with illness: raw and cooked meats, poultry, eggs 
    (and exterior of egg shells), untreated water, raw milk and dairy 
    products, fish, shrimp, frog legs, yeast, sauces and salad dressing, 
    etc.
    
    Staphylococcus aureus
    
        Staphylococcal food poisoning (staphylococcal enterotoxicosis; 
    staphylococcal enterotoxemia) is the name of the condition caused by 
    the enterotoxins that some strains of S. aureus produce.
        Foods associated with illness: meat and meat products; poultry and 
    egg products; egg, tuna, ham, chicken, potato, and macaroni salads; 
    sandwich fillings; milk and dairy products; etc.
    
    Yersinia enterocolitica
    
        Yersiniosis is the name of the disease caused by pathogenic species 
    in the genus Yersinia. The disease is a gastroenteritis with diarrhea 
    and/or vomiting, and fever and abdominal pain.
        Foods associated with illness: meats, oysters, fish, milk, and 
    chitterlings.
    
            Table 1.--Characteristics of Growth for Nine Pathogens Associated With Meat and Poultry Products        
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      Temperature of                                
                                Pathogens                                 growth            pH          Minimum Aw  
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Bacillus cereus.................................................    10-48  deg.C         4.9-9.3            0.95
    Campylobacter jejuni............................................    30-47  deg.C         6.5-7.5  ..............
    Clostridium botulinum...........................................   3.3-46  deg.C            >4.6            0.94
    (Types A,B,E)...................................................  ..............  ..............  ..............
    Clostridium perfringens.........................................    15-50  deg.C         5.5-8.0            0.95
    Escherichia coli O157:H7........................................    10-42  deg.C         4.5-9.0  ..............
    Listeria monocytogenes..........................................   2.5-44  deg.C         5.2-9.6  ..............
    Salmonella......................................................     5-46  deg.C  ..............        4-9 0.94
    Staphylococcus aureus...........................................   6.5-46  deg.C           5.2-9            0.86
    Yersinis enterocolitica.........................................     2-45  deg.C         4.6-9.6  ..............
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Zoonotic agents are biological hazards that cause disease in 
    animals and can be transmitted and cause disease in humans. The 
    following lists some zoonotic hazards:
        Trichinella spiralis is a nematode parasite whose larval from 
    encysts primarily in the striated muscle of pigs, horses, rats, bears 
    and other mammals. Infection in humans results in ``flu-like symptoms'' 
    (diarrhea, fever, stiffness, muscle pain, respiratory distress, etc.) 
    And heavy infection may lead to death.
        Foods associated with illness include: raw and undercooked pork, 
    bear and equine meat.
        Taenia saginata is a human tapeworm whose larval form (Cysticercus 
    bovis) encysts in the tissues of cattle.
        Foods associated with illness include: raw or undercooked beef.
        Taenia solium is a human tapeworm whose larval form (Cystricercus 
    cellulosae) encysts in the tissues of pigs,
    
    [[Page 38906]]
    
    dogs, and humans. Cysts in humans are most common in the subcutaneous 
    tissues, eye and the brain.
        Foods associated with illness include: raw or undercooked pork.
        Toxoplasma gondii is a protozoan parasite that encysts in the 
    tissues of a variety of mammalian hosts including pigs. Human infection 
    may result in ``flu like'' symptoms in adults, late term abortions in 
    pregnant women or serious congenial infections in children.
        Foods associated with illness include: raw or undercooked pork.
        Balantidium coli is a protozoal organism.
        Foods associated with illness include: raw, undercooked pork (fecal 
    contamination)
    
    Cryptosporidium spp.
    
        Foods associated with illness include: inadequately treated water, 
    raw or undercooked veal or beef.
    
    Chemical Hazards
    
        While biological hazards are of great concern because contaminated 
    foods can cause widespread illness outbreaks, chemical hazards may also 
    cause foodborne illnesses, although generally affecting fewer people.
        Chemical hazards can originate from four general sources:
        (1) Agriculture chemicals: pesticides, herbicides, animal drugs, 
    fertilizers, etc.
        (2) Plant chemicals: cleaners, sanitizers, oils, lubricants, 
    paints, pesticides, etc.
        (3) Naturally-occurring toxicants: products of plant, animal, or 
    microbial metabolisms such as aflatoxins, etc.
        (4) Food chemicals: preservatives, acids, food additives, sulfiting 
    agents, processing aids, etc.
        (5) Environmental contaminants: lead, cadmium, mercury, arsenic, 
    PCBs.
        For many years the Food Safety and Inspection Service has conducted 
    a National Residue Program to monitor the occurrence of residues from 
    hazardous chemicals in meat and poultry products. Under a HACCP regime, 
    frontline responsibility for control of residues from animal drugs or 
    environmental contaminants will move from the government to the 
    industry, although the agency will continue to verify that these 
    controls and preventive measures are effective. Companies that 
    slaughter livestock and poultry will probably find the FSIS National 
    Residue Program Plan to be a useful document. The plan contains lists 
    of compounds that might leave residues in the tissues of animals or 
    birds, and provides some information on their relative risk through the 
    rankings in the Compound Evaluation System. It provides information on 
    which compounds FSIS has included in its annual testing program. It 
    also provides information on the methods that are used to test for the 
    compounds. Another FSIS document, the Domestic Residue Data Book, 
    presents the results of FSIS testing. These data can help a HACCP team 
    understand the overall hazard presented by various residues, although 
    each company should gather information about the residue control 
    performance of its own suppliers.
        Another useful reference about hazardous chemicals is the FSIS List 
    of Proprietary Substances and Nonfood Compounds. This publication lists 
    substances used in the preparation of product and nonfood compounds 
    used in the plant environment that have been authorized by FSIS.
        Table 2 identifies some additional sources of chemical hazards. 
    References listed in Section VIII can be used by the HACCP team in 
    evaluating the potential chemical hazards associated with their product 
    or process.
    
                                                               Table 2.--Types of Chemical Hazards                                                          
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Location                                                                      Hazard                                                      
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Raw Materials.......................  Pesticides, antibiotics, hormones, toxins, fertilizers, fungicides, heavy metals, PCBs.                           
                                          Color additives, inks, indirect additives, packaging materials.                                                   
    Processing..........................  Direct food additives--preservatives (nitrite), flavor enhancers, color additives.                                
                                          Indirect food additives--boiler water additives, peeling aids, defoaming agents.                                  
    Building and Equipment Maintenance..  Lubricants, paints, coatings.                                                                                     
    Sanitation..........................  Pesticides, cleaners, sanitizers.                                                                                 
    Storage and Shipping................  All types of chemicals, cross contamination.                                                                      
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Physical Hazards
    
        Physical hazards include a variety of materials referred to as 
    extraneous materials or foreign particles or objects. A physical hazard 
    can be defined as any physical material not normally found in a food 
    that can cause illness or injury to a person consuming the product.
        Physical hazards in finished products can arise from several 
    sources, such as contaminated raw materials, poorly designed or 
    maintained facilities and equipment, faulty procedures during 
    processing, and improper employee training and practices. Table 3 
    identifies some common physical hazards and their causes or sources.
    
                                                               Table 3.--Types of Physical Hazards                                                          
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   Hazard                                                                   Source or cause                                                 
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Glass...............................  Bottles, jars, light fixtures, utensils, gauge covers, thermometers.                                              
    Metal...............................  Nuts, bolts, screws, steel wool, wire, meat hooks.                                                                
    Stones..............................  Raw materials.                                                                                                    
    Plastics............................  Packaging materials, raw materials.                                                                               
    Bone................................  Raw material, improper plant processing.                                                                          
    Bullet/BB Shot/Needles..............  Animals shot in field, hypodermic needles used for infections.                                                    
    Jewelry.............................  Pens/pencils, buttons, careless employee practices.                                                               
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
    [[Page 38907]]
    
    
    
    Section II
    
    Controls and Critical Limits for Biological, Chemical, and Physical 
    Hazards
        When all significant biological, chemical, and physical hazards are 
    identified along with their points of occurrence, the next task is to 
    identify measures to prevent the hazards from compromising the safety 
    of the finished product.
        Preventive measures or controls can be defined as physical, 
    chemical, or other factors that can be used to remove or limit an 
    identified hazard. When considering preventive measures or controls, a 
    limit must be established--this is the criterion that must be met to 
    ensure safety. For example, proper heat treatment will control some 
    pathogenic bacteria, and it is thus crucial to know what time/
    temperature combinations constitute proper heat treatment for various 
    products; these time/temperature combinations are the critical limits. 
    Another example of a preventive measure for a biological hazard is the 
    chlorination of poultry chiller water to prevent cross contamination of 
    carcasses with Salmonella.
        With identified physical hazards, the most common preventive 
    measures may be visual examinations of product or the use of a metal 
    detector. Chemical hazards associated with raw materials may be 
    controlled through detailed product specifications, letters of 
    guarantee, or purchase specifications.
        Tables 4, 5, and 6 identify preventive measures that may be 
    considered by the HACCP team. Table 7 gives some examples of regulatory 
    limits.
    
        Table 4.--Examples of Preventive Measures for Biological Hazards    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Pathogen                  Preventive measure or control 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Bacillus cereus........................  Proper holding and cooling     
                                              temperatures of foods; thermal
                                              processing of shelf-stable    
                                              canned food.                  
    Campylobacter jejuni...................  Proper pasteurization or       
                                              cooking; avoiding cross-      
                                              contamination of utensils,    
                                              equipment; freezing;          
                                              atmospheric packaging.        
    Clostridium botulinum..................  Thermal processing of shelf-   
                                              stable canned food; addition  
                                              of nitrite and salt to cured  
                                              processed meats; refrigeration
                                              of perishable vacuum packaged 
                                              meats; acidification below pH 
                                              4.6; reduction of moisture    
                                              below water activity of 0.93. 
    Clostridium perfringens................  Proper holding and cooling     
                                              temperatures of foods; proper 
                                              cooking times and             
                                              temperatures; adequate cooking
                                              and avoidance of cross-       
                                              contamination by unsanitary   
                                              equipment or infected food    
                                              handlers.                     
    Listeria monocytogenes.................  Proper heat treatments; rigid  
                                              environmental sanitation      
                                              program; separation of raw and
                                              ready-to-eat production areas 
                                              and product.                  
    Salmonella spp.........................  Proper heat treatment;         
                                              separation of raw and cooked  
                                              product; proper employee      
                                              hygiene; fermentation         
                                              controls; decreased water     
                                              activity; withdrawing feed    
                                              from animals before slaughter;
                                              avoiding exterior of hide from
                                              contacting carcass during     
                                              skinning; antimicrobial       
                                              rinses; scalding procedures;  
                                              disinfecting knives.          
    Staphylococcus aureus..................  Employee hygiene; proper       
                                              fermentation and pH control;  
                                              proper heat treatment and post-
                                              process product handling      
                                              practices; reduced water      
                                              activity.                     
    Yersinia enterocolitica................  Proper refrigeration; heat     
                                              treatments; control of salt   
                                              and acidity; prevention of    
                                              cross-contamination.          
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
         Table 5.--Examples of Preventive Measures for Chemical Hazards     
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Hazard                         Preventive measure      
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Naturally-Occurring Substances.........  Supplier warranty or guarantee;
                                              verification program to test  
                                              each supplier's compliance    
                                              with the warranty or          
                                              guarantee.                    
    Added Hazardous Chemicals..............  Detailed specifications for    
                                              each raw material and         
                                              ingredient; warranty or letter
                                              of guarantee from the         
                                              supplier; visiting suppliers; 
                                              requirement that supplier     
                                              operates with a HACCP plan;   
                                              testing program to verify that
                                              carcasses do not have         
                                              residues.                     
    In-Process Chemicals...................  Identify and list all direct   
                                              and indirect food additives   
                                              and color additives; check    
                                              that each chemical is         
                                              approved; check that each     
                                              chemical is properly used;    
                                              record the use of any         
                                              restricted ingredients.       
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
         Table 6.--Examples of Preventive Measures for Physical Hazards     
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Hazard                         Preventive measure      
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Foreign objects in raw materials.......  Supplier's HACCP plan; use of  
                                              specifications, letters of    
                                              guarantee; vendor inspections 
                                              and certification; in-line    
                                              magnets; screens, traps, and  
                                              filters; in-house inspections 
                                              of raw materials.             
    Foreign objects in packaging materials,  Supplier's HACCP plan; use of  
     cleaning compounds, etc.                 specifications, letters of    
                                              guarantee; vendor inspections 
                                              and certification; in-house   
                                              inspections of materials.     
    Foreign objects introduced by            In-line metal detectors; visual
     processing operations or employee        product examinations; proper  
     practices.                               maintenance of equipment;     
                                              frequent equipment            
                                              inspections.                  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
    [[Page 38908]]
    
    
    
                  Table 7.--Some Examples of Regulatory Limits              
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Regulatory
                  Hazard                   Regulatory limit        citation 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    biological: Microbial growth due   All poultry must be       Sec.  381.6
     to temperature abuse-Poultry       chilled immediately                6
     Chilling.                          after processing to a               
                                        temperature of 40                   
                                        deg.F or less.                      
    chemical: Excess chemicals         Chemicals used are        Sec.  318.7
     contact product.                   approved for the                    
                                        intended use and at                 
                                        appropriate amounts.                
    chemical: Chemical hazard from     Edible products must be   Sec.  317.2
     packaging materials.               packaged in container              4
                                        that will not                       
                                        adulterate product or               
                                        be injurious to health.             
                                        Packaging materials                 
                                        must be covered by a                
                                        letter of guaranty.                 
    biological: Trichinae in pork....  Products containing pork  Sec.  318.1
                                        muscle tissue must be              0
                                        effectively heated,                 
                                        refrigerated, or cured              
                                        to destroy any possible             
                                        live trichinae.                     
    biological: Pathogens in ready to  For destruction of        Sec.  318.1
     eat products.                      pathogens that may                 7
                                        survive a dry heat                  
                                        process. One of the                 
                                        time/temperature                    
                                        combinations for cooked             
                                        beef, roast beef, and               
                                        cooked corned beef;                 
                                        e.g., 143  deg.F\61.7               
                                        deg.C minimum                       
                                        temperature at minimum              
                                        time of 6 minutes.                  
    physical: Extraneous material      Sampled carcasses         Sec.  381.7
     found on post chill examination    observed for                       6
     of poultry carcasses.              conformance with post               
                                        chill criteria,                     
                                        including unidentified              
                                        foreign material.                   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Section III
    
    Table 8.--Red Meat (Beef) Slaughter Hazards and Controls Use of 
    Information
        This section contains examples of common process steps in beef 
    slaughter. With each processing step, shown in the first column, you 
    will find an ``X'' in the next three columns to tell you if there is a 
    Biological hazard in column 2, a Chemical hazard in column 3, or a 
    Physical hazard in column 4. Column 5 describes the hazard(s), and the 
    last column lists some relevant controls or preventive measures. This 
    table should be used in conjunction with the process flow diagram 
    developed by your HACCP team for your plant's beef slaughter process.
    
                                           Table 8.--Red Meat Slaughter: Beef                                       
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Description of biological,                               
     Red meat slaughter-beef: examples of                     chemical, or physical        Controls or preventive   
               processing steps             B    C    P      hazards for the process              measures          
                                                                      steps                                         
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Receiving & Holding..................        X        --Residues present in edible  --Residue certification     
                                                           tissues above tolerances.     presented for live         
                                                                                         animal(s).                 
    Skinning.............................   X             --Micro contamination of      --Skinning procedures are   
                                                           carcass surface due to        accomplished without hair  
                                                           contaminated outside hide     or visible fecal           
                                                           surface--contamination of     contamination of the       
                                                           carcass from floor--cross-    carcass.--Careful employee 
                                                           contamination.                practices.--Udder and      
                                                                                         puzzle removal are         
                                                                                         accomplished without       
                                                                                         contamination of edible    
                                                                                         product.                   
    Evisceration.........................   X             --cross-contamination from    --Esophagus is tied to      
                                                           broken viscera.               prevent escape of stomach  
                                                                                         contents--Bung is dropped  
                                                                                         with sanitized knife and   
                                                                                         bagged to prevent escape of
                                                                                         feces--Viscera are removed 
                                                                                         intact.                    
    Final Wash...........................   X             --growth of pathogens         --Final wash: Temperature:  
                                                           through insufficient wash.    90-100 deg.F Pressure: 345-
                                                                                         2070 kpa (50-300 psi)--    
                                                                                         Steam Pasteurization:      
                                                                                         Temperature: 195 deg.F or  
                                                                                         greater at surface Dwell   
                                                                                         time: 5-15 seconds in      
                                                                                         cabinet.                   
    Chilling.............................   X             --growth of pathogens.......  --Surface temperature 40 deg.F as soon as 
                                                                                         possible--Carcasses spaced 
                                                                                         a minimum of 1 inch apart. 
    Receiving-Packaging Materials and Non        X        --contamination from          Letters of guarantee on file
     Beef Supplies.                                        deletious chemicals present   for all packaging materials/
                                                           in the packaging materials.   non-poultry supplies used  
                                                                                         by the establishment.      
    Storage-Non Beef Supplies............             X   --contamination of stored     Examine to ensure no visible
                                                           packing materials/supplies    foreign material on/in non-
                                                           from foreign material.        poultry supplies or        
                                                                                         packaging materials.       
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Section IV
    
    Table 9.--Poultry Slaughter Hazards and Controls
    Use of Information
        This section contains examples of common process steps in poultry 
    slaughter. With each processing step, shown in the first column, you 
    will find an ``X'' in the next three columns to tell you if there is a 
    Biological hazard in column 2, a Chemical hazard in column 3, or a 
    Physical hazard in column 4. Column 5 describes the hazard(s), and the 
    last column lists some relevant controls or preventive measures. This 
    table should be used in conjunction with the process flow diagram 
    developed by your HACCP team for your plant's poultry slaughter 
    process.
    
    [[Page 38909]]
    
    
    
                                               Table 9.--Poultry Slaughter                                          
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Description of biological,                               
        Poultry slaughter: examples of                        chemical, or physical        Controls or preventive   
               processing steps             B    C    P      hazards for the process              measures          
                                                                      steps                                         
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Scalding.............................   X             --contamination from          --Fresh water input to      
                                                           scalding medium.              achieve a minimum of 1     
                                                                                         quart per bird             
                                                                                        --Temperature of the scald  
                                                                                         water maintained at        
                                                                                         appropriate levels (e.g.,  
                                                                                         126 deg.F)      
                                                                                        --Maintain counterflow      
                                                                                         scalding unit function     
                                                                                        --Post scald wash has       
                                                                                         sufficient pressure and    
                                                                                         volume to cover carcass    
                                                                                         with fresh (potable) water 
                                                                                         spray                      
                                                                                        --Overflow volumes are at   
                                                                                         required amounts           
    Offline Procedures...................   X             --cross contamination from    Follow approved offline     
                                                           intestinal contents/exudate.  plant procedures for       
                                                                                         handling airsacculitis     
                                                                                         salvage and reprocessing   
                                                                                         for contamination (e.g., an
                                                                                         airsac salvage program that
                                                                                         transfers the carcasses to 
                                                                                         another station where the  
                                                                                         thigh, drumstick, wing tip,
                                                                                         and first wing section are 
                                                                                         salvaged and washed with   
                                                                                         chlorinated water).        
    Final Wash...........................   X             --growth of pathogens.......  --A final water wash with   
                                                                                         appropriate levels of      
                                                                                         chlorinated water (e.g. 20-
                                                                                         50 ppm residual chlorine in
                                                                                         the water).                
                                                                                        --Sufficient water volume   
                                                                                         and pressure for equipment 
                                                                                         operation and sufficient   
                                                                                         dwell time in the final    
                                                                                         washer to remove visible   
                                                                                         contamination on internal  
                                                                                         and external surfaces of   
                                                                                         the carcass.               
    Chilling-Carcass.....................   X             --growth of pathogens.......  Deep breast muscle          
                                                                                         temperature of carcass is  
                                                                                          40 deg.F within
                                                                                         the specified time from    
                                                                                         slaughter for the class of 
                                                                                         poultry.                   
                                                                                        --Maintain an adequate      
                                                                                         chlorine level in the      
                                                                                         overflow water of in-line  
                                                                                         immersion chillers (e.g.,  
                                                                                         20-50 ppm residual chlorine
                                                                                         in the incoming water).    
                                                                                        --Maintain proper water flow
                                                                                         rates (input/overflow) for 
                                                                                         continuous chillers per    
                                                                                         USDA requirements (not less
                                                                                         than \1/2\ gallon of fresh 
                                                                                         water per frying chicken   
                                                                                         with continuous overflow). 
                                                      X   --contamination from foreign  Product entering (prechill) 
                                                           material.                     and exiting (postchill) the
                                                                                         chiller system meets the   
                                                                                         criteria for defects per   
                                                                                         USDA requirements (e.g. the
                                                                                         limits are not exceed for  
                                                                                         the number and size of     
                                                                                         extraneous materials found 
                                                                                         during the postchill       
                                                                                         examination-9 CFR Sec.     
                                                                                         381.76).                   
    Chilling-Giblet/Neck.................   X             --growth of pathogens.......  --Temperature and fresh     
                                                                                         water input sufficient to  
                                                                                         meet USDA requirements for 
                                                                                         giblets and necks.         
                                                                                        --Chlorination of giblet    
                                                                                         chiller water at           
                                                                                         appropriate levels for     
                                                                                         giblets and necks [e.g.,   
                                                                                         giblets must be chilled to 
                                                                                         40 deg.F within 2 hours    
                                                                                         from removal from other    
                                                                                         viscera/fresh water intake 
                                                                                         not less than 1 gallon per 
                                                                                         40 frying chickens         
                                                                                         processed-9 CFR Sec.       
                                                                                         381.66 (c)(5)].            
                                                      X   --contamination from foreign  --Visually free of hazardous
                                                           material.                     foreign material.          
                                                                                        --Defects on poultry giblet 
                                                                                         and necks meet USDA        
                                                                                         requirements (e.g., each   
                                                                                         carcass must be observed   
                                                                                         for conformance against pre
                                                                                         and post chill criteria,   
                                                                                         including unidentified     
                                                                                         foreign materials-MPI      
                                                                                         Regulations 381.76).       
    
    [[Page 38910]]
    
                                                                                                                    
    Cut-Up/Boning/Packaging/ Labeling....   X             --growth of pathogens.......  Temperature of product does 
                                                                                         not exceed 55 deg.F during 
                                                                                         further or second          
                                                                                         processing.                
                                                                                        --Movement of product       
                                                                                         through these areas and    
                                                                                         into the cooler is timely  
                                                                                         and efficient.             
                                                                                        --A mid-shift cleanup of the
                                                                                         area(s) is performed if the
                                                                                         room temperature is not    
                                                                                         maintained at or below 50  
                                                                                         deg.F.                     
                                                                                        --Packaging/labeling        
                                                                                         materials that come into   
                                                                                         direct contact with product
                                                                                         are intact.                
    Receiving-Packaging Materials and Non        X        --contamination from          Letters of guarantee are on 
     Poultry Supplies.                                     deleterious chemicals         file for all packaging     
                                                           present in the packaging      materials/non-poultry      
                                                           materials.                    supplies used by the       
                                                                                         establishment.             
    Storage-Non Poultry Supplies.........             X   --contamination of stored     Examine to ensure no visible
                                                           packing materials/supplies    foreign material on/in non-
                                                           from foreign material.        poultry supplies or        
                                                                                         packaging materials.       
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
    
    Section V
    
    Table 10.--Red Meat (Swine) Slaughter Hazards and Controls
    Use of Information
        This section contains examples of common process steps in swine 
    slaughter. With each processing step, shown in the first column, you 
    will find an ``X'' in the next three columns to tell you if there is a 
    Biological hazard in column 2, a Chemical hazard in column 3, or a 
    Physical hazard in column 4. Column 5 describes the hazard(s), and the 
    last column lists some relevant controls or preventive measures. This 
    table should be used in conjunction with the process flow diagram 
    developed by your HACCP team for your plant's swine slaughter process.
    
                                          Table 10.--Red Meat Slaughter: Swine                                      
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Description of biological,                               
    Red meat slaughter-swine: Examples of                     chemical, or physical        Controls or preventive   
               processing steps             B    C    P      hazards for the process              measures          
                                                                      steps                                         
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Scalding.............................   X         X   --contamination from          Plant time/temperature      
                                                           scalding medium.              limits for scalding (e.g., 
                                                                                         although it may vary with  
                                                                                         facilities, a temperature  
                                                                                         of 138 to 140 deg.F is     
                                                                                         usually satisfactory).     
                                                                                        --Carcasses should remain in
                                                                                         scalding tanks long enough 
                                                                                         to loosen hair (excessive  
                                                                                         time or temperature results
                                                                                         in carcass cooking).       
                                                 X   ...  --contamination with          --USDA-FDA approved chemical
                                                           chemicals..                   concentration not to exceed
                                                                                         manufacturer's             
                                                                                         recommendations.           
    Dehairing............................   X   ...  ...  --contamination and growth    --Time/temperature          
                                                           of microorganisms due to      determined by plant-       
                                                           breaking of the skin from     specific testing results to
                                                           overexposure to the           remove visible hair to an  
                                                           dehairer.                     acceptable level without   
                                                                                         breaking skin.             
    Evisceration.........................   X   ...  ...  --cross contamination from    --Remove all viscera intact.
                                                           equipment/utensils.          --Contaminated equipment    
                                                          --contamination from           will be clean and sanitized
                                                           stomach, intestines, and/or   before being used again.   
                                                           bladder contents.            --Training program for all  
                                                          --contamination from           employees, to include      
                                                           employee handling.            personal hygiene, product  
                                                                                         handling procedures, and   
                                                                                         sanitary dressing          
                                                                                         procedures.                
    Trimming.............................   X   ...  ...  Stick wound has not been      Remove all visible stick-   
                                                           removed..                     wound related defects.     
    Chilling.............................   X   ...  ...  --growth of pathogens.......  --Cool surface temperature  
                                                                                         to 40 deg. as soon as      
                                                                                         possible.                  
    Receiving-Packaging Materials and Non  ...   X   ...  --contamination from          Letters of guarantee are on 
     Swine Supplies.                                       deleterious chemicals         file for all packaging     
                                                           present in the packaging      materials/non-poultry      
                                                           materials.                    supplies used by the       
                                                                                         establishment.             
    Storage-Non Swine Supplies...........  ...        X   --contamination of stored     Examine to ensure no visible
                                                           packing materials/supplies    foreign material on/in non-
                                                           from foreign material.        poultry supplies or        
                                                                                         packaging materials.       
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
    [[Page 38911]]
    
    
    
    Section VI
    
    Table 11.--Ingredient Hazards and Ingredient-Related Hazards
    Use of Information
        This section contains an alphabetical list of ingredients commonly 
    used in making meat and poultry products. For each entry you will find 
    the name of the ingredient in the first column, and an ``X'' in the 
    next three columns to tell you if there is a Biological hazard in 
    column 2, Chemical hazard in column 3, or Physical hazard in column 4. 
    Column 5 describes the hazard(s), and the last column lists some 
    relevant controls or preventive measures. This table should be used in 
    conjunction with the list of ingredients developed by your HACCP team 
    for the products produced by the process under consideration.
        The HACCP team may find that a particular ingredient does not 
    present the hazard identified in these tables. The presence or absence 
    of a hazard can be influenced by the ingredient source and company. 
    Also, Ingredient Specifications, provided by the supplier to the 
    establishment, may give details on the material/ingredient being sold, 
    including statements that the materials/ingredients are food grade and 
    are free of harmful components. For example, the ingredient 
    specifications for dried legumes might state that there will be fewer 
    than 5 small rocks or stones per 10 pound bag and that no harmful 
    pesticides were used in the growing process.
    
                                              Table 11.--Ingredient Hazards                                         
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Description of biological,                               
            Examples of ingredient          B    C    P   chemical, or physical hazard     Controls or preventive   
                                                               for the ingredient                 measures          
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Acidifiers...........................  ...   X   ...  --toxicological effects if    --Ingredients purchased     
                                                           limits are exceeded.          under a Letter of          
                                                                                         Guarantee.                 
                                                                                        --Ingredients purchased     
                                                                                         based on producer/provider 
                                                                                         ingredient specifications. 
    Anticoagulants.......................  ...   X   ...  --toxicological effect if     --Ingredients purchased     
                                                           limits are exceeded.          under a Letter of          
                                                                                         Guarantee.                 
                                                                                        --Ingredients purchased     
                                                                                         based on producer/provider 
                                                                                         ingredient specifications. 
    Antifoaming agents...................  ...   X   ...  --toxicological effect if     --Ingredients purchased     
                                                           limits are exceeded.          under a Letter of          
                                                                                         Guarantee.                 
                                                                                        --Ingredients purchased     
                                                                                         based on producer/ provider
                                                                                         ingredient specifications. 
    Antioxidants.........................  ...   X   ...  --toxicological effect if     --Ingredients purchased     
                                                           limits are exceeded.          under a Letter of          
                                                                                         Guarantee.                 
                                                                                        --Ingredients purchased     
                                                                                         based on producer/provider 
                                                                                         ingredient specifications. 
    Batter/Breading......................   X   ...   X   --growth of pathogens due to  --Temperature controls for  
                                                           improper storage and          use                        
                                                           handling.                    --Ingredient specification  
                                                          --foreign material             sheet identifying the      
                                                                                         required parameters the    
                                                                                         ingredient must meet.      
                                                                                        --Where applicable,         
                                                                                         ingredients must be        
                                                                                         pathogen-free.             
    Beef (fresh, frozen).................   X   ...  ...  --growth of pathogens due to  --Product temperature must  
                                                           improper storage and          be 40 degrees F or less at 
                                                           handling.                     receiving.                 
                                                                                        --Product must meet         
                                                                                         establishment purchase     
                                                                                         specifications.            
                                                                                        --Product must be produced  
                                                                                         under a HACCP plan.        
    Binders/Extenders....................  ...   X    X   --foreign material..........  --Ingredients purchased     
                                                                                         under a Letter of          
                                                                                         Guarantee.                 
                                                                                        --Ingredients purchased     
                                                                                         based on producer/ provider
                                                                                         ingredient specifications. 
    Bleaching agents.....................  ...   X   ...  --toxicological effect if     --Ingredients purchased     
                                                           limits exceeded.              under a Letter of          
                                                                                         Guarantee.                 
                                                                                        --Ingredients purchased     
                                                                                         based on producer/ provider
                                                                                         ingredient specifications. 
    Blood................................   X   ...  ...  --growth of pathogens from    --Ingredient specification  
                                                           improper handling and         sheet identifying the      
                                                           storage.                      required parameters the    
                                                                                         ingredient must meet.      
                                                                                         --Where applicable,        
                                                                                         ingredients must be        
                                                                                         pathogen-free.             
                                                                                         --Meet appropriate temp.   
    Boneless beef........................   X   ...   X   --growth of pathogens due to  --Product temperature must  
                                                           improper handling and         be 40 degrees F or less at 
                                                           storage.                      receiving.                 
                                                           --foreign particle            --Product must meet        
                                                           contamination, e.g., metal    establishment purchase     
                                                           fragments or bone.            specifications.            
                                                                                         --Product must be produced 
                                                                                         under a HACCP plan.        
                                                                                         --Visual examination of    
                                                                                         product for foreign        
                                                                                         materials.                 
    
    [[Page 38912]]
    
                                                                                                                    
    Cooked beef..........................   X   ...   X   --growth of pathogens due to  --Receiving temperature of  
                                                           improper handling and         product must be frozen or  
                                                           storage.                      refrigerated at 40 degrees 
                                                           --foreign particle            F or below.                
                                                           contamination, e.g., metal    --Product must be received 
                                                           fragments or bone particles   from an approved supplier  
                                                           in boneless beef.             who produces the product   
                                                                                         under a HACCP plan.        
                                                                                         --Visual examination of    
                                                                                         product for foreign        
                                                                                         materials upon receipt.    
    Cooked poultry.......................   X   ...   X   --growth of pathogens due to  --Receiving temperature of  
                                                           improper handling and         product must be frozen or  
                                                           storage.                      refrigerated at 40 degrees 
                                                           --foreign particle            F or below.                
                                                           contamination, e.g., bone     --Product must be received 
                                                           particles in boneless         from an approved supplier  
                                                           poultry.                      who produces the product   
                                                                                         under a HACCP plan.        
                                                                                         --Product must be          
                                                                                         organoleptically acceptable
                                                                                         at receipt.                
    Cooked pork..........................   X   ...   X   --growth of pathogens due to  --Receiving temperature of  
                                                           improper handling and         product must be frozen or  
                                                           storage.                      refrigerated at 40 degrees 
                                                           --foreign particle            F or below.                
                                                           contamination, e.g., bone     --Product must be received 
                                                           particles in boneless pork.   from an approved supplier  
                                                                                         who produces the product   
                                                                                         under a HACCP plan.        
                                                                                         --Product must be          
                                                                                         organoleptically acceptable
                                                                                         at receipt.                
    Coloring agents (natural)............  ...   X   ...  --Toxicological effect if     --Ingredients purchased     
                                                           limits exceeded.              under a Letter of          
                                                                                         Guarantee.                 
                                                                                         --Ingredients purchased    
                                                                                         based on producer/provider 
                                                                                         ingredient specifications. 
    Coloring agents (artificial).........  ...   X   ...  --Toxicological effect if     --Ingredients purchased     
                                                           limits exceeded.              under a Letter of          
                                                                                         Guarantee.                 
                                                                                        --Ingredients purchased     
                                                                                         based on producer/provider 
                                                                                         ingredient specifications. 
    Curing agents........................  ...   X   ...  --Toxico logical effect if    --Ingredients purchased     
                                                           limits exceeded.              under a Letter of          
                                                                                         Guarantee.                 
                                                                                        --Ingredients purchased     
                                                                                         based on producer/provider 
                                                                                         ingredient specifications. 
    Curing accelerators..................  ...   X   ...  ---toxicological effect if    --Ingredients purchased     
                                                           limits are exceeded.          under a Letter of          
                                                                                         Guarantee.                 
                                                                                        --Ingredients purchased     
                                                                                         based on producer/provider 
                                                                                         ingredient specifications. 
    Dairy products.......................   X   ...   X   --growth of pathogens due to  --Temperature control.      
                                                           improper handling and        --Ingredient specification  
                                                           storage.                      sheet identifying the      
                                                           --foreign material            required parameters the    
                                                                                         ingredient must meet.      
                                                                                        --Where applicable,         
                                                                                         ingredients must be        
                                                                                         pathogen-free.             
    Eggs or egg products.................   X   ...   X   --growth of pathogens due to  --Temperature control.      
                                                           improper handling and        --Ingredient specification  
                                                           storage.                      sheet identifying the      
                                                          --foreign particle             required parameters the    
                                                           contamination, e.g., shell    ingredient must meet.      
                                                           particles in broken eggs.    --Where applicable,         
                                                                                         ingredients must be        
                                                                                         pathogen-free.             
    Emulsifying agents...................  ...   X   ...  --toxicological effects if    --Ingredients purchased     
                                                           limits exceeded.              under a Letter of          
                                                                                         Guarantee.                 
                                                                                        --Ingredients purchased     
                                                                                         based on producer/provider 
                                                                                         ingredient specifications. 
    Flavoring agents.....................  ...   X   ...  --toxicological effects if    --Ingredients purchased     
                                                           limits exceeded.              under a Letter of          
                                                                                         Guarantee.                 
                                                                                        --Ingredients purchased     
                                                                                         based on producer/provider 
                                                                                         ingredient specifications. 
    Fruits...............................  ...   X    X   --contamination from          --Ingredient specification  
                                                           agricultural chemicals.       sheet identifying the      
                                                          --foreign material             required parameters the    
                                                                                         ingredient must meet.      
    Honey................................   X   ...   X   --contamination from          --Ingredient specification  
                                                           inherent microorganisms.      sheet identifying the      
                                                          --foreign particle             required parameters the    
                                                           contamination, e.g., dirt,    ingredient must meet.      
                                                           insect parts.                                            
    Legumes (dry)........................  ...  ...   X   --foreign particle            --Ingredient specification  
                                                           contamination, e.g., rocks.   sheet identifying the      
                                                                                         required parameters the    
                                                                                         ingredient must meet.      
    
    [[Page 38913]]
    
                                                                                                                    
    Mechanically deboned product.........   X   ...   X   --growth of pathogens due to  --Product temperature must  
                                                           improper handling and         be 40 degrees F or less at 
                                                           storage.                      receiving.                 
                                                          --foreign particle            --Product must meet         
                                                           contamination, e.g., bone     establishment purchase     
                                                           particles.                    specifications.            
                                                                                        --Product must be produced  
                                                                                         under a HACCP plan.        
    Mold inhibitors......................  ...   X   ...  --toxicological effect if     --Ingredient specification  
                                                           improper amounts used.        sheet identifying the      
                                                                                         required parameters the    
                                                                                         ingredient must meet.      
    Mushrooms............................   X    X    X   --contamination from          --Ingredient specification  
                                                           inherent microorganisms.      sheet identifying the      
                                                          --contamination from           required parameters the    
                                                           agricultural chemicals.       ingredient must meet.      
                                                          --foreign material            --Where applicable,         
                                                                                         ingredients must be        
                                                                                         pathogen-free.             
    Nuts.................................   X    X    X   --contamination from          --Ingredient specification  
                                                           inherent microorganisms.      sheet identifying the      
                                                          --contamination from           required parameters the    
                                                           agricultural chemicals.       ingredient must meet.      
                                                          --foreign particle                                        
                                                           contamination, e.g., broken                              
                                                           shells.                                                  
    Packaging materials..................  ...  ...   X   --toxicological effects.....  --Use only FDA approved     
                                                                                         packaging materials.       
                                                                                        -- Each lot of packaging    
                                                                                         material must be           
                                                                                         accompanied by a Letter of 
                                                                                         Guarantee in which the     
                                                                                         manufacturer attests to    
                                                                                         compliance with FDA        
                                                                                         requirements.              
    Phosphates...........................  ...   X   ...  --toxicological effect if     --Ingredients purchased     
                                                           limits are exceeded.          under a Letter of          
                                                                                         Guarantee.                 
                                                                                        --Ingredients purchased     
                                                                                         based on producer/provider 
                                                                                         ingredient specifications. 
    Poultry (fresh, frozen)..............   X   ...  ...  --growth of pathogens due to  --Product temperature must  
                                                           improper handling and         be 40 degrees F or less at 
                                                           storage.                      receiving.                 
                                                                                        --Product must meet         
                                                                                         establishment purchase     
                                                                                         specifications.            
                                                                                        --Product must be produced  
                                                                                         under a HACCP plan.        
    Pork (fresh, frozen).................   X   ...  ...  --growth of pathogens due to  --Product temperature must  
                                                           improper handling and         be 40 degrees F or less at 
                                                           storage.                      receiving.                 
                                                                                        --Product must meet         
                                                                                         establishment purchase     
                                                                                         specifications.            
                                                                                        --Product must be produced  
                                                                                         under a HACCP plan.        
    Proteolytic enzymes--Aspergillus       ...  ...  ...  --toxicological effects if    --Ingredients purchased     
     oryzae, Aspergillus, Flavusoryzae                     limits exceeded.              under a Letter of          
     group, Bromelin, Ficin, Papain.                                                     Guarantee.                 
                                                                                        --Ingredients purchased     
                                                                                         based on producer/provider 
                                                                                         ingredient specifications. 
    Partially defatted products..........   X   ...   X   --growth of pathogens due to  --Product temperature must  
                                                           improper handling and         be 40 degrees F or less at 
                                                           storage.                      receiving.                 
                                                          --foreign particle            --Product must meet         
                                                           contamination, e.g., metal,   establishment purchase     
                                                           plastic.                      specifications.            
                                                                                        --Product must be produced  
                                                                                         under a HACCP plan.        
    Seafood (fresh, frozen)..............   X    X   ...  --growth of pathogens due to  --Product temperature must  
                                                           improper handling and         be 40 degrees F or less at 
                                                           storage.                      receiving.                 
                                                          --environmental               --Product must meet         
                                                           contamination.                establishment purchase     
                                                                                         specifications.            
                                                                                        --Product must be produced  
                                                                                         under a HACCP plan.        
    Spices/herbs--Sterilized,               X   ...  ...  --contamination from          --Ingredient specification  
     Unsterilized.                                         microorganisms inherent to    sheet identifying the      
                                                           the ingredient.               required parameters the    
                                                          --contamination from           ingredient must meet.      
                                                           agricultural chemicals.                                  
                                                          --foreign material                                        
    Sweeteners--Saccharin, Citric acid,    ...  ...  ...  --toxicological effects if    --Ingredients purchased     
     Malic acid, Monoisopropyl citrate,                    limits exceeded.              under a Letter of          
     Phosphoric acid, Monoglyceride                                                      Guarantee.                 
     citrate.                                                                           --Ingredients purchased     
                                                                                         based on producer/provider 
                                                                                         ingredient specifications. 
    
    [[Page 38914]]
    
                                                                                                                    
    Tenderizing agents...................  ...   X   ...  --toxicological effects if    --Ingredients purchased     
                                                           limits exceeded.              under a Letter of          
                                                                                         Guarantee.                 
                                                                                        --Ingredients purchased     
                                                                                         based on producer/provider 
                                                                                         ingredient specifications. 
    Variety meats........................   X   ...  ...  --growth of pathogens due to  --Product temperature must  
                                                           improper handling, storage,   be 40 degrees F or less at 
                                                           or cleaning.                  receiving.                 
                                                                                        --Product must meet         
                                                                                         establishment purchase     
                                                                                         specifications.            
                                                                                        --Product must be produced  
                                                                                         under a HACCP plan.        
    Vegetables...........................   X    X    X   --growth of pathogens due to  --Ingredient specification  
                                                           improper handling and         sheet identifying the      
                                                           storage.                      required parameters the    
                                                          --contamination from           ingredient must meet.      
                                                           agricultural chemicals.                                  
                                                          --foreign material                                        
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
    
    Section VII
    
    Table 12.--Processing Hazards and Controls
    Use of Information
        This section contains a list of processing hazards and controls 
    commonly used in making meat and poultry products. They are listed in 
    alphabetical order. For each processing step, shown in the 1st column, 
    you will find an ``X'' in the next three columns to tell you if there 
    is a Biological hazard in column 2, Chemical hazard in column 3, or 
    Physical hazard in column 4. Column 5 describes the hazard(s), and the 
    last column lists some relevant controls or preventive measures. This 
    table should be used in conjunction with the process flow diagram 
    developed by your HACCP team for the products produced during the 
    process under consideration.
    
                                           Table 12.--Processing Step Hazards                                       
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Description of biological,                               
                                                              chemical, or physical        Controls or preventive   
               Processing steps             B    C    P      hazards for the process              measures          
                                                                      steps                                         
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Acidifying (also see Pickling,          X   ...  ...  --survival of pathogens due   --Shelf-stable non-heat     
     Brining).                                             to final pH>4.6.              treated acidified product  
                                                                                         must obtain a pH of 4.6 or 
                                                                                         lower.                     
    Aging (Meats)........................   X   ...  ...  --growth/survival of          --The temperature of the    
                                                           pathogens from                aging room will not exceed 
                                                           inappropriate storage         40 degrees Fahrenheit.     
                                                           temperatures and humidity    --Product temperature does  
                                                           (inadequate product water     not exceed 40 degrees      
                                                           activity (aw)).               Fahrenheit throughout the  
                                                          --growth of pathogens due to   aging process.             
                                                           rise in the pH due to        --The aging process will not
                                                           development of surface        exceed seven days.         
                                                           molds.                                                   
    Boning...............................   X   ...  ...  --contamination by pathogens  --Careful employee practices
                                                           in product accumulations      to make sure that there is 
                                                           (e.g., cutting boards,        no contamination of the    
                                                           conveyor belts, utensils      product.                   
                                                           and other equipment).        --Equipment and utensils are
                                                          --cross-contamination of       washed and sanitized       
                                                           product by equipment/         immediately when           
                                                           utensils contaminated with    contaminated and each time 
                                                           pathogens when cutting        the employee leaves the    
                                                           through a non-apparent        working station.           
                                                           lesion (e.g., abscesses).    --All hot water sanitizers  
                                                                                         are maintained at 180      
                                                                                         degrees Fahrenheit.        
                                                                                        --Processing room           
                                                                                         temperature is maintained  
                                                                                         at 50 degrees Fahrenheit,  
                                                                                         or a midshift cleanup is   
                                                                                         performed within five hours
                                                                                         after operations begin.    
                                                          --contamination from bones,   --A boneless beef re-       
                                                           cartilage/extraneous          inspection procedure will  
                                                           material.                     be established using       
                                                                                         specifications outlined by 
                                                                                         FSIS.                      
    Cooling..............................   X   ...  ...  --growth of pathogens due to  Cooked product will be      
                                                           improper temperatures.        cooled according to        
                                                          --germination of spore-        established procedures.    
                                                           forming pathogens due to                                 
                                                           slow chilling (e.g., C.                                  
                                                           perfringens).                                            
    Cooking..............................   X   ...  ...  --survival of pathogens due   --Time/Temperature          
                                                           to improper procedures.       combinations are adequate  
                                                                                         to destroy the pathogens of
                                                                                         concern.                   
    
    [[Page 38915]]
    
                                                                                                                    
    Drying (Meat)........................   X   ...  ...  --bacterial growth due to     --A water activity will be  
                                                           inadequate control over       specified that in          
                                                           time, temperature and         conjunction with other     
                                                           humidity.                     barriers will inhibit      
                                                                                         growth of pathogenic       
                                                                                         microorganisms (e.g., for  
                                                                                         shelf stable sausage Aw of 
                                                                                         0.91 and a pH of 4.6).     
    Filling..............................   X   ...  ...  --recontamination by          --Product will be protected 
                                                           pathogens in product          from contamination during  
                                                           accumulations.                the filling process, and   
                                                          --growth of pathogens due to   product temperature/ time  
                                                           temperature abuse.            will be maintained at or   
                                                                                         below the maximum          
                                                                                         determined to inhibit      
                                                                                         growth of pathogenic       
                                                                                         microorganisms.            
                                           ...   X   ...  --contamination from          --No lubricants or other    
                                                           lubricants.                   chemical contaminants will 
                                                                                         be allowed in or on the    
                                                                                         product.                   
    Formulation..........................   X   ...  ...  --contamination by employee   --Careful employee practices
                                                           handling.                     used at all times to make  
                                                          --incorrect formulation        sure that there is no      
                                                          --contamination through        contamination of product.  
                                                           damaged packages.            --Ingredient packages will  
                                                                                         be clean and intact.       
                                                                                        --Ingredients will be added 
                                                                                         to product according to    
                                                                                         requirements outlined 9CR  
                                                                                         Sec.  318.7.               
                                           ...   X   ...  --excessive addition of       --Restricted ingredients    
                                                           restricted ingredients/       will be added to product   
                                                           additives could be toxic to   according to requirements  
                                                           the consumer.                 outlined in the 9CFR Sec.  
                                                                                         317.8.                     
    Freezing (Meats).....................   X   ...  ...  --survival of parasites due   --Rapid cooling and         
                                                           to improper time/             freezing.                  
                                                           temperature application.                                 
                                                          --growth of pathogens due to                              
                                                           temperature abuse.                                       
    Grinding.............................   X   ...  ...  --contamination by employee   --Careful employee practices
                                                           handling.                     to make sure that there is 
                                                          --recontamination by           no contamination of        
                                                           pathogens in product          product.                   
                                                           accumulations.                --Product will not be      
                                                                                         allowed to accumulate at   
                                                                                         the end of the grinder.    
                                                                                        --The temperature of the    
                                                                                         grinding room will be      
                                                                                         maintained at 50 degrees   
                                                                                         Fahrenheit.                
    Grinding.............................  ...   X   ...  --contamination from          --Food grade lubricants will
                                                           lubricants.                   be used on areas of the    
                                                                                         machinery where a potential
                                                                                         for product contamination  
                                                                                         exists.                    
                                           ...  ...   X   --contamination from          --All boneless product will 
                                                           extraneous material.          be re-inspected before     
                                                                                         being loaded into the      
                                                                                         grinder.                   
    Handling and Inspecting of Empty        X    X    X   --recontamination through     --Packaging materials and   
     Containers and Packaging Materials.                   damaged or soiled             empty containers will be   
                                                           containers/packaging          protected from             
                                                           material.                     contamination during their 
                                                                                         storage and handling.      
                                                                                        --No materials or containers
                                                                                         that appear to be          
                                                                                         contaminated with hazardous
                                                                                         foreign material will be   
                                                                                         used.                      
    Mechanical Separating................   X   ...  ...  --growth of pathogens.......  --Product holding and       
                                                                                         cooling requirements       
                                                                                         outlined in 9CFR 318.18    
                                                                                         will be followed.          
                                                      X   --contamination from bone,    --The finished product will 
                                                           cartilage fragments.          meet the standards outlined
                                                          --contamination from           in 9CFR 319.5 for bone     
                                                           extraneous material.          particles and calcium.     
    Packaging (also see Modified            X    X    X   --contamination from          --Closure and/or machine    
     Atmosphere Packaging, Vacuum                          packaging material.           specifications sufficient  
     Packaging Seaming, Sealing).                         --contamination through        to ensure adequate barrier 
                                                           damaged containers.           formation.                 
                                           ...  ...   X   ............................  --No detectable foreign     
                                                                                         material will be allowed in
                                                                                         or on the product or       
                                                                                         immediate product          
                                                                                         containers.                
    Peeling..............................   X   ...  ...  --contamination by pathogens  --Careful employee practices
                                                           in product accumulations.     to make sure that there is 
                                                          --contamination from           no contamination of        
                                                           employee handling.            product.                   
                                                                                        --Product will not be       
                                                                                         allowed to accumulate in/on
                                                                                         peeling equipment.         
                                           ...  ...   X   --contamination from harmful  --Peeling equipment will be 
                                                           extraneous material.          maintained in a proper     
                                                                                         operating condition. No    
                                                                                         foreign material in the    
                                                                                         finished product.          
    
    [[Page 38916]]
    
                                                                                                                    
    Receiving............................   X   ...  ...  --contamination through       --Product must be received  
                                                           damaged containers.           in sound containers and at 
                                                          --growth of pathogens due to   temperatures appropriate   
                                                           inappropriate storage         for the type of product.   
                                                           conditions (temperature,                                 
                                                           humidity).                                               
                                                          --growth of pathogens due to                              
                                                           temperature abuse.                                       
                                                          --contamination from                                      
                                                           receiving equipment (pumps,                              
                                                           hoses).                                                  
                                           ...   X   ...  --cross-contamination from    --Product must be received  
                                                           non-food chemicals.           in sound containers and be 
                                                                                         accompanied by a letter of 
                                                                                         guarantee from the supplier
                                                                                         if such letter is not on   
                                                                                         file.                      
                                           ...   X   ...  --contamination from          --Product must be received  
                                                           hazardous extraneous          in sound containers and be 
                                                           material (wood, nails from    accompanied by a letter of 
                                                           pallets, plastic pieces).     guarantee from the supplier
                                                                                         if such letter is not on   
                                                                                         file.                      
    Retorting............................   X   ...  ...  --inadequate application of   --A thermal process specific
                                                           scheduled process.            to the product, container  
                                                                                         type and size, and         
                                                                                         retorting system must be in
                                                                                         use. The initial product   
                                                                                         temperature and any        
                                                                                         critical factors specified 
                                                                                         for the thermal process    
                                                                                         must also be controlled.   
                                                                                         Specified retort come up   
                                                                                         procedures will be         
                                                                                         followed.                  
    Reworking............................   X   ...  ...  --contamination by employee   --Careful employee practices
                                                           handling.                     to make sure that there is 
                                                          --contamination by pathogens   no contamination of        
                                                           in product accumulations.     product.                   
                                                                                        --Room temperature of       
                                                                                         storage coolers will not   
                                                                                         exceed 40 degrees          
                                                                                         Fahrenheit.                
                                           ...  ...   X   --contamination foreign       --Careful employee practices
                                                           material.                     to make sure that there is 
                                                                                         no contamination of        
                                                                                         product.                   
    Shipping.............................   X   ...  ...  --growth due to improper      --Product will not be       
                                                           temperatures.                 shipped unless it is 40    
                                                                                         degrees Fahrenheit or less.
                                                                                        --Product will not be loaded
                                                                                         into transport vehicles if 
                                                                                         the trailer temperature    
                                                                                         exceeds 40 degrees         
                                                                                         Fahrenheit.                
                                           ...  ...   X   --contamination from          --All product packages will 
                                                           hazardous extraneous          be intact before shipping. 
                                                           material through damaged     --All transport vehicles    
                                                           packages.                     will be cleaned after each 
                                                                                         use and before loading of  
                                                                                         product.                   
    Thawing..............................   X   ...  ...  --growth of pathogens due to  --Thawing Room temperature  
                                                           improper temperatures.        will not exceed 50 degrees 
                                                                                         Fahrenheit.                
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
    
    Section VIII
    
    REFERENCES
    
    Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point Systems
    
    Agriculture Canada. Food Safety Enhancement Program--Implementation 
    Manual. Nepean, Ontario, Canada.
    HACCP: The Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Point System in the 
    Meat and Poultry Industry. 1994. American Meat Institute Foundation. 
    Washington, D.C.
    International Commission on Microbiological Specification for Foods. 
    1989. ``Microorganisms in Foods 4. Application of hazard analysis 
    and critical control point (HACCP) system to ensure microbiological 
    safety and quality.'' Blackwell Scientific Publications, Boston.
    National Advisory Committee on Microbiological Criteria for Foods 
    (NACMCF).
    March 20, 1992--Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Point System.
    Int. J. Food Micr. 16: 1-23.
    National Advisory Committee on Microbiological Criteria for Foods
    (NACMCF). June 1993--Report on Generic HACCP for Raw Beef. Food
    Micr. 10: 449-488.
    Pierson, M.D. and Corlett, D.A., Jr. ed. 1992. ``HACCP/Principles 
    and Applications.'' Van Nostrand Reinhold.
    Stevenson, K.E. ed. 1993. ``HACCP-Establishing Hazard Analysis 
    Critical Control Point Programs.'' A Workshop Manual. The Food 
    Processors Institute. Washington, D.C.
    Tompkin, R.B. 1990. The Use of HACCP in the Production of Meat and 
    Poultry Products. J. of Food Protect. 53(9): 795-803.
    Tompkin, R.B. 1995. The use of HACCP for producing and distributing 
    processed meat and poultry products. In Advances in Meat Research. 
    Volume 10. Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point (HACCP) in Meat, 
    Poultry and Seafoods. Chapman & Hall (In Press).
    
    Foodborne Illnesses
    
    Bean, N.H. and Griffin, P.M. 1990. Foodborne disease outbreaks in 
    the United States, 1973-1987: Pathogens, vehicles, and trends. J. 
    Food Protect. 53: 804-817.
    Bean, N.H. and Griffin, P.M. 1990. Foodborne disease outbreaks, 5-
    year summary, 1983-1987. J. Food Protect. 53: 711.
    Council for Agricultural Science and Technology. ``Risks Associated 
    with Foodborne Pathogens.'' February 1993.
    
    [[Page 38917]]
    
    Oblinger, J.L., ed. 1988. Bacteria Associated with Foodborne 
    Illnesses, A Scientific Status Summary by the Institute of Food 
    Technologists Expert Panel on Food Safety and Nutrition. Food 
    Technol. 42(4).
    Padhye, N.V.; Doyle, M.P. 1992. E. Coli O157:H7 Epidemiology, 
    pathogenesis, and methods for detection in food. J. Food Prot. 
    55:55-565.
    Schuchat, A., Swaminathan, B. and Broome, C.V. 1991. Epidemiology of 
    human listeriosis. Clin. Microbiol. Rev. 4: 169-183.
    Tauxe, R.V., ``Epidemiology of Camplyobacter jejuni infections in 
    the United States and other Industrialized Nations,'' In Nachamkin, 
    Blaser, Tompkins, ed. Camplyobacter jejuni: Current Status and 
    Future Trends, 1994, chapter 2, pages 9-19.
    Tauxe, R.V., Hargett-Bean, N., Patton, C.M. and Wachsmuth, I.K. 
    1988. Campylobacter isolates in the United States, 1982-1986. In, 
    CDC Surveillance Summaries, June 1988. MMWR 37 (No. SS-2) : 1-13.
    Todd, E. 1990. Epidemiology of Foodborne Illness: North America. The 
    Lancet 336:788.
    
    Microbiological, Chemical, and Physical Hazards
    
    Corlett, D.A., Jr. and R.F. Steir. 1991. Risk assessment within the 
    HACCP system. Food Control 2:71-72.
    Environmental Protection Agency. 1992. Tolerances for Pesticides in 
    Foods. Title 40, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 185. U.S. 
    Government Printing Office, Washington, DC.
    FDA. 1989. The Food Defect Action Levels. FDA/CFSAN. Washington, DC.
    FDA. 1994. Fish and Fishery Products Hazards and Control Guide--Get 
    Hooked on Seafood Safety. Office of Seafood, Washington, DC.
    HACCP: The Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Point System in the 
    Meat and Poultry Industry. 1994. American Meat Institute Foundation, 
    Washington, DC.
    International Commission on Microbiological Specification for Foods. 
    1989. ``Microorganisms in Foods 4. Application of hazard analysis 
    and critical control point (HACCP) system to ensure microbiological 
    safety and quality.'' Blackwell Scientific Publications, Boston.
    Pierson, M.D. and Corlett, D.A., Jr. ed. 1992. ``HACCP/Principles 
    and Applications.'' Van Nostrand Reinhold.
    Stevenson, K.E. ed. 1993. ``HACCP-Establishing Hazard Analysis 
    Critical Control Point Programs.'' A Workshop Manual. The Food 
    Processors Institute. Washington, DC.
    USDA, 1994. Domestic Residue Data Book: 1993. USDA, FSIS, 
    Washington, DC.
    USDA, 1994. List of Propriety Substances and Nonfood Compounds 
    Authorized for Use under USDA Inspection and Grading Programs. USDA, 
    FSIS, Washington, DC.
    USDA, 1995. National Residue Program Plan: 1995. USDA, FSIS, 
    Washington, DC.
    
    Internet Home Pages
    
    Agriculture Canada/http://aceis.agr.ca
    Food Law Sites/http://www.fsci.umn.edu/FoodLaw/foodlaw.html
    HACCP95/http://www.cvm.uiuc.edu/announcements/haccp95/haccp95.html
    Center for Disease Control/http://fftp.cdc.gov/pub/mmwr/MMWRweekly
    Material Safety Data Sheets/http://listeria.nwfsc.noaa.gov/msds.html
    U.S. Food and Drug Administration/http://vm.cfsan.fda.gov/list.html 
    Bad Bug Book
    U.S. Department of Agriculture/http://www.usda.gov
    
    Appendix E--FSIS Sample Collection Guidelines and Procedure for 
    Isolation and Identification of Salmonella from Raw Meat and Poultry 
    Products
    
    Introduction
    
        This sampling protocol has been prepared to support the Pathogen 
    Reduction/HACCP Regulation. FSIS will be conducting a Salmonella 
    testing program in support of this regulation. The regulation does not 
    require establishments to conduct their own testing for Salmonella. 
    However, for those who choose to conduct their own Salmonella testing 
    program, the protocol outlined in this document provides detailed 
    instruction for sample collection and analysis that are the same as 
    those used in the FSIS Salmonella testing program for raw meat and 
    poultry products.
        This protocol incorporates the use of a non-destructive sampling 
    technique for sample collection of raw beef and swine carcasses. These 
    techniques have been evaluated by the Agricultural Research Service and 
    have been designed to give comparable results to the FSIS Nationwide 
    Microbiological Baseline Data Collection Programs' excised tissue 
    samples. We are continuing to improve the sponging techniques and 
    welcome comments. This technique will be closely monitored during the 
    first year of prevalence phase Salmonella testing. Carcass sampling for 
    broiler and turkey carcasses remain the nondestructive whole bird rinse 
    which was used in the Baseline Programs. Ground product sampling 
    involves collecting approximately \1/2\ pound of the product.
        The analytical methods section of this protocol details the 
    cultural procedures currently in use by FSIS/USDA for the examination 
    of raw meat and poultry products for Salmonella. Any screening method 
    under consideration for Salmonella testing must meet or exceed the 
    following performance characteristics: sensitivity = 97%, 
    specificity 96%, false-negative rate = 3%, false-positive 
    rate 4%.
    
    Guidelines for Sample Collectors/Microbiologists
    
    Pre-Sampling Preparation
        Prior to collecting samples, the individual designated for sample 
    collection should compile a written establishment-specific sample 
    collection protocol for microbiological analysis. This protocol should 
    include a check list for tasks to be performed prior to sample 
    collection, materials needed for sample collection, random selection 
    procedures, where the samples will be analyzed (on-site versus off-
    site), and other information that will aid the sample collector. 
    Sampling supplies, such as sterile gloves, sterile sampling solutions, 
    hand soap, sanitizing solution, etc., as well as specific materials 
    needed for sampling different carcass types (i.e., specimen sponges in 
    bags, if sampling cattle or swine carcasses), will need to be 
    assembled.
        For cattle and hog carcass sampling, a template will be needed to 
    mark off the area to sample (Figure 1). The template can be made of 
    metal or aluminum foil, brown paper, etc. From a sheet larger than the 
    area to be sampled, cut out a 10 cm (3.94 inches) x 10 cm square for 
    sampling cattle or a 6 cm x 10 cm rectangle for swine carcass sampling. 
    If a reusable metal template is used, it will need to be sanitized with 
    an approved sanitizing solution (e.g. hypochlorite (bleach) solution or 
    alcohol). However, the template needs to be dry before placing it on 
    the carcass. Aluminum foil or paper templates can be used once and 
    discarded. The foil for the template should be stored in a manner to 
    prevent contamination. Since the area enclosed by the template will be 
    sampled, take care not to touch this area with anything other than the 
    sampling sponge. Using dirty or contaminated material may lead to 
    erroneous results. If an autoclave is available, paper or aluminum foil 
    templates can be wrapped in autoclavable paper and sterilized.
        The sterile sampling solution, Buffered Peptone Water (BPW), can be 
    stored at room temperature. However, at least one day prior to sample 
    collection, check solutions for absence of cloudiness and/or turbidity 
    and place the number of containers of sampling solution (BPW) that will 
    be needed for the next day's sampling in the refrigerator. DO NOT use 
    solutions that are cloudy, turbid, or contain particulate matter.
        To obtain the most accurate results, samples should be analyzed as 
    soon after collection as possible. However, if samples must be 
    transported to an off-site laboratory, the samples need to be
    
    [[Page 38918]]
    
    maintained at refrigeration temperatures until transport, then shipped 
    refrigerated via an overnight delivery service to the laboratory 
    performing the analysis. Samples analyzed off-site must be picked up by 
    the overnight courier the SAME calendar day the sample is collected. 
    The sample must arrive at the laboratory no later than the day after 
    the sample is collected. Samples shipped to an outside laboratory must 
    be analyzed no later than the day after collection. The following 
    section gives information on shipping containers and transporting 
    samples to off-site facilities.
    
    Shipping Containers and Coolant Packs
    
        It is important that samples fit easily into the shipping so that 
    the sample bags do not break.
        Correct use of the refrigerant gel-ice packs and proper packing of 
    the shipping container are necessary so that samples arrive at the 
    laboratory at an acceptable temperature. Frozen samples or samples 
    which are too warm are not considered valid and must not be analyzed. 
    Some bacteria may be damaged by temperatures that are too cold. 
    Temperatures that are too warm can allow bacteria to reproduce. 
    Maintaining samples at improper temperatures may cause inaccurate 
    sample results.
        The sample should be kept refrigerated, NOT FROZEN, in the shipping 
    container prior to pickup by the courier. The shipping container, 
    itself, should not be used as a refrigerator. However, multiple samples 
    (if needed) for that day may be stored in the open shipping container 
    in the cooler or refrigerator.
    Random Selection of Carcasses or Ground Product for Sampling
        Samples are to be taken randomly. There are different methods of 
    selecting the specific carcass for sampling that could be used but all 
    require the use of random numbers. Methods could include: using random 
    number tables, drawing cards, using calculator- or computer-generated 
    random numbers, etc. When selecting the random numbers, use the 
    method(s) currently in use at the establishment for other sampling 
    programs, if other programs are currently underway.
        The carcass or ground product for sampling must be selected at 
    random from all eligible carcasses. If multiple lines exist, randomly 
    select the line for sample collection for that interval. Repeat the 
    random selection process for the next sampling interval. Each line 
    should have an equal chance of being selected at each sampling 
    interval.
    
    Cattle Carcass Selection
    
        The half-carcasses eligible for sampling should be selected from 
    those in the cooler 12 or more hours after slaughter. Both the 
    ``leading'' and ``trailing'' sides of a carcass should have an equal 
    chance of being selected. NOTE: If more than one shift is operating at 
    the plant, the sample can be taken on any shift, provided the following 
    requirements are met:
        Selection of TIME: Determine the times that carcasses chilled for 
    12 or more hours will be on hand. Then randomly select a time for 
    collecting samples. If samples are shipped off-site, then take into 
    account that the delivery service may have limitations on pickup times.
        Selection of COOLER SITE: Select a safe and accessible site in the 
    cooler for random selection of the half-carcass. This site may be 
    located at the transfer chain, grading chain, or a rail that contains 
    carcasses that have been chilled 12 hours or more.
        Selection of HALF-CARCASS: At the random time selected, identify a 
    half-carcass (selected by your random number method) from the 
    predetermined point along the chain (selected cooler site) and then 
    count back five (5) half-carcasses and select the next half-carcass 
    (carcass) for sampling. The reason for counting back five half-
    carcasses is to avoid any possible bias during selection.
    
    Swine Carcass Selection
    
        The carcasses eligible for sampling should be selected from those 
    in the cooler 12 or more hours after slaughter. Every carcass should 
    have an equal chance of being selected.
    
        Note: If more than one shift is operating at the plant, the 
    sample can be taken on any shift, provided the following 
    requirements are met:
    
        Selection of TIME: Determine the times that carcasses chilled for 
    12 or more hours will be on hand. Then randomly select a time for 
    collecting samples. If samples are shipped off-site, then take into 
    account that the delivery service may have limitations on pickup times.
        Selection of COOLER SITE: Select a safe and accessible site in the 
    cooler for random selection of the carcass. This site may be located at 
    the transfer chain, or a rail that contains carcasses that have been 
    chilled 12 hours or more. If there are multiple sites of the same kind, 
    select one at random.
        Selection of CARCASS: At the random time selected, identify a 
    carcass (selected by your random number method) from the predetermined 
    point along the chain and then count back five (5) carcasses and select 
    the next carcass for sampling. The reason for counting back five 
    carcasses is to avoid any possible bias during selection.
    
    Poultry Carcass Selection
    
        The poultry carcasses will be selected at random after chilling, at 
    the end of the drip line or last readily accessible point prior to 
    packing/cut-up. A WHOLE carcass is required, that is, one that has not 
    been trimmed.
    
        Note: If more than one shift is operating at the plant, the 
    sample can be taken on any shift, provided the following 
    requirements are met:
    
        Selection of TIME: Determine the times that chilled carcasses will 
    be on hand, then randomly select a time for collecting samples. If 
    samples are shipped off-site, then take into account that the delivery 
    service may have limitations on pickup times.
        Selection of CHILLER: If more than one chiller system is in 
    operation at the time of sample collection, the chill tank from which 
    the sample is selected must be randomly selected.
        Selection of POULTRY CARCASS: At the random time, identify a 
    carcass (selected by your random number method) from the predetermined 
    point, and then count back five (5) carcasses and select the next 
    carcass for sampling. Exception: If the fifth carcass is not a WHOLE 
    (untrimmed) bird, count back an additional five carcasses for sample 
    selection. Remember: Each carcass must have an equal chance of being 
    selected. The reason for counting back five carcasses is to avoid any 
    possible bias during selection.
    
    Raw Ground Product Selection (Beef, Pork, Chicken, Turkey)
    
        Raw ground product samples will be randomly selected and collected 
    after the grinding process and, if possible before any addition of 
    spices or seasonings, but prior to final packaging.
    
        Note: If more than one shift is operating at the plant, the 
    sample can be taken on any shift, provided the following 
    requirements are met:
    
        Selection of TIME: Determine the times that raw ground product will 
    be produced, then randomly select a time for collecting samples. Take 
    into account that the overnight delivery service may have limitations 
    on pickup times, for determining sample collection time.
        Selection of GRINDER: If more than one grinder is in operation at 
    the time of sample collection, the grinder from which the sample is 
    selected must be randomly selected.
    
    [[Page 38919]]
    
    Aseptic Techniques/Sampling
        Extraneous organisms from the environment, hands, clothing, sample 
    containers, sampling devices, etc., may lead to erroneous analytical 
    results. Stringent requirements for microbiological analysis are 
    necessary, therefore, use of aseptic sampling techniques and clean 
    sanitized equipment and supplies are of utmost importance. The 
    following information gives general techniques for aseptic techniques 
    that are routinely used during sample collection for microbiological 
    analysis.
        There should be an area designated for preparing samples, etc. A 
    stainless steel, wheeled cart or table would be useful during sampling. 
    A small tote or caddy could be could be easily transported to the 
    location of sampling and used for carrying supplies, supporting sample 
    bags when adding sterile solutions to sample bags, etc.
        Sterile gloves should be used for collecting samples. The only 
    items which may contact the external surface of the glove are the 
    exposed sample being collected and/or the sterile sample utensil 
    (specimen sponge). Keep in mind that the outside surfaces of the sample 
    container are not sterile. Do not handle the inside surface of the 
    sterile sample containers. Do not touch anything else. The following 
    procedure for putting on sterile gloves can be followed when collecting 
    samples:
        (a) Peel open the package of sterile gloves from the top without 
    contaminating (touching, breathing on, contacting, etc.) the exterior 
    of the gloves.
        (b) Remove a glove by grasping it from the wrist-side opening inner 
    surface which is folded. Avoid any contact with the outer surface of 
    the glove. Insert the washed and sanitized hand into the glove, taking 
    care not to puncture the glove or touch the outside surface of the 
    glove.
        (c) Next, follow the same procedure for the hand you will use to 
    physically handle the sample, using care not to contaminate the outer 
    surface of the glove.
        (d) If at any time you are concerned that a glove may be 
    contaminated, discard it and begin again with Step (a) above.
    Preparation for Sample Collection
        Prior to collecting samples, review steps for sample collection, 
    random selection procedure, etc.
        At least one or more days prior to sample collection, check 
    sampling solution (BPW) for cloudiness/turbidity and refrigerate if not 
    cloudy or turbid. If shipping samples to off-site facility, place 
    coolant packs in freezer then pre-chill open shipping in cooler/
    refrigerator.
        On the day of sampling, gather all sample collection bags, sterile 
    gloves, sanitizer, hand soap, sterile solutions for sampling, and 
    specific materials listed under the Materials section of the sample 
    collection section for the type of carcass to be sampled.
        Label the sample bags before starting sampling procedure. Use 
    permanent ink. If you are using paper labels, it is important that the 
    label be applied to the bag at normal room temperature; it will not 
    stick if applied in the cooler.
        Outer clothing (frocks, gloves, head gear, etc.) worn in other 
    areas of the plant should be removed before entering the sampling area 
    or preparing to collect samples. Replace outer clothing removed earlier 
    with clean garments (i.e. laboratory coat) that have not been directly 
    exposed to areas of the plant outside of the sampling area.
        Sanitize the sample work area surfaces by wiping with a clean 
    disposable cloth or paper towel dipped in a freshly prepared 500 ppm 
    sodium hypochlorite solution (0.05% sodium hypochlorite) or other 
    approved sanitizer which provides an equivalent available chlorine 
    concentration. The sample work area surfaces must be free of standing 
    liquid before sample supplies and/or product containers are placed on 
    them.
        Before sampling, thoroughly wash and scrub hands to the mid-
    forearm. Use antibacterial hand soap. If available, this should include 
    a sanitizer at 50 ppm equivalence available chlorine. Dry the hands 
    using disposable paper towels.
    Specific Sample Collection Procedures
    Raw Ground Product
    
    Materials
    
        1. 2 sterile ziplock-type or stomacher bags or equivalent.
        2. Sterile gloves.
        3. Plastic cable-tie-wrap or thick rubber band for securing bag.
    
    Collection
    
        Ensure that all supplies are on hand and readily available. Use the 
    predetermined random selection procedure to select sample. Samples of 
    raw ground product will be collected after the grinding process, and, 
    if possible, before the addition of any spices or seasonings, but prior 
    to final packaging.
        1. Put on sterile gloves.
        2. Aseptically collect approximately \1/2\ pound of ground product, 
    if possible, before the addition of any spices or seasonings, but just 
    prior to final packaging. (Sample will be about the size of an orange.) 
    Use the sterile sampling bag, taking care not to contaminate the inside 
    of the bag with your gloved hand.
        3. Close the bag tightly by twisting the top and securing it with 
    the plastic cable-tie-wrap or rubber band or securely closing the 
    ziplock-type bag.
        4. Place bagged sample inside a second bag and close the outer bag 
    tightly.
        5. (a) If samples are to be analyzed at an ON-SITE LABORATORY, 
    begin sample preparation for analysis.
        (b) If samples are to be analyzed at an OUTSIDE (OFF-SITE) 
    LABORATORY, follow the procedure in the Sample Shipment section.
    Cattle Surface Sample Collection Procedure
    
    Materials
    
    1. Sterile specimen sponge in sterile Whirl-Pak bag or 
    equivalent
    2. 10 ml sterile Buffered Peptone Water (BPW)
    3. Sterile ziplock-type or stomacher bag
    4. Template for a 100 cm\2\ sampling area
    5. Sterile gloves
    6. Wheeled ladder, sampling platform, or step ladder
    7. Sanitizing solution
    8. Small tote or caddy for carrying supplies
    
    Collection
    
        A sterile, moistened sampling sponge (which usually come pre-
    packaged in a sterile bag) will be used to sample all three sites on 
    the swine carcass (ham, belly, and jowls--see Figure 3). It is 
    important to swab the sampling areas in the order of least to most 
    contaminated to avoid spreading any contamination on the carcass. 
    Therefore, swab sampling areas in the sequence indicated in this 
    protocol. Use predetermined random selection procedures for selecting 
    carcass to be sampled. Remember: samples will be collected from 
    carcasses in the cooler 12 hours or more after slaughter. 
    Nondestructive surface sampling will be conducted as follows:
        1. Ensure that all bags have been pre-labeled and all supplies are 
    on hand, including the sampling template. (An assistant may be helpful 
    during the sampling process.)
        2. Position the wheeled ladder, sampling platform, or step ladder 
    near the carcass so the rump sample area (Figure 2) is within easy 
    reach from the ladder.
        3. IF a reusable template is used, have the assistant immerse the 
    sampling
    
    [[Page 38920]]
    
    template in a sanitizing solution for at least 1-2 minutes. Just prior 
    to taking the first sample on the carcass, have the assistant put on a 
    pair of gloves (taking care not to contaminate the outer surface of the 
    glove with fingers) and retrieve the sampling template from the 
    sanitizing solution. Shake excess solution from utensil, then protect 
    the portion of the template that will contact the carcass from 
    contamination.
        4. Locate the flank, rump, and brisket sampling sites using 
    illustrations and directions in Figure 2 (cattle carcass sampling 
    locations).
        5. To hydrate the sponge, open the sponge bag. Remove cap from 
    sterile BPW bottle, being careful not to touch the bottle opening. 
    Carefully pour the contents of the sterile BPW bottle (10 ml) into the 
    sponge bag to moisten the sponge.
        6. Close the top of the bag. Use hand pressure from the outside of 
    the bag and carefully massage the sponge until it is FULLY HYDRATED 
    (moistened).
        7. With the bag still closed, carefully push the moistened sponge 
    to the upper portion of the bag orienting one narrow end of the sponge 
    up toward the opening of the bag. Do NOT open the bag or touch the 
    sponge with your fingers.
        8. Open the bag containing the sponge, being careful not to touch 
    the inner surface of the bag with your fingers. The wire closure at the 
    top of the bag should keep the bag open. Set bag aside.
        9. Put on sterile gloves.
        10. Carefully remove the moistened sponge from the bag with your 
    sampling hand. Take care to avoid touching the surfaces of the sampling 
    sponge.
        11. With the other hand, retrieve the template by the outer edge 
    taking care to avoid contaminating the inner edges of the sampling area 
    of the template.
        12. Locate the flank sampling area (Figure 2) and place template 
    over this
        location.
        13. Hold the template in place with one gloved hand. Take care not 
    to contaminate the enclosed sampling area with your hands.
        14. With the other hand, wipe the sponge over the entire enclosed 
    area (10 cm x 10 cm) for the sample for a total of approximately 10 
    times in the vertical and 10 times in the horizontal directions. The 
    pressure for swabbing would be as if you were removing dried blood from 
    the carcass. However, the pressure should not be too hard as to crumble 
    or destroy the sponge. (Note: The template may need to be ``rolled'' 
    from side to side during swabbing since the surface of the carcass is 
    not flat. This ensures that the 100 cm\2\ area is enclosed while 
    swabbing.)
        15. Repeat steps 13-15 for the brisket area, using the SAME side or 
    surface of the sponge used to swab the flank sampling area.
        16. After swabbing the brisket area, transfer the template to the 
    same hand holding the sponge. Do not contaminate the inner edges of the 
    sampling area of the template.
        17. Climb the ladder or platform, holding onto the handrail with 
    the hand NOT used to perform swabbing. Once at a convenient and safe 
    height for sampling the rump, transfer template back to ``climbing'' 
    hand (hand used to hold onto the rail while climbing the ladder), 
    taking care not to contaminate the inner edges of the sampling area of 
    the template. Avoid contaminating your sampling hand.
        18. Repeat steps 13-15 for the rump area, using the ``clean'' 
    surface or side (the side that was NOT previously used to swab the 
    flank/brisket areas).
        19. After swabbing the rump area, carefully place the sponge back 
    in the sample bag, taking care not to touch the outside of the sponge 
    to the outside of the sample bag.
        20. While holding the handrail, climb down from the ladder.
        21. Expel excess air and fold the top edge of the bag containing 
    the sponge 3 or 4 times to close. Secure the bag by folding the 
    attached wire tie back against the bag.
        22. (a) If samples are to be analyzed at an ON-SITE LABORATORY, 
    begin sample preparation (ANALYTICAL METHODS section)
        (b) If samples are to be analyzed at an OUTSIDE (OFF-SITE) 
    LABORATORY, follow procedure in the Sample Shipment section.
    Swine Surface Sample Collection Procedure
    
    Materials
    
    1. Sterile specimen sponge in sterile Whirl-Pak bag or 
    equivalent
    2. 10 ml sterile Buffered Peptone Water (BPW)
    3. Sterile Ziplock-type or stomacher bag
    4. Template for a 100 cm2 sampling area
    5. Sterile gloves
    6. Wheeled ladder, sampling platform, or step ladder
    7. Sanitizing solution
    8. Small tote or caddy for carrying supplies
    
    Collection
    
        Read the sections under Pre-sampling Preparation and Preparation 
    for Sample Collection before beginning the sampling procedure. A 
    sterile, moistened sampling sponge (which usually come pre-packaged in 
    a sterile bag) will be used to sample all three sites on the swine 
    carcass (ham, belly, and jowls--see Figure 3). It is important to swab 
    the sampling areas in the order of least to most contaminated to avoid 
    spreading any contamination on the carcass. Therefore, swab sampling 
    areas in the sequence indicated in this protocol. Use predetermined 
    random selection procedures for selecting carcass to be sampled. 
    Remember: samples will be collected from carcasses in the cooler 12 
    hours or more after slaughter.
        Nondestructive surface sampling will be conducted as follows:
        1. Ensure that all supplies are on hand. (An assistant may be 
    helpful during the sampling process.)
        2. Position the wheeled ladder, sampling platform, or step ladder 
    near the carcass so the ham sample area (Figure 3) is within easy reach 
    from the ladder.
        3. Immerse the sampling template in a sanitizing solution for at 
    least 1-2 minutes. Just prior to swabbing the first sampling site on 
    the carcass (step 1), retrieve the sampling template from the 
    hypochlorite sanitizing solution. Shake excess solution from utensil, 
    then protect the portion of the template (especially the inner edges of 
    the sampling area) that will contact the carcass from contamination.
        4. Locate the ``belly'', ham, and jowl sampling sites using 
    illustrations and directions in Figure 3 (swine carcass sampling 
    locations).
        5. Open the sponge bag by holding the bag at one corner by the wire 
    closure (which is usually colored yellow) then tear off the clear, 
    perforated strip at the top of the bag. (Do not remove or tear off the 
    wire closures). Next, pull apart the two small white tabs on either 
    side of the bag to open the mouth of the bag.
        6. Remove cap from sterile BPW tube, being careful not to touch the 
    bottle opening. Carefully pour the entire contents of the BPW bottle 
    (10 ml) into the sponge bag to moisten the sponge.
        7. Close the top of the bag by pressing the wire closures together. 
    Use hand pressure from the outside of the bag and carefully massage the 
    sponge until it is FULLY HYDRATED (moistened).
        8. With the bag still closed, carefully push the moistened sponge 
    to the upper portion of the bag positioning one narrow end of the 
    sponge up toward the opening of the bag. The whole sponge should still 
    be inside the bag.
        9. Open the top of the bag containing the sponge, being careful not 
    to touch the inner surface of the bag with your fingers. The wire 
    closure at the top of
    
    [[Page 38921]]
    
    the bag should keep the bag open. Set bag aside.
        10. Put on a pair of sterile gloves.
        11. Carefully remove the moistened sponge from the bag with your 
    sampling hand. Take care not to touch the surfaces of the sampling 
    sponge intended for sampling with sterile glove.
        12. With the other hand, retrieve the template by the outer edge, 
    taking care not to contaminate the inner edges of the sampling area of 
    the template.
        13. Locate the ``belly'' sampling area (Figure 2) and place the 
    template over this location.
        14. Hold the template in place with one gloved hand (Remember, only 
    the sponge should touch the sampling area. Take care not to contaminate 
    this area with your hands).
        15. With the other hand, wipe the sponge over the entire enclosed 
    area (10 cm  x  10 cm) for the sample for a total of approximately 10 
    times in the vertical and 10 times in the horizontal directions. The 
    pressure for swabbing would be as if you were removing dried blood from 
    the carcass. However, the pressure should not be too hard as to crumble 
    or destroy the sponge. (Note: The template may need to be ``rolled'' 
    from side to side during swabbing since the surface of the carcass is 
    not flat. This ensures that the 100 cm2 area is enclosed while 
    swabbing.)
        16. After swabbing the ``belly'' area, transfer the template to the 
    same hand that is holding the sponge. Do not contaminate the inner 
    edges of the sampling area of the template.
        17. Climb the ladder or platform, holding onto the handrail with 
    the hand not used for sampling. Once at a convenient and safe height 
    for sampling the ham, transfer template back to the ``climbing'' hand 
    (hand used to hold onto the rail while climbing the ladder), taking 
    care not to contaminate the inner edges of the template. Avoid 
    contaminating your sampling hand.
        18. Repeat steps 13-15 for the ham sampling area, using the SAME 
    surface of the sponge used to swab the ``belly'' area.
        19. After swabbing the ham area, carefully place the template back 
    to the same hand that is holding the sponge. Do not contaminate the 
    inner edges of the sampling area of the template.
        20. While holding the handrail with the hand not used for sampling, 
    climb down from the ladder.
        21. Transfer the template back to the ``climbing'' hand (hand used 
    to hold onto the rail while descending the ladder), taking care not to 
    contaminate the inner edges of the template.
        22. Repeat steps 13-15 for the the jowl area, using the ``clean'' 
    surface or side (the side that was NOT previously used to swab the 
    ``belly''/ham areas).
        23. After swabbing the jowl area, carefully place the sponge back 
    into the sponge bag. Do not touch the surface of the sponge to the 
    outside of the sponge bag.
        24. Press wire closures on the sponge bag together, expel the 
    excess air, then fold over the top of the bag 3 or 4 times. Close the 
    bag with attached wire by bending the wire tie back against the bag to 
    secure it.
        25. (a) If samples are to be analyzed at an ON-SITE LABORATORY, 
    begin sample preparation (ANALYTICAL METHODS section).
        (b) If samples are to be analyzed at an OUTSIDE (OFF-SITE) 
    LABORATORY, follow procedure in the Sample Shipment section.
    Whole Chicken Carcass Rinse Sampling Procedure
    
    Materials
    
    1. 2 Sterile 3500 ml stomacher-type bags or equivalent
    2. 400 ml sterile Buffered Peptone Water (BPW)
    3. Plastic cable-tie wraps or thick rubber bands or equivalent
    4. Sterile gloves
    
    Collection
    
        Read the sections under Pre-sampling Preparation and Preparation 
    for Sample Collection before beginning the sampling procedure. Ensure 
    all sampling supplies are present and have been properly labeled. Use 
    predetermined random selection procedure to select a carcass. Birds 
    will be collected after the chiller, at the end of the drip line as 
    follows:
        1. Gather all supplies for sampling. An assistant may be helpful 
    during the sampling process when pouring the rinse solution (BPW) into 
    the bag containing the carcass.
        2. Put on sterile gloves. Open a stomacher-type 3500 bag without 
    touching the sterile interior of the bag. Rubbing the top edges between 
    the thumb and forefinger will cause the opening to gap for easy 
    opening.
        3. With one hand, push up through the bottom of the sampling bag to 
    form a `glove' over one hand with which to grab the bird, while using 
    your other hand to pull the bag back over the hand that will grab the 
    bird. This should be done aseptically without touching the exposed 
    interior of the bag.
        4. Using the hand with the bag reversed over it, pick up the bird 
    by the legs (hocks) through the stomacher bag. (The bag functions as a 
    ``glove'' for grabbing the bird's legs.) Take care not to contaminate 
    the exposed interior of the bag. Allow any excess fluid to drain before 
    reversing the bag back over the bird. (Alternately, have an assistant 
    hold open the bag. Using your gloved hand, pick up the bird by the 
    legs, allow any fluid to drain, and place the bird vent side up into 
    the sampling bag.)
        5. Rest the bottom of the bag on a flat surface. While still 
    holding the top of the bag slightly open, add the 400 ml of sterile BPW 
    to the sterile plastic bag. (Alternately, with the aid of an assistant 
    holding the bag open, add the 400 ml of sterile BPW to the bag, pouring 
    the solution into the carcass cavity.)
        6. Close the bag and while securely holding the bag, rinse bird 
    inside and out using a rocking motion for 30 shakes (approximately one 
    minute). This is done by holding the bird through the bottom of the bag 
    with one hand and the closed top of the bag with the other hand. Hold 
    the bird securely and rock it in an arcing motion, alternating the 
    weight of the bird from one hand to the other (motion like drawing an 
    invisible rainbow or arch), assuring that all surfaces (interior and 
    exterior of the carcass) are rinsed.
        7. Put the bird in the bag on a flat surface. Open the bag.
        8. With a gloved hand, remove the carcass from the bag. Since the 
    carcass was rinsed with a sterile solution, it should be returned to 
    the chill tank. Be sure not to touch the interior of the bag with your 
    gloved hand.
        9. Twist the top of the bag several times (about 4 or 5 turns). 
    Fold the twisted portion of the bag to form a loop. Secure the twisted 
    loop with the supplied plastic tie-wrap. The tie-wrap should be very 
    tight so that the rinse fluid will not spill out. Place the sample bag 
    into another bag and secure the opening of the outer bag. [Alternately, 
    at least 30 ml of the rinse fluid can be poured into a sterile, leak-
    proof sampling container and the container then can be placed in a 
    sampling bag for transport to the lab. NOTE: It is important to send at 
    least the minimum volume of rinse fluid, since 30 ml of rinse fluid 
    will be used for sample analysis. The solution remaining after 
    decanting the 30 ml can be poured down the drain]
        10. (a) If samples are to be analyzed at an ON-SITE LABORATORY, 
    begin sample preparation for the selected method of analysis.
        (b) If samples are to be analyzed at an OUTSIDE (OFF-SITE) 
    LABORATORY, follow the procedure in the Sample Shipment section.
    
    [[Page 38922]]
    
    Turkey Carcass Rinse Sampling Procedure
    
    Materials
    
        1. 1 large sterile 3500 ml stomacher-type or ziplock-type bags or 
    equivalent, at least 8''  x  24''
        2. 600 ml sterile, Buffered Peptone Water (BPW)
        3. Plastic cable-tie wraps or thick rubber bands or equivalent
        4. Sterile gloves
    
    Collection
    
        Read the sections under Pre-sampling Preparation and Preparation 
    for Sample Collection before beginning the sampling procedure. Ensure 
    that all supplies are on hand, labeled, and readily available. An 
    assistant will be needed to hold the bag for collecting the bird. Use 
    the predetermined random selection procedure to select the turkey 
    carcass to be sampled. The randomly selected birds will be collected 
    after the chiller, at the end of the drip line as follows:
        1. Have an assistant open the large stomacher-type bag (18''  x  
    24''). (Rubbing the top edges of the stomacher-type bag between the 
    thumb and index finger will cause the opening to gap.) The assistant 
    should be ready to receive the turkey carcass.
        2. Put on sterile gloves.
        3. Remove the selected turkey from the drip line by grasping it by 
    the legs and allowing any fluid to drain from the cavity.
        4. Place the turkey carcass, vent side up, into a sterile 
    Stomacher-type 3500 bag (or equivalent). Large turkeys should be placed 
    in a plain, clear polypropylene autoclave bag (ca. 24''  x  30-36''). 
    Only the carcass should come in contact with the inside of the bag.
        5. While still supporting the carcass with one hand on the bottom 
    of the bag, have the assistant open the bag with the other hand. 
    Alternately, the assistant can rest the bottom of the bag on a 
    sanitized table and while still supporting the carcass, open the bag 
    with the other hand.
        6. Add the 600 ml of sterile BPW to the sterile plastic bag, 
    pouring the solution into the carcass cavity of the BPW over the 
    exterior of the carcass. Close the bag.
        7. Manipulate the loose neck skin on the carcass through the bag 
    and position it over the neck bone area to act as a cushion and prevent 
    puncturing of the bag. The assistant will need to support the carcass 
    with one hand on the bottom of the bag. Close bag.
        8. Squeeze air from the bag and close top. Take the bag from the 
    assistant. Close the bag and while securely holding the bag, rinse bird 
    inside and out using a rocking motion for 30 shakes (approximately one 
    minute). This is done by holding the carcass through the bag with one 
    hand and the closed top of the bag with the other hand. Holding the 
    bird securely with both hands, rock in an arcing motion alternating the 
    weight of the bird from one hand to the other (motion like drawing an 
    invisible rainbow or arch), assuring that all surfaces (interior and 
    exterior of the carcass) are rinsed.
        9. Hand the bag back to the assistant.
        10. With a gloved hand, remove the carcass from the bag first 
    letting any excess fluid drain back into the bag. Since the carcass was 
    rinsed with a sterile solution, it should returned to the chill tank. 
    Be sure not to touch the interior of the bag with your gloved hand.
        11. Expel excess air, taking care not to expel any rinse fluid. 
    Twist the top of the bag several times (about 4 or 5 turns). Fold the 
    twisted portion of the bag to form a loop. Secure the twisted loop with 
    the supplied plastic tie-wrap. The tie-wrap should be very tight so 
    that the rinse fluid will not spill out.
        12. Place the sample bag into another bag and secure the opening of 
    the outer bag. [Alternately, no less than 30 ml of the rinse fluid can 
    be poured into a sterile, leak-proof sampling container and placed in a 
    sampling bag for transport to the lab. Thirty ml of rinse fluid will be 
    used for sample analysis. The solution remaining after decanting the 30 
    ml can be poured down the drain]
        13. (a) If samples are to be analyzed at an ON-SITE LABORATORY, 
    begin sample preparation for the selected method of analysis. (See 
    Analytical Methods section.)
        (b) If samples are to be analyzed at an OUTSIDE (OFF-SITE) 
    LABORATORY, follow the procedure in the Sample Shipment section.
    Sample Shipment
        It is recommended that samples be analyzed on-site (not in the 
    plant itself, but in a suitable laboratory). Those samples analyzed on-
    site must be analyzed as soon after collection as possible. If no on-
    site facilities are available, the samples must be shipped the same 
    calendar day as collected, to an outside laboratory. The samples must 
    be analyzed the day after collection.
        1. Prechill shipping container by placing the open shipping 
    container in the refrigerator at least the day before sampling.
        2. Place the appropriately-labeled double-bagged sample in the 
    prechilled shipper in an upright position to prevent spillage. 
    Newspaper may be used for cushioning the sample and holding it in the 
    upright position. Ensure that the sample is maintained at refrigeration 
    temperature to prevent multiplication of any microorganisms present and 
    to provide the most accurate results.
        3. Place a corrugated cardboard pad on top of the sample. Next, 
    place the frozen gel pack(s) on top of the corrugated pad to prevent 
    direct contact of frozen gel packs with the sample. Use sufficient 
    frozen coolant to keep the sample refrigerated during shipment to the 
    designated laboratory. Insert a foam plug and press it down to minimize 
    shipper head space.
        4. Ship sample (via overnight delivery or courier) to the assigned 
    laboratory.
    
    Analytical Methods
    
    Equipment, Reagents, and Media Equipment
    1. Sterile scalpels, scissors, forceps, knives, spatulas, spoons, ruler 
    or template, pipettes, petri dishes, test tubes
    2. Sterile Stomacher 3500 bags (or equivalent) or plain, clear 
    polypropylene autoclave bags (ca. 24''  x  30-36'')
    3. Incubator, 36  1 deg.C
    4. Incubator/Water bath, 42  0.5 deg.C
    5. A mechanical homogenization device. A Stomacher, used with sterile 
    plastic bags, is acceptable. Some laboratories prefer to use a sterile 
    Osterizer-type blender with sterilized cutting assemblies and adapters 
    for use with sterile Mason jars.
    6. Water bath, 48-50 deg.C
    7. Glass slides, glass plate marked off in one-inch squares or 
    agglutination ring slides
    8. Balance, 2000 gram capacity, sensitivity of 0.1 gram
    9. Inoculating needles and loops
    10. Vortex mixer
    11. Sterile sampling sponge and sponge bag
    Reagents
    1. Iodine solution for TT broth (Hajna)
    2. Buffered Peptone Water (BPW) diluent
    3. Methyl red reagent
    4. O'Meara's V-P reagent, modified
    5. Kovac's reagent
    6. Ferric chloride, 10% aqueous solution
    7. Sterile mineral oil
    8. Saline, 0.85%
    9. Saline, 0.85% with 0.6% formalin
    10. Salmonella polyvalent O antiserum
    11. Salmonella polyvalent H antiserum
    12. Salmonella individual O grouping sera for groups A-I
    
    [[Page 38923]]
    
    Media
    1. Buffered peptone water (BPW)
    2. Tetrathionate broth (TT-Hajna)
    3. Rappaport-Vassiliadis (RV) broth (4)--Merck Chemical Co., Cat. #7700 
    or equivalent
    4. Brilliant green sulfa agar (BGS; contains 0.1% sodium sulfapyridine)
    5. Double modified lysine iron agar (DMLIA; 2)
    6. Triple sugar iron agar (TSI)
    7. Lysine iron agar (LIA)
    8. MR-VP Medium
    9. Tryptone broth
    10. Simmons citrate agar
    11. Phenol red tartrate agar
    12. Motility Medium
    13. Christensen's urea agar
    14. Carbohydrate fermentation media with Andrade's indicator
    15. Decarboxylase test media (Moeller)
    16. Malonate broth
    17. KCN broth
    18. Phenylalanine agar
    19. Nutrient gelatin
    20. Trypticase soy broth
    21. Tryptose broth
    Analytical Procedures
    Sample Preparation for Analysis
        The diverse nature of the samples which may require analysis (e.g., 
    ground product versus a poultry carcass rinse sample) requires separate 
    preparation procedures for each sample type.
    
    Raw Ground Product Sample Preparation
    
        a. Use a sterile spoon or spatula to take portions of product from 
    several areas of the sample to prepare a 25 g composite sample in a 
    sterile plastic stomacher-type bag or blender jar. Use of a stomacher 
    filter bag may facilitate pipetting after pre-enrichment.
        b. Add 225 ml BPW. Homogenize for two minutes in a Stomacher or 
    blender.
    
    Beef or Pork Carcass Sponge Sample Preparation
    
        a. Add 50 ml of BPW to the sample bag containing the sponge to 
    bring the total volume to 50 ml. Mix well.
    
    Whole Chicken Carcass Rinse-Fluid Sample Preparation
    
        a. Remove 30 ml of carcass-rinse fluid and place it in a sterile 
    plastic bag or other sterile container.
        b. Add 30 ml of BPW to the sample. Mix well.
    
    Turkey Carcass Rinse-Fluid Sample Preparation
    
        a. Remove 30 ml of carcass-rinse fluid and place it in a sterile 
    plastic bag or other sterile container.
        b. Add 30 ml of BPW to the sample. Mix well.
    Detection Procedure
        Sample/BPW suspensions prepared as directed in Sample preparation 
    for analysis section (above) are the starting point for this step in 
    the protocol. From this point on, sample suspensions of various types 
    (e.g., whole bird rinse sample vs. raw ground product) can be treated 
    in the same manner.
    
        Note: If using a screening test, follow manufacturer's 
    instruction for enrichment procedures. If an alternate enrichment 
    scheme is to be used, verification of the effectiveness of this 
    alternate enrichment protocol with the screening test should be 
    received from the manufacturer of the screening test or by in-
    laboratory testing.
    
        1. Incubate sample/BPW suspension at 36  1 deg.C for 
    20-24 hours.
        2. a. Transfer 0.5 ml of the BPW sample pre-enrichment culture into 
    10 ml TT broth.
        b. Transfer 0.1 ml of the BPW sample pre-enrichment culture into 10 
    ml RV broth.
        3. a. Incubate the TT enrichment culture at 42  
    0.5 deg.C for 22-24 hours.
        b. Incubate the RV enrichment culture at 42  0.5 deg.C 
    for 22-24 hours.
        4. Streak each enrichment culture onto both DMLIA and BGS agar 
    plates. Do not subdivide plates for streaking multiple samples; streak 
    the entire agar plate with a single sample enrichment.
        5. Incubate plates at 36  1 deg.C.
        6. Examine plates after 22-24 hours of incubation. Reincubate 
    negative plates and reexamine them the following day.
        7. Select and confirm suspect colonies as described in the sections 
    for Isolation procedure through Biochemical testing procedures (below).
    Isolation Procedure
        1. Pick typical well-isolated colonies.
        a. BGS. Select colonies that are pink and opaque with a smooth 
    appearance and an entire edge surrounded by a red color in the medium. 
    On very crowded plates, look for colonies that appear tan against a 
    green background.
        b. DMLIA. Select purple colonies with or without black centers. 
    Since salmonellae typically decarboxylate lysine and ferment neither 
    lactose nor sucrose, the color of the medium reverts to purple.
        2. Select three suspect colonies from each plate. Pick only from 
    the surface and center of the colony. Avoid touching the agar because 
    these selective media may suppress growth of organisms which are viable 
    but not visible; such ``sleeper'' organisms can be picked up from the 
    agar surface and carried forward onto media used for confirmation 
    tests. If a plate is crowded and there are no well-isolated colonies 
    available, restreak from this plate directly onto fresh selective agar 
    plates.
    Initial Isolate Screening Procedure
        1. Inoculate TSI and LIA slants consecutively with a single pick 
    from a colony by stabbing the butts and streaking the slants in one 
    operation. If screw-cap tubes are used, the caps must be loosened 
    before incubation. Incubate at 36  1 deg.C for 
    242 hours.
        2. Examine TSI and LIA slants as sets. Note the colors of butts and 
    slants, blackening of the media and presence of gas as indicated by gas 
    pockets or cracking of the agar. Note also the appearance of the growth 
    on the slants along the line of streak. Discard sets that show 
    ``swarming'' from the original site of inoculation. Discard sets that 
    show a reddish slant in LIA. Isolates giving typical Salmonella spp. 
    reactions should be confirmed by serological tests. Examine isolates 
    which are suggestive, but not typical of Salmonella spp. by a 
    combination of biochemical and serological procedures. Confirm by 
    biochemical tests ONLY those isolates that appear typical of 
    salmonellae, but do not react serologically. Refer to the following 
    chart for assistance in making these determinations.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Triple sugar iron agar                       Lysine iron agar                   Polyvalent sera                                           
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------            Disposition           
          Butt            Slant             H 2S             Butt             H2S               O                H                                          
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Y..............               R                +                P                +                +                +   Salmonella spp.                  
    Y..............               R                +                P                +                +                -   B. & M. T.                       
    Y..............               R                -                P                -   ...............  ...............  B. & M. T.                       
    Y..............               R                -                Y                -                +                +   B. & M. T.\1\                    
    Y..............               R                -                Y                -                -   ...............  Discard.                         
    Y..............               R                +                Y        ...............  ...............  Discard.                         
    Y..............               Y                -              Y/P                -   ...............  ...............  Discard.                         
    
    [[Page 38924]]
    
                                                                                                                                                            
    Y..............               Y                +                P                +   ...............  ...............  B. & M. T.\2\                    
    NC.............               NC  ...............  ...............  ...............  ...............  ...............  Discard.                         
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Y = Yellow; R = Red; P = Purple; B. & M. T. = Biochemical and motility tests; NC = No change in color from uninoculated medium.                        
    \1\ Salmonella choleraesuis (rarely found in swine in U.S.).                                                                                            
    \2\ Salmonella arizonae.                                                                                                                                
    
    
    Serological Tests
        All isolates giving TSI and LIA reactions which could be considered 
    suggestive of Salmonella should be tested serologically. If the TSI and 
    LIA reactions, together with the serological reactions, are indicative 
    of Salmonella, confirmation may cease at this point. If, however, 
    atypical TSI or LIA results and/or negative serological tests are 
    encountered, biochemical testing is mandatory (see Biochemical testing 
    procedure, below).
    1. O Agglutination Tests
        At a minimum, isolates should be tested with polyvalent O antiserum 
    reactive with serogroups A through I. Following a positive reaction 
    with polyvalent O antiserum, it is necessary to type the isolate using 
    individual Salmonella antisera for O groups A through I. Testing for O 
    groups A through I should encompass the majority of the Salmonella 
    serotypes commonly recovered from meat and poultry products. 
    Occasionally, however, an isolate which is typical of Salmonella 
    (biochemically and Poly H serologically) but non-reactive with antisera 
    to groups A through I will be recovered; such an isolate should be 
    reported as ``Salmonella non A-I'' or ``Salmonella O group beyond I''.
        Follow the manufacturer's instructions enclosed with the antisera. 
    Use growth from either the TSI or LIA slant. Test the isolate first 
    using polyvalent O antiserum. Do not read agglutination tests with a 
    hand lens. If there is agglutination with the saline control alone 
    (autoagglutination), identify such an isolate by biochemical reactions. 
    If the saline control does not agglutinate and the polyvalent serum 
    does, identify the individual O group using the individual Salmonella O 
    grouping antisera for groups A through I. Record positive results and 
    proceed to H agglutination tests.
    2. H Agglutination Tests
        Inoculate Trypticase soy broth or Tryptose broth. Incubate at 36 
     1  deg.C overnight or until growth has an approximate 
    density of three on McFarland's scale. Add an equal amount of saline 
    containing 0.6% formalin and let set one hour. Remove one ml to each of 
    two 13  x  100 mm test tubes. To one of the tubes, add Salmonella 
    polyvalent H serum in an amount indicated by the serum titer or 
    according to the manufacturer's instructions. The other tube serves as 
    an autoagglutination control. Incubate both tubes at 48-50  deg.C in a 
    water bath for up to one hour. Record presence or absence of 
    agglutination. Alternatively, any other poly H agglutination test may 
    be used as long as it gives results equivalent to the conventional tube 
    agglutination procedure described above.
    Biochemical Testing Procedures
        Biochemical confirmation is only necessary with those isolates 
    giving atypical TSI or LIA results and/or negative serological tests. 
    Do the minimum number of tests needed to establish that an isolate can 
    be discarded or that it is a member of the genus Salmonella. Exhaustive 
    testing of any isolate from a sample that has already yielded a 
    typical, easily identifiable Salmonella is unnecessary.
        If further testing is necessary, inoculate the following media 
    first: Tryptone broth, MR-VP medium, Simmons citrate agar, 
    Christensen's urea agar, motility test medium, phenol red tartrate 
    agar, and glucose, lactose, sucrose, salicin and dulcitol fermentation 
    broths. Incubate at 36  1  deg.C and record reactions the 
    following day. Test Tryptone broth with Kovac's reagent for indole 
    production in 24 hours and, if negative, again in 48 hours. Do not 
    perform the MR-VP test until 48 hours have elapsed. If results are 
    ambiguous, repeat MR test after five days of incubation. Hold negative 
    carbohydrate fermentation tests for 14 days.
        Refer to ``Edwards and Ewing's Identification of 
    Enterobacteriaceae'', 4th Edition (3), for biochemical reactions of 
    Enterobacteriaceae and for fermentation media and test procedures.
        Discard all isolates that give positive urea or VP reactions. 
    Discard any isolate that has the following combination of 
    characteristics: produces gas in glucose, produces indole but not 
    H2S, is MR positive, VP negative and citrate negative; such 
    organisms are E. coli regardless of ability to ferment lactose in 48 
    hours.
        Inoculate additional biochemical tests as necessary to eliminate 
    other Enterobacteriaceae. Refer to Edwards and Ewing for details. 
    Eliminate Providencia spp. by a positive phenylalanine reaction. 
    Eliminate Hafnia alvei on the basis of the following biochemical 
    pattern: indole negative; MR negative, and VP and citrate positive 
    based on four days of incubation at 25  deg.C; fermentation of 
    arabinose and rhamnose; failure to ferment adonitol, inositol, 
    sorbitol, and raffinose.
        Alternatively, any other biochemical test system may be used as 
    long as it gives results equivalent to the conventional tests.
    Quality Control Procedures
        It is recommended that a minimum of three method controls be 
    analyzed whenever meat or poultry products are being examined for the 
    presence of salmonellae. These controls should include a S. typhimurium 
    (H2S positive), S. senftenberg (H2S negative), and an 
    uninoculated media control. The inoculum level for the positive 
    controls should approximate 30-300 CFU per container of enrichment 
    medium. Inoculate positive controls at the end of each day's run. 
    Incubate the three controls along with the samples, and analyze them in 
    the same manner as the samples. Confirm at least one isolate recovered 
    from each positive control sample.
    Storage of Isolates
        Do not store isolates on TSI agar because this tends to cause 
    roughness of O antigens. For short-term (2-3 months) storage, inoculate 
    a nutrient agar slant, incubate at 36  1  deg.C overnight, 
    and then store at 4-8  deg.C.
        For long-term storage of isolates, subculture Salmonella isolates 
    by stabbing nutrient agar (0.75% agar). Incubate at 36  1 
    deg.C overnight, and then seal with hot paraffin-soaked corks. 
    Household wax is better than embedding paraffin because it stays 
    relatively soft at room temperature making the corks easy to remove. 
    Store isolates in the dark at room
    
    [[Page 38925]]
    
    temperature. Such isolates will remain viable for several years.
        Store ``working'' Salmonella stock cultures on nutrient agar 
    slants. Transfer stocks monthly, incubate overnight at 36  
    1  deg.C, and then store them at 4-8  deg.C.
    
    References
    
        1. AOAC International. 1995. Official Methods of Analysis of 
    AOAC International. P.A. Cunniff, ed. 16th Edition. Gaithersburg, 
    MD.
        2. Bailey, J. S., J. Y. Chiu, N.A. Cox, and R.W. Johnston. 1988. 
    Improved selective procedure for detection of salmonellae from 
    poultry and sausage products. J. Food Protect. 51(5):391-396.
        3. Ewing, W. H. 1986. ``Edwards and Ewing's Identification of 
    Enterobacteriaceae'', 4th Edition. Elsevier Science Publishing Co., 
    Inc., New York, NY.
        4. Vassiliadis, P. 1983. The Rappaport-Vassiliadis (RV) 
    enrichment medium for the isolation of salmonellas: An overview. J. 
    Appl. Bacteriol. 54:69-76.
    
    BILLING CODE 3410-DM-P
    
    [[Page 38926]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25JY96.018
    
    
    
    [[Page 38927]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25JY96.019
    
    
    
    [[Page 38928]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25JY96.020
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 3410-DM-C
    
    [[Page 38929]]
    
    Appendix F--Guidelines for Escherichia coli Testing for Process Control 
    Verification in Cattle and Swine Slaughter Establishments
    
    Introduction
    
        Under the Pathogen Reduction/HACCP Regulation, all slaughter 
    establishments will be required to test carcasses for generic E. coli 
    as a tool to verify process control. This document outlines the 
    sampling and microbial testing that should be followed to meet this 
    requirement. It also gives guidance to interpreting your results. This 
    document is a supplement to the Regulation, but not a substitute for 
    it. Further in-depth details of the program may be found in the 
    Regulation. Please provide these guidelines to your company 
    microbiologist or testing laboratory in order to help you meet the 
    regulatory requirements for generic E. coli testing.
    
    Guidelines for Sample Collectors/Microbiologists
    
    Background
        This sampling protocol has been prepared to support the Pathogen 
    Reduction/HACCP Regulation. This protocol incorporates the use of a 
    nondestructive sampling technique for sample collection from raw beef 
    and swine carcasses. These techniques have been evaluated by the 
    Agricultural Research Service and have been designed to give comparable 
    results to the FSIS Nationwide Microbiological Baseline Data Collection 
    Programs' excised tissue samples. We are continuing to improve the 
    sponging techniques and welcome comments. This technique will also be 
    used in the FSIS Salmonella testing programs and will be closely 
    monitored during the first year of prevalence phase testing.
        Carcasses within the same establishment and in different 
    establishments must be sampled and analyzed in the same manner if the 
    results are to provide a useful measure of process control across the 
    nation. It is imperative that all like establishments adhere to the 
    same sampling and analysis requirements detailed here, without 
    deviation. These sampling and analytical procedures may be directly 
    written into your establishment's individual HACCP plan.
        Cattle and swine carcasses must be sampled at the end of the 
    slaughter process in the cooler. These sample collection locations are 
    the same as those in the FSIS baseline studies, making samples taken 
    here comparable to the nationwide baseline performance criteria.
    Pre-sampling Preparation
        Sample collection will be carried out by the individual designated 
    in the establishment's written protocol for microbiological sampling. 
    This protocol should include a check list of tasks to be performed 
    prior to sample collection, materials needed for sample collection, 
    random selection procedures, where the samples will be analyzed (on-
    site versus off-site), and other information that will aid the sample 
    collector. As stated previously, this guideline can be a part of the 
    plant's sample collection guidelines, but plant specific details and 
    procedures will need to be included. Sampling supplies, such as sterile 
    gloves, sterile sampling solutions, hand soap, sanitizing solution, 
    etc., as well as specific materials needed for sampling different 
    carcass types (i.e., specimen sponges in bags and template for sampling 
    cattle or swine carcasses), will need to be assembled prior to 
    beginning sample collection.
        For cattle and swine carcass sampling, a template will be needed to 
    mark off the area to sample. The template can be made of metal or 
    aluminum foil, brown paper, flexible plastic, etc. Some disposable 
    templates may come sterilized and individually prepackaged. To make a 
    reusable template, cut out a 10 centimeters (cm) x 10 cm (3.94 inches x 
    3.94 inches) square from a sheet larger than the area to be sampled. 
    (See Figure 1). If a reusable template is used, it will need to be 
    sanitized with an approved sanitizing solution [e.g., hypochlorite 
    (bleach) solution or alcohol]. However, the template needs to be dry 
    before placing it on the carcass. Aluminum foil or paper templates can 
    be used once and discarded. The foil for the template should be stored 
    in a manner to prevent contamination. Since the area enclosed by the 
    template will be sampled, take care not to touch this area with 
    anything other than the sampling sponge. Using dirty or contaminated 
    material may lead to erroneous results. If an autoclave is available, 
    paper or aluminum foil templates can be wrapped in autoclavable paper 
    and sterilized.
        Sterile sampling solutions, Butterfield's phosphate diluent (BPD), 
    can be stored at room temperature. However, at least on the day prior 
    to sample collection, check solutions for cloudiness. DO NOT use 
    solutions that are cloudy, turbid or contain particulate matter. Place 
    the number of containers of sampling solution (BPD) that will be needed 
    for the next day's sampling in the refrigerator.
        To obtain the most accurate results, samples should be analyzed as 
    soon after collection as possible. However, if samples must be 
    transported to an off-site laboratory, the samples need to be 
    maintained at refrigeration temperatures until transport, then shipped 
    refrigerated via an overnight delivery service to the laboratory 
    performing the analysis. Samples analyzed off-site must be picked up by 
    the overnight courier the SAME calendar day the sample is collected. 
    The sample must arrive at the laboratory the day after the sample is 
    collected. Samples shipped to an outside laboratory must be analyzed no 
    later than the day after collection. The following section gives 
    information on shipping containers and transporting samples to off-site 
    facilities.
    
    Shipping Containers and Coolant Packs
    
        It is important that samples fit easily into the shipping 
    containers so that the sample bags do not break. Correct use of the 
    refrigerant gel-ice packs and proper packing of the shipping container 
    are necessary so that samples arrive at the laboratory at an acceptable 
    temperature. Frozen samples or samples which are too warm are not 
    considered valid and must not be analyzed. Some bacteria may be damaged 
    by temperatures that are too cold, while temperatures that are too warm 
    can allow bacteria to reproduce. Maintaining samples at improper 
    temperatures may cause inaccurate sample results. The sample should be 
    kept refrigerated, NOT FROZEN, in the shipping container prior to 
    pickup by the courier service. The shipping container, itself, should 
    not be used as a refrigerator. However, multiple samples (if needed) 
    for that day may be stored in the open shipping container in the cooler 
    or refrigerator.
    Sampling frequency
        Sampling frequency for E. coli testing is determined by production 
    volume. The required minimum testing frequencies for all but very low 
    production volume establishments are shown in Table 1 by slaughter 
    species.
    
                     Table 1.--E. coli Testing Frequencies a                
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            
    Cattle....................................  1 test per 300 carcasses.   
    Swine.....................................  1 test per 1,000 carcasses. 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    a Note: These testing frequencies do not apply to very low volume       
      establishments. See Table 2.                                          
    
    Very Low Volume Establishments
    
        Some establishments may be classified as very low volume 
    establishments. The maximum yearly
    
    [[Page 38930]]
    
    slaughter volumes for very low volume establishments are described in 
    Table 2.
    
    Table 2.--Maximum Yearly Livestock Slaughter Volumes for Very Low Volume
                                 Establishments                             
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Criteria (yearly slaughter   
               Slaughter species                         volume)            
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Cattle................................  Not more than 6,000 head.       
    Swine.................................  Not more than 20,000 head.      
    Cattle and Swine......................  Not more than 20,000 total, with
                                             not more than 6,000 cattle.    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Establishments with very low volumes are to sample the predominant 
    species at an initial rate of once per week until at least 13 test 
    results have been obtained. Once the initial criteria have been met for 
    very low volume establishments (see APPLYING PERFORMANCE CRITERIA TO 
    TEST RESULTS), the establishment will repeat the same sampling regime 
    once per year, in the 3 month period of June through August, or 
    whenever a change is made in the slaughter process or personnel.
    Random Selection of Carcasses
        Samples are to be taken randomly at the required frequency (See 
    section on Sampling Frequency). For example, given the frequency of 
    testing for cattle is 1 (one) test per every 300 cattle slaughtered, 
    then if a plant slaughters 150 head of cattle an hour, 1 (one) sample 
    will be taken every 2 hours.
        Different methods of selecting the specific carcass for sampling 
    could be used, but all require the use of random numbers. Methods could 
    include: using random number tables, using calculator- or computer-
    generated random numbers, drawing cards, etc. When selecting the random 
    numbers, use the method(s) currently in use at the establishment for 
    other sampling programs, if other programs are currently underway.
        The carcass for sampling must be selected at random from all 
    eligible carcasses. If multiple lines exist, randomly select the line 
    for sample collection for that interval. Repeat the random selection 
    process for the next sampling interval. Each line should have an equal 
    chance of being selected at each sampling interval.
    
    Cattle Carcass Selection
    
        The half-carcasses eligible for sampling should be selected from 
    those in the cooler 12 or more hours after slaughter. Both the 
    ``leading'' and ``trailing'' sides of a carcass should have an equal 
    chance of being selected within the designated time frame (based on the 
    sampling frequency for the plant). NOTE: If more than one shift is 
    operating at the plant, the sample can be taken on any shift, provided 
    the following requirements are met:
        Selection of TIME: Select the time, based on the appropriate 
    sampling frequency, for collecting the sample.
        Selection of COOLER SITE: Select a safe and accessible site in the 
    cooler for random selection of the half-carcass. This site may be 
    located at the transfer chain, grading chain, or a rail that contains 
    carcasses that have been chilled 12 hours or more. If there are 
    multiple sites of the same kind, select one at random.
        Selection of HALF-CARCASS: Based on the sampling frequency for the 
    plant, identify a half-carcass (selected by your random number method) 
    from the predetermined point along the chain (cooler site) and then 
    count back five (5) half-carcasses and select the next half-carcass 
    (carcass) for sampling. The reason for counting back five half-
    carcasses is to avoid any possible bias during selection. (See Sampling 
    Frequency section to determine the rate of sampling.)
    
    Swine Carcass Selection
    
        The carcasses eligible for sampling should be selected from those 
    in the cooler 12 or more hours after slaughter. Every carcass should 
    have an equal chance of being selected within the designated time frame 
    (based on the sampling frequency for the plant). NOTE: If more than one 
    shift is operating at the plant, the sample can be taken on any shift, 
    provided the following requirements are met:
        Selection of TIME: Select the time, based on the appropriate 
    sampling frequency, for collecting the sample.
        Selection of COOLER SITE: Select a safe and accessible site in the 
    cooler for random selection of the carcass. This site may be located at 
    the transfer chain, grading chain, or a rail that contains carcasses 
    that have been chilled 12 hours or more. If there are multiple sites of 
    the same kind, select one at random.
        Selection of CARCASS: Based on the sampling frequency for the 
    plant, identify a whole carcass from the predetermined point along the 
    chain and then count back five (5) carcasses and select the next 
    carcass for sampling. The reason for counting back five carcasses is to 
    avoid any possible bias during selection. (See Sampling Frequency 
    section to determine the rate of sampling.)
    Aseptic Techniques/Sampling
        Extraneous organisms from the environment, hands, clothing, sample 
    containers, sampling devices, etc., may lead to erroneous analytical 
    results. More stringent requirements for microbiological analysis are 
    necessary, therefore, use of aseptic sampling techniques and clean, 
    sanitized equipment and supplies are of utmost importance.
        There should be an area designated for preparing sampling supplies, 
    etc. A stainless steel, wheeled cart or table would be useful during 
    sampling. A small tote or caddy could be moved to the location of 
    sampling and could be used for carrying supplies, supporting sample 
    bags when adding sterile solutions to sample bags, etc.
        Sterile gloves should be used for collecting samples. The only 
    items which may contact the external surface of the glove are the 
    exposed sample being collected and/or the sterile sample utensil 
    (specimen sponge). Keep in mind that the outside surfaces of the sample 
    container are not sterile. Do not handle the inside surface of the 
    sterile sample containers. Do not touch anything else. The following 
    procedure for putting on sterile gloves can be followed when collecting 
    samples:
        (a) Peel open the package of sterile gloves from the top without 
    contaminating (touching, breathing on, contacting, etc.) the exterior 
    of the gloves.
        (b) Remove a glove by holding it from the wrist-side opening inner 
    surface. Avoid any contact with the outer surface of the glove. Insert 
    the washed and sanitized hand into the glove, taking care not to 
    puncture the glove.
        (c) Taking care not to contaminate the exterior surface of the 
    glove, repeat the above step for the hand you will use to physically 
    handle the sample.
        (d) If at any time you are concerned that a glove may be
    Preparation for Sample Collection
        Prior to collecting samples, review appropriate sampling steps, 
    random selection procedures, and other information that will aid in 
    sample collection.
        On the day prior to sample collection, after checking for 
    cloudiness/turbidity, place the number of BPD containers that will be 
    needed for the next day's sampling in the refrigerator/cooler. If 
    samples are to be shipped to an off-site facility, pre-chill shipping 
    container and refrigerator packs.
        On the day of sampling, gather all sample collection bags, sterile 
    gloves, sanitizer, hand soap, sterile solutions for
    
    [[Page 38931]]
    
    sampling, and specific materials listed under the Materials section of 
    the sample collection section for the type of carcass to be sampled. 
    Ensure that all sampling supplies are on hand and readily available 
    before beginning sample collection.
        Label the sample bags before starting the sampling procedure. Use 
    permanent ink. If you are using paper labels, it is important that the 
    label be applied to the bag at normal room temperature; it will not 
    stick if applied in the cooler.
        Outer clothing (frocks, gloves, head gear, etc.) worn in other 
    areas of the plant should be removed before entering the sampling area 
    or preparing to collect samples. Replace outer clothing removed earlier 
    with clean garments (i.e., laboratory coat) that have not been directly 
    exposed to areas of the plant outside of the sampling area.
        Sanitize the sample work area surfaces by wiping with a clean 
    disposable cloth or paper towel dipped in a freshly prepared 500 ppm 
    (parts per million) sodium hypochlorite solution (0.05% sodium 
    hypochlorite) or other approved sanitizer which provides an equivalent 
    available chlorine concentration. The sample work area surfaces must be 
    free of standing liquid before sample supplies and/or product 
    containers are placed on them.
        Before sampling, thoroughly wash and scrub hands to the mid-
    forearm. Use antibacterial hand soap. If available, this should include 
    a sanitizer at 50 ppm equivalence available chlorine. Dry the hands 
    using disposable paper towels.
    Specific Sample Collection Procedures
    Cattle Sample Collection Procedure
    
    Materials
    
    1. Sterile specimen sponge in sterile Whirl-pack-type bag or 
    equivalent
    2. 25 ml sterile Butterfield's phosphate diluent (BPD)
    3. Sterile ziplock-type or stomacher bag
    4. Template for 100 cm\2\ sampling area
    5. Sterile gloves
    6. Wheeled ladder, sampling platform, or step ladder
    7. Sanitizing solution
    8. Small tote or caddy for carrying supplies
    
    Collection
    
        Read the sections under Pre-sampling Preparation and Preparation 
    for Sample Collection before beginning the sampling procedure. Use 
    predetermined random selection procedures for selecting the half-
    carcass to be sampled. Remember, samples will be collected from half-
    carcasses in the cooler 12 hours or more after slaughter.
        A sampling sponge (which usually comes dehydrated and prepackaged 
    in a sterile bag) will be used to sample all three sites on the carcass 
    (flank, brisket, and rump--see Figure 2). It is important to swab the 
    areas in the order of least to most contamination in order to avoid 
    spreading any contamination.
        Therefore, swab the areas in the sequence indicated in this 
    sampling protocol. Nondestructive surface sampling will be conducted as 
    follows:
        1. Ensure that all bags have been pre-labeled and all supplies are 
    on hand, including the sampling template. (An assistant may be helpful 
    during the sampling process.)
        2. IF a reusable template is used, immerse the sampling template in 
    an approved sanitizing solution for at least 1-2 minutes. Just prior to 
    swabbing the first sample site on the carcass (step 13), retrieve the 
    sampling template from the sanitizing solution. Shake excess solution 
    from the utensil, then protect the portion of the template that will 
    contact the carcass from contamination.
        3. Locate the flank, brisket, and rump sampling sites using 
    illustrations and directions in Figure 2 (cattle carcass sampling 
    locations).
        4. Position the wheeled ladder, sampling platform, or step ladder 
    near the carcass so the rump sample area (Figure 2) is within easy 
    reach from the ladder.
        5. While holding the sponge bag at the top corner by the wire 
    closure, tear off the clear, perforated strip at the top of the bag.
        6. Remove the cap from sterile BPD bottle, being careful not to 
    touch the bottle opening.
        7. Carefully pour about half the contents of the sterile BPD bottle 
    (approximately 10 ml) into the sponge bag to moisten the sponge.
        8. Close the top of the bag by pressing the wire closures together. 
    Use hand pressure from the outside of the bag and carefully massage the 
    sponge until it is FULLY HYDRATED (moistened).
        9. With the bag still closed, carefully push the moistened sponge 
    to the upper portion of the bag orienting one narrow end of the sponge 
    up toward the opening of the bag. Do NOT open the bag or touch the 
    sponge with your fingers. While holding the bag, gently squeeze any 
    excess fluid from the sponge using hand pressure from the outside. The 
    whole sponge should still be in the bag.
        10. Open the bag containing the sponge, being careful not to touch 
    the inner surface of the bag with your fingers. The wire closure at the 
    top of the bag should keep the bag open. Set bag aside.
        11. Put on a pair of sterile gloves.
        12. Carefully remove the moistened sponge from the bag with the 
    thumb and fingers (index and middle) of your sampling hand.
        13. With the other hand, retrieve the template by the outer edge, 
    taking care not to contaminate the inner edges of the sampling area of 
    the template.
        14. Locate the flank sampling area (Figure 2). Place the template 
    over this location.
        15. Hold the template in place with one gloved hand (Remember, only 
    the sponge should touch the sampling area. Take care not to contaminate 
    this area with your hands)
        16. With the other hand, wipe the sponge over the enclosed sampling 
    area (10 cm x 10 cm) for a total of approximately 10 times in the 
    vertical and 10 times in the horizontal directions. The pressure for 
    swabbing would be as if you were removing dried blood from the carcass. 
    However, the pressure should not be too hard as to crumble or destroy 
    the sponge. (Note: The template may need to be ``rolled'' from side to 
    side during swabbing since the surface of the carcass is not flat. This 
    ensures that the 100 cm\2\ area is enclosed while swabbing.)
        17. Repeat steps 14-16 for the brisket area, using the SAME side or 
    surface of the sponge used to swab the flank area.
        18. After swabbing the brisket area, transfer the template to the 
    same hand holding the sponge. Do not contaminate the sponge or inner 
    edges of the sampling area of the template.
        19. Climb the ladder or platform, holding onto the handrail with 
    the hand used to hold the template. Once at a convenient and safe 
    height for sampling the rump, transfer template back to ``climbing'' 
    hand (hand used to hold onto the rail while climbing the ladder), 
    taking care not to contaminate the inner edges of the template.
        20. Repeat steps 14-16 for the rump area, using the ``clean'' 
    surface or side (the side that was NOT previously used to swab the 
    flank/brisket areas) of the sponge.
        21. After swabbing the rump area, carefully place the sponge back 
    in the sponge sample bag, taking care not to touch the sponge to the 
    outside of the sample bag.
        22. While holding the handrail, climb down from the ladder.
        23. Add the additional BPD (about 15 ml) to the sample bag to bring 
    the total volume to approximately 25 ml.
        24. Expel excess air from the bag containing the sponge and fold 
    down the top edge of the bag 3 or 4 times to close. Secure the bag by 
    folding the attached wire tie back against the bag.
    
    [[Page 38932]]
    
    Place closed sponge bag into second bag and close the second bag 
    securely.
        25. (a) If samples are to be analyzed at an ON-SITE LABORATORY, 
    begin sample preparation (ANALYTICAL METHODS section)
        (b) If samples are to be analyzed at an OUTSIDE (OFF-SITE) 
    LABORATORY, follow procedure in the Sample Shipment section.
        Swine surface sample collection procedure:
    
    Materials
    
    1. Sterile specimen sponge in sterile Whirl-Pak-type bag or 
    equivalent
    2. 25 ml sterile Butterfield's phosphate diluent (BPD)
    3. Sterile ziplock-type or stomacher-type bag
    4. Template for a 100 cm\2\ sampling area
    5. Sterile gloves
    6. Wheeled ladder, sampling platform, or step ladder
    7. Sanitizing solution
    8. Small tote or caddy for carrying supplies
    
    Collection
    
        Read the sections under Pre-sampling Preparation and Preparation 
    for Sample Collection before beginning the sampling procedure. Use 
    predetermined random selection procedures for selecting carcass to be 
    sampled. Remember: samples will be collected from carcasses in the 
    cooler 12 hours or more after slaughter. A sampling sponge (which 
    usually comes dehydrated and prepackaged in a sterile bag) will be used 
    to sample all three sites on the swine carcass (belly, ham, and jowl--
    see Figure 3). It is important to swab the areas in the order of least 
    to most contamination in order to avoid spreading any contamination. 
    Therefore, swab the areas in the sequence indicated in this sampling 
    protocol. Nondestructive surface sampling will be conducted as follows:
        1. Ensure that all supplies are on hand. (An assistant may be 
    helpful during the sampling process.)
        2. If a reusable template is used, immerse the sampling template in 
    a sanitizing solution for at least 1-2 minutes. Just prior to swabbing 
    the first sample site on the swine carcass (step 12), retrieve the 
    sampling template from the sanitizing solution. Shake excess solution 
    from the utensil, then protect the portion of the template that will 
    contact the carcass from contamination.
        3. Locate the belly, ham, and jowl sampling sites using 
    illustrations and directions in Figure 3 (swine carcass sampling 
    locations).
        4. Position the wheeled ladder, sampling platform, or step ladder 
    near the carcass so the ham sample area (Figure 3) is within easy reach 
    from the ladder.
        5. Hold the sponge bag at the top corner by the wire closure, then 
    tear off the clear perforated strip at the top of the bag. Open the 
    bag.
        6. Remove the cap from sterile BPD bottle, being careful not to 
    touch the bottle opening. Do not contaminate the lid.
        7. Carefully pour about half of the contents of the sterile BPD 
    bottle (10 ml) into the sponge bag to moisten the sponge. Put the lid 
    back on the BPD bottle.
        8. Close the top of the bag by pressing the wire closures together. 
    Use hand pressure from the outside of the bag and carefully massage the 
    sponge until it is FULLY HYDRATED (moistened).
        9. With the bag still closed, carefully push the moistened sponge 
    to the upper portion of the bag orienting one narrow end of the sponge 
    up toward the opening of the bag. Do NOT open the bag or touch the 
    sponge with your fingers. While holding the bag, gently squeeze any 
    excess fluid from the sponge using hand pressure from outside. The 
    whole sponge should still be inside the bag.
        10. Open the bag containing the sponge, being careful not to touch 
    the inner surface of the bag with your fingers. The wire closure at the 
    top of the bag should keep the bag open.
        11. Put on a pair of sterile gloves.
        12. Carefully remove the moistened sponge from the bag with the 
    thumb and fingers (index and middle) of your sampling hand.
        13. With the other hand, retrieve the template by the outer edge, 
    taking care not to contaminate the inner edges of the sampling area of 
    the template.
        14. Locate the belly sampling area (Figure 2). Place the template 
    over this location.
        15. Hold the template in place with one gloved hand. Remember, only 
    the sponge should touch the sampling area. Take care not to contaminate 
    this area with your hands.
        16. With the other hand, wipe the sponge over the enclosed sampling 
    area (10 cm  x  10 cm) for a total of approximately 10 times in the 
    vertical and 10 times in the horizontal directions. The pressure for 
    swabbing would be as if you were removing dried blood from the carcass. 
    However, the pressure should not be too hard as to crumble or destroy 
    the sponge.
    
        Note: The template may need to be ``rolled'' from side to side 
    during swabbing since the surface of the carcass is not flat. This 
    ensures that the 100 cm2 area is enclosed while swabbing.
    
        17. After swabbing the belly area, transfer the template to the 
    same hand that is holding the sponge. Do not contaminate the sponge or 
    the inner edges of the sampling area of the template.
        18. Climb the ladder or platform, holding onto the handrail with 
    the hand used to hold the sampling template in place. Once at a 
    convenient and safe height for sampling the ham, transfer template back 
    to the ``climbing'' hand (hand used to hold onto the rail while 
    climbing the ladder), taking care not to contaminate the sponge or the 
    inner edges of the template.
        19. Repeat steps 14-16 for the ham sampling area, using the SAME 
    surface of the sponge used to swab the belly area.
        20. After swabbing the ham area, carefully place the template back 
    to the same hand that is holding the sponge. Do not contaminate the 
    sponge or the inner edges of the sampling area of the template.
        21. While holding the handrail, climb down from the ladder.
        22. Transfer the template back to the ``climbing'' hand (hand used 
    to hold onto the rail while descending the ladder), taking care not to 
    contaminate the sponge or the inner edges of the template.
        23. Repeat steps 14-16 for the jowl area, using the ``clean'' 
    surface or side (the side that was not previously used to swab the 
    belly/ham areas).
        24. After swabbing the jowl area, carefully place the sponge back 
    into the sponge bag. Do not touch the surface of the sponge to the 
    outside of the sponge bag.
        25. Add the additional BPD (about 15 ml) to the bag to bring the 
    total volume to approximately 25 ml.
        26. Press wire closures of the sponge bag together, expel excess 
    air, then fold down the top edge of the bag 3 or 4 times. Secure the 
    bag by folding the attached wire tie back against the bag. Place the 
    closed sponge bag into the second bag and close the second bag 
    securely.
        27. (a) If samples are to be analyzed at an ON-SITE LABORATORY, 
    begin sample preparation (ANALYTICAL METHODS section).
        (b) If samples are to be analyzed at an OUTSIDE (OFF-SITE) 
    LABORATORY, follow procedure in the Sample Shipment section.
    Sample Shipment
        Samples analyzed on-site must be analyzed as soon after collection 
    as possible. If no on-site facilities are available, the samples must 
    be shipped the same calendar day as collected, to
    
    [[Page 38933]]
    
    an outside laboratory. The samples must be analyzed no later than the 
    day after collection.
        1. Prechill shipping container by placing the open shipping 
    container in the refrigerator at least the day before sampling.
        2. Place the appropriately-labeled, double-bagged sample(s) in the 
    prechilled shipping container in an upright position to prevent 
    spillage. Newspaper may be used for cushioning the sample and holding 
    it in the upright position. If more than one sample is collected during 
    the day, take steps to ensure that samples are maintained at 
    refrigeration temperature. Refrigeration temperatures help limit 
    multiplication of any microorganisms present which ensures the most 
    accurate results.
        3. Place a corrugated cardboard pad on top of samples. This 
    corrugated cardboard pad prevents direct contact of frozen gel packs 
    with the samples. Next place the frozen gel pack(s) on top of the 
    corrugated pad. Use sufficient frozen coolant to keep the sample 
    refrigerated during shipment to the designated laboratory. Insert foam 
    plug and press it down to minimize shipper head space.
        4. Ship samples (via overnight delivery or courier) to the assigned 
    laboratory.
    Analytical Methods
        Samples must be analyzed using one of the E. coli (Biotype I) 
    quantitation methods found in the Official Methods of Analysis of the 
    Association of Official Analytical Chemists (AOAC), International, 16th 
    edition, or by any method which is validated by a scientific body in 
    collaborative trials against the three tube Most Probable Number (MPN) 
    method and agreeing with the 95% upper and lower confidence limits of 
    the appropriate MPN index.
    Suggested Quantitation Schemes
        If a generic one ml plating technique is used for E. coli 
    quantitation for cattle or swine carcass sponging sample analysis, the 
    plate count would be divided by 12 to equal the count per cm\2\. To 
    cover the marginal and unacceptable range for E. coli levels (described 
    in later section), the undiluted sample extract, a 1:10, a 1:100, a 
    1:1,000 and a 1:10,000 dilution should be plated, preferably in 
    duplicate. Higher or lower dilutions may need to be plated based on the 
    specific product.
        If a hydrophobic grid membrane filtration method were used, the 
    only difference would be filtration of one ml of the undiluted sample 
    extract, 1:10, 1:100, 1:1,000 and 1:10,000 dilutions.
        Additional dilutions of the original extract may need to be used if 
    a three tube MPN protocol is used. The three highest dilutions that 
    were positive for E. coli are used to calculate the MPN. MPN values 
    from the appropriate MPN Table represent the count per ml of original 
    extract and therefore must be divided by 12 to obtain the count per 
    cm\2\ of carcass surface area.
    Record Keeping
        Each test result must by recorded in terms of colony forming units 
    per square centimeter (cfu/cm\2\). A process control table or chart can 
    be used to record the results and facilitate evaluation. Results should 
    be recorded in the order of sample collection and include information 
    useful for determining appropriate corrective actions when problems 
    occur. The information needed for each sample includes date and time of 
    sample collection, and, if more than one slaughter line exists, the 
    slaughter line from which the sample was collected. These records are 
    to be maintained at the establishment for twelve months and must be 
    made available to Inspection Program employees on request. Inspection 
    personnel review results over time, to verify effective and consistent 
    process control.
        For E. coli testing to be the most useful for verifying process 
    control, timeliness is important and the record should be updated with 
    the receipt of each new result. Detailed records should also be kept of 
    any corrective actions taken if process control deviations are detected 
    through microbiological testing.
    
    Applying Performance Criteria to Test Results
    
    Categorizing Test Results
        E. coli test levels have been separated into 3 categories for the 
    purpose of process control verification: acceptable, marginal, and 
    unacceptable. (In the Pathogen Reduction/HACCP Regulation, the upper 
    limits for the acceptable and marginal ranges were denoted by m and M.) 
    These categories are described by slaughter species in Table 3.
    
                 Table 3.--Values for Marginal and Unacceptable Results for E. Coli Performance Criteria            
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Slaughter class                 Acceptable range          Marginal range         Unacceptable range  
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Cattle...............................  Negative*..............  Positive but not above   Above 100 cfu/cm\2\.   
                                                                     100 cfu/cm\2\.                                 
    Swine................................  10 cfu/cm\2\...........  Above 10 cfu/cm\2\ but   Above 10,000 cfu/cm\2\.
                                                                     not above 10,000 cfu/                          
                                                                     cm\2\.                                         
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    * It should be noted that negative here is defined by the sensitivity of the sampling and test method used in   
      the Baseline survey (5 cfu/cm\2\ carcass surface area).                                                       
    
        To illustrate the use of Table 3, consider a steer/heifer slaughter 
    establishment. E. coli test results for this establishment will be 
    acceptable if negative, marginal if positive but not above 100 cfu/
    cm\2\, and unacceptable if above 100 cfu/cm\2\.
    Verification Criteria
        The verification criteria are applied to test results in the order 
    that samples are collected. The criteria consist of limits on 
    occurrences of marginal and unacceptable results.
        As each new test result is obtained, the verification criteria are 
    applied anew to evaluate the status of process control with respect to 
    fecal contamination.
        1. An unacceptable result should trigger immediate action to review 
    process controls, discover the cause if possible, and prevent 
    recurrence.
        2. A total of more than three marginal or unacceptable results in 
    the last 13 consecutive results also signals a need to review process 
    controls.
        This way of looking at the number of marginal and unacceptable 
    results is described as a ``moving window'' approach in the regulation. 
    With this approach, results are accumulated until 13 have been accrued. 
    After this, only the most recent 13 results--those in the ``moving 
    window''--are considered.
        An example of a record of results for Steer/Heifer testing is shown 
    (in table form) below for an establishment performing two tests per 
    day.
    
    [[Page 38934]]
    
    
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                         Number                     
                           Time      Test result         Result           Result       marginal or                  
     Test #     Date    collected    (cfu/cm\2\)     unacceptable?      marginal?     unacceptable     Pass/fail?   
                                                                                       in last 13                   
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1......     10-07      08:50   10.............  No.............  Yes............           1    Pass            
    2......  .........     14:00   Negative.......  No.............  No.............           1    Pass            
    3......     10-08      07:10   50.............  No.............  Yes............           2    Pass            
    4......  .........     13:00   Negative.......  No.............  No.............           2    Pass            
    5......     10-09      10:00   Negative.......  No.............  No.............           2    Pass            
    6......  .........     12:20   Negative.......  No.............  No.............           2    Pass            
    7......     10-10      09:20   80.............  No.............  Yes............           3    Pass            
    8......  .........     13:30   Negative.......  No.............  No.............           3    Pass            
    9......     10-11      10:50   Negative.......  No.............  No.............           3    Pass            
    10.....  .........     14:50   Negative.......  No.............  No.............           3    Pass            
    11.....     10-14      08:40   50.............  No.............  Yes............           4    Fail            
    12.....  .........     12:00   Nonegative.....  No.............  No.............           4    Fail            
    13.....     10-15      09:30   Negative.......  No.............  No.............           4    Fail            
    14.....  .........     15:20   Negative.......  No.............  No.............           3    Pass            
    15.....     10-16      07:30   Negative.......  No.............  No.............           3    Pass            
    16.....  .........     11:40   Negative.......  No.............  No.............           2    Pass            
    17.....     10-17      10:20   120............  Yes............  No.............           3    Fail            
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The following observations can be made on this example:
        1. As of 10-14 at 08:40, there are four marginal or unacceptable 
    results in the last 11 results, which exceeds the limit of 3 in 13 
    consecutive tests.
        2. The limit of 3 in 13 also is exceeded for the next two tests, 
    but since no new marginal or unacceptable result has occurred, these 
    failures should not be treated as evidence of a new problem. The log or 
    documentation of corrective action taken for the first failure should 
    be adequate to verify that the deviation or problem was addressed.
        3. On 10-15 at 15:20 the number of marginal or unacceptable results 
    in the last 13 tests goes down to 3 because the marginal result for 10-
    07 at 08:50 is dropped and replaced by an acceptable result as the 13-
    test window moves ahead 1 test.
        4. The result for 10-17 at 10:20 exceeds 100 and is unacceptable.
        Figure 4 shows the same results as the above example but the 
    results are displayed in chart form. The numbers along the horizontal 
    axis of the graph (x-axis), refers to the test number in the chart 
    above. The information for each test result, such as the time and date 
    the sample was collected could also be recorded on the chart.
    
    BILLING CODE 3410-DM-P
    
    [[Page 38935]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25JY96.021
    
    
    
    [[Page 38936]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25JY96.022
    
    
    
    [[Page 38937]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25JY96.023
    
    
    
    [[Page 38938]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25JY96.024
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 3410-DM-C
    
    [[Page 38939]]
    
    Appendix G--Guidelines for Escherichia coli Testing for Process Control 
    Verification in Poultry Slaughter Establishments
    
    Introduction
    
        Under the Pathogen Reduction/HACCP Regulation, all poultry 
    slaughter establishments will be required to test carcasses for generic 
    E. coli as a tool to verify process control. This document outlines the 
    sampling and microbial testing that should be followed to meet this 
    requirement. It also gives guidance to interpreting your results. This 
    document is a supplement to the Regulation, but not a substitute for 
    it. Further in-depth details of the program may be found in the 
    Regulation. Please provide these guidelines to your company 
    microbiologist or testing laboratory in order to help you meet the 
    regulatory requirements for generic E. coli testing.
    
    Guidelines for Sample Collectors/Microbiologists
    
    Background
        This sampling protocol has been prepared to support the Pathogen 
    Reduction/HACCP Regulation. Carcass sampling for broiler and turkey 
    carcasses remain the nondestructive whole bird rinse which was used in 
    the FSIS Nationwide Microbiological Baseline Data Collection Programs.
        Carcasses within the same establishment and in different 
    establishments must be sampled and analyzed in the same manner if the 
    results are to provide a useful measure of process control across the 
    nation. It is imperative that all like establishments adhere to the 
    same sampling and analysis requirements detailed here, without 
    deviation. These sampling and analytical procedures may be directly 
    written into your establishment's individual HACCP plan.
        Poultry carcasses must be sampled after the chill tank at the end 
    of the drip line or last readily accessible point prior to packing/cut-
    up. This sample collection location is the same as that in the FSIS 
    baseline studies, making samples taken here comparable to the 
    nationwide baseline performance criteria.
    Pre-sampling Preparation
        Sample collection will be carried out by the individual designated 
    in the establishment's written protocol for microbiological sampling. 
    The protocol should include a check list of tasks to be performed prior 
    to sample collection, materials needed for sample collection, random 
    selection procedures, where the samples will be analyzed (on-site 
    versus off-site), and other information that will aid the sample 
    collector. As stated previously, this guideline can be a part of the 
    plant's sample collection guidelines, but plant specific details and 
    procedures will need to be included. Sampling supplies, such as sterile 
    gloves, sterile sampling solutions, hand soap, sanitizing solution, 
    etc., need to be assembled prior to beginning sample collection.
        Sterile sampling solutions, Butterfield's phosphate diluent (BPD), 
    can be stored at room temperature. However, at least on the day prior 
    to sample collection, check solutions for cloudiness (DO NOT use 
    solutions that are cloudy, turbid or contain particulate matter) and 
    place the number of containers of sampling solution (BPD) that will be 
    needed for the next day's sampling in the refrigerator.
        To obtain the most accurate results, samples should be analyzed as 
    soon after collection as possible. However, if samples must be 
    transported to an off-site laboratory, the samples need to be 
    maintained at refrigeration temperatures until transport, then shipped 
    refrigerated via an overnight delivery service to the laboratory 
    performing the analysis. Samples analyzed off-site must be picked up by 
    the overnight courier the SAME calendar day the sample is collected. 
    The sample must arrive at the laboratory no later than the day after 
    the sample is collected. Samples shipped to an outside laboratory must 
    be analyzed no later than the day after collection. The following 
    section gives information on shipping containers and transporting 
    samples to off-site facilities.
    
    Shipping Containers and Coolant Packs
    
        It is important that samples fit easily into the shipping 
    containers so that the sample bags do not break.
        Correct use of the refrigerant gel-ice packs and proper packing of 
    the shipping container are necessary so that samples arrive at the 
    laboratory at an acceptable temperature. Frozen samples or samples 
    which are too warm are not considered valid and must not be analyzed. 
    Some bacteria may be damaged by temperatures that are too cold, while 
    temperatures that are too warm can allow bacteria to reproduce. 
    Maintaining samples at improper temperatures may cause inaccurate 
    sample results.
        The sample should be kept refrigerated, NOT FROZEN, in the shipping 
    container prior to pickup by the courier service. The shipping 
    container, itself, should not be used as a refrigerator. However, 
    multiple samples (if needed) for that day may be stored in the open 
    shipping container in the cooler or refrigerator.
    Sampling Frequency
        Sampling frequency for E. coli testing is determined by production 
    volume. The required minimum testing frequencies for all but very low 
    production volume establishments are shown in Table 1 by slaughter 
    species.
    
                     Table 1.--E. coli Testing Frequencies a                
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Chickens............................  1 test per 22,000                 
                                          carcasses.                        
    Turkeys.............................  1 test per 3,000                  
                                          carcasses.                        
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    a Note: These testing frequencies do not apply to very low volume       
      establishments. See Table 2.                                          
    
    Very Low Volume Establishments
    
        Some establishments may be classified as very low volume 
    establishments based on their annual production volume. The maximum 
    yearly slaughter volumes for very low volume establishments are 
    described in Table 2.
    
     Table 2.--Maximum Yearly Poultry Slaughter Volumes for Very Low Volume 
                                 Establishments                             
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 Criteria (yearly slaughter 
                 Slaughter species                         volume)          
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Chickens..................................  Not more than 440,000 birds.
    Turkeys...................................  Not more than 60,000 birds. 
    Chickens and turkeys......................  Not more than 440,000 total,
                                                 with not more than 60,000  
                                                 turkeys.                   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Establishments with very low volumes are to sample the predominant 
    species once per week, initially, until at least 13 test results have 
    been obtained.
        Once the initial criteria have been met for very low volume 
    establishments (see APPLYING PERFORMANCE CRITERIA TO TEST RESULTS), the 
    establishment will repeat the same sampling regime once per year, in 
    the 3 month period of June through August, or whenever a change is made 
    in the slaughter process or personnel.
    Random Selection of Carcasses
        Samples are to be taken randomly at the required frequency (See 
    section on Sampling Frequency). For example, given the frequency of 
    testing for turkeys is 1 (one) test per every 3,000 turkeys 
    slaughtered, then if a plant slaughters 1,500 turkeys an hour, 1 (one) 
    sample will be taken every 2 hours.
        Different methods of selecting the specific carcass for sampling 
    could be used, but all require the use of random
    
    [[Page 38940]]
    
    numbers. Methods could include: using random number tables, using 
    calculator- or computer-generated random numbers, drawing cards, etc. 
    When selecting the random numbers, use the method(s) currently in use 
    at the establishment for other sampling programs, if other programs are 
    currently underway.
        The carcass for sampling must be selected at random from all 
    eligible carcasses. If multiple lines exist, randomly select the line 
    for sample collection for that interval. Repeat the random selection 
    process for the next sampling interval. Each line should have an equal 
    chance of being selected at each sampling interval.
    
    Poultry Carcass Selection
    
        The poultry carcasses will be selected at random after chilling, at 
    the end of the drip line or last readily accessible point prior to 
    packing/cut-up. A WHOLE carcass is required, that is, one that has not 
    been trimmed.
    
        Note: If more than one shift is operating at the plant, the 
    sample can be taken on any shift, provided the following 
    requirements are met:
        Selection of TIME: Select the time, based on the appropriate 
    sampling frequency, for collecting the sample.
        Selection of CHILLER: If more than one chiller system is in 
    operation at the time of sample collection, the chill tank from 
    which the sample is selected must be randomly selected.
        Selection of POULTRY CARCASS: Based on the frequency of sampling 
    for your establishment, identify a carcass (selected by your random 
    number method) from the predetermined point, and then count back 
    five (5) carcasses and select the next carcass for sampling. 
    Exception: If the fifth carcass is not a WHOLE (untrimmed) bird, 
    count back an additional five carcasses for sample selection. Each 
    carcass must have an equal chance of being selected. The reason for 
    counting back five carcasses is to avoid any possible bias during 
    selection.
    Aseptic Techniques/Sampling
        Extraneous organisms from the environment, hands, clothing, sample 
    containers, sampling devices, etc., may lead to erroneous analytical 
    results. Stringent requirements for microbiological analysis are 
    necessary, therefore, use of aseptic sampling techniques and clean 
    sanitized equipment and supplies are of utmost importance.
        There should be an area designated for preparing sampling supplies, 
    etc. A stainless steel, wheeled cart or table would be useful during 
    sampling. A small tote or caddy could be easily moved to the location 
    of sampling and could be used for carrying supplies, supporting sample 
    bags when adding sterile solutions to sample bags, etc.
        Sterile gloves should be used for collecting samples. The only item 
    which may contact the external surface of the glove is the exposed 
    sample being collected. Keep in mind that the outside surfaces of the 
    sample container are not sterile. Do not handle the inside surface of 
    the sterile sample containers. Do not touch anything else. The 
    following procedure for putting on sterile gloves can be followed when 
    collecting samples:
        (a) Peel open the package of sterile gloves from the top without 
    contaminating (touching, breathing on, contacting, etc.) the exterior 
    of the gloves.
        (b) Remove a glove by holding it from the wrist-side opening inner 
    surface. Avoid any contact with the outer surface of the glove. Insert 
    the washed and sanitized hand into the glove, taking care not to 
    puncture the glove.
        (c) Next, taking care not to contaminate the outer surface of the 
    glove, repeat the step above for the hand you will use to physically 
    handle the sample.
        (d) If at any time you are concerned that a glove may be 
    contaminated, discard it and begin again with Step (a) above.
    Preparation for Sample Collection
        Prior to collecting samples, review appropriate sampling steps, 
    random selection procedures, and other information that will aid in 
    sample collection.
        On the day prior to sample collection, after checking for 
    cloudiness/turbidity, place the number of Butterfield's phosphate 
    diluent (BPD) containers that will be needed for the next day's 
    sampling in the refrigerator/cooler. If samples will be shipped to an 
    off-site facility, pre-chill shipping container and refrigerator packs 
    (follow manufacturer's directions for gel-packs).
        On the day of sampling, gather all sample collection bags, sterile 
    gloves, sanitizer, hand soap, sterile solutions for sampling (BPD), and 
    specific materials listed under the Materials section of the sample 
    collection section for the type of carcass to be sampled. Ensure that 
    all sampling supplies are on hand and readily available before 
    beginning sample collection.
        Label the sample bags before starting the sampling procedure. Use 
    permanent ink. If you are using paper labels, it is important that the 
    label be applied to the bag at normal room temperature; it will not 
    stick if applied in the cooler.
        Outer clothing (frocks, gloves, head gear, etc.) worn in other 
    areas of the plant should be removed before entering the sampling area 
    or preparing to collect samples. Replace outer clothing removed earlier 
    with clean garments (i.e., laboratory coat) that have not been directly 
    exposed to areas of the plant outside of the sampling area.
        Sanitize the sample work area surfaces by wiping with a clean 
    disposable cloth or paper towel dipped in a freshly prepared 500 ppm 
    sodium hypochlorite solution (0.05% sodium hypochlorite) or other 
    approved sanitizer which provides an equivalent available chlorine 
    concentration. The sample work area surfaces must be free of standing 
    liquid before sample supplies and/or product containers are placed on 
    them.
        Before sampling, thoroughly wash and scrub hands to the mid-
    forearm. Use antibacterial hand soap. If available, this should include 
    a sanitizer at 50 ppm equivalence available chlorine. Dry the hands 
    using disposable paper towels.
    Specific Sample Collection Procedures
    Chicken Carcass Rinse Sampling Procedure
    
    Materials
    
        1. 2 Sterile 3500 milliliter (ml) stomacher-type or ziplock-type 
    bags or equivalent. (The bag must be sterile and should be large enough 
    to hold the carcass while rinsing.)
        2. 400 ml sterile, Butterfield's phosphate diluent (BPD).
        3. Plastic tie wraps or equivalent (if needed to secure the bag).
        4. Sterile gloves.
        5. Optional--(See alternate sampling--step 10)--Sterile leak-proof 
    container.
    
    Collection
    
        Read the sections under Pre-sampling Preparation and Preparation 
    for Sample Collection before beginning the sampling procedure. Use the 
    predetermined random selection procedure to select the carcass to 
    sample. The randomly selected bird will be collected after the chiller, 
    at the end of the drip line as follows:
        1. Ensure all sampling supplies are present and have been properly 
    labeled. An assistant may be helpful during sampling.
        2. Open a large stomacher-type bag without touching the sterile 
    interior of the bag. (Rubbing the top edges of the bag between the 
    thumb and forefinger will cause the opening to gap for easy opening.)
        3. Put on sterile gloves.
        4. With one hand, push up through the bottom of the sampling bag to 
    form
    
    [[Page 38941]]
    
    a ``glove'' over one hand with which to grab the bird, while using your 
    other hand to pull the bag back over the hand that will grab the bird. 
    This should be done aseptically without touching the exposed interior 
    of the bag.
        5. Using the hand with the bag reversed over it, pick up the bird 
    by the legs (hocks) through the stomacher bag. (The bag functions as a 
    `glove' for grabbing the bird's legs.) Take care not to contaminate the 
    exposed interior of the bag. Allow any excess fluid to drain before 
    reversing the bag back over the bird. (Alternately, have an assistant 
    hold open the bag. Using your gloved hand, pick up the bird by the 
    legs, allow any fluid to drain, and place the bird in the sampling 
    bag.)
        6. Rest the bottom of the bag on a flat surface. While still 
    holding the top of the bag slightly open, add the sterile BPD (400 ml) 
    to the bag containing the carcass, pouring the solution over the 
    carcass.
    
    (Alternately, with the aid of an assistant holding the bag open, add 
    the sterile BPD (400 ml) to the bag containing the carcass, pouring the 
    solution over the carcass.)
        7. Expel most of the air from the bag, then close the top of the 
    bag. While securely holding the bag, rinse the bird inside and out 
    using a rocking motion for 30 shakes (approximately one minute). This 
    is done by holding the bird through the bottom of the bag with one hand 
    and the closed top of the bag with the other hand. Hold the bird 
    securely and rock it in an arcing motion, alternating the weight of the 
    bird from one hand to the other (motion like drawing an invisible 
    rainbow or arch), assuring that all surfaces (interior and exterior of 
    the carcass) are rinsed.
        8. Rest the bag with the bird on a flat surface and, while still 
    supporting the bird, open the bag.
        9. With a gloved hand, remove the carcass from the bag. Since the 
    carcass was rinsed with a sterile solution, it can be returned to the 
    chill tank. Be sure not to touch the interior of the bag with your 
    gloved hand.
        10. Secure the top of the bag so that the rinse fluid will not 
    spill out or become contaminated.
    
    (Alternately, at least 30 milliliters of rinse fluid can be poured into 
    a sterile leak-proof container to be sent to the lab for analysis.)
        11. Place the sample bag (or leak-proof container) into another bag 
    and secure the opening of the outer bag.
        12. (a) If samples are to be analyzed at an ON-SITE LABORATORY, 
    begin sample preparation for the selected method of analysis.
         (b) If samples are to be analyzed at an OUTSIDE (OFF-SITE) 
    LABORATORY, follow the procedure in the Sample Shipment section.
    Turkey Carcass Rinse Sampling Procedure
    
    Materials
    
        1. 2 Sterile 3500 ml stomacher-type or ziplock-type bags or 
    equivalent. (The bag must be sterile and should be large enough to hold 
    the carcass while rinsing, the bags FSIS will be using for the 
    Salmonella sampling program measure approximately 18''  x  24''. Large 
    turkeys should be placed in a plain, clear polypropylene autoclave bag 
    , about 24''  x  30'' to 36'').
        2. 600 ml sterile, Butterfield's phosphate diluent (BPD)
        3. Plastic tie wraps or thick rubber bands or equivalent, if needed 
    to secure sample bag
        4. Sterile gloves
        5. Optional--sterile, leak-proof container (see step 12 Alternate 
    procedure)
    
    Collection
    
        Read the sections under Pre-sampling Preparation and Preparation 
    for Sample Collection before beginning the sampling procedure. Use a 
    predetermined random selection procedure to select the carcass to be 
    sampled. The randomly selected bird will be collected after the 
    chiller, at the end of the drip line as follows:
        1. Ensure that all supplies are on hand and readily available. An 
    assistant will be needed to hold the bag for collecting the bird.
        2. Have an assistant open the large sterile stomacher-type bag 
    (designated for rinsing the carcass) and be ready to receive the turkey 
    carcass. (Rubbing the top edges of the bag between the thumb and index 
    finger will cause the opening to gap open).
    
    (Alternately: If no assistant is available, place the closed large 
    sampling bag into a bucket or pail (e.g., use the bag to ``line'' a 
    bucket like a trash-can liner), then open the bag. The bucket will be 
    used as a holder or stand to support the bag. Do not contaminate the 
    inner surfaces of the sampling bag.)
        3. Put on sterile gloves.
        4. Remove the selected turkey from the drip line by grasping it by 
    the legs and allowing any fluid to drain from the cavity.
        5. Place the turkey carcass, vent side up, into a sterile sampling 
    bag. Only the carcass should come in contact with the inside of the 
    bag.
        6. Manipulate the loose neck skin on the carcass through the bag 
    and position it over the neck bone area to act as a cushion and prevent 
    puncturing of the bag. The assistant will need to support the carcass 
    with one hand on the bottom of the bag.
        7. While still supporting the bottom of the bag, have the assistant 
    open the bag with the other hand. Alternately, rest the bottom of the 
    bag on a pre-sanitized surface (i.e. a table), and while still 
    supporting the carcass in the bag, open the bag with the other hand.
        8. Add the sterile BPD (600 ml) to the bag containing the carcass, 
    pouring the diluent over the carcass.
        9. Take the bag from the assistant and expel excess air from the 
    bag and close the top. While securely holding the bag, rinse the bird 
    inside and out using a rocking motion for 30 shakes (approximately one 
    minute). This is done by holding the carcass through the bag with one 
    hand and the closed top of the bag with the other hand. Holding the 
    bird securely with both hands, rock in an arcing motion alternating the 
    weight of the bird from one hand to the other (motion like drawing an 
    invisible rainbow or arch), assuring that all surfaces (interior and 
    exterior of the carcass) are rinsed.
        10. Hand the bag back to the assistant.
        11. With a gloved hand, remove the carcass from the bag letting 
    excess fluid drain back into the bag. Since the carcass was rinsed with 
    a sterile solution, it can be returned to the chill tank. Be sure not 
    to touch the interior of the bag with your gloved hand.
        12. Expel excess air, taking care not to expel any rinse fluid. 
    Secure the top of the bag so that the rinse fluid will not spill out or 
    become contaminated.
    
    (Alternately, at least 30 milliliters of rinse fluid can be poured into 
    a sterile, leak-proof container and sent to the lab for analysis.)
        13. Place the sample bag (or container) into another bag and secure 
    the opening of the outer bag.
        14. (a) If samples are to be analyzed at an ON-SITE LABORATORY, 
    begin sample preparation for the selected method of analysis. (See 
    Analytical Methods section.)
         (b) If samples are to be analyzed at an OUTSIDE (OFF-SITE) 
    LABORATORY, follow the procedure in the Sample Shipment section.
    Sample Shipment
        Samples analyzed on-site must be analyzed as soon after collection 
    as possible. If no on-site facilities are available, the samples must 
    be shipped the same calendar day as collected, to an outside 
    laboratory. The samples must be analyzed no later than the day after 
    collection.
    
    [[Page 38942]]
    
        1. Prechill shipping container by placing the open shipping 
    container in the refrigerator at least the day before sampling.
        2. Place the appropriately-labeled, double-bagged sample in the 
    prechilled shipping container in an upright position to prevent 
    spillage. Newspaper may be used for cushioning the sample and holding 
    it in the upright position. Ensure that samples are maintained at 
    refrigeration temperature. Refrigeration temperatures limit 
    multiplication of any microorganisms present.
        3. Place a corrugated cardboard pad on top of samples. The 
    corrugated pad prevents direct contact of frozen gel packs with the 
    samples. Next, place the frozen gel pack(s) on top of the corrugated 
    pad. Use sufficient frozen coolant to keep the sample refrigerated 
    during shipment to the designated laboratory. Insert foam plug and 
    press it down to minimize shipper head space.
        4. Ship samples (via overnight delivery or courier) to the assigned 
    laboratory.
    Analytical Methods
        Samples must be analyzed using one of the E. coli (Biotype I) 
    quantitation methods found in the Official Methods of Analysis of the 
    Association of Official Analytical Chemists (AOAC), International, 16th 
    edition, or by any method which is validated by a scientific body in 
    collaborative trials against the three tube Most Probable Number (MPN) 
    method and agreeing with the 95% upper and lower confidence limits of 
    the appropriate MPN index.
    Suggested Quantitation Schemes
        For poultry rinse fluid samples, if a generic one ml plating 
    technique is used for E. coli quantitation, the plate count would not 
    have to be divided to get the count per ml of rinse fluid. To cover the 
    marginal and unacceptable range for E. coli levels (described in later 
    section), the undiluted extract (optional), a 1:10, a 1:100, a 1:1,000 
    and a 1:10,000 dilution should be plated, preferably in duplicate. 
    Higher or lower dilutions may need to be plated based on the specific 
    product.
        If a hydrophobic grid membrane filtration method were used, the 
    only difference would be filtration of one ml of the undiluted extract 
    (optional), 1:10, 1:100, 1:1,000 and 1:10,000 dilutions.
        Additional dilutions of the original extract may need to be used if 
    a three tube MPN protocol is used. The three highest dilutions that 
    were positive for E. coli are used to calculate the MPN.
    Record Keeping
        Results of each test must by recorded, in terms of colony forming 
    units per milliliter rinse fluid (cfu/ml) for chicken and turkeys. A 
    process control table or chart can be used to record the results and 
    facilitate evaluation. Results should be recorded in the order of 
    sample collection and include information useful for determining 
    appropriate corrective actions when problems occur. The information 
    needed for each sample includes date and time of sample collection, 
    and, if more than one slaughter line exists, the slaughter line from 
    which the sample was collected. These records are to be maintained at 
    the establishment for twelve months and must be made available to 
    Inspection Program employees on request. Inspection personnel review 
    results over time, to verify effective and consistent process control.
        For E. coli testing to be the most useful for verifying process 
    control, timeliness is important and the record should be updated with 
    the receipt of each new result. Detailed records should also be kept of 
    any corrective actions taken if process control deviations are detected 
    through microbiological testing.
    
    Applying Performance Criteria to Test Results
    
    Categorizing Test Results
        E. coli test levels have been separated into 3 categories for the 
    purpose of process control verification: acceptable, marginal, and 
    unacceptable. (In the Pathogen Reduction/HACCP Regulation, the upper 
    limits for the acceptable and marginal ranges were denoted by m and M.) 
    These categories are described by slaughter species in Table 3.
    
                                     Table 3.--Values for Marginal and Unacceptable Results for E. coli Performance Criteria                                
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Slaughter class                           Acceptable range                       Marginal range                   Unacceptable range        
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Chicken...............................  100 cfu/ml or less.........................  Over 100 cfu/ml but not over    Above 1,000 cfu/ml.                
                                                                                          1,000 cfu/ml.                                                     
    Turkey................................  NA *.......................................  NA *..........................  NA *.                              
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    * The FSIS Baseline study has not been completed for this slaughter class. Levels will be set upon completion of this baseline.                         
    
        To illustrate the use of Table 3, consider a chicken slaughter 
    establishment. E. coli test results for this establishment will be 
    acceptable if not above 100 cfu/ml, marginal if above 100 cfu/ml but 
    not above 1,000 cfu/ml, and unacceptable if above 1,000 cfu/ml.
    Verification Criteria
        The verification criteria are applied to test results in the order 
    that samples are collected. The criteria consist of limits on 
    occurrences of marginal and unacceptable results.
        As each new test result is obtained, the verification criteria are 
    applied anew to evaluate the status of process control with respect to 
    fecal contamination.
        1. An unacceptable result should trigger immediate action to review 
    process controls, discover the cause if possible, and prevent 
    recurrence.
        2. A total of more than three marginal or unacceptable results in 
    the last 13 consecutive results also signals a need to review process 
    controls.
        This way of looking at the number of marginal and unacceptable 
    results is described as a ``moving window'' approach in the regulation. 
    With this approach, results are accumulated until 13 have been accrued. 
    After this, only the most recent 13 results--those in the ``moving 
    window''--are considered.
        An example of a record of results for Chicken testing is shown (in 
    table form) below for an establishment performing two tests per day.
    
    [[Page 38943]]
    
    
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                              Number                        
                                                          Time     Test result                                              marginal or                     
                  Test No.                   Date      collected     (cfu/ml)   Result unacceptable?    Result marginal?   unacceptable       Pass/Fail?    
                                                                                                                            in last 13                      
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1..................................        10-07        08:50          120  No..................  Yes................             1  Pass.              
    2..................................  ...........        14:00           10  No..................  No.................             1  Pass.              
    3..................................        10-08        07:10          150  No..................  Yes................             2  Pass.              
    4..................................  ...........        13:00           50  No..................  No.................             2  Pass.              
    5..................................        10-09        10:00        (\1\)  No..................  No.................             2  Pass.              
    6..................................  ...........        12:20           10  No..................  No.................             2  Pass.              
    7..................................        10-10        09:20          800  No..................  Yes................             3  Pass.              
    8..................................  ...........        13:30           10  No..................  No.................             3  Pass.              
    9..................................        10-11        10:50           10  No..................  No.................             3  Pass.              
    10.................................  ...........        14:50           10  No..................  No.................             3  Pass.              
    11.................................        10-14        08:40          500  No..................  Yes................             4  Fail.              
    12.................................  ...........        12:00           30  No..................  No.................             4  Fail.              
    13.................................        10-15        09:30           10  No..................  No.................             4  Fail.              
    14.................................  ...........        15:20           10  No..................  No.................             3  Pass.              
    15.................................        10-16        07:30           10  No..................  No.................             3  Pass.              
    16.................................  ...........        11:40           10  No..................  No.................             3  Pass.              
    17.................................        10-17        10:20        1,200  Yes.................  No.................             3  Fail.              
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    \1\ Negative.                                                                                                                                           
    
        The following observations can be made on this example:
        1. As of 10-14 at 08:40, there are four marginal or unacceptable 
    results in the last 11 results, which exceeds the limit of 3 in 13 
    consecutive tests.
        2. The limit of 3 in 13 also is exceeded for the next two tests, 
    but since no new marginal or unacceptable result has occurred, these 
    failures should not be treated as evidence of a new problem. The log or 
    documentation of corrective action taken for the first failure should 
    be adequate to verify that the deviation or problem, if any, was 
    addressed.
        3. On 10-15 at 15:20 the number of marginal or unacceptable results 
    in the last 13 tests goes down to 3 because the marginal result for 10-
    07 at 08:50 is dropped replaced by an acceptable result as the 13-test 
    window moves ahead 1 test.
        4. The result for 10-17 at 10:20 exceeds 1,000 and is unacceptable.
        The Figure 1 shows the same results as above displayed in chart 
    form. The numbers along the horizontal axis of the graph (x-axis) refer 
    to the test number in the chart above. The information for each test 
    result, such as the time and date the sample was collected could also 
    be recorded on the chart.
    
    BILLING CODE 3410-DM-P
    
    [[Page 38944]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25JY96.025
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 3410-DM-C
    
    [[Page 38945]]
    
        Note: The following Supplement will not appear in the Code of 
    Federal Regulations.
    
        Supplement--Final Regulatory Impact Assessment for Docket No. 93-
    016F, ``Pathogen Reduction; Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Point 
    (HACCP) Systems.''
    
    Table of Contents
    
    I. Introduction
        A. Purpose
        B. Methodology
        C. Summary Comparison of Costs and Benefits--Proposal to Final
    II. Regulatory Alternatives
        A. Market Failure
        B. General Regulatory Approaches
        C. Need For Improved Process Control
        D. Regulatory Alternatives for Process Control
        1. Mandatory HACCP
        2. Alternatives to Mandatory HACCP
        E. Comments on Analysis of Regulatory Alternatives
    III. Summary of Impacts
        A. Introduction
        B. Net Benefit Analysis
        C. Impact on ``Smaller'' Businesses
        D. Effect on Retail Price
        E. Impact on International Trade
        F. Impact on Agency Costs
        G. Impact on State Programs
        H. Consumer Welfare Analysis
    IV. Analysis of Public Health Benefits
        A. Introduction
        B. FSIS Risk Assessment
        C. Risk Assessment Framework
        D. FSIS Data Initiatives
        E. ARS Food Safety Research Program
        F. Analysis of Comments on Public Health Benefits
        1. Incidence of Foodborne Illness
        2. Cost of Foodborne Illness
        3. Percentage of Foodborne Illness and Cost of Foodborne Illness 
    Attributable to Meat and Poultry
        4. Pathogens Addressed by the Rule
        5. Effectiveness of the Rule in Reducing Pathogens
        6. Estimated Reduction in Cost of Foodborne Illness
        G. Summary
    V. Cost Analysis
        A. Introduction
        B. Methodology for Cost Analysis
        C. Regulatory Flexibility
        D. Final Cost Estimates
        1. Sanitation Standard Operating Procedures
        2. Costs of Meeting Pathogen Reduction and Microbial Sampling
        3. HACCP Programs--Plan Development and Annual Reassessment 
    Costs
        4. HACCP Programs--Recordkeeping Costs
        5. HACCP Programs--Training Costs
        6. HACCP Programs--Impact on Total Quality Control/Overtime 
    Issues
        E. Summary of Costs for Low Volume Producers
    
    Appendix A to Final Regulatory Impact Assessment
    
    I. Introduction
    
    A. Purpose
    
        In docket No. 93-016F, the Food Safety and Inspection Service 
    (FSIS) is promulgating new regulations that require an estimated 9,079 
    inspected meat and poultry establishments to adopt a Hazard Analysis 
    and Critical Control Points (HACCP) processing control system covering 
    all production operations within 3\1/2\ years of final rule 
    publication. The regulation also requires that all 9,079 establishments 
    adopt and implement standard operating procedures (SOP's) for 
    sanitation and establishes, for the first time, food safety performance 
    standards for microorganisms on raw meat and poultry products. This 
    final rule establishes pathogen reduction performance standards for 
    Salmonella that are established using the current pathogen prevalence 
    as determined by the national baseline studies. These standards are not 
    directed at judging whether specific lots of a product are adulterated 
    under the law. Rather, compliance with the standards will be determined 
    by a statistical evaluation of the prevalence of bacteria in each 
    establishment's products. FSIS will implement sampling programs to 
    determine compliance with the Salmonella standard. The rule does not 
    require inspected establishments to test for Salmonella. The pathogen 
    reduction performance standards apply to 2,682 slaughter establishments 
    and another estimated 2,840 establishments that produce raw ground 
    product but do not have slaughter operations.
        The final rule also requires that all slaughter establishments test 
    for generic E. coli to verify process control for fecal contamination 
    during slaughter and sanitary dressing. Results will be measured 
    against performance criteria established from the national baseline 
    surveys. Under this final rule, the 2,682 inspected slaughter 
    establishments will be required to verify by microbial testing that 
    they are controlling their slaughter and sanitary dressing processes in 
    accordance with the performance criteria. The rule establishes testing 
    frequencies based on production levels, but does not establish the 
    performance criteria as enforceable regulatory standards. As the 
    preamble points out, the criteria will be flexible and subject to 
    change as FSIS and the industry gain experience with them and 
    accumulate more data on establishment performance. The criteria are 
    intended specifically to provide an initial basis upon which slaughter 
    establishments and FSIS can begin to use microbial testing to evaluate 
    the adequacy of establishment controls for slaughter and sanitary 
    dressing procedures.
        The objective of this regulation is to reduce the risk of foodborne 
    illness from meat and poultry. The focus is on reducing and eventually 
    minimizing the risk from the following four pathogens:
         Campylobacter jejuni/coli.
         Escherichia coli O157:H7.
         Listeria monocytogenes.
         Salmonella.
        This document is the final Regulatory Impact Analysis (RIA) 
    prepared in compliance with the provisions of Executive Order 12866 and 
    analyses requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (P.L. 96-354) 
    and the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (P.L. 104-4). The purpose of this 
    final RIA is to evaluate alternatives to and costs and benefits 
    associated with a mandatory HACCP-based regulatory program for all meat 
    and poultry establishments under inspection.
    
    B. Methodology
    
        The methodology used to develop cost estimates for this final RIA 
    is relatively straightforward. The costs estimates are based on data 
    for average wages, the cost of specific processing equipment or the 
    cost of conducting specific laboratory analyses.
        The benefits analysis is less straightforward. The analysis has 
    defined regulatory effectiveness as the percentage of pathogens 
    eliminated at the manufacturing stage. The benefits analysis concludes 
    that there is insufficient knowledge to predict with certainty the 
    effectiveness of the proposed rule. Without specific predictions of 
    effectiveness, FSIS has calculated projected health benefits for a 
    range of effectiveness levels.
        The link between regulatory effectiveness and health benefits is 
    the assumption that a reduction in pathogens leads to a proportional 
    reduction in foodborne illness. FSIS has presented the proportional 
    reduction calculation as a mathematical expression that facilitates the 
    calculation of a quantified benefit estimate for the purposes of this 
    final RIA. FSIS has not viewed proportional reduction as a risk model 
    that would have important underlying assumptions that merit discussion 
    or explanation. For a mathematical expression to be a risk model, it 
    must have some basis or credence in the scientific community. That is 
    not the case here. FSIS has acknowledged that very little is known 
    about the relationship between pathogen levels at the manufacturing
    
    [[Page 38946]]
    
    stage and dose, i.e., the level of pathogens consumed.
        There are many factors that play important roles in the actual link 
    between pathogen levels at the manufacturing stage and frequency of 
    foodborne illness. First, the effectiveness definition of ``percentage 
    of pathogens reduced'' can refer to the percentage of packages that 
    contain pathogens or the level of pathogens within packages. The 
    pathogens-to-illness relationship is further complicated because cross-
    contamination in kitchens is believed to play a major role. It can not 
    be assumed that a reduction in the number of pathogens present in a 
    package of meat or poultry will prevent a cross-contamination related 
    illness. On the other hand, given that the number of consumed pathogens 
    necessary to cause illness (threshold) can be different for every 
    possible pathogen or individual combination, a reduction in pathogen 
    levels at the time of packaging may prevent illness for many cross-
    contamination scenarios.
        These types of unknowns illustrate why the relationship between 
    pathogen levels and foodborne illness levels remains unknown. As stated 
    above, without a known relationship, FSIS has used the proportional 
    reduction assumption to provide a quantified estimate, recognizing that 
    the real relationship is probably different for each pathogen and 
    category of meat and poultry product.
        Risk minimization as the objective of this rule means the 
    elimination of most foodborne illness caused by the contamination of 
    meat and poultry products in inspected establishments by any of the 
    four pathogens listed above. The reduction in pathogens needed to do 
    this is unknown and would vary for individual pathogens and products.
        This final RIA includes a discussion of the status of risk 
    assessment for foodborne pathogens that responds to the new 
    Departmental guidelines for preparing risk assessments contained in 
    Departmental Regulation 1521-1, December 21, 1995. Although the 
    statutory requirements for risk analysis included in the Federal Crop 
    Insurance Reform and Department of Agriculture Reorganization Act of 
    1994 (P.L. 103-354) do not apply to this final rule, there were public 
    comments on the need for additional risk assessment or risk analysis. 
    This final RIA includes the Agency's response to those comments.
        On February 3, 1995, FSIS published a preliminary RIA as part of 
    the proposed Pathogen Reduction HACCP rule (60 F.R. 6871). The 
    preliminary RIA announced the availability of a detailed supplemental 
    cost analysis, titled ``Costs of Controlling Pathogenic Organisms on 
    Meat and Poultry,'' which was available from the FSIS Docket Clerk 
    during the comment period. This final RIA will refer to the analysis 
    published with the proposed rule and the supplemental cost analysis 
    collectively as the ``preliminary analysis.''
        During the public comment period the Department conducted a number 
    of public hearings, technical conferences and information briefings. On 
    May 22, 1995, the Agency conducted a special hearing in Kansas City 
    dealing with the impacts of the proposed rule on small businesses. In 
    July 1995, FSIS conducted a survey of the State inspection programs to 
    collect additional information to assess the impact on State 
    establishments.
        This final RIA is based on the preliminary RIA, the supplemental 
    cost analysis, all written public comments, the records from public 
    hearings including the meeting on small business impacts, the survey of 
    State programs, and any new information or data that have become 
    available during the comment period. The analysis also refers 
    specifically to cost estimates developed by the Research Triangle 
    Institute (RTI) during personal interviews with nine establishments 
    that previously participated in the FSIS HACCP Pilot Program. The RTI 
    report, HACCP Pilot Program Cost Findings, August 31, 1994, which was 
    referred to in both written and public hearing comments were developed 
    under contract to FSIS in 1994.
    
    C. Summary Comparison of Costs and Benefits--Proposal to Final
    
        FSIS estimated that the proposed rule would have 20-year industry 
    costs of $2.2 billion. Those costs are presented in Table 1, organized 
    by the regulatory components identified in the proposal.
        The estimated costs for the final rule are also presented in Table 
    1. For some of the regulatory components, it is easy to track the costs 
    from the proposal to the final rule. For example, the costs for 
    Sanitation SOP's remain essentially the same. The reduction from $175.9 
    to $171.9 million reflects the change in implementation period from 90 
    days to six months.
        The costs for developing and implementing HACCP plans are also 
    directly comparable. The estimated cost has increased for the HACCP 
    component of plan development. FSIS has increased its estimate for this 
    cost after reviewing the public comments and assessing the overall 
    impact on plan development costs of the decisions to eliminate the 
    requirements for implementing time/temperature and antimicrobial 
    treatment requirements prior to HACCP implementation. In the 
    preliminary analysis, the cost for developing HACCP plans was reduced 
    because of the experience that establishments would have gained in 
    developing their plans for implementing time/temperature and 
    antimicrobial treatment requirements.
    
                                    Table 1.--Comparison of Costs--Proposal to Final                                
                                      [$ Millions--Present Value of 20-year Costs]                                  
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Regulatory component                         Proposal                                   Final              
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    I. Sanitation SOP's..........  175.9a........................................  171.9                            
    II. Time/Temperature           45.5..........................................  0.0                              
     Requirements.                                                                                                  
    III. Antimicrobial Treatments  51.7..........................................  0.0                              
    IV. Micro Testing............  1,396.3b......................................  174.1                            
    V.                                                                                                              
        Compliance with            Not Separately Estimatedc.....................  55.5-243.5                       
         Salmonella standards.                                                                                      
        Compliance with generic    Not Applicable................................  Not Separately Estimated         
         E. coli criteria.                                                                                          
    VI. HACCP:                                                                                                      
        Plan Development.........  35.7..........................................  54.8                             
        Annual Plan Reassessment.  0.0...........................................  8.9                              
        Recordkeeping (Recording,  456.4.........................................  440.5d                           
         Reviewing and Storing                                                                                      
         Data).                                                                                                     
        Initial Training.........  24.2..........................................  22.7d                            
        Recurring Training.......  0.0...........................................  22.1e                            
    VII. Additional Overtime.....  20.9..........................................  17.5d                            
                                  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 38947]]
    
                                                                                                                    
          Subtotal--Industry       2,206.6.......................................  968.0-1,156.0                    
           Costs.                                                                                                   
    VIII. FSIS Costs.............  28.6f.........................................  56.5                             
                                  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Total..................  2,235.2.......................................  1,024.5-1,212.5                  
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    a The preliminary analysis included a higher cost estimate for sanitation SOP's ($267.8 million) that resulted  
      because of a programming error. The cost estimate of $175.9 million is based on an effective date of 90 days  
      after publication.                                                                                            
    b The preliminary analysis was based on the premise that microbial testing would be expanded to cover all meat  
      and poultry processing after HACCP implementation. The proposed rule only required sampling for carcasses and 
      raw ground product. Thus, the cost estimate of $1,396.3 million was higher than the actual cost of the        
      proposed sampling requirements.                                                                               
    c The preliminary analysis accounted for some of the cost of complying with the new standards under the         
      regulatory components of micro testing, antimicrobial treatments, and time and temperature requirements.      
    d These costs are slightly different from the proposal because of changes in the implementation schedule.       
    e FSIS added costs for recurring training based on the review of public comments.                               
    f Based on current estimates for the cost of training, inspector upgrades, and $0.5 million for annual HACCP    
      verification testing.                                                                                         
    
    
        Table 1 shows that FSIS has added two categories of HACCP costs 
    that were not included in the preliminary cost analysis. A cost for 
    recurring annual HACCP training was added in response to comments that 
    there would be recurring costs because of employee turnover. FSIS also 
    added a minimal cost for annual reassessment of HACCP plans, although 
    the Agency believes that reassessment will be negligible for 
    establishments successfully operating under a HACCP plan.
        Table 1 shows that the proposed requirements for time and 
    temperature specifications and antimicrobial treatments have not been 
    included in the final rule. The preliminary analysis treated these 
    items as interim costs that were incurred prior to HACCP 
    implementation. For the time and temperature requirements, the 
    preliminary analysis identified both one-time capital equipment costs 
    and recurring recordkeeping costs. The time and temperature 
    recordkeeping costs were assumed to become part of the HACCP 
    recordkeeping costs. The recurring costs for antimicrobials were 
    assumed to end with HACCP implementation. The preliminary analysis 
    indicated that at the time of HACCP implementation, the slaughter 
    establishments would make a decision on whether to continue the 
    antimicrobial treatments and employ other methods to reduce the 
    microbial load on carcasses. The preliminary analysis did not, however, 
    include a cost component for either continuing the antimicrobial 
    treatments or adding alternative pathogen reduction methods.
        Under the micro testing component, the final rule requires that all 
    2,682 slaughter establishments implement microbial sampling programs 
    using generic E. coli. The 20-year cost of this requirement is $174.1 
    million. After HACCP implementation including validation that the E. 
    coli performance criteria are being met, establishments may use 
    alternate testing programs unless FSIS specifically objects. In 
    addition, in the period prior to mandatory HACCP, FSIS will consider 
    exemptions on a case-by-case basis for establishments that are 
    currently using an alternative E. coli sampling frequency if the 
    establishment can provide data demonstrating the adequacy of its 
    existing program. The cost estimate of $174.1 million assumes that all 
    slaughter establishments continue to test at the frequencies outlined 
    in the final rule.
        Up to this point, all the costs discussed have been predictable in 
    the sense that they refer to a specific requirement directing all 
    establishments or a specific category of establishments to take a well-
    defined action. FSIS has developed point estimates for all predictable 
    costs. In contrast, the pathogen reduction performance standards for 
    Salmonella do not prescribe a set of actions that establishments must 
    take. Because the standards are set using the national prevalence 
    estimates from the baseline studies, the Agency is also not able to 
    predict how many establishments are already meeting the standards or 
    how many will have to modify their current operations to comply.
        The cost analysis in Section V recognizes that the performance 
    standards create a set of potential costs for 5,522 establishments, 
    2,682 slaughter establishments and another estimated 2,840 
    establishments that produce raw ground product but do not have 
    slaughter operations. The analysis estimates potential costs by 
    developing two scenarios that lead to a range of possible costs 
    depending on how the different industry sectors will respond to the new 
    standards and depending on how many establishments will need to modify 
    their production processes in order to comply.
        Reducing pathogens for slaughter establishments involves either 
    modifying the incoming animals or birds, improving the dressing 
    procedures so as to reduce contamination during procedures such as hide 
    removal and evisceration, or using interventions such as antimicrobial 
    treatments to kill or remove the pathogens following contamination. For 
    many establishments, the process of implementing HACCP programs may, by 
    itself, improve the dressing procedures sufficiently to meet the new 
    standards. Other establishments may have to choose between slowing 
    production lines, modifying some attribute of their incoming live 
    animals or birds, or adding post-dressing interventions such as the new 
    steam vacuum process or antimicrobial rinses.
        The 2,840 raw ground processing operations will have to control 
    their incoming ingredients either by conducting their own testing or by 
    requiring that suppliers meet purchase specifications. The cost 
    analysis also recognizes that even though the rule does not require the 
    2,682 slaughter establishments to test for Salmonella, some 
    establishments may conduct their own Salmonella testing programs to 
    avoid failing a series of tests conducted by the Agency. Thus, it can 
    be argued that the Agency's intent to implement establishment specific 
    testing for Salmonella is indirectly requiring the industry to 
    routinely monitor their Salmonella levels to assure they will be in 
    compliance.
        As shown in Table 1, the two scenarios developed in the cost 
    analysis lead to a range in cost estimates of $55.5 to $243.5 million 
    to comply with the new pathogen reduction standards. Some of these 
    costs are contained in the
    
    [[Page 38948]]
    
    Table 1 proposal costs of $51.7 for antimicrobial treatments and the 
    $1,396.3 for micro testing that included the cost of having 5,522 
    establishments conduct daily Salmonella testing for each species 
    slaughtered and each variety of raw ground product produced.
        The two cost scenarios were developed to illustrate potential costs 
    for compliance with standards established using the current pathogen 
    prevalence as determined by the national baseline studies. These 
    standards move the Agency's regulatory program in the direction of 
    meeting the food safety objective of minimizing the risk of foodborne 
    illness from pathogens that contaminate meat and poultry products. The 
    Agency has stated its intent to establish tighter standards over time. 
    The Agency recognizes that future tighter standards could impose a new 
    set of compliance costs. To illustrate, where the use of hot water 
    rinses may be adequate to assure compliance with the Salmonella 
    standards as established for this rule, such rinses may not be adequate 
    to assure compliance with future standards. Any change in the standards 
    will, however, be implemented through additional rulemaking. At that 
    time the Agency will have extensive data on the distribution of 
    pathogens by establishment and better data on the cost and 
    effectiveness of different interventions. These data enhancements will 
    allow for improved cost analysis of future standard setting activities. 
    Inspected establishments need to consider the Agency's overall food 
    safety objectives when making decisions on capital investments designed 
    to assure compliance with the food safety standards established by this 
    rulemaking.
        The cost analysis in Section V also recognizes that the performance 
    criteria for generic E. coli create a set of potential costs for 2,682 
    slaughter establishments. A line for these costs is shown in Table 1 
    along with the entry that these costs were not separately quantified.
        As discussed in Section V, the anticipated actions to comply with 
    the generic E. coli criteria are the same as the anticipated actions to 
    comply with the standards for Salmonella. FSIS has concluded that if 
    the low cost scenario for Salmonella compliance proves to be more 
    accurate, then the Agency would expect to see some compliance costs for 
    the generic E. coli performance criteria. If the high cost scenario is 
    correct, then the compliance actions taken to assure compliance with 
    the Salmonella standards should also assure compliance with the generic 
    E. coli criteria.
        Finally, Table 1 includes a cost of $17.5 million associated with 
    additional overtime charges for inspection. While it is recognized that 
    final decisions on the future of the Agency's Total Quality Control 
    (TQC) program have not been made, this analysis includes a conservative 
    impact assumption that the existing TQC regulations will be withdrawn.
        Both the preliminary and final analysis identify a maximum 
    potential 20-year public health benefit from $7.13 to $26.59 billion 
    that is tied to eliminating establishment-related contamination from 
    four pathogens on meat and poultry. The contamination from these four 
    pathogens at the manufacturing stage leads to an estimated annual cost 
    of foodborne illness ranging from $0.99 billion to $3.69 billion. The 
    maximum 20-year benefit results from eliminating this annual cost of 
    foodborne illness beginning in the fifth year after publication. 
    Although there is reason to believe significant benefits will be 
    generated during the first four years, for analytical purposes FSIS 
    used the conservative estimate that benefits do not begin until all 
    establishments have HACCP systems in place and pathogen reduction 
    standards for Salmonella apply to all establishments that slaughter or 
    produce raw ground product.
        There are two principle reasons why benefits will begin to accrue 
    before the fifth year. First, the HACCP requirements and Salmonella 
    standards apply to large establishments at 18 months and small 
    establishments at 30 months. The large slaughter establishments account 
    for over 74 percent of total carcass weight. Second, the generic E. 
    coli testing requirements are effective six months after publication. 
    The generic E. coli results will provide both establishment management 
    and inspection program personnel a tool by which to assess 
    establishments' control over slaughter and sanitary dressing 
    procedures. Although the generic E. coli criteria are not being 
    established as regulatory standards, FSIS believes their use will lead 
    to improved control over slaughter and sanitary dressing procedures 
    which will, in turn, lead to reductions in fecal contamination and 
    corresponding reductions in contamination by enteric pathogens. Rather 
    than attempt to estimate the benefits associated with reduced 
    contamination resulting from use of generic E. coli testing, this 
    analysis has assumed public health benefits begin in the fifth year. By 
    that time all establishments have had an opportunity to adjust their E. 
    coli sampling programs based on their HACCP programs.
        The low and high estimates for potential benefits are due to the 
    current uncertainty in estimates for incidence of foodborne illness and 
    death. If the low potential benefit estimate is correct, the analysis 
    shows that the new HACCP-based program must reduce pathogens by 15 to 
    17 percent for benefits to outweigh projected costs. If the high 
    estimate is the correct estimate, the new program needs to reduce 
    pathogens by only 4 to 5 percent to generate net societal benefits.
        As discussed in Section III, there are other benefits to this rule 
    that have not been quantified. Examples include increased public 
    protection from physical hazards and the increased production 
    efficiency that accompanies improved process control.
        In the preliminary analysis FSIS took the position that quantified 
    pathogen reduction benefits were related to the overall proposed HACCP-
    based regulatory program and that there was no way to distribute 
    benefits among the five different components that made up the proposed 
    rule. Under the proposed rule it was essentially impossible to 
    determine the proportion of pathogen reduction benefits that could be 
    attributable to the proposed pathogen reduction standards versus the 
    proposed antimicrobial treatments or time-temperature requirements or 
    the proposed mandatory HACCP programs. Given the revised structure of 
    the final rule, this analysis attributes pathogen reduction benefits to 
    the requirements that all establishments implement HACCP systems and 
    that if those systems are implemented in slaughter establishments or 
    establishments shipping raw ground product, they must have critical 
    limits set to assure compliance with the new pathogen reduction 
    standards for Salmonella. However, as discussed above, FSIS believes 
    that pathogen reduction benefits will begin to occur when 
    establishments start using the generic E. coli results to assess their 
    control over slaughter and sanitary dressing procedures.
        FSIS believes that the Sanitation SOP's component of this final 
    rule has significant benefits in terms of increased productivity for 
    inspection resources. The HACCP component also has productivity 
    benefits in addition to public health benefits. One of the reasons FSIS 
    has not yet achieved a program that can focus appropriate resources on 
    the risks of microbial pathogens is that in recent years
    
    [[Page 38949]]
    
    national budget problems have provided limited increases in Agency 
    resources compared to the increase in its responsibilities generated by 
    industry growth, the Federal takeover of more State programs, and new 
    food production technologies and products. For most of its history, the 
    inspection program was able to obtain additional resources when it took 
    on new responsibilities. Now FSIS is faced with taking on new 
    responsibilities with the same resources.
        The final rule is a necessary component of an FSIS management 
    strategy that will raise the productivity of current resources so that 
    the program can maintain all its consumer protection objectives. 
    Raising productivity requires raising outputs, reducing inputs or any 
    combination of the two that gets more done for less. Productivity can 
    be increased in today's inspection program by: (1) focusing resource 
    use on the basis of risk, giving the highest priority to safety 
    objectives; (2) clarifying the respective responsibilities of 
    government and industry to assure the best use of government resources; 
    and (3) designing new methods of inspection that are more efficient 
    than existing inspection but which maintain or improve consumer 
    protection.
        The Sanitation SOP's and HACCP requirements are designed to 
    accomplish objectives in all three of the above areas. With SOP's FSIS 
    can monitor sanitation plans with fewer resources than it takes to 
    conduct comprehensive sanitation reviews. The benefit of the SOP's is, 
    therefore, the capacity to reallocate inspection resources to other 
    activities where the payoff in terms of reducing the risk of foodborne 
    illness may be greater. With SOP's there is less likelihood that 
    establishments will be able to substitute the inspector's sanitation 
    review for their own sanitation program. Similarly, with HACCP there is 
    less likelihood that firms can use inspection as a substitute for their 
    own control programs. In both cases productivity is enhanced by 
    clarifying responsibilities. The benefits associated with increased 
    productivity are difficult to quantify because the precise reallocation 
    of inspection resources is not yet clear.
        Finally, with the implementation of this rule, FSIS intends to 
    introduce new methods of inspection that are more efficient than those 
    currently in place. As noted above, more efficient methods is the third 
    way in which productivity can be increased in the inspection system.
    
    II. Regulatory Alternatives
    
    A. Market Failure
    
        Consumers make choices about the food they purchase based upon 
    factors such as price, appearance, convenience, texture, smell, and 
    perceived quality. In an ideal world, people would be able to make 
    these decisions with full information about product attributes and 
    choose those foods which maximize their satisfaction. In the real 
    world, however, information deficits about food safety complicate 
    consumer buying decisions.
        Since all raw meat and poultry products contain microorganisms that 
    may include pathogens, raw food unavoidably entails some risk of 
    pathogen exposure and foodborne illness to consumers. However, the 
    presence and level of this risk cannot be determined by a consumer, 
    since pathogens are not visible to the naked eye. Although they may 
    detect unwholesomeness from obvious indications such as unpleasant odor 
    or discoloration caused by spoilage microorganisms, consumers cannot 
    assume products are safe in the absence of spoilage. They simply have 
    no clear-cut way to determine whether the food they buy is safe to 
    handle and eat.
        When foodborne illness does occur, consumers often cannot correlate 
    the symptoms they experience with a specific food because some 
    pathogens do not cause illness until several days, weeks or even months 
    after exposure. Thus, food safety attributes are often not apparent to 
    consumers either before purchase or immediately after consumption of 
    the food. This information deficit also applies to wholesalers and 
    retailers who generally use the same sensory tests--sight and smell--to 
    determine whether a food is safe to sell or serve.
        The societal impact of this food safety information deficit is a 
    lack of accountability for foodborne illnesses caused by preventable 
    pathogenic microorganisms. Consumers often cannot trace a transitory 
    illness to any particular food or even be certain it was caused by 
    food. Thus, food retailers and restaurateurs are generally not held 
    accountable by their customers for selling pathogen-contaminated 
    products and they, in turn, do not hold their wholesale suppliers 
    accountable.
        This lack of information applies equally to small businesses. Some 
    small businesses have argued for exemption from the rule because they 
    sell most of their product to family, friends and neighbors, but they 
    are overlooking the fact that perhaps the majority of foodborne illness 
    victims may believe they had some type of flu virus or other illness 
    and have no idea that their illness was foodborne and, if they do, they 
    have no idea as to the source. Without feedback, (i.e., without a 
    connection of product to illness), there is no market where buyers and 
    sellers have sufficient information upon which to judge purchase 
    decisions. Without feedback there is insufficient incentive to make 
    substantial improvements in process control.
        This lack of marketplace accountability for foodborne illness means 
    that meat and poultry producers and processors have little incentive to 
    incur extra costs for more than minimal pathogen controls. The 
    widespread lack of information about pathogen sources means that 
    businesses at every level from farm to final sale can market unsafe 
    products and not suffer legal consequences or a reduced demand for 
    their product. An additional complication is that raw product is often 
    fungible at early stages of the marketing chain. For example, beef from 
    several slaughterhouses may be combined in a batch of hamburger 
    delivered to a fast food chain. Painstaking investigation by public 
    health officials in cases of widespread disease often fails to identity 
    foodborne illness causes; in half the outbreaks the etiology is 
    unknown.
        Most markets in industrialized economies operate without close 
    regulation of production processes in spite of consumers having limited 
    technical or scientific knowledge about goods in commerce. Branded 
    products and producer reputations often substitute for technical or 
    scientific information and result in repeat purchases. Thus, brand 
    names and product reputations become valuable capital for producers.
        In the U.S. food industry, nationally recognized brand names have 
    historically provided significant motivation for manufacturers to 
    ensure safe products. In recent years, more and more raw meat and 
    poultry have come to be marketed under brand names. Nevertheless, not 
    even all brand name producers produce their products under the best 
    available safety controls. Further, a significant part of meat and 
    poultry, particularly raw products, are not brand name products and are 
    not produced under conditions that assure the lowest practical risk of 
    pathogens.
        The failure of meat and poultry industry manufacturers to produce 
    products with the lowest risk of pathogens and other hazards cannot be 
    attributed to a lack of knowledge or appropriate technologies. The 
    science and technology required to significantly
    
    [[Page 38950]]
    
    reduce meat and poultry pathogens and other hazards is well 
    established, readily available and commercially practical.
        Explanations for why a large portion of the meat and poultry 
    industry has not taken full advantage of available science and 
    technology to effectively control manufacturing processes include the 
    following:
        1. Meat and poultry processing businesses are relatively easy to 
    enter; there are no training or certification requirements for 
    establishment operators. Consequently, the level of scientific and 
    technical knowledge of management in many establishments is minimal.
        2. The industry is very competitive and largely composed of small 
    and medium-sized firms that have limited capital and small profits.
        3. Management in many of these establishments has little incentive 
    to make capital improvements for product safety because results from 
    that investment are not distinguishable by customers and therefore 
    yield no income.
        In spite of these barriers, many industry establishments do produce 
    meat or poultry products using process controls that assure the lowest 
    practical risk of pathogens and other hazards.
        FSIS has concluded that the lack of consumer information about meat 
    and poultry product safety and the absence of adequate incentives for 
    industry to provide more than minimal levels of processing safety 
    represents a market failure requiring Federal regulatory intervention 
    to protect public health.
    
    B. General Regulatory Approaches
    
        The problem of microbial pathogens in meat and poultry has become 
    increasingly apparent. Documented cases of foodborne illness each year, 
    some of which have resulted in death, represent a public health risk 
    that FSIS judges to be unacceptable. Within existing authorities there 
    are four broad regulatory approaches the Department could use to 
    address this unacceptable public health risk.
         Market Incentives.
         Information and Education.
         Voluntary Industry Standards.
         Government Standards.
        The final rule represents the fourth approach.
        The above discussion on market failure summarizes why FSIS has 
    concluded that the market will not address the public health risk 
    resulting from microbial pathogens in meat and poultry.
        The role and effectiveness of consumer and food service worker 
    education in assuring food safety was raised in public comments. For 
    example, comments suggested that since most foodborne illness involves 
    temperature abuse or consumer/food handler mishandling, consumer 
    education offers the most cost-effective approach. FSIS sees a clear 
    role for education and agrees that education is essential for assuring 
    food safety. However, experience has shown that education alone has 
    limited effectiveness in reducing foodborne illness. The effectiveness 
    of education for food safety, and, indeed, for improving diets and 
    other food related behavior, has not been demonstrated. FSIS views 
    education as a valuable adjunct to other regulatory approaches, but it 
    has no evidence that a major increase in education expenditures will 
    produce the behaviors required to reduce foodborne illness.
        A voluntary industry standard would call for the formation of a 
    standards setting group, such as the American National Standards 
    Institute (ANSI) to develop and publish a voluntary standard. 
    Compliance with such a voluntary standard would be determined by third-
    party testing and certification. For example, Underwriter's Laboratory 
    (UL) tests and certifies electronic components for industry-wide 
    standards. FSIS has not seen any evidence that the industry is prepared 
    to undertake, or even desires a voluntary standards approach. This is 
    understandable. Because the principles underlying the safe production 
    of meat and poultry are the same regardless of who administers the 
    standards, an industry administered system is likely to be more 
    expensive and less effective than a government one. The lack of power 
    to mandate participation reduces the value of standard setting to 
    participants, since foodborne illness episodes attributable to non-
    participants tend to raise suspicion of all similar products. Further, 
    the industry would be called upon to pay the enforcement cost which 
    under the present rule would be paid by the government.
        For these reasons, the Department concludes that mandatory process 
    control regulations offer the best approach for addressing this 
    unacceptable public health risk.
    
    C. Need For Improved Process Control
    
        FSIS has determined that effective process control is needed 
    throughout the meat and poultry industry in order to minimize pathogen 
    contamination and control other health hazards. Accordingly, a 
    regulatory strategy has been formulated to mandate process control 
    improvements to achieve immediate reductions and an eventual 
    minimization of the risk of meat and poultry pathogens, chemical, and 
    physical hazards in the nation's food supply. This strategy is 
    supported by consumers, scientists, and the majority of meat and 
    poultry industry processors who already recognize the benefits of good 
    process control.
        Process control is a proactive strategy that all segments of 
    industry can undertake to anticipate manufacturing problems in advance 
    and prevent unsafe foods from being produced. In practice, process 
    control is a systematic means to:
         Identify and control production hazards.
         Determine control points in the processing system.
         Establish standard measures for each control point.
         Set procedures for establishment workers to monitor 
    requirements.
         Provide clear instructions for appropriate corrective 
    actions when a control point goes out of control.
         Establish record-keeping to document control point 
    measurements.
         Provide procedures for verification tests to ensure that 
    the system continues to operate as planned.
        The process control strategy summarized in this paper is founded on 
    three principles:
        1. USDA regulatory policy should be focused on providing a solution 
    to meat and poultry biological, chemical, and physical hazards that 
    present the highest public health risks.
        2. It is essential that the Nation's food safety system address 
    pathogenic microorganisms which present the greatest foodborne risk to 
    human health.
        3. These pathogens and resulting risks of foodborne illness can be 
    largely avoided by uniform meat and poultry industry efforts to attain 
    and maintain more effective methods of control during the manufacturing 
    process.
        The focus of this strategy is explicitly on prevention; it is 
    designed to prevent the production of defective product as opposed to 
    more costly and less effective detect-and-condemn methods.
        Process control is not a substitute for inspection any more than 
    inspection could be a substitute for process control. This distinction 
    is important because Federal inspection was never intended to be--and 
    cannot be--the front-line control for food safety in meat and poultry 
    processing establishments. Safety controls must be built into the 
    manufacturing process and be administered continuously by industry. The 
    objective of inspection in a process control environment is to assure 
    that those controls are present, adequate, and properly used.
    
    [[Page 38951]]
    
        To summarize, the process control regulatory strategy promulgated 
    by this rule will among its other well established attributes, correct 
    two important deficiencies in the nation's current food safety effort. 
    It will: (1) provide industry the tools and incentive to reduce meat 
    and poultry pathogens as a means to improve food safety, and (2) help 
    focus Federal inspection on the highest product, process and 
    establishment risks, and, at the same time, clarify that the industry 
    is responsible for producing safe meat and poultry, while the 
    Government's role is oversight.
    Factors Considered in Evaluating a Process Control Strategy
        The process control regulatory strategy was evaluated using five 
    factors for effectiveness. A processing control program is effective if 
    it:
        1. Controls production safety hazards.
        2. Reduces foodborne illness.
        3. Makes inspection more effective.
        4. Increases consumer confidence.
        5. Provides the opportunity for increased productivity.
        The following sections discuss these five effectiveness factors 
    that have been applied to evaluate process control alternatives.
    Controls Production Safety Hazards
        Process control is a system for identifying food hazards and 
    reducing or eliminating the risks they present. In operation, control 
    points are established in a food production line where potential health 
    hazards exist; management of these points has proven to be effective in 
    reducing the probability that unsafe product will be produced. Ongoing 
    records of each process control will enable establishment managers and 
    quality control personnel to spot trends that could lead to problems 
    and devise a strategy that prevents them before they occur.
        Detection by end product testing is not a viable alternative to 
    process control because it only sorts good product from bad and does 
    not address the root cause of unacceptable foods. Additionally, keeping 
    ``bad'' foods out of commerce through sorting end product is possible 
    only when tests and standards for sampling are well established and it 
    is practical only where the ``test'' is not expensive because sorting 
    requires a huge number of samples for reliability.
    Reduces Foodborne Illness
        As industry improves its control over the safety aspects of meat 
    and poultry production, foodborne illness will begin to decline. This 
    is the principal non-negotiable goal for both USDA and industry.
        The precise occurrence of human health problems attributed to 
    pathogenic microorganisms or other potential foodborne hazards, such as 
    chemical contaminants, animal drug residues, pesticides, extraneous 
    materials, or other physical contaminants is not known. Foodborne 
    illness is nevertheless recognized by both domestic and international 
    scientists as a significant public health problem and there is wide 
    agreement that pathogenic microorganisms are the major cause of food-
    related disease. The estimated annual (not discounted) cost of 
    foodborne illness attributable to meat and poultry products from the 
    four pathogens that are the focus of this regulation is from $1.1 to 
    $4.1 billion. FSIS estimates that 90 percent of this annual cost, $0.99 
    to $3.69 billion, is attributable to contamination that occurs in 
    establishments.
    Makes Inspection More Effective
        Currently, the FSIS inspectors in meat and poultry establishments 
    that are not assigned to slaughter line positions perform selected 
    inspection tasks that generate independent data about an 
    establishment's production processes and environment. This activity 
    produces ``snapshots'' of establishment operations at a particular 
    moment. In contrast, process control generates records of establishment 
    performance over time. These records and periodic verification 
    inspections will enable FSIS inspectors to see how an establishment 
    operates at all times, i.e., whether and where processing problems have 
    occurred, and how problems were addressed.
        The availability of more and better processing data will establish 
    trends that set benchmarks from which deviations can be more quickly 
    and accurately assessed. USDA inspectors will be trained to spot these 
    deviations and take action when needed to ensure establishments bring a 
    faulty process back into control. This type of Federal oversight is 
    substantially more effective than a regulatory program that merely 
    detects and condemns faulty end products. In the words of the National 
    Advisory Committee on Microbiological Criteria for Foods, 
    ``Controlling, monitoring, and verifying processing systems are more 
    effective than relying upon end-product testing to assure a safe 
    product.''
    Increases Consumer Confidence
        The number of foodborne illness outbreaks and incidents 
    attributable to pathogens in meat or poultry raise questions about 
    whether Federal inspection is as effective as it should be. Highly 
    visible public controversies about meat and poultry inspection indicate 
    an erosion of public confidence in the safety of meat and poultry 
    products. There are growing demands that USDA improve its regulation of 
    pathogens. The process control regulatory strategy described in this 
    paper is USDA's response to those demands.
        Many outbreaks of foodborne illness have been determined to be 
    caused by mishandling of meat and poultry products after federally 
    inspected processing. USDA believes that additional efforts to reduce 
    pathogens during manufacturing will reduce these risks as well. This 
    coupled with the improved retail regulatory controls from state 
    adoption and enforcement of the Food Code should reduce this cause of 
    illness. The Food Code is an FDA publication, a reference that provides 
    guidance to retail outlets such as restaurants and grocery stores and 
    institutions such as nursing homes on how to prepare food to prevent 
    foodborne illness. State and local regulatory bodies use the FDA Food 
    Code as a model to help develop or update their food safety rules and 
    to be consistent with national food regulatory policy.
        A significant portion of the meat and poultry industry do not take 
    advantage of readily available methods to control their manufacturing 
    processes. The Department has concluded that further regulation will 
    bring industry standards up to what can practically be achieved in the 
    manufacture of meat and poultry products through current scientific 
    knowledge and available process control techniques. Raising the safety 
    floor through regulations that mandate better process control will 
    demonstrate to the public that USDA and industry are making a concerted 
    effort to reduce the risk of foodborne illness from meat and poultry.
        The economic benefits of increased consumer confidence can be 
    conceptually realized as the amount consumers would be willing to pay 
    for safer food. This ``willingness to pay'' reflects consumer desires 
    to avoid foodborne illness and the expected medical and other costs 
    associated with it. However, the data are not available to make 
    quantitative estimates of this benefit.
    Provides the Opportunity for Increased Productivity
        Better process control is a sound and rational investment in the 
    future of our
    
    [[Page 38952]]
    
    nation's meat and poultry industry. USDA's process control strategy 
    will educate industry management about the need and methodology for 
    development of a consistent, preventive, problem-solving approach to 
    safety hazards, which can be expanded to other business objectives such 
    as product quality and production efficiency. There is considerable 
    evidence of how process control has improved worldwide industrial 
    productivity in the past 40 years. This proposal will extend process 
    control principles to parts of the meat and poultry industry that have 
    not formerly used them.
        Some important non-safety benefits that will accrue from industry 
    use of better process control methods are:
         First, better production controls will result in more 
    efficient processing operations overall with fewer product defects. 
    Fewer defects mean less reworking, waste and give-away, resulting in 
    increased yields and more profit opportunities.
         Second, better controls will significantly reduce the risk 
    to processors that product with food safety defects will slip into 
    commerce. Expensive and embarrassing product recalls can be, for the 
    most part, avoided or greatly reduced with proper process controls.
         Third, better control of pathogens will impact all 
    microorganisms, including those responsible for decomposition, 
    resulting in quality improvement and longer shelf life for products.
         Fourth, better production controls improve establishment 
    employee productivity which improves profit opportunities.
    
    D. Regulatory Alternatives for Process Control
    
    1. Mandatory HACCP
        Considering the five effectiveness criteria of process control 
    discussed above, the most effective means for generating the benefits 
    reflected in these criteria is a mandatory HACCP regulatory program. 
    This alternative clearly meets all five criteria described above. In 
    fact, a mandatory HACCP program was judged to be the only option that 
    will effect adequate processing improvements in all establishments 
    throughout the industry. Only through mandatory HACCP can pathogen 
    risks be minimized to the fullest extent possible; thereby 
    significantly reducing foodborne illness, improving effectiveness of 
    inspection, increasing consumer confidence, and ensuring a more viable 
    industry. No other alternative accomplishes as much in these five areas 
    as mandatory HACCP.
        HACCP is a process control strategy that has been scientifically 
    proven effective in food manufacturing establishments. HACCP is widely 
    recognized by scientific authorities such as the National Academy of 
    Sciences and international organizations such as the Codex 
    Alimentarius. It is used today by a number of establishments in the 
    food industry to produce consistently safe products. This approach has 
    been supported for years by numerous groups that have studied USDA meat 
    and poultry regulatory activities.
        In 1983 FSIS asked the National Academy of Sciences (NAS) to 
    evaluate the scientific basis of its inspection system and recommend a 
    modernization agenda. The resulting report, ``Meat and Poultry 
    Inspection, The Scientific Basis of the Nation's Program,'' National 
    Academy Press, 1985 was the first comprehensive evaluation of a 
    scientific basis for inspection. The 1985 NAS report provided a 
    blueprint for change: it recommended that FSIS focus on pathogenic 
    microorganisms and require that all official establishments operate 
    under a HACCP system to control pathogens and other safety hazards.
        After urging (NAS Recommendations, Page 4) the intensification of 
    ``current efforts to control and eliminate contamination with micro-
    organisms that cause disease in humans,'' NAS encouraged (Page 135) 
    USDA to ``move as vigorously as possible in the application of the 
    HACCP concept to each and every step in establishment operations, in 
    all types of enterprises involved in the production, processing, and 
    storage of meat and poultry products.''
        The General Accounting Office (GAO) has also identified needed 
    improvements in USDA's present inspection system. In its reports and 
    congressional testimony, and in numerous publications, GAO has endorsed 
    HACCP as the most scientific system available to protect consumers from 
    foodborne illness. This sentiment is most clearly expressed in a May 
    1994 report, ``Food Safety: Risk-Based Inspections and Microbial 
    Monitoring Needed for Meat and Poultry,'' in which GAO recommended 
    development of a mandatory HACCP program that includes microbial 
    testing guidelines. GAO urged USDA to assist meat and poultry 
    establishments in the development of their microbial testing programs 
    by, among other things, disseminating information on the programs 
    already in operation.
        A third major proponent of HACCP is the National Advisory Committee 
    on Microbiological Criteria for Foods (NACMCF), which was established 
    in 1988 by the Secretary of Agriculture to advise and provide 
    recommendations to the Secretaries of Agriculture and Health and Human 
    Services on developing microbiological criteria to assess food safety 
    and wholesomeness. Since 1989, NACMCF has prepared a series of reports 
    on the development and implementation of HACCP. As one of its first 
    tasks, the Committee developed ``HACCP Principles for Food Production'' 
    in November 1989. In this report, the Committee endorsed HACCP as a 
    rational approach to ensure food safety and set forth principles to 
    standardize the technique. In 1992, the Committee issued an updated 
    guide, ``Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Point System.''
        In 1993 NACMCF defined the roles of regulatory agencies and 
    industry in implementing HACCP. ``The Role of Regulatory Agencies and 
    Industry in HACCP'' proposed responsibilities for FDA, USDA, and other 
    agencies and industry during various phases of HACCP implementation. 
    Similar suggestions for program change have been voiced by consumers, 
    industry, state and local government representatives, as well as other 
    constituent groups. For example, consumers at recent public hearings 
    and the HACCP Round Table supported implementation of mandatory HACCP 
    throughout the meat and poultry industry.
        The meat and poultry industry has itself provided broad support for 
    HACCP as a means to control pathogens, emphasizing that HACCP-based 
    food production, distribution, and preparation can do more to protect 
    public health than any Federal inspection program. They have 
    recommended that HACCP be used to anticipate microbiological hazards in 
    food systems and to identify risks in new and traditional products. 
    State departments of health and agriculture have also endorsed the 
    HACCP approach.
    2. Alternatives to Mandatory HACCP
        FSIS examined six other approaches before determining that 
    mandatory HACCP was the most effective means for assuring process 
    control in the meat and poultry industries.
        1. Status quo
        2. Intensify present inspection
        3. Voluntary HACCP regulatory program
        4. Mandatory HACCP regulation with exemption for small businesses
        5. Mandatory HACCP regulation only for ready-to-eat products
    
    [[Page 38953]]
    
        6. Modified HACCP--recording deviations and responses only
        These alternatives were assessed using the five effectiveness 
    criteria presented in the previous section. The following six sections 
    summarize the appraisal of each alternative.
    Status Quo
        This option would essentially continue establishment processing 
    controls and Federal inspection as they are now. Good establishments 
    with adequate methods for managing process lines would probably remain 
    under control. The Agency, under its present authority, cannot shift 
    resources out of good establishments so the situation of poor 
    performing establishments is unlikely to change. This situation raises 
    immediate questions about the first factor--controls production safety 
    hazards--being met. Experience has proven that Federal inspection 
    cannot substitute for management in establishments which have 
    difficulty producing safe product consistently. Also, inspection cannot 
    be as effective in the current establishment environment as in a 
    process control establishment environment.
        The status quo does not target industry and inspection resources on 
    those hazards that lead to the greatest reduction in foodborne illness 
    (factor two). In addition, food safety experts, consumers, and other 
    observers have told USDA they are not satisfied with pathogen control 
    by organoleptic methods as practiced in the present inspection program. 
    Doing nothing new would perpetuate consumer doubts about the ability of 
    Federal inspection to regulate pathogens which is counter to factor 
    four. Consequently, the Department has concluded that business as usual 
    is not an acceptable response to pathogens associated with meat and 
    poultry products. Agency public health responsibilities alone require 
    that more positive actions be taken.
    Intensify Present Inspection
        As one alternative to the proposed mandatory HACCP regulation, FSIS 
    could intensify its present inspection system, i.e., focus new 
    resources on suspected areas of risk in each establishment. This 
    approach would assign to FSIS responsibility for designing, testing and 
    mandating by specific regulation, process control systems for all meat 
    and poultry products with potential safety hazards. A major flaw with 
    this approach is that the burden of ensuring a safe product would be 
    placed largely on FSIS instead of industry establishments where it 
    belongs. Establishment management would have little motivation to 
    become knowledgeable about process control or to implement process 
    control systems.
        The mandating of specific process controls has sometimes succeeded, 
    as a regulatory strategy, for example, in correcting food safety 
    problems in certain ready-to-eat products. However, these controls 
    largely consisted of lethal heat treatments applied during final 
    product processing. This approach is obviously inappropriate for 
    product that is marketed raw which is most frequently associated with 
    meat and poultry foodborne illness. The identification of processes 
    that can be applied to raw product in every establishment would be much 
    more difficult, if not impossible. Thus, intensified command-and-
    control regulation fails to meet the primary criterion for process 
    control, i.e., control production safety hazards at all stages of meat 
    and poultry slaughter and processing. Related to this failing, 
    inspection would be ineffective without all establishments maintaining 
    process control systems (factor three.) This option would not only 
    require significant resource increases, it represents government taking 
    on more, not less, responsibility for the production process, making it 
    more difficult to focus on the highest risks of foodborne illness. With 
    the burden of control and monitoring on USDA's inspection force rather 
    than on establishment managers, industry performance in reducing 
    foodborne illness would be unlikely to improve (factor two).
    Voluntary HACCP Regulatory Program
        A voluntary HACCP program would not provide reduction of pathogens 
    uniformly across the processing spectrum because many in industry would 
    choose not to participate. Therefore voluntary HACCP would not be 
    sufficient to attain the necessary reduction in foodborne illness 
    (factor two).
        Voluntary HACCP would be implemented most frequently in 
    establishments with good processing controls already, while 
    establishments with unsophisticated controls would be less likely to 
    participate. The explanation for this flaw is to be found in simple 
    economics and, to a large degree, the attitudes of establishment 
    management. Establishments with good processing controls now are most 
    likely to adopt HACCP voluntarily because their management understands 
    the linkage between how a product is handled during preparation and its 
    finished quality and safety.
        Conversely, establishments without good processing controls today 
    are much less likely to participate in a voluntary HACCP program. These 
    establishments are more often operated by management that lacks the 
    knowledge or motivation to institute better processing controls. 
    Nevertheless, it is precisely this group of low performing 
    establishments that FSIS must reach to attain its public health goal. 
    Nothing short of a mandatory HACCP regulatory program will be effective 
    in bringing processing improvements to these marginal performers.
        The Agency's regulation permitting the use of voluntary Total 
    Quality Control (TQC) Systems provides a useful analogy to how 
    effective a voluntary HACCP program would be. TQC focuses on 
    establishment responsibility for meeting or exceeding the standards set 
    by FSIS for all operations that are conducted in an establishment, 
    including incoming raw materials, processing procedures, critical 
    limits for product standards, and action limits for establishment 
    quality control personnel. These systems operate under Agency oversight 
    with an emphasis on timely and accurate recordkeeping and the necessity 
    for appropriate action to be taken by an establishment when a limit set 
    forth in an approved system is met or exceeded. However, over the last 
    10 years the number of establishments with active TQC Systems has 
    declined from a high of around 500 (approximately 8% of all 
    establishments) to the present 351 participating establishments 
    (approximately 5% of all establishments). USDA experience has shown 
    that a voluntary approach to HACCP would provide little assurance that 
    a major portion of meat and poultry products had been produced under 
    controls designed to minimize food safety hazards.0
    Mandatory HACCP Regulation With Exemption for Small Businesses
        Under this alternative, FSIS would mandate HACCP, but also provide 
    an exemption for some category of small businesses as was done with 
    nutrition labeling. While this final regulatory impact analysis does 
    develop very specific definitions for small and very small 
    establishments, the following discussion of comments uses the term 
    ``small'' in a generic sense because many of the comments address small 
    establishments or small businesses without defining these terms. There 
    was a mix of public comments on whether or not HACCP should be 
    mandatory for small businesses.
    
    [[Page 38954]]
    
        Comments supporting an exemption from HACCP for small 
    establishments noted that many owner-operators of small establishments 
    oversee the entire operation on a daily basis and can pay closer 
    attention to procedures than can a large establishment. Similar 
    comments pointed out that small establishments pose a minimal potential 
    public health hazard because of the simplicity of their operations, the 
    slow pace of operations, and the small number of potentially affected 
    customers. Other comments pointed out that they sell their product to 
    family, friends and neighbors and that type of market provides the 
    greatest incentive for producing safe product.
        Some commenters opposing an exemption did not want to create a two-
    tiered system. Others opposing an exemption for small establishments 
    would require HACCP for everyone while easing the burden through 
    flexibility of implementation. Several of the commenters opposing any 
    type of exemption from HACCP identified themselves as owners of small 
    establishments. One commenter noted that just because small businesses 
    produce only 2 percent of the product does not mean they are 
    responsible for only 2 percent of the foodborne illness attributable to 
    meat and poultry.
        The Agency used the evaluative factors presented above to consider 
    the application of the rule to small establishments. Since major goals 
    in implementing HACCP are to improve processing controls and 
    establishment performance across all of industry (factor one) as a 
    means to achieve foodborne illness reduction (factor two), the option 
    to exempt establishments that perform the least process control is 
    inherently flawed. USDA inspection experience shows that some of the 
    small establishments which would be exempted under this option have 
    particular difficulties maintaining control over their processing 
    system.
        While it is true that small establishments produce a minimal amount 
    of the total meat and poultry supply, they do produce a full range of 
    products, including those most frequently associated with foodborne 
    illness from the meat and poultry supply.
        This option also fails on factor three--provide more effective 
    inspection. Two different inspection systems would be needed: one risk-
    based system to inspect HACCP establishments with good processing 
    controls; the other to provide resource intensive coverage for 
    establishments that largely do not. If the number of small 
    establishments were to increase, more inspection resources would be 
    required.
        For these reasons, the final rule does not include an exemption for 
    small businesses. However, the Agency has made significant changes to 
    ease the burden on small business, including basing microbial sampling 
    programs on production volume and deferring implementation of mandatory 
    HACCP for small and very small businesses as defined in Section V.
    Mandatory HACCP Regulation Only for Ready-to-Eat Products
        This option would mandate HACCP only for establishments that 
    prepare ready-to-eat meat and poultry products, but not for 
    establishments that produce raw products. However, this decision would 
    leave the public without adequate protection from pathogenic 
    microorganisms clearly associated with product marketed in raw form. 
    Very little reduction in the most frequent causes of foodborne illness 
    (factor two) could be anticipated from this approach.
        Government inspection costs would continue to increase to provide 
    traditional resource-intensive inspection for slaughtering and allied 
    processing establishments that would not be subject to mandatory HACCP. 
    Since most of the unsolved problems with pathogenic microorganisms are 
    associated with raw product and not with those products that would be 
    the subject of this HACCP option, this is an especially inappropriate 
    regulatory approach.
    Modified HACCP--Recording Deviations and Responses Only
        A final alternative considered would be to mandate HACCP, modified 
    to eliminate the record keeping burden to the inspected industry, 
    especially small establishments. Specifically, this option would modify 
    the HACCP record-keeping principles so that instead of demanding 
    continuous records at critical control points, companies would need to 
    record only deviations from critical limits and the response to them. 
    This would mean that HACCP-controlled operations would not generate 
    continuous monitoring data to reflect the operation at critical control 
    points, but would only record data when deviations occurred. This 
    arrangement eliminates the continuous picture of establishment 
    operations which is the underpinning of factor three--make inspection 
    more effective.
        Such an approach would substantially reduce the paperwork burdens 
    associated with mandatory HACCP as recommended by NACMCF and recognized 
    by CODEX. However, it would also seriously compromise the usefulness of 
    HACCP as a means to make inspection more effective and avoid program 
    cost increases. Regulatory officials need to have a system which can be 
    reviewed in its entirety, so that a comprehensive picture of the 
    process is available, not just the truncated version which grows out of 
    recording deviations.
    
    E. Comments on Analysis of Regulatory Alternatives
    
        There were several general comments related to either the 
    alternatives discussed in the proposed rule or the level of analysis 
    conducted. There were comments noting that FSIS did not quantify the 
    costs and benefits of the regulatory alternatives. Similar comments 
    suggested that FSIS should have determined cost-benefit ratios for the 
    processed food industry or for ready-to-eat products or for small 
    businesses.
        Generating quantitative benefit estimates for different types of 
    products or different industry sectors would be very difficult. The 
    estimates for foodborne illness attributable to meat and poultry have 
    not been broken down by industry sector or type of product. There are 
    no existing estimates for the portion of foodborne illness attributable 
    to meat versus poultry or raw product versus cooked or partially cooked 
    product.
        Production volume can not be used as an indicator of potential 
    benefits. Foodborne illness is not proportionally related to production 
    volume because pathogen levels vary significantly by type of product. 
    As noted above, a commenter also pointed out that just because small 
    businesses account for only 2 percent of production does not mean that 
    small businesses account for only 2 percent of foodborne illness.
        On the cost side, the estimates are, for the most part, based on 
    industry averages. In reality, costs will vary by industry sector based 
    on the hazards presented and the existing presence of process control. 
    Thus, in response to a comment that suggests that few benefits are 
    available from changing the process for the manufacture of processed 
    foods which are now produced under a zero pathogen standard, the 
    Department would suggest that the costs for implementing HACCP for 
    these products will also be low. Many ready-to-eat products such as 
    cooked patties and roast beef are presently produced under 
    comprehensive process control regulations.
        One comment suggested that FSIS consider mandatory HACCP for only 
    firms that produce raw meat and poultry products because that sector of 
    the industry generates most of the problems
    
    [[Page 38955]]
    
    and would provide the greatest pathogen reduction benefits per dollar 
    of cost expended. The same commenter found it odd that the Agency did 
    include an alternative for mandatory HACCP for only ready-to-eat 
    products after acknowledging that most of the unsolved problems with 
    pathogenic microorganisms are associated with raw meat and poultry 
    products, rather than ready-to-eat products. In the above discussion of 
    regulatory alternatives, it was noted that mandatory HACCP for only 
    ready-to-eat products is an especially inappropriate regulatory 
    approach. In contrast, a raw product option appears attractive since 
    most of the unsolved problems with pathogenic microorganisms are 
    associated with raw product. Most establishments handle raw product 
    ingredients or prepare a finished raw product. Most of the cost of this 
    rule is associated with controlling the safety hazards of raw product 
    production. Extending the rule to cover all production adds little cost 
    while allowing a single inspection approach, avoiding confusion where 
    raw product production ends and ready-to-eat production begins, and 
    assuring that the potential hazard of recontaminating ready-to-eat 
    product by contact with raw ingredients is always covered by 
    comprehensive HACCP programs.
        Other comments noted that FSIS did not analyze an option that 
    accounted for the savings associated with streamlining and modernizing 
    the inspection system or that FSIS should revise the cost-benefit 
    analysis to consider the savings from eliminating the current 
    inspection program. The savings referred to will be used to focus on 
    food safety risks that need more coverage.
    
    III. Summary of Impacts
    
    A. Introduction
    
        This section provides a summary of the costs and benefits that will 
    be discussed in detail in Sections IV and V. The benefits analysis in 
    Section IV and this summary discuss benefits in terms of the reduction 
    in the cost of foodborne illness that results from reductions in 
    pathogen levels. There are other public health benefits beyond the 
    reduction of foodborne illness due to pathogenic bacteria. HACCP 
    systems will also provide increased public protection from risks posed 
    by chemical and physical hazards. There are also benefits beyond public 
    health benefits. As discussed in Section I, the SOP and HACCP 
    requirements have social benefits that derive from the capacity to 
    reallocate inspection resources to other activities where the payoff in 
    terms of reducing the risk of foodborne illness may be greater.
        The February 1995 proposal and the subsequent public comment 
    recognized that the HACCP/Pathogen Reduction regulations would also 
    generate benefits for meat and poultry processors. For example, a 
    commenter at a public hearing provided confirmation that the insurance 
    industry is aware of HACCP and has offered reduced liability insurance 
    for firms with improved food safety controls. Other comments noted that 
    improved production efficiency has always been associated with improved 
    process control. Increased customer confidence can also be a benefit to 
    the extent that it has a positive influence on demand.
        The benefits analysis in the preliminary RIA noted that benefits 
    also accrue through the reduction of operating costs like the cost of 
    product recalls or the cost of settling product liability claims. Other 
    operating costs include the loss of establishment production due to 
    suspensions for sanitation problems that could be reduced by improved 
    process control, premiums for product liability insurance, loss of 
    product reputation, and reduced demand when a foodborne illness 
    outbreak is publicized identifying a product or company.
        The cost analysis in Section V addresses two types of costs 
    associated with this rule. There are the predictable costs associated 
    with requirements directing all establishments or a specific category 
    of establishments to take a well-defined action. Examples include the 
    requirements to develop SOP's and HACCP plans or the requirement to 
    have access to a HACCP-trained individual. This final RIA provides 
    point estimates for all predictable costs. There are also potential 
    costs that may impact some establishments because of current 
    establishment-specific situations. This analysis provides a range of 
    potential costs developed from two different scenarios of possible 
    establishment responses to new pathogen standards.
        This summary compares both types of costs with the potential public 
    health benefits related to pathogen reduction, recognizing that there 
    are other potential benefits. The discussion in Section V notes how 
    this rule will set new requirements and also improve compliance with 
    existing requirements. Some of the potential costs discussed in Section 
    V are costs associated with improved compliance with existing standards 
    and should not necessarily be considered costs of this rulemaking.
        Public comments demonstrate that the controversy in this rulemaking 
    derives not from the benefit cost ratio itself, which is very 
    favorable, but from the fact that the processors will bear most of the 
    costs while the public, in general, will experience the benefits. The 
    public includes both the consumers of meat and poultry and those who do 
    not consume meat or poultry but who bear the costs of illness in the 
    society. Another area of controversy arises from the lack of proof that 
    the estimated benefits will result from the promulgation of the rule. 
    These doubts are particularly troublesome to those who would have to 
    make resource investments under the rule while benefits largely accrue 
    to others. This is, of course, the standard controversy facing 
    government regulators. The essence of government regulation is that 
    there is a situation where the public undergoes unacceptable risk 
    because the current distribution of costs and benefits is unlikely to 
    change without government intervention. This rule represents the 
    Department's belief that the food safety risks being borne by the 
    public are unacceptable, that they can be reduced through the use of 
    readily available current technologies, and that the uncertainties 
    involved in just how much risks can be reduced should not prevent the 
    Department from making its best effort to reduce the risks.
    
    B. Net Benefit Analysis
    
        Because costs and benefits accrue at different rates over different 
    time periods, to compare costs and benefits it is necessary to examine 
    present value estimates for both cost and benefit streams. To make 
    these comparisons, both the preliminary analysis and this final RIA use 
    a 20-year time period. The present values for costs and benefits are 
    based on a discount rate of 7 percent, the current standard recommended 
    by the Office of Management and Budget.
        As discussed above, the cost analysis (Section V) addresses two 
    types of costs. FSIS was able to develop point estimates for the direct 
    costs of complying with the requirements outlined in the rule that all 
    establishments must meet. These predictable costs include the costs of 
    developing and operating HACCP plans and SOP's and the costs of 
    required recordkeeping. There are also potential costs for 
    establishments that may have to purchase new equipment, or modify their 
    production practices to meet the pathogen reduction performance 
    standards for Salmonella, or actually implement Salmonella testing 
    programs to assure compliance with the new standards. The cost analysis 
    develops a range of cost estimates for these potential costs.
    
    [[Page 38956]]
    
        The estimated annual industry costs (not discounted) are summarized 
    in Table 2. These annual costs vary over the first four years as the 
    new HACCP-based program is undergoing its implementation phase. After 
    the initial four years, the recurring costs are estimated at a constant 
    $99.6 to $119.8 million per year. The present value of all industry 
    costs summarized in Table 2 for the 20-year time period is $968 to 
    $1,156 million as shown earlier in Table 1. This total of $968 to 
    $1,156 million ($0.97 to $1.16 billion) is the total industry cost for 
    the rule as shown in Table 3.
    
                                                  TABLE 2.--Summary of Annual Industry Costs--All Requirements                                              
                                                                          [$ Thousands]                                                                     
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          Cost Category                              Year 1             Year 2             Year 3             Year 4            Year 5+     
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    I. Sanitation SOP's:                                                                                                                                    
        Plans and Training...................................              2,992                                                                            
        Observation and Recording............................              8,345             16,691             16,691             16,691             16,691
    II. E. coli Sampling:                                                                                                                                   
        Plans and Training...................................              2,627                                                                            
        Collection and Analysis..............................              8,716             16,122             16,122             16,122             16,122
        Record Review........................................                406                752                752                752                752
    III. Compliance with Salmonella Standards................  .................       5,472-16,899       5,353-25,753       5,811-25,956       5,811-26,079
        Compliance with Generic E. coli Criteria.............  .................              (\1\)              (\1\)              (\1\)              (\1\)
    IV. HACCP:                                                                                                                                              
        Plan Development.....................................  .................              3,769             27,755             35,464  .................
        Annual Plan Reassessment.............................  .................  .................                 69                448              1,179
        Initial Training.....................................  .................              1,270              8,284             18,435  .................
        Recurring Training...................................  .................                 64                542              1,877              2,799
        Recordkeeping (Recording, Reviewing and Storing Data)  .................              3,050             18,479             42,478             54,097
    V. Additional Overtime...................................  .................                189                837              1,711              2,125
                                                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Total..............................................             23,086      47,379-58,806     94,884-115,284    139,789-159,934    99,576-119,844 
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    \1\ Not Separately Estimated.                                                                                                                           
    
    
             Table 3.-- Present Value of 20-Year Costs and Benefits         
                                  [$ Billions]                              
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   Public health            
     Effectiveness in reducing pathogens in the      benefits      Industry 
           manufacturing sector (percent)        ----------------    costs  
                                                    Low    High             
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    10..........................................    0.71    2.66   0.97-1.16
    20..........................................    1.43    5.32   0.97-1.16
    30..........................................    2.14    7.98   0.97-1.16
    40..........................................    2.85   10.64   0.97-1.16
    50..........................................    3.57   13.30   0.97-1.16
    60..........................................    4.28   15.96   0.97-1.16
    70..........................................    4.99   18.61   0.97-1.16
    80..........................................    5.71   21.27   0.97-1.16
    90..........................................    6.42   23.93   0.97-1.16
    100.........................................    7.13   26.59   0.97-1.16
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Note: Analysis assumes zero benefits until year 5. All elements 
    of the HACCP-based program will be in place 42 months after 
    publication of the final rule.
    
        The public health benefits of this rule are discussed in detail in 
    Section IV. The benefits are based on reducing the risk of foodborne 
    illness due to Campylobacter jejuni/coli, Escherichia coli 0157:H7, 
    Listeria monocytogenes and Salmonella. Section IV concludes that these 
    four pathogens are the cause of 1.4 to 4.2 million cases of foodborne 
    illness per year. FSIS has estimated that 90 percent of these cases are 
    caused by contamination occurring at the manufacturing stage that can 
    be addressed by improved process control. This addressable foodborne 
    illness costs society from $0.99 to $3.69 billion, annually. The high 
    and low range occurs because of the current uncertainty in the 
    estimates of the number of cases of foodborne illness and death 
    attributable to the four pathogens. Being without the knowledge to 
    predict the effectiveness of the requirements in the rule to reduce 
    foodborne illness, the Department has calculated projected health 
    benefits for a range of effectiveness levels, where effectiveness 
    refers to the percentage of pathogens eliminated at the manufacturing 
    stage. The link between effectiveness and health benefits is the 
    proportionate reduction assumption which is explained in Section IV. 
    Because of the wide range in estimates for the cost of foodborne 
    illness, each effectiveness level will have a low and high estimate for 
    public health benefits. These estimates of public health benefits are 
    shown in Table 2, as the present value of a 20-year benefit stream.
        The analysis assumes that benefits will begin to accrue in year 
    five. The five year lag leads to conservative benefit estimates since 
    the new HACCP-based inspection program will be fully implemented in 42 
    months, and benefits should accrue during those 42 months as well as in 
    the 1\1/2\ years that follow. Limiting the benefit estimates to four 
    pathogens also leads to conservative cost estimates. To the extent that 
    the proportionate reduction estimate may overestimate benefits, these 
    other factors provide conservative balance.
        Net benefits exist for every cost and benefit combination 
    illustrated in Table 2 except for the case of 10 percent effectiveness 
    using the low benefit estimate. If the low benefit estimate is correct, 
    the new HACCP-based regulatory program would have to reduce pathogens 
    by 14 to 17 percent to cover the projected 20-year industry costs of 
    $968 to $1,156 million. For the high benefit estimate net benefits 
    begin to occur at an effectiveness level of 4 to 5 percent.
        The costs summarized in Tables 1 and 2 have not been reduced to 
    account for firms that already have existing HACCP programs. FSIS does 
    not have a good estimate of the number of such firms.
    
    C. Impact on ``Smaller'' Businesses
    
        The final rule provides regulatory flexibility for smaller firms 
    consistent with the Regulatory Flexibility Act. For the slaughter 
    facilities, the generic E. coli sampling requirements vary depending on 
    the number of birds or animals slaughtered annually. This will 
    significantly reduce the microbial
    
    [[Page 38957]]
    
    testing costs for smaller establishments which, under the proposed 
    rule, would have been required to test every species or kind they 
    slaughter every day on which slaughter of that species or kind occurs. 
    Under the final rule, the impact on smaller establishments is mitigated 
    by the change to base generic E. coli sampling requirements on annual 
    production and by a change to no longer require that every species or 
    kind be sampled. The costs to small establishments are also reduced 
    because the proposed carcass cooling and antimicrobial near term 
    requirements have been eliminated from the final rule and training 
    requirements are more flexible. The requirement to sample each variety 
    of raw ground product, which caused a heavier burden on small 
    establishments, has also been eliminated.
        The regulatory burden on small establishments is eased by the 
    provisions which extend the time small establishments have to meet the 
    HACCP system requirements. The detailed cost analysis in Section V 
    outlines the methodology used in developing cost estimates and varying 
    regulatory requirements for the purpose of regulatory flexibility for 
    small establishments.
    
    D. Effect on Retail Price
    
        The preliminary analysis included an estimate that the total four-
    year implementation costs represented only $0.0024 per pound of fresh 
    meat and poultry. This type of estimate helps put overall cost figures 
    into perspective in terms of the potential increase in food prices. A 
    large number of smaller processors responded very emotionally to the 
    low figure of $0.0024 per pound on the basis that the lack of economies 
    of scale in their businesses means their potential unit cost increases 
    would be far higher. This ``cost-per-pound'' analysis was not meant to 
    imply that the cost impact on all business would be the same. In a 
    competitive industry, the impact on overall retail price is, however, 
    an important indicator of net societal benefits. The four-year 
    implementation costs for the final rule represent $0.0011 to $0.0013 
    per pound based on 1993 production of 67.15 billion pounds (66.4 
    billion pounds federally inspected and 748 million state inspected) of 
    meat and poultry on a carcass weight basis. The annual recurring cost 
    of $99.6 to $119.8 million represents $0.0015 to $0.0018 per pound 
    based on 1993 production.
    
    E. Impact on International Trade
    
        The final rule will have an impact on countries and the 
    establishments in those countries that export meat and poultry products 
    to the United States. The inspection statutes require that imported 
    product be produced under an inspection system that is equivalent to 
    the U.S. inspection system. The equivalence of a country's system must 
    be established by the United States before product can be exported to 
    the United States. The notion of equivalence has been clarified under 
    the World Trade Organization (WTO) Agreement on Sanitary and 
    Phytosanitary measures. Under the WTO, all members have an obligation 
    to apply the principle of equivalence on importing countries. 
    Equivalence determinations are based on scientific evidence and risk 
    assessment methodologies.
        In light of the WTO emphasis on the use of science to determine 
    equivalence, a number of countries are moving toward implementation of 
    HACCP systems. The preliminary analysis noted that a large portion of 
    the eligible exporting establishments are in countries that are 
    themselves in the process of implementing HACCP and complying with 
    their own country's HACCP requirements may achieve equivalence with the 
    requirements of this rule.
        As of January 1, 1995 there were 1,395 establishments in 36 
    different countries certified to export meat or poultry products to the 
    United States. Canada (599 establishments), Denmark (125 
    establishments), Australia (111 establishments) and New Zealand (94 
    establishments) accounted for two-thirds of the 1,395 establishments. 
    These four countries were the source of 85 percent of the 2.6 billion 
    pounds of product imported during 1994. These four countries are 
    currently developing HACCP systems for their respective inspection 
    programs.
        Half (18) of the 36 countries have fewer than 10 establishments 
    approved to export products to the U.S. These 18 countries represent a 
    total of 77 establishments, 5 percent of the total. Meeting the 
    equivalency requirements may present a problem for some of these 
    countries in the near term. Their inspection programs will have to meet 
    equivalency requirements for HACCP according to the implementation 
    schedule for domestic establishments, i.e., 18 months for large 
    establishments, 30 months for small establishments and 42 months for 
    very small establishments. This schedule should lessen the burden on 
    smaller establishments.
        There are other factors that will affect the burden on foreign 
    establishments. As HACCP becomes the international norm, these 
    establishments will be required to implement changes to meet the 
    requirements of other countries implementing HACCP. Thus, their costs 
    may not be solely associated with U.S. requirements. Establishing 
    impact is further complicated because the U.S. requirements apply only 
    when they are preparing product that is to be exported to the U.S. This 
    product may represent only a small portion of total establishment 
    production.
        Upon implementation of these regulations, FSIS will review other 
    countries' meat and poultry systems to ensure that exporting countries 
    have adopted comparable measures, which would entitle them to continue 
    exporting product to the United States. As other countries improve 
    their regulations by adopting provisions comparable to those contained 
    in this rule, it is expected that U.S. exports will similarly be 
    affected, i.e., the receiving countries will be closely reviewing 
    domestic exporting establishments to assure that they are meeting the 
    requirements of the importing country.
        FSIS will continue to carry out its import inspection 
    responsibilities with a two-stage approach. The first stage is system 
    review, which consists of an evaluation of the laws, policies, and 
    administration of the inspection system in each eligible country. This 
    overall evaluation will include an assessment of the implementation of 
    HACCP supplemented by on-site reviews of individual establishments, 
    laboratories, and other facilities within the foreign system. The 
    ``equivalency'' of foreign requirements will be determined at this 
    stage.
        The second level of review involves port-of-entry inspection by 
    FSIS inspectors to verify the effectiveness of foreign inspection 
    systems. Using statistical sampling plans based on the foreign 
    establishment's history and the nature of the product, FSIS will 
    continue to give greater scrutiny to shipments posing the highest risk. 
    Products that do not meet U.S. requirements, which includes having been 
    produced under a HACCP or HACCP-equivalent system, will be refused 
    entry. FSIS has concluded that requiring HACCP systems in combination 
    with the two-stage inspection approach will better ensure the safety of 
    imported meat and poultry products.
        All countries exporting raw products to the U.S. must develop and 
    implement performance standards that are equivalent to the pathogen 
    reduction performance standards for Salmonella. They must also be able 
    to demonstrate that they have systems in place to assure
    
    [[Page 38958]]
    
    compliance with the standards. As with any other type of standard, FSIS 
    could choose to test imported product for Salmonella at port-of-entry 
    to verify the effectiveness of the foreign inspection system.
        With respect to the specific requirements for sampling generic E. 
    coli to validate control of slaughter and sanitary dressing procedures, 
    it will be necessary for all foreign countries to demonstrate that they 
    have an equivalent procedure to verify that they are controlling their 
    slaughter and sanitary dressing processes.
        There were several comments related to trade issues. Most of the 
    comments concerning the impact on exports dealt with the proposed 
    requirement for antimicrobial treatment of U.S. product. That proposed 
    requirement raised particular concerns because the European Union 
    member states and Canada restrict the use of certain antimicrobials on 
    meat and poultry carcasses. The concerns raised in the comments are no 
    longer an issue because the final rule does not require the use of 
    antimicrobials. The final rule will affect exports only if a company 
    has difficulty meeting the microbial performance criteria without using 
    an antimicrobial. One option discussed in the proposed rule was that 
    hot water would be considered to be an acceptable antimicrobial 
    treatment, and that would be acceptable to Canada and the members of 
    the European Union. The public comments also indicated that Trisodium 
    Phosphate (TSP) is approved for use in Canada and the United Kingdom 
    and is being considered by the European Union, Australia, and New 
    Zealand.
        Comments related to imports were concerned about the procedures 
    FSIS would use to determine equivalence with the new U.S. requirements. 
    As a condition of the NAFTA Treaty and the GATT Treaty, the United 
    States has agreed to allow imports from countries that have systems of 
    inspection equivalent to that of the United States. FSIS is considering 
    alternative methods for determining that a foreign country's system of 
    inspection can assure that the establishments within that system are 
    using a process control system equivalent to the HACCP-based inspection 
    system outlined in the final rule.
    
    F. Impact on Agency Costs
    
        Implementation of this rule will lead to both one-time nonrecurring 
    costs and recurring costs for FSIS. There are three categories of one-
    time nonrecurring costs: (1) Training, (2) in-establishment 
    demonstration projects, and (3) laboratory renovation. In order to 
    implement the rule, FSIS will provide training to in-establishment 
    personnel in two segments. The first training segment will cover issues 
    related to sanitation standard operating procedures and generic E. coli 
    sampling and testing requirements. The estimated costs for this 
    activity is $3.6 million in the first year of implementation. The 
    second training segment will cover issues related to the implementation 
    of HACCP and is estimated the cost $3.6 million spread over the second 
    and third year of implementation. FSIS will utilize the train-the-
    trainer approach to minimize the costs of these initiatives. FSIS is 
    also committed to working with States and industry to sponsor HACCP 
    demonstration projects for small businesses. Pursuant to implementation 
    of the HACCP rule, microbiological sampling and testing will increase 
    dramatically. In the period from 1990 to 1995, FSIS averaged 
    approximately 33,000 analyses for microbiology per year. This is 
    estimated to increase to 125,000 analyses per year after HACCP 
    implementation. In order to accommodate this increase, FSIS will 
    renovate its field laboratory facilities to expand their capacity, 
    improve ability to test for a broader range of pathogens, and purchase 
    new equipment. FSIS estimates that the planned renovation will cost 
    $1.5 million.
        By implementing this rule, FSIS will incur recurring costs 
    associated with increased microbiological testing and upgraded 
    inspector salaries. FSIS estimates that microtesting costs will 
    increase approximately $3.0 million annually. Of this amount $2.0 
    million is needed for equipment, supplies, and shipping costs to 
    conduct Salmonella testing, $0.5 million for microtesting conducted to 
    verify HACCP systems, and $0.5 million for personnel necessary to 
    handle the increased workload. Under HACCP-based inspection, FSIS 
    personnel will be required to assume greater responsbility for more 
    complex food inspection tasks. Slaughter inspectors will be required to 
    perform health and safety tasks, such as taking microbiological 
    samples, and verifying HACCP systems. Processing inspectors' roles will 
    take them out of the establishment and put them into retail and market 
    place settings to take microbiological samples, and to ensure meat and 
    poultry products are handled in a manner to that minimizes the growth 
    of pathogenic organisms. FSIS estimates that compensating inspectors 
    for assuming more complex food safety tasks will cost $1.6 million per 
    year.
    
    G. Impact on State Programs
    
        Comments stated that FSIS failed to adequately consider the cost of 
    the changes to State programs and that FSIS was increasing the resource 
    demands for State programs without providing adequate funding. The 
    preliminary analysis did not address the impact on State programs. 
    However, FSIS recognizes that the 26 States operating their own meat 
    and poultry inspection programs will likely have to substantially 
    modify their programs after the HACCP/Pathogen Reduction regulation is 
    finalized to remain ``at least equal to'' Federal inspection programs 
    as required by the FMIA and PPIA. During the regulation's 
    implementation period, FSIS will be using the Agency's State-Federal 
    Program staff to assist the States in bringing the necessary changes to 
    the State inspection programs. Although FSIS has requested some 
    additional funds to implement this rule, FSIS has also acknowledged 
    that implementation of this rule will require eliminating some tasks, 
    conducting other tasks differently and streamlining the organization in 
    order to free up resources to fully address the new requirements. FSIS 
    believes that the same type of restructuring or reprogramming will take 
    place within the State programs. This does guarantee, however, that all 
    States with inspection programs will be able to implement the necessary 
    program changes without additional funds. FSIS believes, however, that 
    with FSIS assistance and with the flexibility provided under the 
    ``equal to'' provisions, most of the States should be able to modify 
    their programs with minimal additional funding. To the extent that 
    there are any additional costs, the State inspection programs are 
    eligible to receive up to 50 percent Federal matching funds.
    
    H. Consumer Welfare Analysis
    
        It is likely that at least some of the costs of the new HACCP-based 
    regulatory program will be passed on to consumers in the form of higher 
    prices. Even if costs are fully reflected in retail prices, the impact 
    on consumers and consumption will be small. Retail costs are not 
    expected to increase more than 0.02 percent. Retail demand for meat and 
    poultry is inelastic. A likely range is -0.25 to -0.75. This suggests 
    changes in quantity demanded of less than 0.02 percent. Given that 
    annual per capita meat and poultry consumption is about 211 pounds, 
    retail weight, the impact on individual consumption will be less than 
    \1/10\th of a pound per year. In aggregate, with a high impact
    
    [[Page 38959]]
    
    scenario, consumption would decrease by about 50 million pounds. These 
    impacts may be overstated if meat and poultry producers pass some costs 
    back to livestock and poultry producers. Improved consumer confidence 
    in the safety of meat and poultry could offset price driven decreases 
    in consumption.
    
    IV. Analysis of Public Health Benefits
    
    A. Introduction
    
        This section addresses the methodology used to develop the 
    estimates for public health benefits that, for the purpose of this 
    final Regulatory Impact Assessment, have been defined as the reduction 
    in the cost of foodborne illness attributable to pathogens that 
    contaminate meat and poultry products at the manufacturing stage. This 
    section is organized around the Agency's responses to the public 
    comments related to benefits. The first part of this section addresses 
    the general comments related to risk assessment. The Agency has 
    responded to these general requirements by providing an overall summary 
    of the current state-of-the-art with respect to risk assessment for 
    foodborne pathogens. The second part of the discussion (see subsection 
    titled ``Analysis of Comments on Public Health Benefits'') addresses 
    the more specific comments on the methodology used to estimate benefits 
    in the preliminary analysis.
        Several comments suggested that FSIS has not conducted an adequate 
    risk assessment and/or should conduct a thorough risk assessment before 
    proceeding with the current rulemaking. More focused comments assert 
    that the relationship between pathogen reduction at the manufacturing 
    stage and foodborne illness reduction is unknown. Those comments 
    suggest that establishing that relationship requires a quantitative 
    risk assessment, i.e., an estimate of the probability of adverse health 
    effects (foodborne illness) given a particular level of a hazard 
    (pathogens at manufacturing stage).
        The preliminary analysis and this final RIA recognize that the 
    relationship is unknown and acknowledge that there are significant data 
    gaps regarding both likelihood and magnitude of illness and numbers of 
    foodborne pathogens. These data gaps mean that multiple assumptions 
    must be made in order to calculate the probabilities of risk, and FSIS 
    is concerned with this tremendous uncertainty. However, the agency is 
    developing quantitative assessments and believes that these will become 
    the basis on which to make future regulatory decisions. In this 
    rulemaking, FSIS estimates of the risk of foodborne disease linked to 
    specific pathogens are based upon the best judgement of nationally 
    recognized experts in infectious disease, epidemiology, microbiology, 
    and veterinary medicine. FSIS is also relying on a qualitative 
    estimation of risk as expressed in publications and summary reports 
    from the CDC, other public health agencies, and special panels, such as 
    the National Advisory Committee on Microbiological Criteria in Foods 
    and those established by the NAS. Based on this sizable body of 
    information and scientific judgement, FSIS is proceeding to develop 
    benefit estimates using the assumption that a reduction in pathogens 
    leads to a proportionate reduction in illness and death. The benefits 
    analysis could have used a more conservative relationship estimate, 
    e.g., a reduction in pathogens leads to a reduction in illness that is 
    less than proportional. However, given the current level of knowledge, 
    FSIS views the proportional assumption as most appropriate at present.
        The Department has initiatives in place that will begin to relate 
    pathogen levels at inspected establishments to incidence of human 
    illness and support quantitative risk assessment (see Section IV-D on 
    FSIS Data Initiatives). The present paucity of data to support a risk 
    model for the major foodborne pathogens causing human disease limits 
    the usefulness of quantitative risk assessment in the regulatory arena 
    of meat and poultry inspection. It is unlikely that any single 
    numerical constant will adequately describe the dose-response 
    relationships for all pathogens associated with all of the products 
    that FSIS regulates, given the complexity of possible interactions of 
    factors associated with the host, the pathogenic strain, the diet, and 
    the environment (CAST, 1994).
        The Federal Crop Insurance Reform and Department of Agriculture 
    Reorganization Act of 1994 (P.L. 103-354) now requires that for each 
    proposed major regulation (i.e. economic effects of at least $100 
    million a year and effects on human health, safety, or the environment) 
    the Department publish an analysis of the risks addressed by the 
    regulation. While this statute does not apply to this final rule, FSIS 
    is providing a qualitative estimation of risk (Tables 4 and 5) and a 
    recommendation to manage risk using HACCP in meat and poultry 
    inspection programs. Concurrently, scientists from FSIS and USDA's 
    Agricultural Research Service (ARS), Economic Research Service (ERS), 
    and modelers from academia and industry continue to develop risk models 
    which blend failure analysis, predictive microbiology, and other models 
    into the framework described by the NAS (NRC, 1983). FSIS believes this 
    approach is flexible and responsive to new data necessary to fully 
    document risks of foodborne diseases.
    
    B. FSIS Risk Assessment
    
        Following the publication of the 1985 National Academy of Sciences 
    (NAS) study on the scientific basis for meat and poultry inspection, 
    FSIS requested that the National Research Council of NAS conduct a 
    follow-up study that included the objective of developing a risk 
    assessment model for the poultry production system. The subsequent 
    report, ``Poultry Inspection: The Basis for a Risk-Assessment 
    Approach'' was published by the National Academy Press in 1987. The 
    1987 study concluded that the present system of inspection provides 
    little opportunity to detect or control the most significant health 
    risks presented by microbial agents that are pathogenic to humans. The 
    study also concluded that current databases can serve as the basis for 
    a comprehensive, quantitative risk assessment only for certain well-
    characterized chemical residues.
        The committee conducting the study also concluded that their report 
    did constitute a qualitative risk assessment that could be useful for 
    many purposes, including the evaluation of inspection strategies. That 
    assessment found: ``There is evidence linking disease in humans to the 
    presence of pathogens on chickens. For example, epidemiological studies 
    indicate that approximately 48% of Campylobacter infections are 
    attributable to chicken. Data also suggest that chicken is probably an 
    important source of salmonellosis in the United States.'' Based on 
    these and other findings, the committee recommended that FSIS ``modify 
    the existing system so that it more directly addresses public health 
    concerns.'' FSIS believes that the implementation of HACCP programs at 
    slaughter for meat and poultry is such a ``modification'' of the food 
    safety system which will address human health hazards, particularly 
    foodborne diseases.
    
    C. Risk Assessment Framework
    
        The National Research Council (1983) presented a framework for risk 
    assessment that has become a standard paradigm to organize risk 
    assessments for chemical and microbial hazards. The framework, 
    consisting of hazard identification, dose-response assessment, exposure 
    assessment, and risk characterization, is flexible and can accommodate 
    many different modeling strategies. The major distinction
    
    [[Page 38960]]
    
    between foodborne microbial risk assessments and chemical risk 
    assessments may be the additional uncertainties of microbial growth and 
    survival in food prior to consumption. Survival of pathogens present in 
    a raw food and after cooking can be modeled using predictive 
    microbiology methods. These models can also address the growth of 
    pathogens with time and temperature abuse of raw and cooked foods.
        One of the first U.S. publications on the application of predictive 
    microbiology to microbial risk assessment (Buchanan & Whiting, 1996) 
    included estimations of risk of salmonellosis for several ``what-if 
    scenarios'' as examples of potential time and temperature abuses of 
    partially cooked food. The predictive microbiology model was linked to 
    a published dose-response model for salmonellosis (Haas, 1983) to 
    calculate a risk estimate. The dose-response model was developed by 
    empirically fitting data from human feeding studies conducted at high-
    dose challenges with a number of pathogenic strains of Salmonella to 
    the ``beta poisson'' model (Haas, 1983). The authors generated risk 
    estimates for selected cooking and abuse scenarios, but recognized that 
    the risk of illness is zero when the pathogen is not present in the 
    sample even with unsafe food handling. HACCP programs at slaughter are 
    expected to affect pathogen presence and levels before potential time 
    and temperature abuses can occur. Therefore, changes at slaughter, in 
    the duration of cooking, and final storage conditions of the food exert 
    a tremendous impact upon the model outcomes.
        An unpublished draft risk model is in development as a research 
    endeavor by Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada and Health Canada. A 
    variety of modeling approaches were organized within the 1983 NRC 
    framework to estimate risk of human illness from E. coli 0157:H7 in 
    ground beef. The draft risk model includes many stochastic variables to 
    account for the variability and uncertainty associated with the inputs 
    and assumptions of the model. The authors are developing the model to 
    identify current limitations to the construction of quantitative models 
    which accurately describe the risk of foodborne disease along the farm 
    to fork continuum.
        These recent quantitative risk assessment efforts are an 
    encouraging beginning and serve to illustrate the tremendous 
    uncertainties created by insufficient data describing processes 
    throughout the farm to table continuum that contribute to risk. 
    Additional uncertainties surround assumptions based on epidemiologic 
    data for human illness. For example, recent data in the U.S. indicates 
    a growing number of outbreaks of E. coli 0157:H7 disease linked to 
    sources other than ground beef. The ecology of the organism on the 
    farm, in the bovine gastrointestinal tract, and in irrigation, 
    recreational, and drinking waters is largely unknown. Additionally, the 
    primary sources of E. coli 0157:H7 causing sporadic disease may remain 
    undercooked hamburger and may differ from vehicles causing outbreaks, 
    as has been documented for Campylobacter (CDC, 1988). Outbreaks of 
    campylobacteriosis have been caused primarily by unpasteurized milk and 
    contaminated water, yet the overwhelming majority of infections are 
    sporadic and have been linked to undercooked chicken. Control 
    strategies to reduce both outbreak and sporadic case numbers for both 
    of these pathogens may require greater understanding of vehicles of 
    disease and more information than is currently available.
        FSIS concludes that risk models for foodborne illnesses are 
    necessarily based largely on assumptions because scientific data 
    describing key foodborne disease processes have not been developed. The 
    models are extremely useful to identify basic research needs that might 
    reduce the uncertainty associated with the inputs and assumptions of 
    the models. The agency is proposing initiatives to generate data which 
    may reduce uncertainties associated with modeling the risk of foodborne 
    diseases. However, application of microbial risk assessment models to 
    regulatory decision-making appears premature at this time. The 
    following is a summary of the availability and limitations of data 
    supporting risk assessment for foodborne pathogens:
    1. Hazard Identification
        The Agency selected from the pathogens listed in Tables 4 and 5 the 
    three most common enteric pathogens of animal origin: Campylobacter 
    jejuni/coli, E. coli 0157:H7, Salmonella and one environmental pathogen 
    Listeria monocytogenes for consideration in risk assessment. FSIS 
    believes that these four pathogens may contaminate meat and poultry 
    food vehicles at slaughter and can be reduced through improved process 
    control in the manufacturing sector. Available data on estimated human 
    disease incidence are summarized in Table 4. Data on human disease 
    attributable to proven as well as epidemiologically linked pathogens 
    and food vehicles are presented in Table 5. Additional and more precise 
    information for this section regarding estimated national disease 
    incidence and disease severity and duration is expected on these 
    pathogens from the sentinel site surveillance initiative.
    2. Exposure Assessment
        Rarely can actual exposure to a specific strain of foodborne 
    pathogen be quantified with certainty in foodborne disease outbreaks. 
    Microbes in food are known to be non-homogeneously distributed, 
    imposing additional uncertainty due to sampling error upon the 
    analytical variability of the methods for detection and quantification 
    of microbes in foods. The outbreak strain may or may not be detected in 
    the feces of diarrheal cases or in leftovers or companion samples from 
    suspected lots. The levels detected in leftovers or companion samples 
    from the same lot of food may or may not be representative of the 
    serving that was prepared and consumed since the microbial numbers vary 
    with time and temperature conditions and the initial microbial 
    populations. The amount of the serving consumed may not be known.
        The FSIS baseline studies provide data on occurrence of pathogens 
    (likelihood) and levels (magnitude) in uncooked meat and poultry 
    products at slaughter and raw ground processing. Data for likelihood 
    and magnitude of pathogens in the distribution, preparation, and 
    consumption phases of the farm-to-fork continuum of food production are 
    sparse. Predictive microbiology models may be the most cost-effective 
    method to deduce possible exposure scenarios in meat and poultry beyond 
    the slaughter phase that may result in foodborne illness. The 
    likelihood that the selected scenarios of improper cooking and abuse 
    actually occur among U.S. consumers may not be measurable, but the 
    scenarios may be useful in modification of behaviors that pose 
    increased risk to consumers.
    3. Dose-Response Assessment
        The relationship between the dose of a pathogen and response in the 
    host, when known, can vary greatly for foodborne pathogens. Human 
    feeding studies with foodborne pathogens were largely conducted several 
    decades ago with small numbers of healthy adult males. One study 
    reported both ill and asymptomatic volunteers who had consumed up to 
    1,000,000,000 pathogenic Salmonella. Outbreak data for other Salmonella 
    serotypes in food vehicles suggest a range of infective doses from one 
    cell to 1,000,000,000,000 cells (Blaser & Newman, 1982). Fatty food 
    vehicles, including some meat and
    
    [[Page 38961]]
    
    poultry products, are thought to protect enteropathogens from stomach 
    acids and digestive enzymes that might otherwise reduce the dose to the 
    intestinal tract and reduce the likelihood of disease. The effects of 
    competition of the pathogen with the large indigenous microbial 
    populations in food (ICMSF, 1980) and in the human gastrointestinal 
    tract (Rolfe, 1991) may reduce the likelihood and/or the severity of 
    foodborne disease.
        Even carefully controlled volunteer feeding experiments at doses up 
    to one billion organisms per volunteer have shown variability in the 
    infectious dose of one pathogen for individuals within a group of 
    seemingly healthy, young adults. Extrapolation of empirical models of 
    effects at high doses to low doses typical of properly handled food may 
    or may not be appropriate. The dose-response curve for healthy adult 
    males may not be useful in estimating dose-response relationships for 
    the general population or sensitive sub-populations. The data available 
    from human feeding studies were generated from very few species and 
    strains of bacterial pathogens, excluding E. coli 0157:H7. Dose-
    response modeling is crucial to microbial and chemical risk 
    assessments. FSIS believes that application of dose-response models in 
    food safety regulation requires careful examination of the validity of 
    the assumptions and inputs of the model and of the plausibility of the 
    model as a descriptor of foodborne disease processes.
    4. Risk Characterization
        The integration of exposure and dose-response models is expected in 
    risk characterization, along with sensitivity and uncertainty analyses 
    (Burmaster & Anderson, 1995) for the risk model. Perhaps of greater 
    significance than the numerical estimate of risk is the uncertainty 
    associated with the estimate. A fully developed risk characterization 
    would include risk estimates and sensitivity/uncertainty analyses for 
    alternative models and assumptions. FSIS is collaborating with 
    scientists in academia, the Agricultural Research Service, the Animal & 
    Plant Health Inspection Service, the Economic Research Service, and the 
    Office of Risk Assessment and Cost Benefit Analysis to develop and 
    validate a risk assessment model for a single pathogen in a single meat 
    product. This model may be modified for other specific pathogens of 
    concern. The expectation of a generic model for all foodborne disease 
    agents in all products does not appear promising based on differences 
    in pathogenesis of bacterial species and strains and in human 
    sensitivity and pathology.
        FSIS continues to evaluate new information on foodborne pathogens 
    and on risk assessment methods and tools in accordance with the FSIS 
    public health mission. The NAS Report, the CAST Report and the 1995 
    Conference recognize HACCP as a system to reduce the likelihood of 
    foodborne illness. The CAST Task Force also concluded that ``the 
    efficacy of a HACCP system depends on the rigor and consistency with 
    which it is designed and implemented and the use of (a) critical 
    control point(s) that will control pathogens.''
    
    D. FSIS Data Initiatives
    
         The 1994 report, ``Foodborne Pathogens: Risks and Consequences, 
    CAST Task Force Report No. 122, September 1994'' concluded that ``a 
    comprehensive system of assessing the risks of human illness from 
    microbial pathogens in the food supply has yet to be devised.'' They 
    cited the limitations of the current food safety information database 
    and the difficulty in accumulating dose response and minimum infective 
    dose data. A recent multidisciplinary conference, ``Tracking Foodborne 
    Pathogens from Farm-to-Table, Data Needs to Evaluate Control Options'', 
    carefully reviewed current databases and confirmed limitations outlined 
    in the CAST Task Force report.
        FSIS has established initiatives to improve the quality and 
    quantity of data in two major areas. First, FSIS is working with the 
    Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and the Centers for Disease Control 
    and Prevention (CDC) to establish an active sentinel site surveillance 
    system for the major causes of foodborne illness. This project is 
    designed to accumulate data on the incidence of foodborne illness by 
    pathogen and by food.
        Second, the Agency has been developing baseline data for pathogen 
    levels on major food animal species at the time of slaughter. The 
    baseline data will allow the Agency to detect changes in the overall 
    nation-wide pathogen levels. The National Baseline program was 
    initiated in 1992 to provide information on the type and level of 
    microbiological contamination on raw products under Federal inspection. 
    Each sample collected is analyzed for nine microorganisms or groups of 
    organisms. Microbiological baseline data are now available for steers 
    and heifers, cows and bulls, and broiler chickens.
        If sufficient data on both pathogen levels and foodborne disease 
    epidemiology result from current and future initiatives, FSIS should be 
    able to develop models showing how these two variables are related for 
    different pathogens. These models should then permit/facilitate a 
    quantitative estimate of risk. Such data are essential for FSIS to 
    evaluate the effect of control measures on both pathogens levels and on 
    foodborne illness.
    
    E. ARS Food Safety Research Program
    
        The Agricultural Research Service (ARS) administers a food safety 
    research program that is currently funded at approximately $45 million 
    per year. This program addresses problems in four different areas; 
    pathogen reduction, mycotoxins, residues, and natural toxins. The 
    reduction of microbial pathogens in food products of animal origin is 
    the most pressing food safety problem today. Consequently, the pathogen 
    reduction component is the largest of the four areas and is currently 
    funded at $18.2 million annually. The ARS research in pathogen 
    reduction addresses both preharvest and animal production, and post 
    harvest problem areas, with approximately equal funding for each.
        Ongoing ARS research will help FSIS improve its capability for 
    performing quantitative risk assessment in the area of foodborne 
    pathogens or improve the ability to predict the effectiveness of new 
    pathogen reduction technologies. Ongoing projects include the modeling 
    of bacterial growth or thermal death times which will help set 
    standards for meat and poultry products. Ongoing projects will also 
    provide new laboratory screening or confirmatory methods. Other 
    projects provide and/or evaluate technology and management methods 
    which can help producers achieve lower contamination levels in animals 
    presented for slaughter, such as vaccines or competitive bacterial 
    cultures to prevent pathogens in live animals. There are also 
    technology and management methods for use in slaughter and processing 
    establishments, such as, organic acids for use in carcass sanitation, 
    improvements to the feather picking operation for poultry, washing of 
    trailers to reduce microbiological contamination, and establishment of 
    guidelines on the microbiological safety of recycling cooling solutions 
    for ready-to-cook meat and poultry products. In many cases the research 
    may provide the scientific basis for developing and improving 
    technology, for example, the nature of bacterial attachment to various 
    meat surfaces.
        FSIS can and does forward very specific research requests to ARS. 
    In preparation for this final rule, FSIS requested that ARS compare the 
    results
    
    [[Page 38962]]
    
    from different microbial sample collection techniques, sponging versus 
    excision at one versus three carcass sites. These studies are currently 
    being conducted on both cow/bull and market hog carcasses. There are 
    other specific ARS projects that will help provide the scientific basis 
    for HACCP through risk assessment, predictive microbiology, and 
    pathogen reduction interventions for several different bacterial 
    pathogens which must be controlled to assure the safety of meat and 
    poultry.
        These projects include: (1) Development of models to predict the 
    growth rates, survival times, and thermal death rates for microbial 
    pathogens potentially present in foods, including meat and meat 
    products. (Microbiological modeling is time consuming and expensive 
    because it requires that the data be quantified, that is, that numbers 
    of bacteria are obtained, rather just the knowledge of the presence or 
    absence of a pathogen under the conditions of the test.) The 
    microorganisms being studied include E. coli O157:H7, Listeria 
    monocytogenes, and Salmonella. These models are written into personal 
    computer software that gives FSIS a readily useable tool to help 
    evaluate proposed meat processes and assess out-of-process events. 
    Refining predictive models has the goal of linking an entire process 
    from raw ingredients to distribution of finished product. A specific 
    project is to model the survival of E. coli O157:H7 during the 
    manufacture of uncooked, fermented meat products. Using the information 
    obtained, ARS will closely collaborate with other USDA agencies to 
    develop strategies for risk reduction using the various processing 
    techniques, and to create risk assessment models.
        (2) Modeling studies to predict the thermal inactivation of spore-
    forming and non-spore-forming bacterial pathogens of both cooked and 
    ready-to-eat products. These studies will be extended to the cooling of 
    these products to ensure that there is no potential for growth of 
    Clostridium botulinum and C. perfringens.
        (3) Determination of the long-term effects (21 days of storage at 
    refrigerated temperatures) of organic acid treatment of red meat on 
    some key pathogens (E. coli O157:H7, Listeria, and Clostridium), as 
    well as on spoilage bacteria (mesophilic aerobes, lactic acid bacteria, 
    and pseudomonads).
        (4) Delineation of the parameters affecting the antibacterial 
    activity of organic acids. These include tissue type (pre-rigor, post-
    rigor, frozen post rigor), inoculum type (pure culture or inoculated 
    feces), inoculum level and the temperature of spray wash at meat 
    surface. These results should clarify inconsistent reports on 
    antibacterial activity of organic acids and also define optimum 
    conditions to maximize the antibacterial activity of organic acids.
        (5) The correlation of the Campylobacter levels in broilers from 
    the chill tank with their Campylobacter levels during production.
    
    F. Analysis of Comments on Public Health Benefits
    
        There were many comments on the methodology used to estimate public 
    health benefits in the preliminary analysis. This methodology used a 
    series of estimates or assumptions based on incomplete data related to 
    the six following areas:
         Incidence of foodborne illness
         Cost of foodborne illness
         Percentage of foodborne illness and cost of foodborne 
    illness attributable to meat and poultry products
         Pathogens addressed by the rule
         Effectiveness of rule in reducing pathogens
         Estimated reduction in cost of foodborne illness related 
    to reduction of pathogens
        To facilitate discussion of the issues raised in comments, the 
    issues are addressed organized by these six areas.
    1. Incidence of Foodborne Illness
        Table 4 presents the most recent estimates on the incidence of 
    illness and death for selected pathogens along with the latest 
    estimates on the percentage of illness and death which is foodborne. As 
    discussed in the preliminary RIA, Table 4 includes the ``best 
    estimates'' when precise data are not available. Many of these 
    estimates are based on the landmark CDC study by Bennett, Holmberg, 
    Rogers, and Solomon, published in 1987, which used CDC surveillance and 
    outbreak data, published reports, and expert opinion to estimate the 
    overall incidence and case- fatality ratio for all infectious and 
    parasitic diseases. Estimates on the foodborne percentage of illness 
    and death for bacteria in Table 4 are all based on CDC data. The 
    resulting estimates for the number of foodborne cases and deaths are 
    presented in the second and third columns of Table 5.
        The benefits for the preliminary analysis and this final RIA are 
    calculated for the three most common enteric pathogens of animal 
    origin: Campylobacter jejuni/coli, E. coli O157:H7, Salmonella and one 
    environmental pathogen Listeria monocytogenes. FSIS believes that these 
    four pathogens can be reduced through improved process control in the 
    manufacturing sector.
        Although Clostridium perfringens and Staphylococcus aureus also 
    cause a significant number of foodborne illnesses, they are not 
    included in the benefits analysis because it is not clear that the 
    HACCP-based regulatory program, which focuses on federally inspected 
    processing, will significantly affect the incidence of disease caused 
    by these organisms. Staphylococcus aureus usually enters the food chain 
    through food handlers in restaurants and other commercial kitchens. 
    Although C. perfringens may enter the food chain through the slaughter 
    process, it is so ubiquitous in the environment that FSIS will not 
    assume that controls at slaughter will be effective against this 
    pathogen.
        One commenter questioned why the Agency has not addressed the 
    public health problem of toxoplasmosis given the Table 5 estimate of 
    $2.7 billion in annual costs. FSIS believes that while process control 
    may help decrease the spread of cysts during boning and cutting 
    operations, most of the Toxoplasma gondi cysts are internal to 
    infective muscle tissues and are not addressable by process control. 
    Therefore, FSIS is making the more conservative assumption to exclude 
    this pathogen in the benefits estimate of disease averted.
        Many comments suggested that the large range in the illness 
    incidence estimates demonstrates that there are insufficient data on 
    which to base a new regulatory program. Historically, the lack of 
    quantitative data on benefits and specific health risks have meant that 
    health and safety regulations have required decisionmaking under 
    uncertainty and have required the decisionmaker to balance the need to 
    act with the need for additional or improved data. Compared to such 
    issues as whether a chemical is a potential human carcinogen or whether 
    low levels of air pollutants cause adverse health effects, the health 
    effects of enteric pathogens are relatively well documented. If the 
    pathogens enter the food supply, they do, under certain conditions, 
    cause foodborne illness. If their presence can be prevented, no amount 
    of temperature abuse, mishandling or undercooking can lead to foodborne 
    illness.
        The Agency believes that the existing estimates on foodborne 
    illness are adequate to conclude that a substantial and intolerable 
    public health problem exists. Furthermore, existing estimates are 
    appropriate for developing estimates on the cost of foodborne illness 
    attributable to meat and poultry. The
    
    [[Page 38963]]
    
    Agency notes that similar estimates on the incidence of foodborne 
    illness have been published by scientists from ERS in peer-reviewed 
    journal articles (see footnotes to Table 5) and by the 1994 CAST Task 
    Force.
        The above statement that Table 4 includes the most recent estimates 
    of the incidence of illness and death requires further explanation in 
    the case of Listeria monocytogenes. The estimates of 1,795-1,860 cases 
    of listeriosis and 445-510 deaths are the ones used in the latest cost 
    of illness study conducted by ERS. ERS is in the process of publishing 
    a comprehensive documentation for the estimates of cost of illness for 
    1993. In their draft document they acknowledge that the estimate for 
    listeriosis cases originates from an extrapolation to the U.S. 
    population of incidence data from a CDC-conducted surveillance study of 
    six geographic regions in 1986 and 1987 (Gellin et al. 1987). They also 
    note that (Tappero et al. 1995) found that the incidence of listeriosis 
    has decreased since the 1960's and that projections from the 
    surveillance data suggest that there were 1,092 listeriosis cases and 
    248 deaths in 1993. ERS did not modify their cost of illness estimates 
    because Tappero et al., was published after their analysis was 
    concluded.
        FSIS considered modifying the cost of illness estimates for this 
    final analysis but decided to use the estimates in Tables 4 and 5 
    because (1) They are the figures that will appear in the upcoming ERS 
    publication and, (2) updating the listeriosis estimates would have 
    minimal impact on the overall cost of illness estimates. Considering 
    the overall range and uncertainties involved in the cost of illness 
    estimates, the change in listeriosis estimates has negligible impact on 
    the regulatory analysis information conveyed through the potential 
    benefits estimate.
        The Agency also recognizes that in using the 1993 estimates for 
    incidence of foodborne illness, the benefits analysis has not accounted 
    for possible reductions in foodborne illness attributable to the rule 
    that mandated safe handling statements on labeling of raw meat and 
    poultry products. The rule mandating safe handling instructions became 
    effective on May 27, 1994. Thus, it can be argued that the incidence of 
    foodborne illness for 1994 through the present should reflect the 
    effectiveness of the 1994 labeling requirement in reducing the 
    incidence of illness.
        FSIS is not aware of any quantitative evaluation of the 
    effectiveness of safe handling labeling. Two recent surveys indicate a 
    high level of awareness, but these surveys do not contain findings that 
    can be translated into changes in consumer behavior. A recent 
    Associated Press poll found that 9 in 10 Americans say they follow the 
    safe-handling instructions. This poll, conducted in April 1996, 
    included 1,019 randomly selected adults. This was a telephone survey 
    conducted by ICR Survey Research Group. A November 1995 survey 
    conducted by Wegman Food Markets in Buffalo, Rochester, and Syracuse 
    found that 67.9 percent of respondents indicated they had read the safe 
    handling information. The Wegman's survey found that most household 
    meat preparers rely on color of meat or clarity of juices rather than 
    temperature to determine when meat has been cooked thoroughly.
        In this analysis, FSIS has not attempted to adjust the 1993 
    baseline to account for safe handling labeling. The potential effect of 
    the 1994 regulation is one of many factors that could be affecting the 
    current incidence or cost of illness. A May 1996 GAO study on foodborne 
    illness notes that food safety and public health officials believe that 
    the risk of foodborne illness is increasing. If they are correct, the 
    1994 labeling rule may be slowing the growth rather than reducing the 
    absolute level.
        There are many other factors that could have been incorporated into 
    the baseline for the analysis such as population growth and increases 
    in the cost of medical care. FSIS believes that attempts to adjust the 
    cost of illness baseline to account for factors such as inflation, 
    possible increases in foodborne illness due to behavior change or 
    population increases, and possible decreases due to inventions such as 
    safe handling labels are more likely to be misleading than informative 
    given the level of uncertainly and wide range in existing estimates.
    2. Cost of Foodborne Illness
        The fourth column of Table 5 shows that the 1993 estimated cost of 
    foodborne illness by pathogen or parasite was between $5.6 and $9.4 
    billion. These cost of illness estimates have been developed by ERS in 
    conjunction with CDC over the past 15 years. As indicated in footnotes 
    to Table 5, the results of that work have been frequently published in 
    peer-reviewed journals.
        There were only a few public comments on the proposed rule which 
    addressed the methodology used for estimating the cost of foodborne 
    illness. Some comments argued that the public health benefit estimates 
    are low because of the low value-of-life factor used in the estimates 
    for the cost of foodborne illness.
        ERS intentionally used a conservative method to estimate the value 
    of a statistical life (VOSL) acknowledging the controversy over valuing 
    lives. ERS used Landefeld and Seskin's VOSL estimates and recognizes 
    that the cost of illness estimates would be substantially higher if 
    they used alternative methods. For example, Viscusi (1993) summarized 
    the results of 24 principal labor market studies and found that the 
    majority of the VOSL estimates lie between $3 million and $7 million 
    per life. A survey of the wage-risk premium literature on the 
    willingness to pay to prevent death concluded that reasonably 
    consistent estimates of the value of a statistical life range from $1.6 
    million to $6.5 million dollars (1986 dollars) (Fisher et al. 1989). 
    Updated to 1993 dollars using the change in average weekly earnings, 
    Viscusi's range becomes $3.2 million to $7.6 million per VOSL and 
    Fisher's range becomes $2.0 million to $10.4 million dollars for each 
    statistical-life lost. Viscusi and the Fisher estimates are greater 
    than the highest Landefeld-Seskin (LS) VOSL estimate of $1,584,605 in 
    1993 dollars (estimate for a 22 year old).
    
                                                     Table 4.--Sources of Data for Selected Pathogens, 1993                                                 
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Estimated                                                                                   
                 Pathogen                Estimated number of    number of       Source(s) for case and death       Percent                Source            
                                                cases            deaths                   estimates               foodborne                                 
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Bacteria:                                                                                                                                               
        Campylobacter jejuni or coli..   2,500,000            200-730       Tauxe...............................   55-70     Tauxe et al.                   
        Clostridium perfringens.......      10,000               100        Bennett et al.......................     100     Bennett et al.                 
        Escherichia coli O157:H7......  10,000-20,000         200-500       AGA Conference......................      80     AGA Conf./CDC.                 
        Listeria monocytogenes........  1,795-1,860           445-510       Roberts and Pinner..................   85-95     Schuchat.                      
    
    [[Page 38964]]
    
                                                                                                                                                            
        Salmonella....................  800,000-4,000,000     800-4,000     Helmick et al./Bennett et al.          87-96     Bennett et al./Tauxe & Blake.  
        Staphylococcus aureus.........   8,900,000             7,120        Bennett et al.......................      17     Bennett et al                  
    Parasite:                                                                                                                                               
        Toxoplasma gondii.............       4,111                82        Roberts et al.......................      50     Roberts et al.                 
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Sources: American Gastroenterological Association Consensus Conference on E. coli O157:H7, Washington, DC, July 11-13, 1994. Bennett, J.V., S.D.        
      Holmberg, M.F. Rogers, and S.L. Solomon. 1987. ``Infectious and Parasitic Diseases,'' In R.W. Amler and H.B. Dull (Eds.) Closing the Gap: The Burden  
      of Unnecessary Illness.  Oxford University Press, New York. Helmick, C.G., P.M. Griffin, D.G. Addiss, R.V. Tauxe, and D.D. Juranek. 1994. ``Infectious
      Diarrheas.'' In: Everheart, JE, ed. Digestive Diseases in the United States: Epidemiology and Impact. USDHHS, NIH, NIDDKD, NIH Pub. No. 94-1447, pp.  
      85-123, Wash, DC: USGPO.                                                                                                                              
    Roberts, T., K.D. Murrell, and S. Marks. 1994. ``Economic Losses Caused by Foodborne Parasitic Diseases,'' Parasitology Today. vol. 10, no. 11: 419-423.
                                                                                                                                                            
    Schuchat, Anne, CDC, personal communication with T. Roberts at the FDA Science Forum on Regulatory Sciences, Washington, DC, September 29, 1994.        
    Tauxe, R.V., ``Epidemiology of Campylobacter jejuni infections in the United States and other Industrialized Nations.'' In Nachamkin, Blaser, Tompkins, 
      ed. Campylobacter jejuni: Current Status and Future Trends, 1994, chapter 2, pages 9-19. Tauxe, R.V. and P.A. Blake, 1992. ``Salmonellosis'' Chap. 12.
      In: Public Health & Preventative Medicine, 13th ed. (Eds: Last JM: Wallace RB; Barrett-Conner E) Appleton & Lange, Norwalk, Connecticut, 266-268.     
    Tauxe, R.V., N. Hargrett-Bean, C.M. Patton, and I.K. Wachsmuth. 1988. ``Campylobacter Isolates in the United States, 1982-1986,'' Morbidity and         
      Mortality Weekly Report, vol 31, no. SS-2: pages 1-14.                                                                                                
    
    
    
                                Table 5.--Medical Costs and Productivity Losses Estimated for Selected Foodborne Pathogens, 1993                            
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Foodborne illness                   Percent      Meat/poultry related        Total 
                                                                  ------------------------------  Foodborne    from  ------------------------------  costs *
                               Pathogen                                                            * costs    meat/                                   meat/ 
                                                                     Est. No. of     Est. No.      (bil $)   poultry    Est. No. of     Est. No.     poultry
                                                                        cases         deaths                   (%)         cases         deaths      (bil $)
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Bacteria:                                                                                                                                               
        Campylobacter jejuni or coli.............................  1,375,000-1,75                                                                           
                                                                            0,000  110-511       0.6-1.0       75     1,031,250-1,31                        
                                                                                                                               2,500  83-383        0.5-0.8 
        Clostridium perfringens **...............................          10,000     100          0.1         50              5,000      50         0.1    
        Escherichia coli 0157:H7.................................    8,000-16,000  160-400       0.2-0.6       75       6,000-12,000  120-300       0.2-0.5 
        Listeria monocytogenes...................................     1,526-1,767  378-485       0.2-0.3       50            763-884  189-243       0.1-0.2 
        Salmonella...............................................  696,000-3,840,                                                                           
                                                                              000  696-3,840     0.6-3.5     50-75    348,000-2,880,                        
                                                                                                                                 000  348-2,880     0.3-2.6 
        Staphylococcus aureus **.................................       1,513,000   1,210          1.2         50            756,500     605         0.6    
                                                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Subtotal.............................................  3,603,526-7,13                                                                           
                                                                            0,767  2,654-6,546   2.9-6.7      N/A     2,147,513-4,96                        
                                                                                                                               6,884  1,395-4,461   1.8-4.8 
                                                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Parasite:                                                                                                                                               
        Toxoplasma gondii........................................           2,056      41          2.7        100              2,056      41         2.7    
                                                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Total................................................  3,605,582-7,13                                                                           
                                                                            2,823  2,695-6,587   5.6-9.4      N/A     2,149,569-4,96                        
                                                                                                                               8,940  1,436-4,502   4.5-7.5 
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Source: ERS, 1993                                                                                                                                       
    * Column rounded to one decimal place.                                                                                                                  
    ** Roberts' rough approximation of costs in ``Human Illness Costs of Foodborne Bacteria'', Amer. J. of Agricultural Economics, vol. 71, no. 2 (May 1989)
      pp. 468-474 were updated to 1993 dollars using the Consumer Price Index (all items, annual average). Cost estimates for other pathogens are more      
      detailed, see the following for a discussion of the methodology:                                                                                      
    listeriosis--Roberts, Tanya and Robert Pinner, ``Economic Impact of Disease Caused by Listeria monocytogenes'' in Foodborne Listeriosis ed. by A.J.     
      Miller, J.L. Smith, and G.A. Somkuti. Elsevier Science: Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 1990, pp. 137-149,                                                
    E. coli O157:H7--Roberts, T. and Marks, S., ``E. coli O157:H7 Ranks as the Fourth Most Costly Foodborne Disease,'' FoodReview, USDA/ERS, Sept-Dec 1993, 
      pp. 51-59.                                                                                                                                            
    salmonellosis--Roberts, Tanya, ``Salmonellosis Control: Estimated Economic Costs,'' Poultry Science. Vol. 67 (June 1988) pp. 936-943,                   
    campylobacteriosis--Morrison, Rosanna Mentzer, Tanya Roberts, and Lawrence Witucki, ``Irradiation of U.S. Poultry--Benefits, Costs, and Export          
      Potential, FoodReview, Vol. 15, No. 3, October-December 1992, pp. 16-21, congenital toxoplasmosis--Roberts, T., K.D. Murrell, and S. Marks. 1944.     
      ``Economic Losses Caused by Foodborne Parasitic Diseases,'' Parasitology Today. vol. 10, no. 11: 419-423; and Roberts, Tanya and J.K. Frenkel,        
      ``Estimating Income Losses and Other Preventable Costs Caused by Congenital Toxoplasmosis in People in the United States,'' J. of the Amer. Veterinary
      Medical Assoc., vol. 196, no. 2 (January 15, 1990) pages 249-256.                                                                                     
    N/A indicates item is not-applicable.                                                                                                                   
    
        ERS is currently working on a sensitivity analysis for their cost 
    of illness estimates for foodborne illness. The sensitivity analysis 
    replaces the LS VOSL estimates with estimates found in the literature 
    on wage-risk studies. Preliminary findings show that the estimates of 
    the total cost of foodborne illness will increase greatly when these 
    higher VOSL estimates are used.
        FSIS considers that the existing conservative estimates are 
    appropriate considering the controversy and uncertainty. The 
    conservative estimates are more than sufficient to justify the
    
    [[Page 38965]]
    
    final rule implementing a new HACCP-based regulatory program for meat 
    and poultry. This final RIA uses the cost of illness estimates shown in 
    Table 5.
        Another comment stated that the cost of illness estimates are low 
    because they do not account for increases in productivity. In response, 
    the Agency notes that ERS used Landefeld and Seskin's estimates for the 
    value of a statistical life, and those estimates do include an 
    estimated 1% annual increase in productivity.
        One commenter suggested that a methodology based on earning power 
    may overestimate the value of life where many deaths from foodborne 
    illness are the very elderly, the immunocompromised and the terminally 
    ill. This commenter also noted that while all deaths are tragic, from a 
    strictly economic standpoint many of these tragic cases have little or 
    no productivity left and in fact are utilizing resources at the rate of 
    $3,000 to $12,000 or more dollars per month of maintenance.
        The cost of illness methodology used by ERS does account for the 
    fact that older individuals have lower remaining earning power than 
    younger individuals. This difference was taken into account when 
    estimating the costs of lost productivity for salmonellosis patients. 
    Different Landefeld and Seskin estimates of the values of statistical 
    life were used for the different age categories. The methodology used 
    U.S. death certificate data to estimate that the average age for 
    patients who die from salmonellosis is over 65 years. The concept of a 
    statistical value of life accounts for the fact that older individuals 
    may continue to work or be retired or be patients under long term 
    health care.
    3. Percentage of Foodborne Illness and Cost of Foodborne Illness 
    Attributable to Meat and Poultry
        The fifth column of Table 5 includes estimates on the percentage of 
    foodborne illness attributable to meat and poultry products. A separate 
    estimate has been developed for each pathogen. These estimates are 
    based on outbreak data reported under the CDC Foodborne Disease 
    Outbreak Surveillance System and on data from community-based and other 
    epidemiologic studies. Major data sources are cited in the preamble to 
    the final rule. An assumption is made in this analysis that the source 
    of foodborne pathogens, i.e., meat and poultry versus dairy products, 
    seafood, vegetable, etc., has no effect on the cost of illness. The 
    Department is not aware of any data indicating that the severity of 
    foodborne illness cases varies by source of pathogens.
        Comments noted that the Department had increased the percentage of 
    foodborne illness attributable to meat and poultry from the earlier 
    rulemaking for safe handling labels. One commenter stated that the 
    Department has not revealed any new information which would support 
    such an increase.
        At this time, data on incidence of foodborne illnesses and the 
    percentage of cases attributable to different food items are limited. 
    Estimates by pathogen have been made by experts at CDC and USDA, based 
    on a variety of studies. However, these are, indeed, estimates: FSIS 
    does not have exact numbers. The estimates in the 1993 Federal Register 
    document were relatively crude, assuming that 100% of Campylobacter and 
    E. coli O157:H7 cases, 96% of Salmonella cases, and 85% of Listeria 
    cases were foodborne, and that, for all bacterial pathogens, a flat 50% 
    of foodborne cases were attributable to meat and poultry. The 1995 
    document looked at the numbers in a somewhat more sophisticated way, 
    evaluating each pathogen individually and, where appropriate, giving 
    ranges for, first, percentage of cases which were foodborne, and, 
    secondly, percentage of cases which were attributable to meat and 
    poultry. Nonetheless, when all of the various percentages are 
    multiplied out, estimates of total cases attributable to meat and 
    poultry were remarkably similar, as shown below in Table 6.
    
                       Table 6.--Percentage of Foodborne Illness Attributable to Meat and Poultry                   
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   Percentage   Percentage                                          
                                                    of total     of total                                           
                                                     cases         cases                                            
                                                   attributed   attributed    Estimated total      Estimated total  
                      Pathogen                    to meat and   to meat and     cases, 1993          cases, 1995    
                                                   poultry a     poultry,                                           
                                                      1993         1995                                             
                                                   (percent)     (percent)                                          
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Campylobacter...............................           50      41-53      1,050,000         1,031,250-1,312,500 
    Salmonella..................................           48      43-72        921,600         348,000-2,880,000   
    E. coli O157:H7.............................           50         60     3,834-10,22        46,000-12,000       
    Listeria....................................           43      43-48        649-672           763-884           
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    a Reflects percentage of foodborne multiplied by percentage attributable to meat and poultry.                   
    
        Most other comments related to the estimates on the percentage of 
    foodborne illness attributable to poultry. Comments questioned the high 
    incidence of poultry-related foodborne illness when even, as a 
    commenter asserted, public health authorities tell consumers that the 
    problem with poultry meat is not due to consumption because poultry is 
    cooked. Comments questioned whether cross-contamination in the kitchens 
    could possibly generate such high levels of foodborne illness. Related 
    comments suggested that if cross-contamination was such a serious 
    problem, the data would show more outbreaks and fewer single cases. 
    Other comments suggested that the cost of salmonellosis attributed to 
    poultry was high because of the high incidence of Salmonella 
    enteritidis in eggs and requested that the Agency exclude any foodborne 
    illness costs associated with eggs, because those issues are outside 
    the scope of this rulemaking. Another comment cited an Australian 
    finding that the Campylobacter strains that infect chickens are not the 
    strains that primarily infect humans.
        The Department agrees that undercooked poultry is not a primary 
    cause of foodborne illness. The preamble to the proposal stated that 
    the majority of salmonellosis results from cross-contamination. The 
    best available estimates for foodborne illness do suggest that a high 
    incidence of illness is attributable to cross-contamination in 
    kitchens--both household kitchens and food-service establishments.
        The comment suggesting that cross-contamination would have led to 
    more outbreaks makes sense, if the available estimates on incidence 
    were heavily
    
    [[Page 38966]]
    
    based on outbreak data. However, as mentioned in the proposal, it is 
    widely recognized that CDC outbreak data do not provide accurate 
    estimates of foodborne disease incidence. The outbreak data are more 
    useful in identifying factors that lead to illness and have been used 
    to estimate proportions of illness attributable to specific food 
    groups. They do not play a major role in the overall incidence 
    estimates. The existing incidence estimates are for total cases 
    including both individual cases and multiple cases. The methodology 
    used does not distinguish between outbreaks and single cases. Just as 
    there are unreported individual cases of foodborne illness, there are 
    unreported cases where entire households or portions of households 
    experience foodborne illness due to cross-contamination in household 
    kitchens. As discussed above, the estimates of foodborne illness were 
    derived from both CDC outbreak data and community-based epidemiologic 
    studies.
        The outbreak data (two or more individuals ill from the same 
    source) are compiled by CDC from reports that are voluntarily submitted 
    from state and local health authorities. The laboratory reporting 
    system for Salmonella only captures information on those cases where a 
    patient sees a doctor, the doctor collects a stool culture and sends 
    the culture to a participating laboratory and the laboratory can 
    perform the specific diagnostic test. The estimates for overall disease 
    incidence are derived using both databases plus data collected from 
    population-based studies in specific geographic areas. The current 
    (initiative) collaborative surveillance project should improve the 
    estimates in the future.
        The comment referring to the Australian finding is referring to an 
    article by Korolik, et al, published in the May 1995 issue of the 
    Journal of Clinical Microbiology, entitled, ``Differentiation of 
    Campylobacter jejuni and Campylobacter coli strains by Using 
    Restriction Endonuclease DNA Profiles and DNA Fragment Polymorphisms.'' 
    The study was undertaken to determine if DNA fingerprinting 
    technologies could identify strains of Campylobacter in chickens that 
    cause disease in humans.
        FSIS reviewed the article and concluded that the study did not 
    refute U.S. epidemiologic studies showing that approximately 50% of 
    human Campylobacter infections are due to poultry. To confirm FSIS's 
    interpretation of the study, a staff member contacted the author, Dr. 
    Victoria Korolik, in Australia. She confirmed that her study does not 
    shed doubt on the role of poultry in human Campylobacter infections.
    4. Pathogens Addressed by the Rule
        While the proposed rule indicated that HACCP systems will be 
    designed to control all public health hazards, the preliminary benefits 
    analysis assumed that the primary benefits will come from controlling 
    the three most common enteric pathogens of animal origin: Campylobacter 
    jejuni/coli, E. coli O157:H7, Salmonella and one environmental pathogen 
    Listeria monocytogenes. Two other pathogens--Clostridium perfringens 
    and Staphylococcus aureus primarily become or create hazards in meat 
    and poultry products as prepared in restaurants, other commercial 
    kitchens, and in homes. Consequently, the proposed regulatory program, 
    which focuses on the manufacturing sector, will not significantly 
    affect the presence of these organisms on meat and poultry products.
        The public comments did not address the assumption that the 
    proposed rule would have the most impact on the four pathogens 
    identified above and that benefits would be most appropriately 
    discussed in terms of reducing the level of these pathogens. This final 
    RIA will continue to assume that the HACCP-based regulatory program 
    will have the most impact on the four pathogens identified in the 
    preliminary analysis.
        The preliminary benefits analysis also included an assumption 
    concerning the percentage of the four pathogens that contaminate the 
    meat and poultry supply at inspected establishments or grow from 
    contamination that occurs at inspected locations. Based on the expert 
    judgment of FSIS microbiologists, the preliminary benefit analysis 
    assumed that 90 percent of the four pathogens result from contamination 
    that occurs at inspected establishments.
        The public comments did not directly address the estimate that 
    slaughter and processing establishments are the source of 90 percent of 
    enteric pathogen contamination. There were, however, a large number of 
    comments that cited studies or estimates that show or indicate that the 
    majority of foodborne illness can be attributed to improper cooking, 
    recontamination and other mishandling and abuse in the food service and 
    home environment. Many comments cited data presented in the 1994 CAST 
    Report which ``demonstrated'' that only 6.9 percent of outbreaks were 
    ``attributable'' to the food processing establishments. Other comments 
    referred to ``a well-recognized fact that 97 percent of the problems 
    with foodborne illness occur outside the realm of state and federal 
    inspection.'' Other comments attributed the 97 percent figure to a 
    Special Report by the American Association of Meat Processors. These 
    types of comments were presented in a manner indicating that the 
    commenters believe that the data attributing ``cause'' to the food 
    service or home environment directly contradicts the Agency's estimate 
    that inspected establishments are the source of 90 percent of the four 
    pathogens addressed by this rule.
        In response, the Agency points out that the studies cited by 
    commenters concluding that high percentages of foodborne illness are 
    attributable to factors such as temperature abuse and mishandling do 
    not conflict with either the assumption that slaughter and processing 
    establishments are the source of 90 percent of enteric pathogen 
    contamination or the assumption discussed later concerning the 
    effectiveness of HACCP in reducing that contamination. Occurrence of 
    foodborne disease is a multi-step process. The first, and critical, 
    step is the introduction of a pathogen into or onto the raw product. If 
    a pathogen is present, then subsequent temperature abuse or mishandling 
    may permit bacterial counts to increase to levels which increase the 
    likelihood that illness will occur; mishandling may result in cross-
    contamination of other foods which are not cooked before being eaten; 
    or improper cooking may not kill all pathogenic bacteria present in the 
    product. In these instances, it may be said that the illness was 
    ``caused'' by improper handling. However, disease would not have 
    occurred if the pathogen had not been present on the raw product in the 
    first place.
        The CAST study included a table showing factors contributing to the 
    occurrence of 1,080 outbreaks occurring from 1973 to 1982. That table 
    consisted of data from the CDC national foodborne disease surveillance 
    system that was published in an article in the Journal of Food 
    Protection by Frank L. Bryan in 1988. The CAST study and journal 
    articles use terminology like ``factors that contribute'' and address 
    the location or type of employee/consumer where any mishandling or 
    mistreatment of food occurred. The focus of these studies is to enhance 
    our understanding of the sequences of events and behaviors that lead to 
    foodborne illness since behavioral modification for the food preparer 
    and consumer at the end of the food chain may have the greatest impact 
    on the incidence of foodborne disease. Many of the comments are written 
    in a manner that blurs the distinction
    
    [[Page 38967]]
    
    between factors in the kitchen that may permit an outbreak to occur 
    from slaughter-origin contamination and those that would have caused an 
    outbreak despite the absence of contamination of the raw ingredients.
        The comments referring to the CAST study or directly to CDC 
    estimates have not interpreted the Foodborne Disease Outbreak 
    Surveillance Data correctly. The standard CDC foodborne disease 
    outbreak report form does not include a question about whether the food 
    processing industry was involved, and while many foodborne outbreaks 
    have a chain of causation, investigators may differ in their assessment 
    of the point or points in the chain to which primary responsibility for 
    occurrence of the outbreak should be assigned.
        The Bryan article used for the CAST study had the following summary 
    concerning the role of food processing establishments: ``Many of the 
    animals that enter abattoirs are either infected or contaminated with 
    foodborne pathogens and further spread occurs during processing. Hence, 
    abattoirs and raw-product processing establishments must accept some of 
    the blame of spreading salmonellae and other pathogens to many 
    carcasses and pieces of meat. These products are major sources of 
    pathogens for food-service establishments and homes where further abuse 
    (e.g., inadequate cooking or cross contamination) leads to outbreaks of 
    foodborne illness.''
        The comments have not provided any basis for changing the expert 
    judgment of FSIS microbiologists that inspected establishments are the 
    source of 90 percent of the four pathogens addressed by the final rule. 
    This final benefits analysis is based on this assumption.
    5. Effectiveness of the Rule in Reducing Pathogens
        In accordance with the assumption that meat and poultry 
    establishments are the source of 90 percent of the four pathogens 
    addressed by the rule, the preliminary analysis calculated the benefits 
    under a scenario where the proposed rule would eliminate essentially 
    100 percent of those pathogens that enter the meat and poultry supply 
    at inspected processing establishments. In other words, for the 
    preliminary analysis, FSIS calculated an estimate of maximum benefits 
    by assuming the rule would eliminate 100 percent of the 90 percent.
        By assuming this scenario, FSIS was not predicting that it believed 
    that the rule would result in elimination of 100 percent of those 
    pathogens in the manufacturing sector. Rather, the Agency was 
    acknowledging that it has responsibility for having a food safety 
    objective that recognizes the scope of the problem and attempts to 
    reduce pathogens in that sector as much as possible, since without 
    pathogens, no amount of subsequent abuse would result in foodborne 
    illness.
        By presenting a sensitivity analysis in the proposal, FSIS intended 
    to clarify that the benefit estimates were a maximum and not a 
    prediction of what is likely to happen. The distinction was unclear to 
    many commenters who expressed doubt that the proposed HACCP program 
    would result in a 90 percent reduction in pathogens. A large number of 
    comments on the potential effectiveness of HACCP programs contrasted 
    the FSIS estimates with those contained in the recent study by the 
    Institute of Food Science and Engineering, Texas A&M University, titled 
    ``Reforming Meat and Poultry Inspection: Impacts of Policy Options,'' 
    (hereafter referred to as the IFSE study). Both FSIS and IFSE estimates 
    are useful as assumptions rather than as quantitative predictions of 
    potential effectiveness of HACCP.
        The ISFE study examined four policy options for addressing 
    pathogens in the meat and poultry supply. One option called for 
    mandatory HACCP for inspected slaughter and processing establishments 
    and estimated that mandatory HACCP in inspected establishments would 
    produce a 20 percent reduction in pathogens. The difference in the FSIS 
    and IFSE estimates is not based on data but on assumptions for 
    different ``HACCP'' scenarios.
        The HACCP program scenario considered in the IFSE study did not 
    assume a mandatory pathogen reduction performance standard. Requiring 
    process control without a standard could lead to processes that are 
    well controlled at unacceptable pathogen levels. The Agency would agree 
    that such a situation would result in less pathogen reduction. FSIS 
    believes that a standard is necessary to encourage innovation and 
    provide the impetus for continuing improvement and increasing 
    effectiveness. In estimating effectiveness, the IFSE study noted that 
    ``with experience and additional research, it is possible that higher 
    levels of reduction in pathogens could be achieved * * *''.
        Another major difference between the two program scenarios is that 
    the IFSE program does not include a prerequisite requirement for SOP's. 
    SOP's could cover potential sources of enteric and environmental 
    pathogens that are not be covered under a HACCP plan. However, as 
    discussed in Section I, this analysis discusses benefits of SOP's in 
    terms of increased productivity for inspection resources and clarity of 
    responsibilities.
        Several comments refer to the IFSE estimates as being more 
    objective or ``scientific'' than those in the Agency's analysis. The 
    IFSE authors characterize their own effectiveness estimates as ``the 
    consensus judgment of the task force'' or ``the most reasonable 
    expectation.'' The IFSE estimates are judgments, as are the Agency's 
    estimates.
        A general comment related to the effectiveness issue stated that 
    while HACCP remains an interesting theoretical concept, it is still 
    only a concept that has never been tested on a meaningful scale under 
    actual meat establishment conditions, and never proven to significantly 
    improve the microbial quality of the finished product. Although HACCP 
    has been tested in food processing establishments to the satisfaction 
    of scientists, food technologists, and industry management to produce 
    safe food, the Agency recognizes that the potential effectiveness of 
    HACCP in reducing pathogens within a regulatory framework is unknown at 
    the present time. FSIS conducted a pilot HACCP study in nine 
    establishments from 1991 to 1993. Findings regarding pathogen reduction 
    effectiveness were inconclusive. FSIS did not receive any data during 
    the comment period from establishments currently operating HACCP 
    systems. Rather than select an arbitrary effectiveness estimate, or use 
    the maximum potential 100 percent estimate from the preliminary 
    analysis, this RIA will present a range of effectiveness estimates and 
    show the minimum level necessary to generate net benefits.
    6. Estimated Reduction in Cost of Foodborne Illness
        Several comments focused on the issue that the relationship between 
    pathogen reductions at the manufacturing stage and foodborne illness 
    reductions is unknown. The comments recognize that the proposal did 
    acknowledge that little data exist on the relationship between pathogen 
    levels and incidence of illness. One comment pointed out that FSIS 
    recognized that the pathogen testing requirements that are part of the 
    proposal will help to elucidate the relationship between pathogen 
    contamination and foodborne disease. The commenter concluded that it 
    did not seem reasonable for the Agency to rely on an assumption, whose 
    very validity can only be tested by the implementation of the proposal 
    under examination, to justify the proposal.
    
    [[Page 38968]]
    
    Other commenters concluded that the Agency needed to develop better 
    data or complete a thorough risk assessment that would establish the 
    public health benefits of pathogen reduction before proceeding.
        The comments asking for better data or requesting a thorough risk 
    assessment are not comments on the cost-benefits analysis. These 
    comments imply there is insufficient evidence to support new pathogen 
    reduction efforts. This issue is addressed in the preamble to the final 
    rule. The comments have made a policy judgment with which the 
    Department does not agree.
        For the benefits analysis included with the proposed rule, FSIS 
    assumed that a reduction in pathogens will lead to a corresponding 
    proportional reduction in foodborne illness. The Department notes that 
    the IFSE study referred to favorably by many commenters used the same 
    method for estimating public health benefits as did FSIS, i.e., a 
    reduction in pathogens leads to a proportionate reduction in illness 
    and death. The Agency is aware that the proportionate reduction method 
    is an assumption that has not been tested or validated. However, the 
    Agency also recognizes that research methodology for relating pathogen 
    levels at establishments to incidence of illness is in its early 
    developmental stages. Risk models for foodborne pathogens are likely to 
    develop as the basis for regulatory decision-making in the future. The 
    Agency believes the implementation of mandatory HACCP will improve food 
    safety and protect public health while research in modeling risk 
    associated with foodborne pathogens continues.
        The Agency has and continues to support any effort to improve the 
    quality of data and methodology available for risk assessment of 
    illness caused by foodborne biological agents. FSIS, FDA, CDC, and 
    local public health departments are collaborating with state health 
    departments and local investigators at five locations nationwide to 
    identify more accurately the incidence of foodborne illness, especially 
    illness caused by Salmonella and E. coli O157:H7.
    
    G. Summary
    
        The final rule addresses four pathogens that are estimated to cause 
    from $1.1 to $4.1 billion in annual illness and death costs 
    attributable to meat and poultry products. The rule addresses 90 
    percent of that cost of illness or from $0.99 to $3.69 billion 
    annually. FSIS recognizes that the actual effectiveness of the final 
    requirements in reducing pathogens is unknown, and presents a range of 
    benefits based on reducing varying percentages of the $0.99 to $3.69 
    billion in annual cost of foodborne illness addressed by this rule.
    
    References
    
        International Commission on Microbiological Specifications for 
    Foods (ICMSF). 1980. Microbial Ecology of Foods: Factors Affecting 
    Life and Death of Microorganisms. Volume I. Academic Press, New 
    York. Pp. 215-231.
        Rolfe, R.D. 1991. Population dynamics of the intestinal tract. 
    In: Colonization Control of Human Bacterial Enteropathogens in 
    Poultry. Ed. L.C. Blankenshipp, J.S. Bailey, N.A. Cox, S.E. Craven, 
    R.J. Meinersmann, N.J. Stern. Academic Press, Inc., New York. Pp. 
    59-76.
        Centers for Disease Control (CDC). 1988. Campylobacter isolates 
    in the United States, 1982-1986. In: CDC Surveillance Summaries. 
    June 1988. MMWR 1988; 37 (No. SS-2:1-13).
        Blaser, M.J. & L.S. Newman. 1982. A review of human 
    salmonellosis: I. Infective dose. Reviews of Infectious Disease. 
    4(6):1096-1106.
        Buchanan, R.L. & R.C. Whiting. 1996. Risk assessment and 
    predictive microbiology. J. Food Protection. 31-36.
        Burmaster, D.E. & P.D. Anderson. 1994. Principles of good 
    practice for the use of Monte Carlo techniques in human health and 
    ecological risk assessments. Risk Analysis. 14(4):477-481.
        Council for Agricultural Science and Technology (CAST). 1994. 
    Foodborne pathogens: Risks and consequences, Report No. 122, p. 87.
        Haas, C.N. 1983. Estimation of risk due to low doses of 
    microorganisms: A comparison of alternative methodologies. Am. J. 
    Epidemiol. 118:573-582.
        National Research Council. 1983. Committee on Institutional 
    Means for Assessment of Risks to Public Health. Risk Assessment in 
    the Federal Government: Managing the Process. National Academy 
    Press, Washington, DC p. 191.
        Tappero, J.W. et al. 1995. Reduction in the Incidence of Human 
    Listeriosis in the United States; Effectiveness of Prevention 
    Efforts? Journal of the American Medical Association. 273(14):1118-
    1122.
        Gellin, B., C.V. Broome, R. Weaver and A.W. Hightower. 
    [Listeriosis Study Group.] Geographic Differences in Listeriosis in 
    the U.S. (Abstract). In Program and Abstracts of the twenty-seventh 
    International Conference on Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy. 
    p. 155. Washington, DC: American Society for Microbiology, 1987.
    
    V. Cost Analysis
    
    A. Introduction
    
        The final HACCP rule includes several regulatory components all 
    directed at improving process control in meat and poultry operations in 
    order to reduce the risk of foodborne illness associated with meat and 
    poultry products. The requirements of the final rule are organized 
    around the following three sections:
         Requirements that all inspected establishments develop and 
    implement sanitation Standard Operating Procedures (SOP's) within 6 
    months.
         Requirements that all inspected establishments develop and 
    implement HACCP programs within the 18 to 42 month time period 
    following publication. Scheduling will be based on establishment size.
         Requirements that (1) all establishments slaughtering 
    cattle, swine, chickens, or turkeys, or producing a raw ground product 
    from beef, pork, chicken or turkey comply with new pathogen reduction 
    performance standards for Salmonella and (2) all establishments 
    slaughtering cattle, swine, chicken or turkeys implement microbial 
    testing programs using generic E. coli within 6 months. Compliance with 
    the pathogen reduction performance standards for Salmonella will be 
    required at the time the establishment is required to implement HACCP.
        This cost analysis is presented in three sections. The first 
    section describes the methodology used in generating cost estimates. 
    The next section addresses the regulatory flexibility designed to 
    reduce the burden on small business. The last section presents the cost 
    estimates for each regulatory requirement. For each broad requirement, 
    the discussion of the cost estimates is organized using the following 
    five topics:
         Summary of the requirements in the final rule identifying 
    any changes from the proposal.
         Review of the cost estimates from the preliminary RIA.
         Summary of the comments related to the preliminary cost 
    estimates.
         Response to the comments.
         Final cost estimates.
    
    B. Methodology for Cost Analysis
    
        The final pathogen reduction/HACCP rule includes regulatory 
    requirements that are directed at improving the control over food 
    processing operations. In general, compliance with these requirements 
    requires expenditures of time, i.e., employee hours to develop plans, 
    monitor critical control points, record findings and collect and 
    analyze samples. This final RIA is based on time required by four 
    categories of employees that were defined in the supplemental cost 
    analysis. These include the following:
         Quality Control manager earning $25.60 per hour.
         Supervisors or QC technicians that review findings and 
    records at $18.13 per hour.
    
    [[Page 38969]]
    
         Laboratory technicians earning $18.13 per hour.
         Establishment employees/production workers that would 
    monitor sanitation and HACCP programs or collect samples at $12.87 per 
    hour.
        The four categories of wages are based on 1993 data adjusted for 
    1994 dollar inflation from the Bureau of Labor Statistics and Meat and 
    Poultry Magazine and include a 33 percent overhead requirement for 
    benefits such as health insurance and retirement contributions. Unless 
    otherwise noted, the analysis assumes that all establishments and 
    employees work a standard 52 week, 260 day, 2080 hour work year.
        This final cost discussion is based on retracing the steps and/or 
    calculations of the preliminary analysis and discussing related public 
    comments in the appropriate sections. Other comments that are related 
    to the analysis but do not reflect directly on the methodology are 
    summarized at the end of the analysis in Appendix A.
        This analysis makes frequent references to the Enhanced Economic 
    Database. In 1994, the Research Triangle Institute (RTI) took a 
    compilation of existing FSIS databases containing establishment 
    production or inspection data and added data on annual sales and 
    employment from sources that included Dun and Bradstreet and American 
    Business List databases. Actual estimates for annual sales and number 
    of employees were available for approximately 80 percent of the 
    establishments. In other cases, estimates for sales and number of 
    employees were developed using the employment/sales data for 
    establishments producing the same type and volume of product.
        The enhanced database includes production data (number of head 
    slaughtered, pounds of product produced) from 1993 for all federally-
    inspected establishments in operation as of August 1994. The 
    preliminary analysis and this final RIA combine 1993 production data 
    with the population of federally and state- inspected establishments 
    that were in operation as of August 1994. As of August 1994, there were 
    6,186 federally inspected and 2,893 state inspected establishments. 
    These 9,079 establishments include a total of 11,719 ``operations''--
    2,597 red meat slaughter operations, 364 poultry slaughter operations 
    and 8,758 further processing operations.
        This final analysis assumes a constant level of 9,079 inspected 
    establishments. The analysis does not attempt to account for costs 
    associated with exits from or entries into the marketplace. For 
    operations that are entirely new, or include a new processing 
    operation, the requirements for HACCP plans and sanitation SOPs will 
    increase the one-time, up-front cost of entering the market. If 
    marketplace entry involves the purchase of an existing business, the 
    business will already have an existing HACCP plan and sanitation SOP. 
    In these cases, the acquisition cost of the business would include the 
    value of the existing HACCP plan and SOP.
        There should be minimal additional cost for HACCP and SOP plan 
    development for new construction that expands a firm by replicating an 
    existing operation in a new location. This type of new establishment 
    can apply HACCP and SOP plans that have been developed for a similar 
    existing establishment. This analysis has assumed that each 
    establishment is independent and has not reduced cost estimates to 
    account for firms that operate several similar establishments.
        The preliminary analysis developed cost estimates for three sizes 
    of manufacturing establishments. Most of the costs that involve 
    employee time are influenced by a number of factors including the 
    physical size of the establishment, the volume of production, the type 
    of production practices and the number or production lines. The 
    preliminary analysis used the data on annual sales developed by RTI 
    because the sales data correlated reasonably well with size and 
    production volume data and the Agency had an estimate of sales for 
    6,186 federally inspected establishments.
        For the preliminary analysis the Agency defined a large 
    establishment as one with over $50 million in annual sales, a medium 
    establishment as one with between $2.5 and $50 million and a small 
    establishment as one with less than $2.5 million in annual sales. For 
    calculating costs, the Agency collected data from the field based on 
    these three size categories. Public comments provided good reason to 
    change size definitions for implementation (regulatory flexibility) 
    purposes and the Agency has done so for the final rule. This does not 
    affect the accuracy of proposed or current cost estimates based on 
    previously collected data. The final analysis uses the old categories 
    for presenting cost data to facilitate comparisons and minimize 
    confusion. To summarize, this cost analysis uses the terms high, medium 
    and low volume producers for cost presentation that involves average 
    establishment costs and uses the terms large, small and very small 
    business for discussing regulatory flexibility. The cost and 
    flexibility principles do not overlap in this analysis.
        Commenters pointed out that in comparing total costs with the value 
    of current production, the preliminary analysis did not address impacts 
    on producers, i.e., the costs that would be passed back to livestock 
    producers. FSIS recognizes that some costs will be passed back to 
    producers in terms of lower prices for live animals and other costs 
    will be passed forward in terms of higher consumer prices. Other costs 
    may have to be absorbed by slaughter and processing establishments. 
    Because the necessary knowledge of empirical cost structures and supply 
    and demand elasticities is inadequate, FSIS does not offer any 
    quantitative estimates of the distribution of costs of this rule on 
    various sectors of the production and marketing chain. The aggregate 
    cost estimate establishes an upper bound on the costs any sector might 
    ultimately bear.
        There are two types of potential costs that were not addressed in 
    the preliminary cost analysis. The first type of cost is the cost of 
    taking corrective action when routine monitoring of a CCP finds a 
    deviation from a critical limit. The critical limit could be associated 
    with assuring compliance with existing regulatory requirements or it 
    could be a limit set to assure compliance with the new pathogen 
    reduction standards for Salmonella or the criteria established for 
    generic E. coli. Corrective action would also occur when FSIS would 
    find a problem with either a HACCP plan or a sanitation SOP.
        The second type of potential cost is related to the question of 
    whether existing processing methods are adequate to meet the pathogen 
    reduction performance standards for Salmonella and the criteria for 
    generic E. coli. It is expected that some establishments will have to 
    make permanent changes to their existing production practices to have a 
    HACCP-based program that assures compliance with the new standards and 
    criteria. The final rule raises a third type of potential cost when it 
    outlines the Agency's plans for using the results of its own Salmonella 
    testing program for regulatory purposes. Whether or not this testing 
    leads to industry testing costs depends on whether the government 
    testing indirectly forces an establishment to regularly conduct its own 
    testing.
        The preliminary analysis did address a fourth category of potential 
    costs that includes the cost of necessary materials, such as 
    thermometers and test kits, that establishments will need to
    
    [[Page 38970]]
    
    systematically monitor their processes. Recognizing that the rule does 
    not make any equipment obsolete, the preliminary analysis suggested 
    costs of from $10 to $20 per establishment. These costs were not 
    included in the overall cost summary.
        Potential costs are addressed in this final analysis under Section 
    V.D.2., Costs of Meeting Pathogen Reduction and Microbial Sampling 
    Requirements.
    
    C. Regulatory Flexibility
    
        The Regulatory Flexibility Act (P.L. 96-354) requires analyzing 
    options for regulatory relief for small businesses. This section 
    reviews the regulatory relief provided in the proposal, responds to 
    comments related to the definition of small business used in the 
    proposal and summarizes the regulatory relief for small business 
    provided for in the final rule. In Section II, this analysis addressed 
    the option of providing an exemption for small business noting that 
    comments on an exemption were mixed with a substantial number of 
    comments from small businesses strongly opposing an exemption.
        The proposed rule intended to spread the implementation of HACCP 
    over a three year period. To minimize the burden on small 
    establishments, they would be given a maximum time of 36 months to 
    develop and implement their HACCP plans. A small establishment was 
    defined as one with annual sales of less than $2.5 million.
        The decision to use the above definition generated a large number 
    of comments. ``Very small'' establishments commented that they could 
    not compete with a relatively ``large'' business with annual sales of 
    $2.5 million. For example one commenter stated that: ``calling an 
    establishment, small, that produces $2,500,000 worth of product 
    annually is not fair to those establishments producing far less.'' 
    Other comments suggested that by defining small at the $2.5 million 
    level, the Agency demonstrated that it does not understand what a small 
    business is. Comments from businesses with annual sales of $2.5 to 
    $10.0 million or even $25.0 million stated that they should also be 
    considered small businesses. Commenters also pointed out that other 
    Federal agencies use different definitions. For example, one commenter 
    noted that OSHA uses 50 employees as their criterion for a ``small 
    business.'' Others commented that FSIS should or must use the existing 
    definition of fewer than 500 employees published by the Small Business 
    Administration (SBA).
        Several comments promoted a set of requirements distinguishing 
    ``small'' from ``very small'' establishments. ``Very small'' 
    establishments would only be required to implement the proposed 
    provisions on sanitation standard operating procedures, antimicrobial 
    treatment of carcasses, and time and temperature provisions. They would 
    be exempt from routine microbial testing and long-term provisions of 
    HACCP as long as annual sales do not exceed $1 million (not counting 
    ``pass through''). The establishments would still be subject to 
    incidental sampling for microbial testing as determined by the 
    Administrator. Required implementation of the three near-term 
    initiatives would be 12 months after publication of the final rule.
        The ``small'' establishments (between $1.0 and $2.5 million) would 
    be required to implement SOPs, antimicrobial treatment, time and 
    temperature provisions, and limited routine sampling, in proportion to 
    the number of slaughtered animals and/or poundage of processed 
    products. The establishments would still be subject to incidental 
    sampling for microbial testing as determined by the Administrator. They 
    would be exempt from long-term provisions of HACCP as long as annual 
    sales, as defined above, do not exceed $2.5 million. The required 
    implementation of all near-term initiatives would be six months.
        There were other comments that suggested variations on the above 
    definitions and requirements for ``small'' and ``very small'' 
    establishments. For example, one State department of agriculture 
    recommended the same requirements for ``small'' and ``very small'' 
    establishments but suggested that size criteria based on head 
    slaughtered or pounds produced would be more practical. Another State 
    department of agriculture recommended that a ``every small'' plant be 
    defined based on the number of employees (no more than 20 full-time), 
    slaughter volume (no more than 2,500 animals per year), or processing 
    volume (100,000 pounds of meat and/or poultry products per year). The 
    recommendation suggested that a plant in this category would be 
    required to implement the provisions of the proposed rule pertaining to 
    sanitation SOP's and time-temperature requirements. Antimicrobial 
    treatment of carcasses would be voluntary, and such a plant would be 
    exempted from microbial testing as proposed. Implementation of a HACCP 
    program would be initially voluntary, and phased in with considerations 
    in the areas of documentation and record-keeping for the limited work 
    force.
        FSIS has considered the above regulatory framework for ``small'' 
    and ``very small'' establishments. Some of the suggestions are no 
    longer applicable because major provisions of the proposed rule have 
    been dropped. FSIS believes it has addressed the other concerns in more 
    appropriate ways.
        FSIS was aware of SBA Size Standards during the development of the 
    proposed rule. If FSIS used the size standard for meat and poultry 
    ``manufacturing'' firms, over 94 percent of the federally inspected 
    establishments would meet the criterion of having fewer than 500 
    employees. FSIS is also aware that there are six different SBA size 
    standards that apply to the 6,415 FSIS official establishments. FSIS 
    determined the SBA size standards by themselves are not appropriate for 
    meeting FSIS's need to sequence HACCP implementation.
        Table 7 shows the distribution of 6,415 official establishments by 
    Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) code. The SIC codes were 
    developed to promote the comparability of statistics describing various 
    facets of the Nation's economy. The SIC codes were used as part of the 
    Enhanced Economic Analysis Database developed by Research Triangle 
    Institute to represent all FSIS inspected establishments. As can be 
    seen from Table 7, a significant portion of official establishments are 
    not in an SIC Code for manufacturing. Food manufacturing establishments 
    have a 4-digit SIC Code beginning with 20. The Census of Manufacturers 
    published by the Department of Commerce characterizes the meat and 
    poultry manufacturing industry by summarizing data for SIC Code 2011--
    Meat Packing Establishments, SIC Code 2013--Sausages and Other Prepared 
    Meats, and SIC Code 2015--Poultry Slaughtering and Processing. The SBA 
    Size Standards in Table 7 are published in the Code of Federal 
    Regulations--13 CFR, Chapter 1, Section 121.601.
        In a written comment, the Office of Advocacy, Small Business 
    Administration claimed that FSIS was wrong in concluding that one-third 
    of federally inspected establishments would have the maximum time for 
    compliance with HACCP requirements using the criterion of $2.5 million 
    in annual sales. In supporting their claim, they cited U.S. Census 
    Bureau data. However, Census data do not accurately describe the 
    federally inspected meat and poultry industry. As shown in Table 7, the 
    problem is that less than half of the firms are classified in the three 
    4-digit SIC Codes identified above that define meat and poultry 
    manufacturing. FSIS addressed this data
    
    [[Page 38971]]
    
    problem by contracting with RTI to develop a more accurate economic 
    profile of federally inspected meat and poultry establishments.
    
                               Table 7.--Establishments Standard Industrial Classification                          
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Cumulative                                      
         SIC code          Standard industrial       Number of       number of             SBA size standard        
                             classification       establishments  establishments                                    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    2011..............  Meat packing                    1,503             1,503   500 employees.                    
                         establishments.                                                                            
    5147..............  Meats and meat products.        1,312             2,815   100 employees.                    
    2013..............  Sausages and other                939             3,754   500 employees.                    
                         prepared meats.                                                                            
    2015..............  Poultry slaughtering and          438             4,192   500 employees.                    
                         processing.                                                                                
    4222..............  Refrigerated warehousing          356             4,548   $18,500,000.                      
                         and storage.                                                                               
    5421..............  Meat and fish markets...          309             4,857   $5,000,000.                       
    5144..............  Poultry and poultry               268             5,125   100 employees.                    
                         products.                                                                                  
    5141..............  Groceries, general line.          238             5,363   100 employees.                    
    5812..............  Eating places...........          156             5,519   $5,000,000.                       
    2038..............  Frozen specialities, nec          139             5,658   500 employees.                    
    5142..............  Packaged frozen foods...          130             5,788   100 employees.                    
    5411..............  Grocery stores..........           95             5,883   $20,000,000.                      
    5149..............  Groceries and related              65             5,948   100 employees.                    
                         products, nec.                                                                             
    9999..............  Not applicable..........           63             6,011                                     
    2032..............  Canned specialities.....           61             6,072   1,000 employees.                  
    2099..............  Food preparations, nec..           55             6,127   500 employees.                    
    Other.............  All other SIC codes.....          288            6,415                                      
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Note: The Enhanced Economic Analysis Database uses the number of active establishments as of August, 1994 and   
      identified 6,415 establishments as active official establishments. Of these 6,415, a total of 229 were        
      identified as cold storage/ID warehouses, universities or churches. From the 6,415 total, 6,186 federal       
      establishments were classified as processing, slaughter or combination operations. nec--(Not Elsewhere        
      Classified).                                                                                                  
    
        The final rule provides for sequencing HACCP implementation by 
    establishment size, using the SBA definition of a small manufacturing 
    business, i.e., a small business is an establishment with fewer than 
    500 employees. Those establishments with 500 or more employees will be 
    referred to as large establishments. In addition, in response to 
    comments that there are hundreds of ``very small'' or ``micro'' 
    establishments, the Agency will classify an establishment as ``very 
    small'' if it has either fewer than 10 employees or annual sales of 
    less than $2.5 million.
        This sequencing of HACCP responds to a large number of comments 
    requesting that small businesses be given a longer period of time to 
    implement HACCP requirements. Many small businesses stated they did not 
    want to be exempt, but asked for more flexibility in implementing 
    HACCP. Some commenters specifically requested five, eight or 10 years 
    to implement HACCP.
        While the final rule does not provide for longer periods of five, 
    eight or 10 years, it does substantially extend the implementation 
    period for hundreds of small and very small establishments.
         To illustrate, the proposed rule would have required HACCP plans 
    in over 2,100 establishments producing raw ground product within 12 
    months. Under the final rule, over 1,800 of those establishments will 
    have either 30 or 42 months to implement HACCP. The smallest 5,127 
    establishments (2,893 state and 2,234 federal) will have an additional 
    six months. The proposed rule called for implementation of a HACCP 
    system in all ``small'' establishments by 36 months; the final rule 
    allows 42 months for the newly defined ``very small'' category.
        Table 8 illustrates the distribution of 6,186 federally-inspected 
    slaughter, processing, and combination establishments used for the 
    sequencing of HACCP implementation in the proposed rule and in the 
    final rule. There are 496 more establishments in the two smaller 
    categories than there were in the proposal. As shown in Table 8, there 
    are 353 large, 2,941 small and 2,892 very small federally-inspected 
    establishments.
    
        Table 8.--Size Categories for Federally Inspected Establishments    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  No. of    
          Establishment  category            Definition       establishments
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  Proposed Rule                             
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    High volume.......................  >$50 million........          849   
    Medium volume.....................  $2.5-$50 million....        3,103   
    Low volume........................  <$2.5 million.......="" 2,234="" total...........................="" ....................="" 6,186="" ------------------------------------------------------------------------="" final="" rule="" (sequencing="" of="" haccp)="" ------------------------------------------------------------------------="" large.............................="">500                353   
                                         Employees.                         
    Small a...........................  10-499 Employees....        2,941   
    Very small b......................  <10 employees="" or="" 2,892=""><$2.5 million.="" total...........................="" ....................="" 6,186="" ------------------------------------------------------------------------="">a New definition of small includes 2,445 establishments that were medium
      volume establishments plus 496 that were high volume for the          
      preliminary analysis.                                                 
    b New definition of very small includes the 2,234 establishments that   
      were low volume establishments plus 658 that were medium volume       
      establishments for the preliminary analysis.                          
    
    D. Final Cost Estimates
    
    1. Sanitation Standard Operating Procedures
        a. Summary of Requirements. The final rule requires that all 
    inspected establishments develop and implement Sanitation SOP's within 
    6 months after publication of the final rule. The proposed rule would 
    have required the implementation of SOP's within 90
    
    [[Page 38972]]
    
    days. To facilitate the development of SOP's and to provide maximum 
    flexibility, the Agency will not prescribe any specific format or 
    content but will provide guidelines to assist inspected establishments 
    in developing written SOP's. There will not be any FSIS approval of the 
    written documents. With the exception of the implementation schedule, 
    the requirements for SOP's in the final rule are the same as those in 
    the proposed rule.
        b. Review of Preliminary Cost Estimates. The preliminary cost 
    analysis identified separate costs for SOP plan development and SOP 
    recordkeeping where recordkeeping was defined as observing or verifying 
    procedures, recording findings, reviewing records and maintaining 
    files. FSIS assumed that the Sanitation SOP's would be developed by a 
    quality control manager at a cost of $25.60 per hour. FSIS estimated 
    that it would cost an average of $128, $256 and $640 for low, medium 
    and high volume establishments to develop Sanitation SOP's.
        The preliminary cost analysis assumed that Sanitation SOP's 
    observation and recording for low, medium and high volume 
    establishments would take 15, 25 and 45 minutes per day by an employee 
    earning $12.87 per hour and that supervisory review of records would 
    take 5, 10, and 20 minutes by an employee earning $18.13 per hour. In 
    developing these time estimates for recording and reviewing records, 
    FSIS recognized that the time required would be influenced by a number 
    of factors including the physical size of the establishment, the volume 
    of production, the type of production practices and the number of 
    production lines. The estimates are based on program judgement of the 
    time required to conduct two sets of sanitation observations per day, 
    one for preoperational sanitation procedures and one for operational 
    sanitation.
        Using the above inputs, the annual costs for recording and 
    reviewing Sanitation SOP's records for low, medium and high volume 
    establishments would be approximately $1,230, $2,180 and $4,080, 
    respectively, based on a 260-day, 2,080 hour work year. These costs 
    were adjusted upward to approximately $1,242, $2,204 and $4,104 to 
    account for the cost of maintaining records.
        The preliminary analysis also included training costs of $62, $155 
    and $372 for low, medium and high volume establishments. Instructing an 
    employee in verification and recording procedures was assumed to take 
    2, 5 and 12 hours, respectively involving both a QC technician ($18.13 
    per hour) and a production worker ($12.87 per hour). Total training 
    cost was, therefore, $31 per hour. Total per establishment Sanitation 
    SOP's costs, as estimated in the preliminary analysis, are summarized 
    in Table 9.
    
                               Table 9.--Summary of Sanitation SOP Costs Per Establishment                          
                                                        [Dollars]                                                   
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                  Total             
                                                           Plan           Annual       Training   first    Recurring
                  Establishment category                development   recordkeeping      cost      year     annual  
                                                           cost            cost                    cost      cost   
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Low..............................................           128            1,242         62    1,432       1,242
    Medium...........................................           256            2,204        155    2,615       2,204
    High.............................................           640            4,104        372    5,116       4,104
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Using the per establishment costs from Table 9, total aggregate 
    costs were calculated for all inspected establishments as shown in 
    Table 10. Establishments with an existing written sanitation program 
    were assumed to have only 50 percent of the plan development costs 
    because these establishments would have to modify an existing plan 
    rather than start from the beginning. Establishments with existing 
    sanitation plans include the 287 establishments with TQC programs and 
    46 slaughter establishments with PQC sanitation programs. It was also 
    assumed that these 333 establishments would not require training to 
    implement a sanitation SOP.
    
                      Table 10.--Costs of Sanitation SOP's                  
                             [Dollars in thousands]                         
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           First            
           Establishment category             No. of        year   Recurring
                                          establishments   costs     costs  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    High................................          849      $4,276     $3,484
    Medium..............................        3,103       8,079      6,839
    Low.................................        2,234       3,185      2,775
                                         -----------------------------------
      Subtotal..........................        6,186      15,540     13,098
                                         ===================================
    State...............................        2,893       4,143      3,593
                                         -----------------------------------
      Total.............................        9,079      19,683    16,691 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Note: For preliminary RIA, all State establishments were assumed to be  
      low volume establishments.                                            
    
        c. Comments on Preliminary RIA. Comments on proposed requirements 
    for sanitation Standard Operating Procedures (Sanitation SOP's) focused 
    on the cost of recordkeeping. In the preliminary cost analysis, 
    recordkeeping included observation (i.e., verifying the procedures), 
    recording findings, supervisory review of records and maintenance of 
    files. One commenter stated that the cost of recordkeeping for their 
    company would be approximately $10,000 annually.
        A state inspected establishment, currently participating as a pilot 
    establishment for HACCP/sanitation plans in their state program, 
    indicated that they spend several hours each week verifying procedures 
    and have weekly costs of at least $50 to keep the paperwork for their 
    sanitation plan current. Their annual cost for keeping paperwork 
    current would, therefore, be at least $2,600. This state establishment 
    also stated that they had used an estimated $3,000 to $4,000 designing 
    an SOP and that was with the assistance of two universities, several 
    suppliers and their state inspection program. It took nine months to 
    put the plan together.
        Comments at public hearings indicate that there is a lot of 
    uncertainty as to what FSIS expects in Sanitation SOP's. At one of the 
    public hearings the owner of a ``small'' establishment stressed the 
    importance of guidance and training with respect to what is expected in 
    terms of recordkeeping.
        d. Response to Comments.
    
    [[Page 38973]]
    
        The Agency recognizes that the costs reported by the state 
    establishment participating in a pilot program are substantially higher 
    than the costs used in the preliminary analysis. The reported 
    development time of nine months is also longer than the allowed 
    implementation period. FSIS believes that the reported pilot project 
    involving two universities, several suppliers and a state program has 
    far exceeded the expectations of the rule. The same is true for the 
    comment suggesting recordkeeping costs of $10,000 per year.
        FSIS has now developed model Sanitation SOP's and a guideline for 
    developing Sanitation SOP's. These documents should clarify FSIS 
    expectations. FSIS believes that these documents are consistent with 
    the cost estimates used in the preliminary analysis.
        There is some reason to believe that the estimated cost for 
    Sanitation SOP's in the preliminary analysis is conservative, that is, 
    a possible overstatement of costs. Whether the costs associated with 
    Sanitation SOP's are totally new or just how they may be modified over 
    time can only be determined in individual establishment situations. For 
    example, task verification and recordkeeping are costs that can be 
    reduced through efficient management and allocation of resources and 
    should decrease with experience. In many cases the tasks can be 
    integrated with current duties.
        For many establishments, the cost of Sanitation SOP's should be 
    offset by changes in the approach to sanitation. Under current 
    procedures, slaughter operations can not begin until inspection 
    personnel have given their approval. Under the new procedures all 
    establishments will be able to commence daily operations without USDA 
    approval upon successful completion of the preoperational portion of 
    their Sanitation SOP. When operational sanitation problems are 
    identified, corrected and documented as they occur by the 
    establishment, establishment officials will spend less time interacting 
    with inspectors or responding to inspection findings. For example, 
    federally inspected establishments currently provide written responses 
    to approximately 700,000 to 800,000 Processing Deficiency Records 
    (PDRs) per year. Over 70 percent of these PDRs are for sanitation 
    deficiencies.
        Finally, while FSIS recognizes that keeping sanitation records will 
    be a new task, FSIS does not necessarily view the time spent verifying 
    sanitation procedures as a new regulatory cost. FSIS is not changing 
    any sanitation requirements. It is also true that FSIS has had an 
    ongoing problem getting all establishments to comply with existing 
    sanitation requirements. It can, therefore, be argued that some 
    establishments have not conducted the necessary verification to assure 
    compliance with existing regulations or have used FSIS employees to 
    conduct sanitation verification.
        e. Final Cost Estimates. After considering the comments, FSIS does 
    not see a need to adjust the cost estimates shown in Tables 9 and 10. 
    The final aggregate cost estimates for SOP's are those shown in Table 
    10. The costs in Table 10 assume that the requirement for SOP's does 
    not lead to new compliance costs associated with new regulatory 
    obligations apart from paperwork and recordkeeping. The analysis 
    assumes that satisfactory sanitation is achieved one way or another 
    under current procedures and that the changes that will occur with 
    SOP's have more to do with issues of responsibility and efficient use 
    of inspection resources. It follows that, for the most part, this 
    provision of the rule will have no direct effect on the rate, extent or 
    severity of pathogenic contamination, and thus will also have no effect 
    on the rate, extent, or severity of foodborne illness. This is not 
    saying there will be no change in establishment or employee conduct. In 
    fact, FSIS expects to see more sanitation activities conducted at the 
    firm's initiative rather than following inspection findings.
    2. Costs of Meeting Pathogen Reduction and Microbial Sampling 
    Requirements
        a. Summary of Requirements. The final rule implementing HACCP-based 
    programs establishes pathogen reduction performance standards for 
    Salmonella. The rule both establishes the standards and defines the 
    procedures the Agency will use to measure and assure compliance with 
    the standards. The rule does not specify a minimum testing requirement 
    for Salmonella. The pathogen reduction performance standards apply to 
    an estimated 5,522 inspected establishments, 2,682 establishments that 
    slaughter cattle, hogs, chicken or turkeys and another 2,840 
    establishments that do not slaughter, but produce raw ground product 
    from beef, pork, chicken or turkey. If an establishment slaughters two 
    species, e.g. cattle and hogs, the establishment would be subject to 
    the standards for both cattle and hogs. The Agency's testing program 
    would, however, be directed at the predominant species. If an 
    establishment both slaughters and processes a raw ground product from 
    that same species, the Agency will test the ground product. If an 
    establishment produces more than one variety of ground product, the 
    Agency intends to sample each.
        The proposed rule included the same standards but contained a 
    different approach for enforcement. The proposed rule included the 
    requirement that each of the 5,522 affected establishments would 
    collect and analyze one sample for each species or variety of raw 
    ground product for Salmonella on a daily basis. The establishments 
    would maintain records from these tests that would be reviewed by 
    inspection program personnel to determine compliance. The proposed rule 
    did not include a discussion of how the Agency would use the test 
    results in a program for regulatory enforcement.
        Under the proposal, the results from each establishment's 
    Salmonella testing program were also to be used as a measure of process 
    control. This final rule requires that all 2,682 slaughter 
    establishments implement sampling programs using generic E. coli as a 
    measure of process control for slaughter and sanitary dressing 
    procedures.
        b. Review of Preliminary Cost Estimates. As discussed earlier under 
    methodology, the preliminary RIA did not attempt to analyze the overall 
    impact of complying with the new pathogen reduction standards. The 
    preliminary RIA did include a detailed analysis of the costs associated 
    with the requirement that slaughter and raw ground processing 
    establishments collect and analyze samples for Salmonella on a daily 
    basis. The laboratory analysis required only a positive-negative 
    finding, i.e., the proposed rule did not require the analysis necessary 
    to determine the number of bacteria present in the sample. The cost of 
    meeting the proposed requirement would vary depending on whether or not 
    the establishment had an inhouse laboratory. It was assumed that 
    approximately 20 percent of samples would be collected in 
    establishments with in-house laboratories. For an establishment without 
    a laboratory the total cost for each sample was estimated as shown in 
    Table 11.
    
     Table 11.--Cost of a Salmonella Sample Analysis for Establishments With
                             No In-House Laboratory                         
                                    (Dollars)                               
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Component                              Cost 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Average Private Laboratory Cost.................................   22.60
    Shipping........................................................    7.00
    
    [[Page 38974]]
    
                                                                            
    Collecting and Packaging........................................    3.75
                                                                     -------
      Total.........................................................   33.35
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
    
        The establishment without an in-house laboratory would also be 
    required to train an individual to perform aseptic sampling. The cost 
    components for a Salmonella test at an in-house laboratory were 
    estimated for the preliminary RIA as shown in Table 12.
    
     Table 12.--Cost of a Salmonella Sample Analysis For Establishments with
                             An In-House Laboratory                         
                                    [Dollars]                               
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Component                              Cost 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Laboratory Supplies.............................................    5.90
    Collecting and Preparing Sample.................................    5.28
    Laboratory Analysis (0.5 hours at $18.13 per hour)..............    9.07
                                                                     -------
          Total.....................................................   20.25
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Since the requirements in the final rule have changed 
    substantially, this section will present only a brief summary of what 
    was a relatively complex analysis to estimate the total industry 
    sampling costs associated with the proposed requirements. The costs 
    associated with the proposed Salmonella testing requirement are 
    summarized in Tables 13 and 14. Table 13 shows the different cost 
    components.
    
                              Table 13.--Component Costs for Microbial Sampling as Proposed                         
                                                      [$ Thousands]                                                 
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                               Sample               
                                                                    Training     Sampling    collection   Recording 
                       Establishment category                     for aseptic      plan         and       and review
                                                                    sampling   development    analysis       time   
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    High........................................................           10          508        5,267          242
    Medium......................................................          514        1,473       20,555          887
    Low.........................................................          604          959       18,624          606
                                                                 ---------------------------------------------------
          Subtotal..............................................        1,128        2,939       44,446        1,735
                                                                 ===================================================
    State.......................................................          998        1,588       21,150          688
                                                                 ---------------------------------------------------
          Total.................................................        2,126        4,527       65,597        2,423
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
                              Table 14.--Aggregate Costs of Microbial Sampling as Proposed                          
                                                      [$ Thousands]                                                 
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       Number of raw                                
                         Establishment category                           product       First year       Recurring  
                                                                        operations         costs           costs    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    High............................................................             793           6,027           5,509
    Medium..........................................................           2,301          23,429          21,443
    Low.............................................................           1,498          20,792          19,230
                                                                     -----------------------------------------------
          Subtotal..................................................           4,592          50,248          46,181
                                                                     ===============================================
    State...........................................................           2,481          24,424          21,838
                                                                     -----------------------------------------------
          Total.....................................................           7,073          74,672          68,020
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Note: All state establishments were assumed to be low volume producers. Columns may not add to totals due to    
      rounding.                                                                                                     
    
        Table 14 summarizes the first year and annual recurring costs. 
    Training and sampling plan development costs are one-time first year 
    costs. Sample analysis and recording costs are both recurring annual 
    costs. The following notations help characterize the estimated costs 
    from the preliminary analysis:
         Training and plan development costs were based on a total 
    of 7,073 raw product operations. This total is based on a count of meat 
    slaughter, poultry slaughter and raw ground processing operations. 
    Sample collection and analysis and recording and record review costs 
    were based on a count of 8,329 species-specific operations, i.e., the 
    total of beef slaughter, pork slaughter, raw ground processing, etc. 
    Thus, an establishment with beef slaughter, pork slaughter and raw 
    ground processing would count as two operations for training and plan 
    development, but three operations for sampling and recordkeeping.
         The proposed requirement of one sample per day per species 
    resulted in low volume federal establishments and state establishments 
    accounting for over 60 percent of the estimated first year costs (See 
    Table 14).
         The analysis underestimated costs in that with existing 
    data it was necessary to assume that the 3,029 establishments with raw 
    ground product operations produced only one product. The proposal would 
    have required 2 samples per day if an establishment produced both raw 
    ground beef and raw ground pork on a daily basis.
         The analysis overestimated costs in that it counted 
    operations for minor species or kind ( e.g. sheep and goats). The 
    proposal did not cover sheep, goats, equine, ducks, geese, etc.
         The analysis overestimated costs in that it assumed that 
    every establishment
    
    [[Page 38975]]
    
    with multiple operations was running each operation every day (260 days 
    per year).
         Each of the 7,073 operations would require a sampling 
    plan--25 hours for a QC manager at $25.60 per hour for a total of $640 
    per plan. At $640 per plan, 7,073 plans totaled $4.53 million as shown 
    in Table 13.
         The analysis assumed that 5,275 (approximately 75 percent) 
    of the 7,073 operations would have to train an individual to perform 
    aseptic sampling. The total of 5,275 includes all 1,498 low volume raw 
    operations, 1,275 (55.4%) of the 2,301 medium volume raw operations, 25 
    (3.2%) of the 793 high volume operations and 2,477 (99.8%) of the State 
    inspected raw product operations. Training was estimated at $403 per 
    operation--8 hours with a trainer at $37.50 per hour and a trainee at 
    $12.87 per hour. Training for 5,275 operations at $403 per operation 
    would cost $2.13 million as shown in Table 13.
         Recording and review time was estimated at 5 minutes per 
    day for each of the 8,329 species-specific operations. Five minutes per 
    day equals approximately 21.7 hours per year or an average of 
    approximately $291 per year per operation based on wages of $18.13 and 
    $12.87 per year (average of $13.43). The total is $2.42 million as 
    shown in Table 13. Since the requirement was one sample per day per 
    species, the cost estimates could also be viewed as 5 minutes per 
    sample.
        c. Comments on the Preliminary RIA. Similar to the preliminary 
    analysis, the public comments focused on the cost of required 
    Salmonella sampling and did not address the overall impact of meeting 
    the proposed pathogen reduction performance standards for Salmonella. 
    The proposed regulation would have required daily sampling for each 
    species or kind slaughtered and each type (meat or poultry) of raw 
    ground product per establishment per day. Comments from individual 
    establishments indicated that some small establishments could be 
    required to take 5 or more samples per day. A ``small'' establishment 
    currently slaughtering three different species (beef, swine and lamb) 
    and producing multiple raw ground products estimated they would need 
    approximately 2,200 samples per year at a cost of approximately $77,000 
    per year. That is over eight per day based on a 260 day work year. A 
    ``small'' ground meat processing establishment estimated they would 
    need over 500 samples from approximately 350,000 pounds of annual 
    production.
        Several comments from ``small'' establishments pointed out that the 
    proposed sampling program placed a disproportionate burden on small 
    establishments from two perspectives. First, ``small'' establishments 
    have less production over which to spread the cost of sampling. Second, 
    smaller establishments tend to be the ones that slaughter more species 
    or kind and produce more varieties of raw ground product. Other 
    comments pointed out that the proposed Salmonella testing would not 
    provide a good procedure to validate process control.
        There were also comments that referred to the cost of the product 
    that is lost or damaged during sample collection. A turkey processor 
    noted that the value of a 40 pound tom is $63.60 at wholesale price. 
    The same comment pointed out that shipping costs could be very high, 
    especially if next day service is required.
        Several comments noted that the IFSE study estimated costs for 
    microbiological testing that were far higher than the cost estimates 
    provided by FSIS. Another commenter noted that microbiological testing 
    is being proposed to correct a deficiency of an inspection system that 
    is currently unable to detect microbial contamination of meat. If 
    mandatory inspection is a federally funded program, why not the 
    ``correction'' of the system?
        Most of the comments referred to the cost of the proposed 
    requirement and were not comments on the methodology used to determine 
    costs in the preliminary analysis. One comment that did address the 
    cost methodology had calculated the cost of a Salmonella test at $38.00 
    to $44.50 per test where FSIS used a cost of approximately $33.00 to 
    $34.00. There was some confusion concerning the proposed requirements. 
    Some comments indicated the establishments believed that they would 
    have to test every product line. Other comments based estimates on a 
    far costlier test for Salmonella indicating they assumed the test would 
    require information concerning the number of bacteria present, not just 
    a positive-negative result.
        There were also comments that suggested that FSIS has overestimated 
    the cost of microbial sampling because, as the amount of laboratory 
    analysis increases, the cost per sample will probably decrease. Other 
    commenters pointed out that demand will lead to simpler and less costly 
    new methods development.
        d. Response to Comments. The changes in the final rule eliminate 
    the issues raised by most of the comments. The comments concerning the 
    burden on ``small'' establishments made a convincing argument that 
    ``small'' establishments could not afford to implement the microbial 
    sampling program as proposed. The final rule does not include a minimum 
    testing requirement for Salmonella. Each individual establishment can 
    conduct the level of testing they deem necessary to provide assurance 
    that they are meeting the pathogen reduction performance standards for 
    Salmonella.
        The Agency agrees with public comments and conclusions reached at 
    technical conferences that the proposed Salmonella testing would not 
    have provided a good measure of process control. The final rule 
    requires that all slaughter establishments implement testing programs 
    using generic E. coli to validate control of slaughter and sanitary 
    dressing procedures. After reviewing all public comments and other 
    materials made available during the comment period, FSIS concluded that 
    using generic E. coli is more practical. Generic E. coli is generally 
    present in the feces of mammals and birds and is, therefore, an 
    excellent indicator of fecal contamination. It has a higher frequency 
    than Salmonella and can be tested and quantified relatively less 
    expensively and, therefore, provides a more efficient measure of 
    control of slaughter and sanitary dressing procedures. Testing for 
    generic E. coli is also easier for in-house establishment laboratories.
        By basing E. coli sampling programs on production volume, the 
    Agency is responding to small establishment concerns over equity of the 
    regulatory burden. In addition, establishments with very low production 
    will be required to conduct sampling for only a limited time period 
    each year. Sampling will only be required for slaughter establishments. 
    Establishments slaughtering more than one kind of poultry or species of 
    livestock will be required to sample only the kind or species 
    representing the most production. There will also be provisions for 
    decreasing the number of samples after implementation of HACCP plans 
    and provisions for using alternative generic E. coli sampling programs 
    in cases where the establishment can present data demonstrating control 
    of slaughter and sanitary dressing procedures.
        The comments referring to the value of lost product identified a 
    cost that was not addressed in the preliminary analysis. Such costs 
    will not be a factor for the final rule because beef and pork samples 
    collected by FSIS will use the wet sponge swab technique and poultry 
    samples will be collected using a whole
    
    [[Page 38976]]
    
    bird rinse. In both cases, no product will be damaged or lost.
        With respect to comments referring to high microbial sampling costs 
    identified by the IFSE study, FSIS notes that the Agency's preliminary 
    cost estimates were based on the proposed regulatory requirement of one 
    test per species (carcass or raw ground product) per day for 
    Salmonella. The IFSE study based their per establishment costs on a 
    microbiological testing program currently being used in a beef 
    slaughter establishment. The cost estimates generated by the IFSE study 
    were not related to the testing program outlined in the proposed rule.
        The comments were correct that FSIS based the preliminary cost 
    analysis on existing laboratory methods and on current laboratory cost 
    estimates. The comments suggesting less expensive methods are only 
    speculative. There is no way to estimate potential new methods. While 
    there is no way to predict the effect of increased demand on costs, it 
    seems reasonable to expect that, in the long run, laboratory analysis 
    costs per sample will go down as more firms implement microbial 
    sampling programs. FSIS notes that short run costs could actually 
    increase as demand goes up faster than the supply of laboratory 
    capability. In the long run, however, establishments should benefit 
    from quantity discounts and lower fixed costs per sample as the total 
    number of analyses increases.
        e. Final Cost Estimates. The final rule requires that all 
    establishments slaughtering cattle, hogs, chickens or turkeys or 
    producing a raw ground product from these species or kind meet a new 
    pathogen reduction performance standard for Salmonella. This 
    requirement applies to an estimated 5,522 establishments as shown in 
    Table 15. Because the standard has been established using the baseline 
    studies that estimate a national prevalence by carcass, the Agency does 
    not have an estimate for the number of establishments that are 
    currently meeting the standard. The baseline studies do not provide 
    data on how pathogen levels vary between establishments and include 
    data from only the larger establishments that represent most of the 
    production.
    
    Table 15.--Establishments Affected by the Pathogen Reduction Performance
                                    Standard                                
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Very                            
                  Category                 small    Small    Large    Total 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Cattle and hog slaughter............    1,876      376       66    2,318
    Poultry slaughter...................      100      121      143      364
    Raw ground processing...............    1,413    1,358       69    2,840
                                         -----------------------------------
          Total.........................    3,389    1,855      278    5,522
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        This analysis of how the Salmonella standards will impact the 5,522 
    establishments will, by necessity, be primarily a qualitative 
    discussion. The analysis will, however, develop two scenarios that can 
    be used to present a range of potential impacts.
        Since the focus of this rule is about reducing pathogens in or on 
    raw meat and poultry products, it is anticipated that the potential 
    costs are greatest for those slaughter establishments that are 
    currently not meeting the new pathogen reduction performance standards. 
    For slaughter establishments, the potential costs take one of two 
    forms.
        First, even though the rule does not require establishments to test 
    for Salmonella, the Agency recognizes that some establishments may 
    conduct their own Salmonella testing programs to avoid failing a series 
    of tests conducted by the Agency. Thus, it can be argued that the 
    Agency's intent to implement establishment specific testing for 
    Salmonella is indirectly requiring the industry to routinely monitor 
    their Salmonella levels to assure they will be in compliance.
        The manner in which FSIS will implement its Salmonella testing 
    program should help keep establishment costs down. During the first 
    phase, referred to as pre-implementation testing, FSIS will test 
    product from each slaughter or raw ground operation and share those 
    results with the establishment. Thus, before FSIS begins the actual 
    enforcement of the Salmonella performance standards, the Agency will 
    provide each establishment with a status report on Salmonella 
    incidence. This pre-implementation testing will precede HACCP 
    implementation, which occurs from 18 to 42 months after publication of 
    the final rule. The pre-implementation results will assist the 
    establishments in preparing for implementation of HACCP and the 
    pathogen reduction performance standards. Establishments with low 
    incidence of Salmonella will have some level of assurance that they are 
    already meeting the new Salmonella standards.
        The second type of potential cost relates to the question of 
    whether firms will have to make permanent changes in their processing 
    or production practices in order to comply with the pathogen reduction 
    performance standards for Salmonella. Reducing pathogens for slaughter 
    establishments involves either modifying the incoming animals or birds, 
    improving the dressing procedures so as to reduce contamination during 
    procedures such as hide removal and evisceration, or using 
    interventions such as antimicrobial treatments to kill or remove the 
    pathogens following contamination. For many establishments, the process 
    of implementing HACCP programs may, by itself, improve the dressing 
    procedures sufficiently to meet the new standard. Other establishments 
    may have to choose between slowing production lines, modifying some 
    attribute of their incoming live animals or birds, or adding post-
    dressing interventions such as the new steam vacuum process or 
    antimicrobial rinses.
        This analysis will examine the two types of costs for the three 
    industry segments of poultry slaughter, meat slaughter and raw ground 
    processing. The analysis develops two cost scenarios to estimate the 
    impact of the new pathogen reduction standards for Salmonella. As 
    discussed earlier, the Agency does not have an estimate for the number 
    of establishments that are currently meeting the standards.
        The two cost scenarios are based on three general premises. The 
    first premise is that a certain portion of large establishments will 
    take whatever action is necessary to provide assurance that they are 
    meeting all regulatory requirements. The second premise is that the 
    establishments that are typically having problems controlling 
    operations today will also have problems meeting the Salmonella 
    standards. The low cost scenario is based on these first two premises. 
    FSIS has historically found serious control problems in from 5 to 10
    
    [[Page 38977]]
    
    percent of establishments. The recent 1,000 establishment review found 
    serious control problems in 8.9 percent of 358 randomly selected 
    establishments. The 1993 review of establishments with the New Turkey 
    Inspection System found 3 of 26 establishments with problems with 
    product ready for shipment. A 1991-1992 survey of poultry reprocessing 
    found that while only 2 percent of poultry is reprocessed off-line, 
    from 5 to 10 percent of the establishments had very high reprocessing 
    rates.
        The high cost scenario is based on a third premise that (1) 
    approximately half of the affected establishments are currently not 
    meeting the standards and that (2) most large establishments and the 
    majority of smaller establishments will take some action to assure 
    compliance with the Salmonella standards.
        As shown in Table 15, there are 2,318 cattle or swine slaughter 
    establishments that must meet the pathogen reduction performance 
    standards for Salmonella. The Agency does not have information that 
    would indicate that Salmonella testing is routinely conducted by a 
    major segment of the beef or pork industry. The baseline studies have 
    shown a one percent positive rate for steers and heifers and a 2.7 
    percent positive rate for cows and bulls. In addition, the Agency does 
    not know how, or if, beef and pork establishments would respond to the 
    Agency's Salmonella testing initiative. Given the relatively low levels 
    of Salmonella, most establishments will probably choose to depend on 
    the assurance provided by a validated, well functioning HACCP program.
        To develop a low cost scenario, the Agency assumes that the 66 
    large establishments would initiate daily testing using in-house 
    laboratories ($20.25 per analysis--$347,490 per year) and that half of 
    the 376 small establishments would conduct weekly testing at outside 
    laboratories ($33.35 per analysis--$326,030 per year). Under a high 
    cost scenario, the large establishments would conduct 8 tests per day 
    ($2.78 million per year), the small establishments would all conduct 
    one test per week ($652,059 per year) and half (938) of the very small 
    establishments would conduct a test each month ($375,388 per year). The 
    low and high Salmonella sampling costs for cattle and hog slaughter 
    operations are summarized in Tables 16 and 17, respectively.
        Beyond testing, there is the issue of whether the required actions 
    of developing and implementing process control procedures will, by 
    themselves, be sufficient to meet the Salmonella standards or whether 
    changes in processing methods will also be required. FSIS recognizes 
    that beef and pork dressing procedures involve a lot of manual steps 
    and, therefore, it is reasonable to assume that substantial pathogen 
    reduction can be accomplished through training and careful monitoring 
    of the dressing procedures. This is especially true for the low volume 
    establishments that do not have automated lines and use what is known 
    as the ``bed kill'' dressing process.
        For slaughter establishments that do have to make process 
    modifications, there are several options available. First, FSIS is 
    aware of establishments that are testing live animal washing systems. 
    Second, the preliminary analysis included estimates for the cost of 
    using different antimicrobial treatments for varying sizes of cattle or 
    hog slaughter establishments. The lowest cost option was a hot water 
    spray system with no cabinet. The cost for that system was estimated at 
    $.08 per carcass or approximately $8.78 million annually for all cattle 
    and hog establishments. In contrast, a pre-evisceration acid spray 
    system with both a pre-wash spray cabinet and a sanitizing cabinet was 
    estimated at $.79 per carcass for a low volume establishment. A TSP 
    system for cattle was estimated at $.85 per carcass for a low volume 
    establishment.
        The preliminary analysis noted that 23 establishments were already 
    using acetic or lactic acid sprays on carcasses either before or after 
    evisceration. Other establishments had requested approval for citric 
    acid, TSP, or hot water.
        Third, FSIS has now approved the new steam vacuum systems for beef 
    and pork operations. The installation of a steam vacuum system is 
    estimated at $10,000 per establishment, with expectations that 
    increased use will result in lower prices. Annual increased utility 
    costs to run a steam vacuum system are estimated at $4,000. Maintenance 
    cost is estimated at 5 percent or $500 per year.
        For a low cost option, it is assumed that 10 percent of the large 
    establishments must install a steam vacuum system to meet the new 
    requirements and that half of 376 small establishments must use a hot 
    water rinse at $.08 per carcass. The initial costs for the steam 
    systems would be $70,000. Annual operating costs would be $31,500. 
    Annual operating costs for hot water rinses on half the small 
    establishment production would be $915,000.
        Under a high cost option, it is assumed that half (33) of the large 
    establishments would have to install steam systems and that all small 
    and very small establishments would use hot water rinses. The initial 
    cost for steam systems would be $330,000. Annual operating costs would 
    be $148,500. Annual costs for hot water rinses would be $2,075,387. The 
    low and high process modification costs for cattle and hog slaughter 
    operations are summarized in Tables 16 and 17, respectively.
        As shown in Table 15, there are an estimated 2,840 establishments 
    that produce raw ground products using ingredients from other 
    establishments. These establishments do not have the same opportunities 
    to reduce Salmonella levels as do slaughter establishments. They can 
    control growth by avoiding temperature abuse and can limit cross-
    contamination, but basically they must depend on the Salmonella levels 
    of their incoming product in order to meet the performance standards. 
    These establishments may choose to test incoming product in order to 
    eliminate suppliers whose product is found to be positive. Larger 
    establishments that are important customers of other suppliers may 
    choose to include pathogen requirements in their purchase 
    specifications.
        For a low cost scenario, this analysis assumes that the 69 large 
    firms would analyze one sample per day using in-house laboratories 
    ($20.25 per analysis) and that 10 percent (136) of the small firms 
    would test one sample per week using an outside laboratory ($33.35 per 
    analysis). Under a high cost scenario, this analysis assumes that half 
    (679) of the small firms would test one sample per week and that the 
    large firms would double their sampling. Under each scenario, it is 
    assumed that the large establishments would begin testing 12 months 
    after publication and the small establishments 24 months after 
    publication. These starting dates correspond with the end of the 
    Agency's pre-implementation testing. The low and high Salmonella 
    sampling costs for raw ground processors are summarized in Tables 16 
    and 17, respectively.
        As shown in Table 15, there are 364 poultry slaughter operations 
    that will be required to meet the new pathogen reduction performance 
    standards for Salmonella. FSIS believes that almost all of the larger 
    establishments in the poultry industry currently conduct routine or 
    periodic analyses for Salmonella and will use their ongoing testing 
    programs to (1) establish and validate their HACCP controls to assure 
    they will initially comply with the new pathogen reduction performance
    
    [[Page 38978]]
    
    standard, and (2) periodically verify continuing compliance. Therefore, 
    the costs for additional Salmonella testing in the poultry industry 
    will be minimal.
        For cattle and hog operations, this analysis used the cost of 
    antimicrobials from the preliminary analysis in estimating possible 
    process modification costs. In contrast, for the poultry industry, 
    meeting the pathogen reduction performance standards is clearly not 
    analogous to meeting the proposed antimicrobial requirement. The 
    preliminary analysis assumed that 90 percent of all high volume poultry 
    processors and 70 percent of all low or medium volume processors 
    already meet that proposed requirement.
        FSIS recognizes that many poultry establishments may have to modify 
    existing procedures to meet the new standards for Salmonella. Where 
    cattle and hog dressing operations still include many manual procedures 
    that can be easily controlled by improved training and monitoring, the 
    poultry slaughter industry is highly automated, increasing the 
    probability that process control may require modifications of 
    equipment, facilities, or incoming product. However, because there is 
    extensive vertical integration in the poultry industry, many firms have 
    the added option of controlling Salmonella in the live birds. There is 
    evidence that controlling Salmonella in feed and controlling rodents in 
    poultry houses can have a substantial impact on the level of Salmonella 
    in birds entering the slaughter facility.
        In the late 1980's, FSIS tested some alternative processing methods 
    at an establishment in Puerto Rico. Two methods included a counterflow 
    scalder and a hot rinse immediately following the scald tank. At the 
    time, FSIS recognized that it may be expensive to retrofit an existing 
    establishment with a counterflow scalder because of the physical space 
    and plumbing required.
        Recognizing that other options are available, this analysis 
    develops potential cost estimates based on the addition of TSP rinses. 
    TSP rinse systems for the poultry industry are relatively expensive. It 
    is currently estimated that a TSP installation would cost $40,000 per 
    line with an operating cost of $0.003 per broiler or $0.014 per turkey.
        As a low cost option, FSIS assumes that 36 large poultry 
    establishments (27 broiler and 9 turkey establishments) will add TSP 
    systems. Average broiler production is estimated at 35 million and 
    average turkey production at 6 million. Annual average operating cost 
    are, therefore, $105,000 for a chicken slaughter operation and $84,000 
    for a turkey slaughter operation. Each large poultry establishment is 
    assumed to have 2 lines. Small establishments were assumed to average 
    1.5 lines.
        As a high cost option, FSIS assumes that 182 (100 large and 82 
    small) poultry establishments will have to add TSP systems to meet the 
    new requirements. The 182 establishments include 136 chicken and 46 
    turkey slaughter establishments. The total low cost scenario for 
    poultry slaughter operations is summarized in Table 16. The high cost 
    scenario is summarized in Table 17.
    
                              Table 16.--Salmonella Testing and Process Modification Costs                          
                                                [Low Cost Scenario--$000]                                           
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Industry sector cost category                   Year 1    Year 2    Year 3    Year 4    Year 5+
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Sampling by Raw Ground Processors.............................         0       363       599       599       599
    Process Changes for Cattle and Hog Slaughter Operations.......         0        86       489       947       947
    Sampling by Cattle and Hog Slaughter Operations...............         0       347       674       674       674
    Process changes for poultry slaughter operations..............         0     4,676     3,591     3,591     3,591
                                                                   -------------------------------------------------
          Total...................................................         0     5,472     5,353     5,811     5,811
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
                              Table 17.-- Salmonella Testing and Process Modification Costs                         
                                               [High Cost Scenario--$000]                                           
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Industry sector cost category                   Year 1    Year 2    Year 3    Year 4    Year 5+
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Sampling by raw ground processors.............................         0      $727    $1,904    $1,904    $1,904
    Process changes for cattle and hog slaughter operations.......         0       404     1,063     2,101     2,224
    Sampling by cattle and hog slaughter operations...............         0     2,780     3,807     3,807     3,807
    Process Changes for Poultry Slaughter Operations..............         0    12,988    18,979    18,144    18,144
                                                                   -------------------------------------------------
          Total...................................................         0    16,899    25,753    25,956    26,079
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        After the initial implementation years, the annual cost for all 
    three industry sectors is approximately $5.8 million for the low cost 
    scenario. Under the high cost scenario, the total recurring industry 
    cost of meeting the new performance standards is $26.1 million per 
    year.
        The high and low cost scenarios have addressed the potential costs 
    of process modification when establishments find they are not meeting 
    critical limits set to assure compliance with the new pathogen 
    reduction standards for Salmonella. While the scenarios have addressed 
    permanent process modifications, it is also reasonable to assume that 
    meeting the Salmonella standards would involve some day-to-day process 
    adjustments, i.e., corrective actions that do not involve adding new 
    procedures or new equipment. One example would be the decision to 
    reduce line speeds on a day when the incoming live animals are 
    particularly dirty. The Agency believes that many establishments 
    already take this type of precautionary action.
        Under HACCP, there will presumably also be some costs associated 
    with corrective actions related to critical limits set for the purpose 
    of meeting existing regulatory limits. As discussed earlier under 
    methodology, the preliminary analysis did not include any costs for 
    taking corrective actions when such deviations from critical limits 
    occur. If this rulemaking were implementing a new regulatory program 
    where none had previously existed, one might expect to see 
    establishments experiencing considerable additional costs due to 
    temporary production down-time, the need to rework or condemn product 
    or the need to
    
    [[Page 38979]]
    
    investigate the causes of deviations and develop corrective action 
    plans. Meat and poultry inspection is, however, an existing regulatory 
    program with a broad range of requirements that are well understood by 
    the regulated industry and enforced by the daily presence of an 
    inspector. The system already includes procedures whereby 
    establishments are (1) implementing corrective actions for almost a 
    million written Processing Deficiency Records (PDRs) annually, (2) 
    developing written Establishment Improvement Programs (PIPs) when 
    continuing problems with facility maintenance are observed, and (3) 
    developing Corrective Action Plans when establishments experience 
    serious ongoing problems in complying with existing sanitation or other 
    regulatory requirements. In addition, the regulations already include a 
    wide array of time and/or temperature requirements for cooking and 
    chilling processed products. Many of the existing regulations have been 
    developed with the standards of food safety in mind that are 
    represented by critical limits under HACCP.
        Within this existing regulatory framework establishments already 
    experience down-time and expend considerable resources discussing 
    causes of problems and plans for preventing future occurrences. Thus, 
    from the perspective of looking at the existing system, FSIS does not 
    envision that establishments will experience a significant increase in 
    the costs of corrective action and believes the new system can help 
    establishments avoid situations that currently cost them resources to 
    correct. FSIS views the new program as a more effective way of assuring 
    that establishments meet already established health and safety related 
    requirements. For example, the requirement that establishments develop 
    and implement sanitation SOPs does not include any change in existing 
    sanitation standards. Under the existing system, FSIS takes 
    responsibility for determining when establishments meet the standard 
    and when they can operate. Under the new program, establishments will 
    have to document their procedures and take responsibility for 
    implementing those procedures before they begin operations. FSIS 
    recognizes that some establishments will have to spend more time 
    cleaning facilities and equipment. Today, many establishments conduct 
    sanitation procedures only after inspection has identified a problem. 
    FSIS does not, however, view such increased costs of sanitation as a 
    cost of this rulemaking. If this rule imposes such additional costs, it 
    is because the HACCP-based program will inherently provide improved 
    enforcement procedures in situations where firms have been substituting 
    the inspector's sanitation review for their own production control.
        In summary, under the broader cost category of process modification 
    and corrective action, FSIS has concluded that the cost of this rule is 
    most appropriately addressed under the subject of potential costs 
    associated with meeting the new pathogen reduction standards. The low 
    and high cost scenarios provide the estimates for these potential 
    costs. As will be discussed under the next topic of generic E. coli 
    testing, these low and high cost scenarios include the types of actions 
    establishments would take if they were also experiencing continuing 
    difficulty in meeting criteria established for generic E. coli.
        The final rule also requires that all establishments that slaughter 
    cattle, swine, chickens or turkeys implement testing programs for 
    generic E. coli to validate control of slaughter and sanitary dressing 
    procedures. All samples will be analyzed for quantity, i.e., number of 
    bacteria present. These testing programs will use production volume as 
    the basis for determining the frequency at which establishments will 
    conduct testing for generic E. coli. The frequencies for E. coli 
    testing for each slaughter species are as follows:
    
    cattle--1 test per 300 carcasses
    swine--1 test per 1,000 carcasses
    chickens--1 test per 22,000 carcasses
    turkeys--1 test per 3,000 carcasses
    
    These frequencies were selected so that, in the subgroup of 
    establishments accounting for 99 percent of total production for each 
    species, the 5 percent of establishments with the highest production 
    volume would each have to conduct a minimum of 13 E. coli tests, or one 
    test window, each day. With these frequencies, 90 percent of all 
    cattle, 94 percent of all swine, 99 percent of all chicken, and 99 
    percent of all turkeys will be slaughtered in establishments conducting 
    a minimum of one E. coli test per day.
        The above frequencies notwithstanding, all slaughter establishments 
    must conduct sampling at a minimum frequency of once per week. 
    Establishments with very low volumes, slaughtering at or below 6,000 
    cattle, 20,000 swine (or a combination of such livestock not to exceed 
    a total of 20,000, with a minimum of 6,000 cattle), 440,000 chickens, 
    or 60,000 turkeys annually, will only be required to sample once per 
    week until a sampling window has been completed where the results 
    indicate that the slaughter and dressing process is under control. Once 
    these criteria have been met, these establishments will be required to 
    complete a new sampling window once each year, or when a change has 
    been made in the slaughter process or personnel. This cost analysis 
    assumes that the average low volume establishment will have to complete 
    two windows (26 samples) each year before they meet the established 
    criteria, recognizing that some establishments will meet the criteria 
    on their first window and others may require three or more.
        The final rule also provides that slaughter establishments 
    operating under a validated HACCP system may use a sampling frequency 
    other than that provided for in the regulation if the alternative 
    sampling frequency is an integral part of the establishment's HACCP 
    verification procedures and if FSIS does not determine, and notify the 
    establishment in writing, that the alternative frequency is inadequate 
    to verify the effectiveness of the establishmen's slaughter and 
    sanitary dressing controls. In addition, the final rule allows an 
    establishment to use an existing generic E. coli sampling program if it 
    can provide the data necessary to show that the existing plan is 
    assuring adequate control. This analysis has not attempted to account 
    for alternative sampling frequencies. It is likely that any reduction 
    in generic E. coli sampling would be offset by alternative verification 
    procedures.
        The estimated component costs for collecting, shipping and 
    analyzing a generic E. coli sample at a commercial laboratory are shown 
    in Table 18.
    
         Table 18.--Cost of a Generic E. coli Sample Analysis Commercial    
                                   Laboratory                               
                                    [Dollars]                               
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Component                              Cost 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Average private laboratory cost.................................   13.00
    Shipping........................................................    7.00
    Collecting and packaging........................................    3.75
                                                                     -------
          Total.....................................................   23.75
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The component costs for collecting and analyzing a generic E. coli 
    sample at an FSIS field laboratory are shown in Table 19.
    
    [[Page 38980]]
    
    
    
        Table 19.-- Cost of a Generic E. coli Sample Analysis FSIS Field    
                                   Laboratory                               
                                    [Dollars]                               
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Component                              Cost 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Sample collection supplies......................................    1.45
    Sample collection (0.5 hrs/$18.60 per hr).......................    9.30
    Laboratory supplies.............................................    2.90
    Laboratory analysis (0.5 hrs/$18.60 per hr).....................    9.30
                                                                     -------
          Total.....................................................   22.95
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Based on the above average cost estimates, this final RIA uses a 
    per sample cost of $24 per analysis, recognizing that establishments 
    with in-house laboratories will be able to conduct sample analysis at 
    lower costs. In using the average cost of $24 per sample, FSIS is 
    providing an upper bound estimate. The corresponding cost per sample 
    for Salmonella was $33.35 at a commercial laboratory. Thus, using 
    generic E. coli instead of Salmonella for process control validation 
    has reduced the per sample cost by approximately 30 percent.
        Aggregate annual sampling costs were estimated by applying the 
    sampling frequencies to annual production data recorded by the Animal 
    Disposition Reporting System (ADRS), an existing Agency database. The 
    ADRS includes the total annual production in terms of number of 
    livestock or poultry slaughtered for each federally inspected 
    establishment. Table 20 summarizes estimates for the number of samples 
    that will need to be collected and analyzed each year by the 364 
    inspected poultry slaughter operations. As shown in Table 20, the 364 
    establishments will be required to analyze 419,123 samples annually. 
    Table 21 summarizes estimates for the number of samples that will need 
    to be collected and analyzed each year by the 2,318 inspected cattle 
    and swine slaughter operations. As shown in Table 21, the 2,318 
    establishments will be required to analyze 252,640 samples annually.
        The smallest 2,098 slaughter operations (less than 6,000 cattle, 
    20,000 swine, 60,000 turkeys and 440,000 chickens) will be required to 
    analyze one sample per week until they demonstrate compliance with 
    established criteria. This analysis assumes an average of 26 samples 
    per establishment per year, recognizing that some may need more and 
    others less. These 2,098 smaller slaughter operations (over 78 percent 
    of the total 2,682) will not be required to conduct any further 
    analyses within a given year unless major changes to facilities, 
    equipment or personnel occur.
        Tables 20 and 21 were constructed assuming that all establishments 
    operate on a 52 week, 260 day, 40 hours per week, 2,080-hour work-year. 
    As discussed above, this final RIA does not attempt to account for 
    possible reductions in sampling frequency in establishments where the 
    establishment can demonstrate an existing acceptable alternative 
    program or where alternative frequencies are an integral part of 
    successful HACCP verification procedures.
        Tables 20 and 21 incorporate data from the preliminary analysis 
    showing that there are 1,328 state-inspected slaughter establishments, 
    with an estimated 1,270 slaughtering cattle or swine and 58 
    slaughtering poultry. Based on additional data collected in July 1995, 
    FSIS anticipates that 50 of the state-inspected cattle or swine 
    slaughtering establishments will exceed the limits of 6,000 cattle or 
    20,000 hogs and will be required to conduct a minimum of one sample per 
    week on an ongoing basis. It is further assumed that none of these 
    establishments will have to conduct more than one per week, i.e., 
    cattle slaughter is under 15,600 (300 x 52) and swine slaughter is 
    under 52,000 (52 x 1,000). The other 1,220 state-inspected cattle or 
    swine establishments would average 26 samples per year (2 windows). The 
    July 1995 data indicate that all 58 state-inspected establishments 
    slaughtering poultry process fewer than 60,000 turkeys and 440,000 
    chickens annually.
    
                        Table 20.--Required E. Coli Sampling for Poultry Slaughter Establishments                   
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Annual slaughter production          Number                               Average sampling rate     Annual  
                  category               establishments  Sampling range per day     per establishment      samples  
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Chickens over 45.8 million.........             60   Over 8 per day........  10.9 Per Day..........      170,300
    Chickens 5.72 to 45.8 million......            125   1-8 per day...........  4.7 per day...........      152,230
    Chickens 440,000 to 5,720,000......             23   1 per week-1 per day..  1.9 per week..........        2,215
    Turkeys over 6.24 million..........             18   Over 8 per day........  12.7 per day..........       59,540
    Turkeys 780,000 to 6,240,000.......             25   1-8 per day...........  4.8 per day...........       31,330
    Turkeys 60,000 to 780,000..........              5   1 per week-1 per day..  2.7 per week..........          700
    Chickens under 440,000 and Turkeys             108   NA....................  One per week (26              2,808
     under 60,000.                                                                weeks).                           
                                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Total........................            364   NA....................  NA....................      419,123
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    NA--Not applicable.                                                                                             
    
    
               Table 21.-- Required Generic E. coli Sampling for Swine and Cattle Slaughter Establishments          
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Annual slaughter production         Number of                             Average sampling rate     Annual  
                  category               establishments      Sampling range         per establishment      samples  
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Cattle over 780,000................             16   10 or more per day....  14.8 per day..........       61,750
    Cattle between 78,000 and 780,000..             50   1-10 per day..........  3.2 Per Day...........       41,340
    Hogs over 2,080,000................             17   8 or more per day.....  11.6 per day..........       51,090
    Hogs between 260,000 and 2,080,000.             29   1-8 per day...........  4.0 Per Day...........       30,290
    Cattle between 6,000 and 78,000 and/           216   One per week--one per   1.5 per week..........       16,430
     or hogs between 20,000 and 260,000.                  day.                                                      
    Under 6,000 cattle and under 20,000          1,990   NA....................  One per week (26             51,740
     Hogs.                                                                        weeks).                           
                                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Total........................          2,318   NA....................  NA....................      252,640
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    NA--Not applicable.                                                                                             
    
    
    [[Page 38981]]
    
    
        The total costs for meeting the final requirements for generic E. 
    coli sampling in poultry and livestock slaughter establishments are 
    summarized in Tables 22 and 23. These tables use the same cost 
    estimates as the preliminary analysis for requirements such as plan 
    development, training and recording and reviewing analytical results. 
    Plan development is $640 per plan. The preliminary analysis assumed 
    that 75 percent of operations will require training for aseptic 
    sampling at $403 per operation. Recording and reviewing laboratory 
    results averages 5 minutes per sample at an average wage of $13.43.
        As shown in Table 22, implementation costs (training and sampling 
    plan development) for generic E. coli sampling in poultry 
    establishments will be $286 thousand. For cattle and swine 
    establishments, the implementation costs are $2.34 million as shown in 
    Table 23. Annual recurring costs total $10.5 million for for the 364 
    poultry establishments and $6.35 million for the 2,318 cattle and swine 
    establishments. The total implementation costs for all 2,682 slaughter 
    establishments are $2.63 million. The total recurring costs are $16.85 
    million.
        In addition to the required sampling costs, there is the question 
    of whether there will be additional compliance costs for establishments 
    where test results indicate the performance criteria generic E. coli 
    are not being met. In addressing this question, FSIS considered several 
    factors. First, FSIS acknowledges that some establishments will find 
    they are in compliance with the pathogen reduction standards for 
    Salmonella, but are not meeting the performance criteria for generic E. 
    coli. Second, the fact that the performance criteria are not 
    established as enforceable regulatory standards does not mean that 
    there will not be compliance costs. Third, the compliance actions 
    identified for meeting the Salmonella standards (steam vacuum system, 
    TSP systems and hot water rinses), are the same actions establishments 
    would likely employ to achieve compliance with the performance 
    criteria.
    
         Table 22.--Costs for Implementing Generic E. coli Sampling Programs in Poultry Slaughter Establishments    
                                                 [Dollars in Thousands]                                             
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Number of                                Samples               
                                                  establishments    Training     Sampling    collection   Recording 
                 Production Category                (number of    for aseptic      plan         and       and review
                                                      annual        sampling   development    analysis   (recurring)
                                                     samples)                               (recurring)             
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Turkeys Under 60,000; Chickens Under 440,000            108                                                     
                                                        (2,808)            44           69           67            3
    Turkeys Between 60,000 and 780,000; Chickens                                                                    
     Between 440,000 and 5,720,000..............             28                                                     
                                                        (2,915)             6           18           70            3
    Turkeys over 780,000; Chickens over                                                                             
     5,720,000..................................            228                                                     
                                                      (413,400)             3          146        9,992          463
                                                 -------------------------------------------------------------------
          Total.................................            364                                                     
                                                      (419,123)            53          233       10,059          469
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
           Table 23.--Costs for Implementing Generic E. coli Sampling Programs for Cattle and Swine Slaughter       
                                                     Establishments                                                 
                                                 [Dollars in Thousands]                                             
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Number of                                Samples               
                                                  establishments    Training     Sampling    collection   Recording 
                 Production category                (number of    for aseptic      plan         and       and review
                                                      annual        sampling   development    analysis   (recurring)
                                                     samples)                               (recurring)             
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Cattle Under 6,000; Hogs Under 20,000.......          1,990                                                     
                                                       (51,740)           802        1,274        1,242           58
    Cattle Between 6,000 and 78,000; Hogs                                                                           
     Between 20,000 and 260,000.................            216                                                     
                                                       (16,430)            54          138          394           18
    Cattle over 78,000; Hogs over 260,000.......            112                                                     
                                                      (184,470)             1           72        4,427          206
                                                 -------------------------------------------------------------------
          Total.................................          2,318                                                     
                                                      (252,640)           857        1,484        6,063          283
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        After considering the above factors, FSIS concluded that if the low 
    cost scenario for compliance with Salmonella standards proves to be 
    more accurate, there will likely be more separate compliance costs for 
    generic E. coli. As the costs for Salmonella compliance go up, the 
    likelihood of separate generic E. coli costs goes down. It is important 
    to note that under the high cost scenario, all cattle and swine 
    slaughter establishments are using the steam vacuum system or a hot 
    water rinse and half of all poultry slaughter establishments are using 
    TSP systems. Under this scenario, it is difficult to imagine that any 
    establishments would
    
    [[Page 38982]]
    
    still be failing to meet the performance criteria for generic E. coli.
        FSIS considered the possibility that the smaller establishments 
    conducting only seasonal testing would increase testing to cover the 
    whole year to provide better assurance of control over sanitary 
    dressing procedures. However, FSIS rejected this possibility after 
    considering the cost pressures on small businesses. FSIS would 
    certainly not expect to see these establishments use both expanded 
    testing and hot water rinses.
    3. HACCP Programs--Plan Development and Annual Reassessment Costs
        a. Summary of Requirements. The proposed rule included a 
    requirement that each inspected establishment develop a written HACCP 
    plan for each distinct ``process'' conducted on the premises. The 
    proposed rule identified nine process categories that would require 
    separate HACCP plans. Each plan would include: identification of the 
    processing steps which present hazards; identification and description 
    of the CCP for each identified hazard; specification of the critical 
    limit which may not be exceeded at the CCP (and if appropriate a target 
    limit); a description of the establishment monitoring procedures; a 
    description of the corrective action to be taken if the limit is 
    exceeded; a description of the records which would be generated and 
    maintained regarding this CCP; and a description of the establishment 
    verification activities and the frequency at which they are to be 
    conducted.
        The requirements in the final rule for HACCP plans are essentially 
    the same. The final rule requires that each establishment conduct a 
    hazard analysis and then develop a comprehensive HACCP plan that covers 
    each hazard identified. The final rule has eliminated the nine process 
    categories because the sequencing of HACCP implementation will be based 
    on establishment size and not on process categories. The final rule 
    also includes the provision that each plan be reassessed on an annual 
    basis.
        b. Review of Preliminary Cost Estimates. Using existing databases 
    (PBIS and ADRS) FSIS estimated that the 6,186 federally inspected 
    establishments would require 16,899 HACCP plans, an average of 2.73 
    plans per establishment. It was assumed that each of the 2,893 state 
    inspected establishments would have 2.1 plans per establishment for a 
    total of 6,120 plans. The total number of plans for all establishments 
    is, therefore, 23,019. The Agency requested specific comments on the 
    assumptions used to estimate the number of state plans, but received 
    none. In estimating the cost of HACCP plan development for federally 
    inspected establishments, FSIS used the following cost estimates as 
    shown in Table 24.
    
                     Table 24.--HACCP Plan Development Costs                
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         Plan sequence      
                   Plan difficulty                --------------------------
                                                    First    Second   Third 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Easy.........................................    4,000    2,000    1,000
    Moderate.....................................    8,000    4,000    2,000
    Difficult....................................   12,500    6,250    3,125
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Table 24 accounts for both the complexity or difficulty of the plan 
    and the experience gained by developing previous plans. The table was 
    developed from several sources including discussions with a number of 
    private sector food consultants and the results of the HACCP Pilot 
    Program Cost Findings study which was conducted by RTI and completed in 
    August 1994. The RTI Study found that the nine pilot establishments 
    reported plan development costs ranging from $607 to $15,750.
        For state establishments, FSIS assumed an average cost of $2,000 
    for 6,120 plans. For the federally-inspected establishments, the above 
    table generated an average cost of approximately $2,020 per plan. The 
    resulting average cost is relatively low because the preliminary 
    analysis credited each establishment with having developed one plan 
    prior to HACCP because of the need to develop plans for sanitation 
    SOPs, microbial sampling and time-temperature controls. It was assumed 
    that the experience gained in developing plans for these three near-
    term interventions could be applied to their first HACCP plan.
         The total cost for developing 23,019 plans was estimated 
    at approximated $46.4 million ($34.14 million federal and $12.24 
    million state) spread over a 3 year implementation period.
        c. Comments on the Preliminary RIA. There were several specific 
    comments on the cost of developing a HACCP plan. Examples include:
          To write each plan would cost around $9,000.
           Average time to draft a plan is 300 hours.
          Average time of 300 hours at $125 per hour ($37,500).
          An average of $5,000 per establishment.
          Approximately $1,000 to $1,500 per establishment.
        More general comments stated that FSIS had underestimated or 
    overestimated the cost of plan development or that FSIS should develop 
    or pay for the cost of developing plans. There were also comments that 
    indicate that some establishments believed that they would be required 
    to have a separate plan for each product they produce.
        d. Response to Comments. The comments that suggested FSIS had 
    overestimated costs or had developed an upper limit on implementation 
    costs, pointed out that a market driven response to the rule would 
    likely cut costs. The market would increase the number of consultants 
    which would be available at reduced costs, especially for small 
    establishments that are most likely to employ outside consultants. 
    While FSIS agrees that the number of available consultants will 
    increase and that the hourly cost for outside assistance will likely 
    decrease, the Agency notes that Table 24 was developed with those 
    factors in mind. The discussions with private sector food consultants 
    focused on projected costs, recognizing that costs would decrease as 
    more consultants became available and the overall level of industry 
    expertise and experience increased.
        The comments included a wide range of estimates for the cost of 
    developing a HACCP plan. Most of the specific cost estimates contained 
    in the comments were within the ranges presented in Table 24. The 
    comments do not provide a compelling reason to modify Table 24, 
    especially since FSIS has an ongoing effort to develop implementation 
    aids for establishments that will help keep plan development costs 
    down. In addition to generic models that will be available at least six 
    months before any mandatory requirement, FSIS is developing or 
    considering: (1) Information publications, such as a HACCP Handbook 
    that explains how a establishment can effectively and economically 
    incorporate the seven principles into its operations; (2) training 
    videos and computer programs that present HACCP implementation guidance 
    in alternative formats; (3) models for onsite HACCP training of 
    establishment employees; and (4) a catalog of hazards with examples of 
    control measures and generic plans for each slaughter and processing 
    category described in the proposed rule. FSIS is also planning to 
    sponsor in-establishment demonstration projects to generate real-world 
    information and guidance about near-term and HACCP implementation 
    issues in small businesses.
        FSIS will also continue its technical assistance to state programs 
    by including states' training officials in
    
    [[Page 38983]]
    
    Federal training efforts, by facilitating state access to and use of 
    federal computer support systems, and by expansion of state/federal 
    cooperative efforts through the Conference for Food Protection, the 
    National Association of State Departments of Agriculture, the 
    Association of Food and Drug officials, and the Meat and Poultry 
    Inspection Advisory Committee. Also, FSIS' plans for in-establishment 
    demonstration projects referenced above will focus on small 
    establishments under State regulation as well as those under Federal 
    regulation.
        The findings from the nine pilot establishments reported in the RTI 
    study were based on conditions existing in the 1991-1992 time period. 
    Many factors have changed since then including the number of available 
    HACCP consultants, the number of trained individuals, the number of 
    courses available and the general level of knowledge concerning the 
    implementation of HACCP principles in food processing establishments. 
    These factors should help drive plan development cost down.
        The 1994 RTI study noted that: ``Several participants commented 
    that there is a lot more discussion and information about HACCP in the 
    trade press and elsewhere today than there was even three years ago. 
    Without exception, participants felt that USDA could reduce the costs 
    of HACCP--especially training and HACCP plan development costs--by 
    making as much information about HACCP available as possible.''
        In response to comments that FSIS should develop or pay for the 
    development of plans, FSIS believes that these suggestions would 
    diminish the principle of having industry take ownership and 
    responsibility for the production process. This principle is a key 
    factor in HACCP. If FSIS developed or paid for the plans, it would 
    detract from the establishment's assuming ownership and responsibility 
    for the HACCP plans. FSIS also believes that government funding of the 
    plans would set a bad precedent. If the government assumes the cost of 
    compliance with regulatory actions which ultimately benefit the 
    regulated industry, establishments will campaign for additional actions 
    leading to greater government outlays. Government funded plans would 
    also require an increase in the FSIS budget requiring a corresponding 
    increase in taxes and also likely lead to more expensive plans. By 
    bearing the costs, establishments will have a stronger incentive to 
    control plan development costs than FSIS. Finally, FSIS expects that 
    market forces will permit establishments to shift some of the costs to 
    producers and consumers which is a more equitable allocation of costs 
    than placing the burden on taxpayers in general.
        In response to comments expressing concern that each product would 
    require a HACCP plan, FSIS notes that there is a major distinction 
    between requiring that ``each product must be covered by the 
    establishment's HACCP plan'' and requiring that ``each product have a 
    unique HACCP plan.'' The final complexity of an establishment's HACCP 
    plan is related to the number of distinct processes used by the 
    establishment and not the number of products produced.
        e. Final Cost Estimates. Although the final rule has eliminated the 
    process categories and requires a single, comprehensive HACCP plan for 
    each establishment with hazards, the final cost estimates are based on 
    the earlier estimates of 16,889 plans for federally inspected 
    establishments and 6,120 plans for state inspected establishments. 
    Since final cost is still a function of the number and complexity of 
    processes, FSIS sees no reason to change the methodology for estimating 
    HACCP plan development costs. Furthermore, it is reasonable to assume 
    that establishments may develop their plans in segments beginning with 
    relatively simple processes and then proceeding to more complex 
    processes.
        The final cost estimates for 23,019 HACCP plans are shown in Table 
    25. The final cost estimate for federally inspected establishments is 
    based on Table 24 which presents different costs, depending on the 
    sequence, for easy, moderate and difficult plans. The final cost 
    estimate does not, however, assume that the first HACCP plan is 
    actually the second plan because of experience gained in developing 
    sanitation SOP plans and microbial sampling plans. The result is that 
    the average cost for the 16,899 plans for federally inspected 
    establishments is now $3,240, up from the preliminary analysis average 
    of $2,020 per plan. The average cost for 6,120 plans in state inspected 
    establishments is $2,000, the same per plan cost used in the 
    preliminary analysis.
        It is assumed that HACCP validation is an integral part of HACCP 
    plan development and that the requirement for annual reassessment will 
    be a minimal cost for establishments that do not modify their products 
    or processes and are not experiencing difficulty in meeting all 
    critical limits. The analysis assumes that the average annual 
    reassessment will take two hours per plan at a quality control 
    manager's salary of $25.60 per hour. Thus, the average annual 
    reassessment will cost $51.20 per plan.
    
                            Table 25.--Cost Of HACCP Plan Development and Annual Reassessment                       
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                              Average               
                                                               Number       Number   Total    cost per     Annual   
                    Establishment category                 establishments   plans     cost      plan    reassessment
                                                                                     ($000)  (dollars)     ($000)   
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Low..................................................        2,234       5,106   17,762     3,479          261  
    Medium...............................................        3,103       8,712   28,075     3,223          446  
    High.................................................          849       3,081    8,911     2,892          158  
                                                          ==========================================================
          Subtotal.......................................        6,186      16,899   54,748     3,240          865  
    State................................................        2,893       6,120   12,240     2,000          313  
                                                          ----------------------------------------------------------
          Total..........................................        9,079      23,019   66,988     2,910        1,179  
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        As discussed above under methodology, this cost analysis assumes a 
    static number of establishments and processes while recognizing that 
    the rule will add to the cost of new establishments or processes. One 
    such
    
    [[Page 38984]]
    
    cost would be the annual reassessment for establishments that add new 
    processes or substantially modify existing production practices.
    4. HACCP Programs--Recordkeeping Costs
        a. Summary of Requirements. The final rule requires that all 
    establishments record observations when monitoring critical control 
    points and document any deviations and corrective actions taken. The 
    rule also requires a certification review of records by an employee not 
    involved in recording observations. Such recording and certification 
    review of observations at critical control points is a fundamental 
    HACCP principle.
        FSIS is requiring that the records involving measurements during 
    slaughter and processing, corrective actions, verification check 
    results, and related activities contain the identity of the product, 
    the product code or slaughter production lot, and the date the record 
    was made. The purpose of this requirement is to assure that both the 
    company and the regulator can readily link a record to a product and 
    the timeframe in which it was processed. FSIS is also requiring that 
    the information be recorded at the time that it is observed and that 
    the record be signed by the operator or observer.
        FSIS is also requiring that the HACCP records be certified by a 
    company employee other than the one who produced the record, before the 
    product is distributed in commerce. The purpose of this review is to 
    verify that the HACCP system has been in operation during the 
    production of the product, that it has functioned as designed and that 
    the company is taking full responsibility for the product's meeting 
    applicable regulatory requirements. The employee conducting the 
    certification review must sign the records.
        FSIS is also requiring that HACCP plans and records be available 
    for review by program personnel. Records access is necessary to permit 
    verification of all aspects of a HACCP system.
        b. Review of Preliminary Cost Estimates. In the preliminary cost 
    analysis, recordkeeping cost was defined to include the time it takes 
    to make observations and record the results of those observations plus 
    the cost of certifying and maintaining records. Several key variables 
    were involved in the estimates for HACCP recordkeeping costs for the 
    preliminary RIA. First, it was established that recordkeeping costs are 
    related to the number of processing lines operating simultaneously and 
    not the number of HACCP plans. That is, an establishment may have 
    several HACCP plans but never have more than one operating at any given 
    time. To estimate recordkeeping costs it was necessary to collect data 
    on the average number of production lines operating per shift. To 
    estimate product lines, data was collected for a sample of low, medium 
    and high volume establishments from each of the FSIS Regional Offices. 
    The data on average number of simultaneous operating lines was 
    collected for processing operations, red meat slaughter operations and 
    poultry slaughter operations for both first and second shifts. Costs 
    were then estimated based on 7,639 federal and 4,080 state inspected 
    operations as shown in Table 26.
    
       Table 26.--Operations in Federal and State Inspected Establishments  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       Federal          State               
       Manufacturing operation        inspected       inspected      Total  
                                   establishments  establishments           
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Processing...................         6,006           2,752        8,758
    Meat slaughter...............         1,327           1,270        2,597
    Poultry slaughter............           306              58          364
                                  ------------------------------------------
        Total....................         7,639           4,080       11,719
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        It was further assumed that each State establishment was a single 
    shift establishment and that State establishments would have the same 
    number of production lines as the first shift of a low volume federal 
    establishment.
        Other variables included the average number of CCP's per plan and 
    the average amount of time for recording and reviewing records per CCP. 
    For federally inspected establishments, the analysis assumed that 
    processing HACCP plans have an average of 7.4 CCP's and slaughter plans 
    have an average of 5 CCP's. It was assumed that State inspected 
    establishments will average 5 CCP's per HACCP plan. Recording time was 
    estimated at an average of 5 minutes per CCP per shift. Review time for 
    certification was estimated at an average of 2 minutes per CCP per 
    shift. Recording cost was estimated based on an employee earning $12.87 
    per hour. Certification cost was based on a supervisor or QC technician 
    earning $18.13 per hour. All storage costs were based on a national 
    survey of storage costs showing an average annual cost of $8.40 per 
    square foot.
        Total recordkeeping costs are the sum of the costs for three 
    components: Monitoring CCP's and recording findings, certifying 
    records, and storing records. The following calculation for the annual 
    costs of recording the findings from monitoring CCP's in State 
    processing operations illustrates how the above estimates were used in 
    estimating total recordkeeping costs:
    
    Recording Costs For State Processing Operations =
    
    (2,752 operations)  x  (1.1 average production lines)
      x  (5 minutes per CCP per day  60 minutes per hour)
      x  (5 CCP's per line)
      x  ($12.87 per hour)  x  (260 days per year)
     = Sec. 4.22 million
    
    The total costs per establishment for recordkeeping, as estimated in 
    the preliminary analysis, are summarized in Table 27. The total 
    aggregate costs are shown in Table 28. The average cost per 
    establishment and the total aggregate costs were reduced to account for 
    the recordkeeping that already occurs in TQC, NELS and SIS 
    establishments.
    
                               Table 27.--Summary of Recordkeeping Costs per Establishment                          
                                                        [Dollars]                                                   
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                           Recurring
                        Establishment category                        Recording   Certifying  Maintaining    annual 
                                                                    observations    records     records       cost  
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Low...........................................................       2,560        1,442          28       4,030 
    Medium........................................................       4,202        2,368          52       6,621 
    High..........................................................      10,994        6,195          90      17,279 
    State.........................................................       2,163        1,219          33       3,415 
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
                      Table 28.--HACCP Recordkeeping Costs                  
                                  [$ Thousands]                             
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Number of      Annual 
                Establishment category             establishments    costs  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Low..........................................         2,234        9,003
    Medium.......................................         3,103       20,545
    High.........................................           849       14,669
                                                  ==========================
          Subtotal...............................         6,186       44,217
    State........................................         2,893        9,880
          Total..................................         9,079       54,097
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        With the methodology used for estimating recordkeeping costs, it is 
    also possible to look at annual recording and certification cost per 
    operating line. Assuming a line runs 52 weeks, 40 hours per week, 2,080 
    hours per year,
    
    [[Page 38985]]
    
    the average annual recordkeeping cost (excluding any storage costs) for 
    a processing line in a federally inspected establishment would be 
    $3,226.23 ($2,063.40 recording plus $1,162.74 certification). The 
    average annual cost for a federally inspected slaughter line would be 
    $2,179.88 ($1,394.25 recording plus $785.63 certification). All lines 
    in State inspected establishments were assumed to have an annual cost 
    of $2,179.88.
        c. Comments on the Preliminary RIA. Most of the comments referring 
    to HACCP recordkeeping costs were general comments that the costs would 
    be extremely burdensome. The comments did not question the methodology 
    used in the preliminary analysis to estimate either recording, 
    reviewing or storage costs. The comments included at least two proposed 
    modifications that would substantially reduce costs. One comment 
    suggested that small establishments record only deviations from the 
    HACCP plan and responses to them. At one of the public hearings a 
    representative from a consumer organization suggested that inspectors 
    could conduct the recordkeeping in small establishments.
        d. Response to Comments. FSIS believes that while both of the above 
    suggestions would reduce cost, they both do damage to the concept of 
    HACCP. Having the industry take ownership and responsibility of the 
    production process is a key component of HACCP. Having inspectors 
    conduct the recordkeeping would severely detract from ownership. 
    Furthermore, a fundamental HACCP principle requires that observations 
    be recorded and reviewed at critical points in the manufacturing 
    process on an ongoing basis. Recording only deviations does not meet 
    this principle.
        The discussion of sanitation SOP recordkeeping costs identified 
    three factors that affect how one views such costs. At least two of 
    those factors apply here. HACCP recordkeeping is a cost that can be 
    reduced through good management and efficiency and should also decrease 
    with experience. If recordkeeping can be conducted by employees working 
    at a CCP location, the additional cost should be minimal. HACCP should 
    also substantially reduce the time establishment officials currently 
    spend interacting with or responding to inspection findings. In 
    addition to responding to the approximately 700,000 to 800,000 
    Processing Deficiency Records (PDRs) per year, establishments have 
    thousands of meetings with program officials following reviews 
    conducted by area and regional officials or reviewers from the Program 
    Review Division in Lawrence, Kansas. FSIS believes strongly that 
    establishment officials will find some recordkeeping time from reducing 
    inspection interaction time.
        e. Final Cost Estimates. After considering the comments, FSIS does 
    not see a need to adjust the costs estimates shown in Tables 27 and 28. 
    The final aggregate cost estimates for recordkeeping are those shown in 
    Table 28.
    5. HACCP Programs-Training Costs
        a. Summary of Requirements. The final rule requiring that each 
    establishment have access to a HACCP-trained individual remains 
    identical to the training requirement as proposed. The final rule does 
    not, however, include the proposed requirement that the name and resume 
    of the HACCP-trained individual be on file at the establishment.
        b. Review of Preliminary Cost Estimates. The proposed rule included 
    the requirement that each establishment have access to a HACCP-trained 
    individual. In the preliminary cost analysis FSIS pointed out that 
    establishments would have options for meeting that requirement. For 
    example, establishments could train an existing employee or use a 
    consultant on an as-needed basis. To provide a cost estimate, FSIS 
    assumed that each slaughter or processing operation would send one 
    employee to a recognized HACCP course for approximately three days.
        The preliminary analysis assumed a combination establishment would 
    require training for both slaughter and processing operations. The 
    preliminary analysis identified 11,719 separate meat slaughter, poultry 
    slaughter and processing operations. The analysis assumed that 5 
    percent of these operations currently have a trained individual and 
    11,133 would require training.
        Training would be a one-time, up-front expense. The cost of 
    training 11,133 establishment employees at $2,514 each would be 
    approximately $28 million. The $2,514 included tuition for a three-day 
    course, travel expenses and wages. In estimating these costs, FSIS used 
    a listing of 1994 HACCP courses compiled by the USDA Extension Service.
        c. Comments on the Preliminary RIA. Most of the comments relating 
    to the cost of training industry personnel were of a general nature 
    (e.g., FSIS underestimated the cost of training) or suggested that all 
    training be funded by USDA. Many small processors lumped training with 
    other requirements and indicated that the cost of implementing HACCP 
    would force them to close. A couple of comments indicated that the 
    commenter believed they would have to hire an additional HACCP-trained 
    employee. Several comments noted that the training costs estimated in 
    the IFSE study were far higher than the costs estimated by FSIS.
        d. Response to Comments. With respect to the comments that referred 
    to the higher training costs estimated in the IFSE study, FSIS notes 
    that the IFSE study assumed that training was both an up-front and a 
    continuing annual expense. They also assumed that HACCP training was 
    necessary for top management, supervisors and relevant hourly 
    employees. Since the IFSE study was written with a beef slaughter 
    establishment in mind, it is assumed that the authors believed it is 
    necessary to train some or all of the employees working the dressing 
    line. Under their assumptions, a high turnover would require 
    substantial recurring annual costs.
        The FSIS cost estimate was tied to meeting the proposed regulatory 
    requirements. The IFSE estimates are the authors' judgment of what 
    would be required to ``successfully'' implement an effective HACCP 
    program. The IFSE study did not provide any rationale for the cost 
    estimates used. For example, the authors assumed that annual training 
    costs for 5,127 small businesses would be $10,000 each for a total 
    annual cost of $50 million. That estimate would appear high considering 
    the large number of establishments with fewer than five employees.
        The IFSE study does raise the issue of whether a single three-day 
    course for one employee is adequate to ensure an effective HACCP 
    program. A low cost ongoing training program may be better. FSIS now 
    plans on having training videos and/or correspondence courses available 
    for each establishment. This will present an easier burden for very 
    small establishments because it will not require having an employee 
    leave on travel to receive training. As the number of available courses 
    and locations increases, travel costs will also decrease. Trade 
    associations can help provide local training for all establishments 
    near large metropolitan areas.
        FSIS also recognizes that employee turnover will require some level 
    of recurring cost. The necessity of training new hires should, however, 
    decrease over time as the available pool of HACCP-trained individuals 
    increases. FSIS will, however, include a 10 percent recurring cost in 
    the final cost estimate.
    
    [[Page 38986]]
    
        e. Final Cost Estimates. The final training cost estimates are 
    shown in Table 29. The one-time cost of $27,988 thousand is the same 
    cost as estimated for the preliminary analysis. In response to 
    comments, an annual recurring cost of $2.8 million has been added.
    
                        Table 29.--HACCP--Training Costs                    
                                  [$ Thousands]                             
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Recurring
             Establishment category          Number of   One-time    costs  
                                             employees     cost      (10%)  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Low....................................      2,610      6,562        656
    Medium.................................      3,593      9,033        903
    High...................................      1,054      2,650        265
                                            --------------------------------
    Subtotal...............................      7,257     18,244      1,824
    State..................................      3,876      9,744        974
                                            --------------------------------
    Total..................................     11,133     27,988      2,799
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    6. HACCP Programs--Impact on Total Quality Control/Overtime Issues
        a. Summary of Requirements. The proposed rule did not include 
    proposed revisions to existing Total Quality Control (TQC) regulations. 
    However, the preamble stated that FSIS is considering having HACCP be 
    the only Agency recognized health and safety related process control 
    system. The preliminary RIA published with the proposed rule stated 
    that: ``With the publication of the rule, TQC establishments could lose 
    their authority to produce and ship product after their normal shift 
    production time. As a result, 287 active TQC establishments could begin 
    to incur annual overtime charges.''
        The final decisions on TQC regulations have not been made. This 
    final analysis uses the impact on overtime as a conservative estimate 
    of the potential impact of pending decisions.
        b. Review of Preliminary Cost Estimates. The Agency's supplemental 
    cost analysis recognized that there are 287 TQC establishments that 
    would incur overtime costs to continue their current operating 
    schedules if the TQC regulations were eliminated. The total cost for 
    these 287 establishments was estimated at $2.1 million per year. The 
    preliminary analysis estimated that the total of 287 included 112 low, 
    124 medium and 51 high volume producers.
        c. Comments on the Preliminary RIA. A TQC establishment commented 
    that under the proposed rule they would have to pay an additional 
    $32,308.80 per year in overtime charges. The establishment commented 
    that these additional overtime charges would equate to a substantial 
    portion of their annual net profit.
        d. Response to Comments. The comment from the TQC establishment is 
    consistent with the preliminary analysis that was based on the premise 
    that TQC establishments would lose their authority to produce and ship 
    products after their normal shift production time. If such authority is 
    withdrawn establishments would have to incur overtime charges if they 
    want to continue their present operating schedules.
        The establishment estimated its potential overtime cost based on an 
    assumption of 100 percent coverage. If the establishment's overtime 
    hours were covered by a patrol assignment, they would be subject to the 
    provisions of proportional coverage and the actual level of overtime 
    charges could be substantially lower.
        Inspection assignments cover 8 hours of regular time and may also 
    include scheduled overtime inspection. An assignment may specify 8 
    hours in one establishment or direct the inspector to cover multiple 
    establishments, i.e., a patrol assignment where the inspector would 
    spend a portion of each day in each establishment. In cases where an 
    inspector spends 8 hours in a single establishment and that 
    establishment decides to operate for 2 hours of overtime on a routine 
    basis, inspection coverage may be provided by having the assigned 
    inspector work 2 hours of overtime. This type of coverage would be 
    likely if the establishment was located in an isolated area. In this 
    type of case, the establishment would be charged for 2 hours of 
    overtime inspection each day. This type of overtime situation would 
    lead to maximum costs as suggested by the commenter.
        If the establishment was part of a patrol assignment and there were 
    two establishments working 2 hours of overtime, the overtime production 
    could be covered by having the inspector work 2 hours of patrol 
    overtime, but each establishment would only be billed for one hour, 
    i.e., proportional overtime coverage.
        Because the majority of establishments are covered by patrol 
    assignments, proportional coverage is employed frequently. Thus, the 
    establishments' estimate of $32,308.80 is a maximum level. The actual 
    level of charges could probably be substantially lower.
        e. Final Cost Estimates. This final analysis has included a cost of 
    $2.1 million for annual overtime charge. The analysis has assumed that 
    the additional overtime charges will occur on the same timeframe as the 
    sequencing of HACCP implementation.
    
    E. Summary of Costs for Low Volume Producers
    
        Because there has been particular interest in the impact of this 
    rule on small business, this final section summarizes the overall costs 
    for low volume producers. Table 30 illustrates the costs faced by a 
    typical low volume producer over the four-year implementation period. 
    Because there are less than 100 low volume poultry slaughter 
    establishments, the costs for generic E. coli sampling was not included 
    in Table 30. The costs illustrated in Table 30 apply to the majority of 
    inspected establishments, an estimated 2,234 federally inspected 
    establishments and all but a few of the 2,893 state inspected 
    establishments. These 5,000-plus establishments all meet the regulatory 
    flexibility definition for a very small establishment and have the full 
    42 months to implement mandatory HACCP systems. There are another 658 
    establishments (medium volume production) that will have slightly 
    higher costs, but will also have 42 months to implement HACCP because 
    they meet the regulatory flexibility criteria for a very small 
    establishment. All establishments meeting the regulatory flexibility 
    criteria for small establishments will have 30 months to implement 
    HACCP. The 353 large establishments (more than 500 employees) will be 
    required to implement HACCP 18 months after publication.
    
                                               Table 30.--Summary of Costs for a Typical Low Volume Establishment                                           
                                                                            [Dollars]                                                                       
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Cost category                               Year 1            Year 2            Year 3            Year 4            Year 5+    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    I. Sanitation SOPs Plans and Training.........................             a 190  ................  ................  ................                  
        Observation and Recording.................................             1,242             1,242             1,242             1,242             1,242
    II. Compliance With Salmonella Standards......................  ................  ................  ................         b 0-1,200         b 0-1,200
    
    [[Page 38987]]
    
                                                                                                                                                            
    III. HACCP Plan Development...................................  ................  ................  ................       4,231-7,952                  
        Annual Plan Reassessment..................................  ................  ................  ................  ................               177
        Initial Training..........................................  ................  ................  ................     d 2,937-3,368                  
        Recurring Training........................................  ................  ................  ................  ................           294-337
        Recordkeeping.............................................  ................  ................  ................             2,015             4,030
    IV. Additional Overtime.......................................  ................  ................  ................         e 0-3,702         e 0-7,404
                                                                   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Total.................................................             1,432             1,242             1,242     10,425-11,625       5,743-6,986
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    a This cost for the 112 low volume TQC establishments would be $64.                                                                                     
    b The estimate of $1,200 is based on monthly testing for two products and an antimicrobial rinse for one.                                               
    c The Cost Analysis is based on estimates that low volume federally inspected establishments will require an average of 2.29 plans each, at a cost of   
      $3,479 per plan (see Table 25) for a total average plan development cost of $7,952. The number of plans for federally inspected establishments is     
      based on data from existing FSIS data bases. It was assumed that state plans have an average of 2.12 plans each for a total cost of $4,231 per        
      establishment ($2,000 per plan).                                                                                                                      
    d Average training costs for state establishments ($3,368 per establishment) were estimated to be slightly higher than the average federally inspected  
      low volume establishments ($2,937 per establishment) because the state programs have a higher percentage of combination slaughter and processing      
      establishments. The cost analysis assumed that plans would train one individual for each processing, red meat slaughter and poultry slaughter         
      operation.                                                                                                                                            
    e The preliminary analysis estimated that 112 of 287 active TQC establishments are low volume producers. The average TQC establishment avoids an annual 
      overtime charge of $7,404. The cost estimates in Table 30 for additional overtime costs apply only to those 112 establishments and assume that TQC    
      provisions will be phased out as HACCP is phased in--42 months after publication for the low volume establishments. Because the overtime costs apply  
      to only 112 establishments, they are not included in the Table 30 totals.                                                                             
    
    
        The average costs shown in Table 30 will be a burden for many of 
    the low volume producers. However, there are factors that should help 
    diminish the burden. Most of the costs and essentially all of the 
    recurring costs are labor costs for monitoring sanitation procedures, 
    monitoring HACCP critical control points and keeping both HACCP and 
    sanitation records. As the above analysis points out, these are costs 
    that can be reduced through efficient management and allocation of 
    resources and should decrease with experience. The Agency also views a 
    portion of these costs as a shift in resources, i.e., establishment 
    management should spend more resources monitoring establishment 
    operations and less time interacting with program personnel.
        Another way of illustrating costs to small businesses is to look at 
    the costs for one or more specific examples. Table 31 illustrates the 
    costs for a small, single-shift, processing establishment (no TQC or 
    sanitation PQC program) with two distinct production operations other 
    than raw ground product (overall average was estimated at 2.29 based on 
    data shown in Table 25).
    
       Table 31.--Costs for Typical Single-Shift Processing Establishment   
                                    [Dollars]                               
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Development             
                                                        and        Recurring
                     Requirement                  Implementation    Annual  
                                                       costs         Costs  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Sanitation SOP's............................           190         1,242
    HACCP Plan Development......................         6,958             0
    Annual Plan Reassessment....................             0           102
    Training....................................         2,514           251
    Recordkeeping...............................             0         6,480
                                                 ---------------------------
        Total...................................         9,662         8,075
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        If one of the two production operations produced a raw ground 
    product, the establishment would have to meet the pathogen reduction 
    performance standard for that product. As noted earlier in the 
    development of the low and high cost scenarios for meeting the new 
    Salmonella standards, raw ground operations do not have the same 
    opportunities to reduce Salmonella levels as do slaughter 
    establishments. They can control growth by avoiding temperature abuse 
    and can limit cross-contamination, but basically they must depend on 
    the Salmonella levels of their incoming product in order to meet the 
    performance standards. These establishments may choose to test incoming 
    product in order to eliminate suppliers whose product is found to be 
    positive. The final analysis has assumed that the low volume producers 
    would not test incoming ingredients.
        Table 32 illustrates the costs for a small, single-shift, 
    combination (slaughter and further processing) establishment that 
    slaughters cattle or swine, but not both, and has a single further 
    processing operation other than raw ground product. The establishment 
    is not under TQC inspection.
    
       Table 32.--Costs for Typical Single-Shift Combination Establishment  
                                    [Dollars]                               
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Development             
                                                        and        Recurring
                     Requirement                  implementation    annual  
                                                       costs         costs  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Sanitation SOP's............................           190         1,242
    Compliance with Salmonella Standards........             0           800
    E. coli Sampling............................         1,043           653
    HACCP Plan Development......................         6,958             0
    Annual Plan Reassessment....................             0           102
    Training....................................         5,028           503
    Recordkeeping...............................             0         5,434
                                                 ---------------------------
        Total...................................        13,219         8,734
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The cost of meeting the pathogen reduction performance standards 
    assumes that the establishment will use a hot water antimicrobial rinse 
    and have one sample per month analyzed at an outside laboratory ($33.35 
    per sample-$400 per year). The average number of head slaughtered in a 
    low volume establishment is approximately 5,000
    
    [[Page 38988]]
    
    annually. The annual cost for the rinse is $400.
        The development costs for E. coli sampling in the small 
    establishment includes $640 for developing a sampling plan and $403 to 
    train an individual to conduct aseptic sampling. The recurring costs 
    are based on the assumption that an average low volume slaughter 
    establishment will have to complete two sampling windows (26 samples) 
    before they demonstrate compliance with established criteria.
        The cost of HACCP training has doubled for the combination 
    establishment because the FRIA assumed that slaughter and processing 
    operations are significantly different, so that the establishment must 
    either train two employees or send one employee to two separate 
    training courses.
        The HACCP recordkeeping costs (monitoring CCP's and recording 
    findings, reviewing records and storing records) in the above two 
    examples assume that the establishments are operating each process 
    continuously over a standard 52-week, 260-day, 2,080-hour work year. 
    Data collected during the preliminary analysis indicates that many low 
    volume establishments frequently have only a single production line 
    operating at a given time. As shown in Tables 27 and 30, the final 
    analysis estimates an average annual cost for HACCP recordkeeping of 
    $4,030 for low volume establishments.
    
    Appendix A to Final Regulatory Impact Assessment
    
    Response to Comments Related to the Preliminary Regulatory Impact 
    Analysis But Not Addressed Directly in the Text of the Final Analysis
    
        1. A comment noting that the ``data in Tables 1 and 2, (60 FR 6781) 
    for Toxoplasma gondii are confusing or in error'' is correct. The 
    tables as published contained typographical errors that have been 
    corrected for this analysis. The number of cases of foodborne illness 
    from toxoplasmosis should be 2,056 cases, not 3,056 cases. The total 
    number of cases from the foodborne illnesses considered also needs to 
    be adjusted to correct for the above typographical error. Specifically, 
    the total number of cases should be 3,605,582 to 7,132,823, and not 
    3,606,582 to 7,133,823.
        2. The same comment questioned whether it is true that the 
    ``estimated medical costs for the 2,056 cases (toxoplasmosis) and 41 
    deaths is $2,7000,000,000?'' This estimate is correct but these costs 
    include the estimated costs of lost productivity and costs of 
    residential care as well as the estimated medical costs of 
    toxoplasmosis.
        3. There were several comments that indicated that while attempting 
    to reduce the overall public health risk, the Agency could be 
    increasing the risk to farmers and small producers that now have 
    livestock custom-slaughtered at inspected establishments. If a large 
    number of these small diverse businesses go under, the comments 
    predicted an increase in at- home slaughter under very marginal 
    conditions. These comments imply at-home slaughter is a high risk 
    practice using terms such as barn yard butchering or shade tree 
    butchering or back shed butchering.
        Changes in the final rule should allow most small businesses to 
    continue to operate successfully under inspection. There are some small 
    businesses that are currently primarily custom-exempt/retail exempt 
    operations that may choose to withdraw from inspection. These types of 
    facilities will still be available for their custom slaughtering 
    services.
        4. A comment referred to the FSIS assertion that consideration of 
    the costs of the various alternatives under examination is not relevant 
    because the alternatives do not meet the Agency's goal of achieving the 
    maximum pathogen reduction possible. The commenter concluded that this 
    is an entirely inappropriate analytical framework for the examination 
    of regulatory alternatives. By starting from the assumption that only 
    the maximum benefit attainable will suffice, FSIS effectively renders 
    its consideration of available regulatory alternatives a complete sham. 
    The purpose of a regulatory impact assessment should be to examine both 
    the benefits and the costs attributable to each available alternative, 
    and to consider whether there is an alternative to the Agency proposal 
    that is a more cost-effective means of addressing the problem at hand.
        5. One commenter stated that the Agency must include the costs 
    attributable to the retained requirements as well. These retained costs 
    will significantly increase the operational costs of the combined, 
    layered system. FSIS does not agree that the RIA needs to include the 
    cost of existing requirements.
        6. Comments expressed concern that the proposed rule was an 
    experiment to collect the data needed to determine whether it was a 
    good idea. These comments stated that industry should not bear the cost 
    of a government research project. FSIS has clearly stated the public 
    health objective of this rule.
        7. There are several comments that referred to a study conducted by 
    the Research Triangle Institute for FSIS. In that study, HACCP Pilot 
    Programs Cost Findings, August 31, 1994, RTI collected cost information 
    during personal interviews at all nine establishments that had 
    participated in USDA's HACCP Model Pilot Program.
        One comment noted that the pilot establishments used for the study 
    are establishments that are larger than most of the establishments that 
    are going to be affected. The RTI study noted that none of the 
    voluntary participants have annual sales under $3 million. The RTI 
    study was one source of information for the FSIS cost analysis. The 
    Agency did not use the information in a way that suggested it was 
    representative of all establishments or in any way imply that it was.
        Another comment stated that USDA relied very heavily on the nine 
    pilot establishment studies. The data collected by RTI was one source 
    of information used for the preliminary cost analysis. The analysis 
    clearly cites the RTI study as one of several data sources.
        A comment during the public hearing attributed a cost of $23,000 or 
    $27,000 to the RTI study for a hazard analysis, plan development and 
    validation for a small business that doesn't need any equipment or 
    establishment upgrade. The RTI study reported costs for plan 
    development ranging from $607 to $15,750. FSIS assumes that the hazard 
    analysis is part of plan development. The RTI study did not address a 
    separate cost component for validation.
        8. One comment indicated that the source of the estimates for total 
    cases and deaths for E. coli O157:H7 does not support the number used 
    in the benefit estimates. The preliminary analysis was based on 10,000-
    20,000 total cases and an estimate of from 200-500 total deaths. 
    Sources identified were the AGA conference and CDC communications. The 
    ``CDC comm.'' citation mentioned in the FSIS proposal refers to both 
    the Ostroff et al. (1989) and the McDonald et al. (1988) articles as 
    described in the comment. These references provide an incidence rate 
    for E. coli O157:H7 of 2.1/100,000 to 8/100,000. The AGA conference 
    suggests there are 10,000 to 20,000 cases of E. coli O157:H7 each year 
    in the United States. This translates to a rate of approximately 4/
    100,000 to 8/100,000, which is higher on the lower estimate. ERS chose 
    to use the consensus numbers because they reflect the current thinking 
    of a nonadvocate panel of experts. FSIS agrees with the commenter that 
    better data on
    
    [[Page 38989]]
    
    foodborne disease incidence is needed but believe that the preliminary 
    analysis used the best estimates available.
        9. Commenter stated FSIS relied on faulty data. FSIS responds that 
    there is a difference between saying data are limited and saying data 
    are faulty. Existing food safety data are limited and more thorough 
    data may not be available for a long time.
        10. A commenter noted that FSIS did not address the ``cost'' of the 
    development of a highly susceptible population because some exposure is 
    necessary to establish immunity. The same commenter suggested there 
    might be a ``nutritional health'' cost penalty, i.e., the rule would 
    increase the cost of food so much that consumers would not be able to 
    afford nutritional food. FSIS notes that the commenter did not provide 
    support for these ``costs.''
        11. A commenter noted that their low annual insurance premium of 
    $150 strongly suggests that the insurance industry considers their 
    existing safety record commendable and worthy of a low liability rate. 
    FSIS notes that another comment has suggested that lower rates are 
    being offered in conjunction with improved process control systems.
    
    [FR Doc. 96-17837 Filed 7-18-96; 8:45 am]
    BILLING CODE 3410-DM-P
    
    
    

Document Information

Published:
07/25/1996
Department:
Food Safety and Inspection Service
Entry Type:
Rule
Action:
Final rule with request for comments.
Document Number:
96-17837
Pages:
38806-38989 (184 pages)
Docket Numbers:
Docket No. 93-016F
RINs:
0583-AB69: Pathogen Reduction; Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Points (HACCP) Systems
RIN Links:
https://www.federalregister.gov/regulations/0583-AB69/pathogen-reduction-hazard-analysis-and-critical-control-points-haccp-systems
PDF File:
96-17837.pdf
CFR: (41)
7 CFR 381.76)
9 CFR 417.2(a)
9 CFR 381.603(a)
7 CFR 417.4(a)(3)
9 CFR 417.5(a)(3)
More ...